CAMBRIDGE LEXICONS

STRONGS, NEWTONSTEIN, LEXICON

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY COURT
Christ's Church at CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY, UK:
CAMBRIDGE has Greatest University Legacy on Earth!
CAMBRIDGE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, USA:
Continuing the Biblical Heritage they have Forsaken!
GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGE NEWTONSTEIN LEXICONS™
A Series of 16 Classic Hebrew and Greek Lexicons:
Updated by NewtonStein with latest Archeological finds:
All using Strong's Number System of 1890
GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
 GOLD BAR
CAMBRIDGE LEXICON

Strongs-NewtonStein Lexicon XII

8674 Hebrew Words

GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
BRIEFS: AMERICAN CHRISTIAN EDUCATORS:
These Men Founded Christian Universities!
(CLICK PICTURES for INFO/BIOS)
BOB-JONES-SENIOR-PHOTO.jpg ORAL-ROBERTS-PHOTO LEE-ROBERSON-PHOTO JERRY-FALWELL.jpg KENNETH HAGIN SR-PHOTO JACK-HYLES-PHOTO-OLDER ARLIN-HORTON-PHOTO PAT-ROBERTSON-PHOTO.jpg PAUL CHAPPELL-PHOTO.jpg BOB GRAY TEXAS-PHOTO.jpg
A. Cruden, J. Strong, R. Young, Gesenius, Thayer, W. Smith, N. Webster,

The First Concordance took 600 years, was completed by Alexander Cruden;
James Strong added "Numbering System" widely used since, and Lexicons;

Robert Young, a great Bible Language Scholars, advanced the Lexicons,
knowledge of verb tenses, translated Bible: 'YOUNG'S LITERAL';
Gesenius completed first Hebrew Lexicon, the basis of all to follow;

Thayer completed the best Greek Lexicon of the era - still widely used;
William Smith added the greatest of all Bible Dictionaries ever;

Noah Webster, all-time greatest linguist (mastered 20 languages)
Comprised greatest English Dictionary ever; WEBSTER'S 1828;
Matthew Henry, First and Prince of Commentators in Bible Knowledge;

Adam Clarke added greatest amount of knowledge of World History,
Phillip Schaff's monumental Church History standard of all time!

GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
BRIEFS: AMERICAN CHRISTIAN EDUCATORS:
These Men Founded Christian Universities!
(CLICK PICTURES for INFO/BIOS)
BOB-JONES-SENIOR-PHOTO.jpg ORAL-ROBERTS-PHOTO LEE-ROBERSON-PHOTO JERRY-FALWELL.jpg KENNETH HAGIN SR-PHOTO JACK-HYLES-PHOTO-OLDER ARLIN-HORTON-PHOTO PAT-ROBERTSON-PHOTO.jpg PAUL CHAPPELL-PHOTO.jpg BOB GRAY TEXAS-PHOTO.jpg
B.Jones, Roberts, L.Roberson, Falwell, K.Hagin, J.Hyles, A.Horton, Robertson, P.Chappell, B.Gray;
B.J.U. O.R.U. Temple, Liberty, RHEMA, Hyles-Anderson, Pensacola, Regent, W.Coast B. Texas B.C.
GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
    What Is
    The WORD of GOD?
    GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
    CHRISTIAN FLAG WAVING CHRISTIAN BIBLE HEADER CENTERCHRISTIAN FLAG WAVING CHRISTIAN
    CAMBRIDGE!
    Statement On Holy Scripture;

    The ‘Lens’ Through Which All Knowledge Is Understood;

    THE WORD of GOD, AXIOM-1:

      "IF" there exists any such thing as 'The Word of God'; [and ALL evidence proves such does exist:] "THEN" by inherent definition - it must be:
        Holy, Inspired, Inerrant, Intrepid, Infallible, Infinitive, Invincible, Indestructible, Inexhaustible, Inalienable, Immutable, Implacable, Impossible-to-Improve: Eternal and Indubitable NEVER FAILING and ALL CONQUERING! DEDUCTING from the simple fact - that God equates His Word with Himself:
          "In the Beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God, . . ." John 1:1 (and other Scriptures),
      Thus 'GOD'S WORD' can have no lesser standard than stated above;


      "GOD'S WORD MUST" THEREFORE BE:
        As true in history, archeology, geography, Earth science, medical science, nutrition, gerontology, agriculture, botany, astronomy, physics, chemistry, climatology, government, law, psychology, sociology - and every subject it touches - as in Theology, Divinity and Doctrine:
      And "IF IT BE NOT" - true in all subjects mentioned above; and And "IF IT BE NOT"
        Holy, Inspired, Inerrant, Intrepid, Infallible, Infinitive, Invincible, Indestructible, Inexhaustible, Inalienable, Immutable, Implacable, Impossible-to-Improve: Eternal and Indubitable in EVERY FIELD OF KNOWLEDGE:
      Whatever else it may be, it cannot be ‘The Incomparable Word’ of the Great Creator God!

      God's Eternal Guarantee!

      "Heaven and Earth Shall Pass Away;
      But GOD'S WORDS Shall NOT Pass Away!"
      --Jesus the Messiah, AD-33 (Matthew 5:18)

      CHRISTIAN FLAG WAVING CHRISTIAN BIBLE HEADER CENTERCHRISTIAN FLAG WAVING CHRISTIAN
      GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
      Do You Qualify for
      An Honorary "Doctor of Divinity" from Cambridge Theological Seminary?
      If you believe God's Word as Stated Above:
      Probably!
      (Click for a Free Evaluation:)
      GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER

      CAMBRIDGE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY INTERNATIONAL, USA

      COAT OF ARMS JERUSALEM

      Cambridge Theological Seminary

      Accredited Christian "Global Credit Bank"

      Founded by a 501(c)(3)
      Ohio Educational Corporation, 1977;
        The finest in Ministerial Credentials for Decades;
        DIPLOMA FRAME & MEDALLION

        The Cambridge Theological Seminary:

        For Full-&-Legal Ordination Online See:
        Full-&-Legal Ordination Online


        CAP-GOWN DIPLOMA

        Cambridge Theological Seminary

        MEMBER: I.A.I.A. GLOBAL
        OFFICE ONLY: North Arrowhead Road, Cambridge OHIO 43725
        Telephone: Mail us for Telephone Number

        LEGAL NOTICE

        Christian Ministry Founded by a
        Non-Profit Educational Corporation 501(c)(3) in 1977;
        Office Only: North Arrowhead Road, Cambridge OHIO 43725
        Office Telephone (Mail Request for Number)
        Our "Application Packet" is Many Pages Long - Not an "Email"
        You must sign a "Statement of Faith"
        You must sign a "Statement of Authenticity"
        You must have "Seven-years Experience in Ministry"

        CAP, DIPLOMA WITH BORDEROLD DALLAS TS DIPLOMAMAROON DIPLOMA GOLD TASSEL


        Truly a "NO CHARGE" Degree Program

        We receive Tithes & Offerings from those who want you to have a D.D. Title;
        Supported by 190 Nations, to allow you to have a D.D.
        Many sincere prayers are prayed, for you to avail this opportunity;

        This "Doctor of Divinity" is NOT available to non-Christians;
        This "Doctor of Divinity" is NOT awarded to Homosexuals;
        This "Doctor of Divinity" is NOT awarded to those rejecting Authority of God's Word
        This "Doctor of Divinity" is awarded in the tradition of Dr. Billy Graham, Dr. Jerry Falwell and Dr. D. James Kennedy, etc.
        (For list of 100 such well-known ministers, see)
        Well-Known Ministers using/used our "Doctor of Divinity" Degree-&-Title-Premise
alt=
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE
GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CHRISTIPEDIA™
Please Visit Top Webpages
GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
[1] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "GREAT COMMISSION MANDATE!” Some Sobering Questions; (Very Brief!)
[2] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – "God’s Goals” v. “Satan’s Goals” – WHO WINS? (Very Brief!)
[3] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Greatest PLAN of Evangelization DO THE MATH, Part-1 (Very Brief!)
[4] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" –Jesus said: “I WILL Build MY Church!”
(But Did He Really Mean It?)
[5] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Alarming Church News! USA! (Brief)
[6] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Christ’s Commission: Does it Mean “Global Domination?”
[7] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Can You Face The Truth? Part-2 (MESSAGE)
[8] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Can You Face The Truth? Part-2 (MESSAGE)
[9] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Jesus and Paul on the “End-of-the-World” by NewtonStein
[10] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - Conservative Activists: "Who's Who in Christian Conservative Politics?
[11] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Is Our Modern Church Ignorant of Christ’s Purpose?
[12] "RAPTURE-READY™" – Why Jesus did not come back in 2009! (Do you Know?)
[13] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Preachers’ Greatest Sin: (Are You guilty?)
[14] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Christ Warns: A “Five-Fold-Question!”
[15] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – OPEN LETTER to Our Fellow Laborers
[16] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "Are All Denominations Wrong? Mostly?
[17] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Who Will save Christianity?
[18] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – A Workable Plan that would-Truly Revive Christianity!
b>[19] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "American Christianity Rides The Titanic!
[20] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Founding Fathers’ Kingdom, Now Dominion!
[21] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Great Falling Away Prophesied by Apostle Paul!
[22] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Biblical End of World, Basic Terms and Concepts
[23] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Christianity Is Dying In Western Civilization: WHY?
[24] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Christian Myths! Do You Believe Them?
[25] CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Church Growth Goals Priority Page
[26] "RAPTURE-READY™" – Modern Christianity Is A Mess!
[27] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – The “Anti-Christ Home Page!"
[28] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – TOP-TEN Messages To Maximize Your Ministry!
[29] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Calling All Christians Unite, Christ Commands!
[30] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Christianity Is Confusing and Getting WORSE! WHY?
[31] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Every True Minister Is A Hero!
[32] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Legal Abortion: Is It Good for Christians?
[33] "CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Southern Baptists Dying: WHY?
[34] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Satan’s TOP-TEN Greatest-Lies! Do You Believe Any?
[35] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Truth Test-3 Questions For Christians;
[36] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Evangelicals Call for Government School Exodus!
[37] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "Hall of Faith Christian Activist Ministers, 2nd-half 20th Century"
[38] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" –The Early Christian-Church Outlaws Homosexuality!
[39] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – PREACHERS! Do You Know About PULPIT FREEDOM SUNDAY?
[40] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Our GOD-GIVEN Rights, Guaranteed in the Bible: Called “Civil” and “Human” Rights
[41] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "Rush Limbaugh Quotes" on Christ and Christianity!
[42] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "TALK-RADIO REPUBLICANS, "Republican Power and Catholics!"
[43] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "GREAT COMMISSION MANDATE!" Some Sobering Questions;
[44] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "Hall of Faith Christian Activist Ministers, 2nd-half 20th Century "
[45] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" –The Early Christian-Church Outlaws Homosexuality!
[46] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – PREACHERS! Do You Know About PULPIT FREEDOM SUNDAY?
[47] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" – Our GOD-GIVEN Rights, Guaranteed in the Bible: Called “Civil” and “Human” Rights
[48] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "Rush Limbaugh Quotes" on Christ and Christianity!
[49] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "TALK-RADIO REPUBLICANS, "Republican Power and Catholics!"
[50] “CHRISTIPEDIA™" - "TALK-RADIO REPUBLICANS, "Republican Power and Catholics!"
GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE

To See Webster's Bible Version, Correcting the KJV "VULGAR LANGUAGE" - 6-PARTS:
Come Back Here;

SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: Preface to His KJV REVISION, PART-1
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, PART-2
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, PART-3
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, PART-4
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, PART-5
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, SUMMARY

To Read More About Noah Webster

GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER

Cambridge Greatest English Dictionary™

Approx 3,000 Pages;
Approx 71,000 Entries;
Multitudes of Scriptural References;

Webster's English Dictionary: 1828

By Noah Webster: Greatest Linguist Who Ever Lived!
Noah Webster Mastered Twenty or more Different Languages:
Believing that "TRUTH is DIVINE - NOT POLITICALLY CORRECT!"
Webster's Great Treatise on Origins of Language: Preface to Dictionary
Noah Webster: The Father of American Scholarship!
Noah Webster: Brief Bio of a Founding Father!
GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE

To Check a Word in Cambridge Concise Bible Dictionary,
Come Back Here;

(Cambridge Concise Bible Dictionary)

INDEX OF COMPREHENSIVE BIBLE DICTIONARY ENTRIES

(See Cambridge-Cruden's Bible CONCORDANCE)


GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE

To Check a Word in Cambridge Comprehensive Bible Dictionary
Come Back Here;

|A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H|I|J|K|L|M|N|O|P|Q|R|S|T|U|V|W|X-Y|Z|


GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE

To Check a Word in Cambridge Comprehensive Bible Encyclopedia
Come Back Here;

|A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H|I|J|K|L|M|N|O|P|Q|R|S|T|U|V|W|X-Y|Z|


GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE

To See Webster's Bible Version, Correcting the KJV Bible, 6-PARTS:
Come Back Here;

SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: Preface to His KJV REVISION, PART-1
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, PART-2
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, PART-3
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, PART-4
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, PART-5
SCRIPTIPEDIA!™ Noah Webster: His Actual Changes to the KJV Bible, SUMMARY

GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE

To Read About Noah Webster
Come Back Here;

Webster's Great Treatise on Origins of Language: Preface to Dictionary!
Noah Webster: The Father of American Scholarship!
Noah Webster: Brief Bio of a Founding Father!

GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE

Webster's 1828 Original Dictionary;

With Annotations By NewtonStein;
Of Cambridge Theological Seminary™

Choose Letter Here;

|A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H|I|J|K|L|M|N|O|P|Q|R|S|T|U|V|W|X-Y|Z|


GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE
CAMBRIDGE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY

PRESENTS

Strong's-NewtonStein Hebrew Lexicon XII
CHRISTIAN FLAG WAVING CHRISTIANJAMES-STRONG-PHOTO
James Strong, Bible Language Scholar
STRONG'S: Most Referenced Concordance of All Time!
Devised "STRONG'S NUMBER SYSTEM" for Bible Languages
Strong's System used by nearly All Scholars in All Indexed Works!

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL STANDARD LEXICON SERIES

Strong's-NewtonStein, Hebrew and Greek Lexicons, 1891

8,674 Hebrew Words TRANSLATED INTO 10,874 English Words (KJV);
5,523 Greek Words TRANSLATED INTO 6,064 English Words (KJV);
14,197 Hebrew/Greek Words TRANSLATED INTO 16,938 English (KJV)

This is CAMBRIDGE LEXICON-XII:
Of 16 STRONGS-NEWTONSTEIN LEXICONS;

All Definitions from "INSPIRED-INERRANT!" View of Scripture!
GOLD DIVIDER WITH CROSS CENTER
CHRISTIAN FLAG WAVING JAMES STRONG photo AMERICAN FLAG WAVING AMERICAN
James Strong, Liberal Theologian, Mason;
Denies Creation, Flood, Virgin Birth, Inspiration, Salvation in Christ alone!
James Strong, "STRONG DELUSION!" Dangerous Definitions!
CAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGECAMBRIDGE

PART-A - ALL 8,674 Hebrew Words
PART-B - ALL 5,523 Greek Words



CAMBRIDGE: JAMES STRONG'S ORIGINAL PREFACE TO STRONG'S CONCORDANCE

FELLOW CHRISTIAN:

Whatever Greek Words or definitions you came here seeking today . . . we beg of you first of all:

  1. Take 1 Minute and read Dr. Riplinger's remarks below on the LIBERAL, TRUTH-DENYING beliefs of James Strong, the author of the most used Hebrew and Greek Lexicons in the history of the world!
  2. Take a Couple Of Minutes and read NewtonStein's Intro to Language: Hebrew, Greek and English. You need to know this well, to teach and preach on it, and read it often enough to MEMORIZE the basic Precepts.
  3. And a COUPLE MORE MINUTES and read GOD'S IMPRIMATUR (His literal SIGNATURE, IMAGE, STAMP in Language)
  4. Then take a FEW MINUTES and read about the MOST IMPORTANT WORD and CONCEPT in all language- the FIRST WORD in Hebrew Language, simply combining the first two letters "A B" for AB, meaning FATHER . .  which God Almighty is!
  5. FACT! If we don't understand the FATHER CONCEPT, we haven't even begun to understand  OUR FATHER GOD!

IF FOR SOME REASON, you can't read and absorb these today - and TEACH THEM TO SOMEONE SOON - PLEASE come back when you can, or download them - and MASTER THEM SOON!

ALL FOR JESUS:

NewtonStein AD-2000


========================================

NEWTONSTEIN'S

PREFACE to ALL LEXICONS

Part-1

========================================

Dr. G. A. Riplinger On

Greek & Hebrew Lexicons:

 Chapter 7

"Strong Delusion!"

James Strong’s Dangerous Definitions

In the back of his Strong’s Concordance!

STRONG DELUSION - Page 161;

Summary: James Strong of Strong’s Concordance:

  1. Strong was a member of the Westcott and Hort Revised Version Committee (RV) of 1881 and worked in masterminding this corrupt version.
  2. Strong was also a member of the American Standard Version Committee, finally published in 1901. It said that Jesus Christ was a creature, not the Creator.
  3. On these committees Strong joined Unitarians (e.g. Thayer),. . . a child molester (Vaughan), . . . followers of Luciferian H.P. Blavatsky (e.g. Ginsburg, Schaff), . . . and a horde of Bible critics (e.g. S. R. Driver), who together changed nearly 10,000 words of the text.
  4. Strong’s Concordance definitions are often the very words of these corrupt versions and also the Koran.
  5. Strong also gathered his definitions from Gesenius’ corrupt Hebrew Lexicon. His work also accesses the corrupt lexicons of Liddell-Scott, Thayer, Brown, Driver, and Briggs. All merit chapters in this book.
  6. Strong’s Greek text is not always that which underlies the Oldest Versions of the English Bible: Wycliffe's, Tyndles, Geneva (Puritan-Pilgrims) and King James Bible.
  7. Strong’s various definitions may not give anywhere near a literal translation of the Greek.
  8. Almost all of the latest editions of Strong’s Concordance are not even Strong’s original. In the Greek and Hebrew lexicons in the back section, they contain even more corrupt definitions from new version editors.
  9. In the main body of the concordance, which originally was correct, the new editions omit important KJB usages of the word ‘Jesus’ in order to match corrupt new versions.
  10. Almost to the man, the names mentioned above did NOT believe in:
  •  The Inspired-Inerrant-Infallible Word of God,
  • Creation by direct act of God,
  • Noah's Universal Flood; . . .
  • neither the Literal Heaven,
  • Hell,
  • Adversary and devils-demons
  • Virgin Birth,
  • Bodily Resurrection of Jesus (or the saved),
  •  or Return of Jesus bodily, . . .
  • nor the exclusive salvation in the Name of Jesus ONLY and by the Blood of Jesus ONLY,
  • or even in Believer's Baptism as a "buried with Christ in Baptism" preferring three drops of water sprinkled on a baby!

========================================

NewtonStein's

Three-fold:Ministry is

[1] Add depth to Hebrew & Greek Definitions;

[2] Correct the Liberal Bias of James Strong;

[3] Establish Inerrancy-Infalliability of Scripture;

====================================================

"COLOR CODED!"

Bold Highlight Key Words-Phrases:

Blue Color for MORE IMPORTANT WORDS;

Red Color for MOST IMPORTANT WORDS;

Dark Blue in [Square Brackets] for Notes by NewtonStein;

===========================================

NewtonStein Intro:

TO LANGUAGE: HEBREW, GREEK, ENGLISH
===========================================

1. Hebrew is read from right to left.

The Hebrew Alphabet consists of 22 letters (and their variations), which are all regarded as consonants,

 . . .  being enunciated by the aid of certain "points" or marks, mostly beneath the letters, and which serve as vowels, and as numbers if above the letters, say in powers of ten.

PLEASE REMEMBER . . . in the Biblical Hebrew . . .

  1. there is no distinction of capital and lower case letters, as all are uppercase,
  2. Without Vowels;
  3. Neither is there any punctuation,
  4. Nor spaces between letters,
  5. Nor spaces between words,
  6. Nor spaces between sentences,
  7. Nor spaces between or paragraphs;
  8. Also, that GOD GAVE HIS WORD WITHOUT CHAPTERS,
  9. WITHOUT VERSES or VERSE NUMBERS;
  10. Plus the Hebrew is a small language of 8674 Words in the Hebrew Scriptures,
  11. Thus EVERY WORD has more than ONE DEFINITION (some well over 20, 30, or even more!);
  12. Lastly, there were not even spaces between "messages" (*See immediately below)

Consider a "WORD of the LORD as a "message" - that comes to Isaiah. A particular message may be a few verses - or a few pages long.

Say the first message is 10 pages in English Bibles.

  1. Then the second message comes and may be only 6 sentences.
  2. There may be NO separation in the Hebrew or the English!
  3. There may be NO WAY to no that a particular message is several chapters or verses long EXCEPT from deep study - which is God's Goal for us from the beginning!

Remembering also, that messages came to the Prophets and Authors:

  1. They may be addressed to different persons, and/or peoples, or even nations - such as PROPHETS ISAIAH and JEREMIAH addressing various nations and kings!
  2. They may be spoken by different persons, such as the THREE FRIENDS of JOB then a FOURTH FRIEND . . . Such as the switching of speakers in Song of Solomon . . . (can YOU be sure who is speaking in these books?) . . .
  3. They may be speaking about (A) ages past (Jeremiah 4:23-26, or Jeremiah 1) . . . (B) the present age (most of Isaiah and Jeremiah) . . . or the future (C) Isaiah (Isaiah 40-66 mostly) . . . or (D) even speaking of TWO PRSONS/BEING at the same time! (Isaiah 14:12-14, Ezekiel 28:11-19)

Additionally, any two messages may occur as follows:

  1. Both on he same day!
  2. On two consecutive days!
  3. On two consecutive Sabbaths;
  4. Separated by several days, weeks, months or . . .
  5.  . . . even many years, centuries or millennia!

NONE of this is known or can be shown by the language structure of the Hebrew or English Bibles!

The REASON is that GOD REALLY WANTS US TO SPEND TIME IN HIS WORD . . . an HOUR A DAY minimum for non-Teachers, Preachers . . .and 8-16 HOURS A DAY for those called to Minister in the WORD (Acts 6).

"STUDY to show thyself approved unto God, as a workman that needeth not be ashamed!" (2 Timothy 2:15)


================================

GOD'S IMPRIMATUR

In the HEBREW LANGUAGE!

HEBREW ROOT WORDS: INTRO;

Consider the Hebrew Language:

Hebrew was "The Perfect Language" in its original form, as God taught or or programmed into Adam and Eve, and as He gave the Torah to Moses on Mount Sinai.

We must remember, however, that Hebrew "evolved" (deteriorated) over the millennia as all languages do (modern English, street slang and Ebonics are a long way from Shakespeare!) - and attempt to allow for that deterioration.

The the Hebrew of the Torah that God gave to Moses is SUPERIOR to the Hebrew grammar and language of the books of history, Psalms, the prophets, etc.

  1. PLEASE dont misunderstand what was just written!
  2. The TRUTH is not inferior . . . just the language!
  3. FACT: The Gospel as preached by a "Rural Red neck Hillbilly" - 'butchering the King's English' as the cliche goes  . . .
  4.  . . . is JUST AS TRUE as that preached in perfect grammar, denotation and connotation by a Professor of English at Harvard University!

The spoken Hebrew Language of the Hebrew people had decayed from the perfection of Eden to the Children of Israel in slavery in Egypt about 4000 years later, depending on whose chronology you choose to accept:

  • [A] That text of the Masoretic Jews dating back to AD-900's;
  • [B] Or that of the Septuagint Scriptures Jesus used, dating back to several hundred years before Christ;
  • [C] (which adds almost 1500 years to the King James Bible and almost all modern Bibles, . . .
  • [D] . . . which also solves many ancient manuscript problems,  if we accept the version Jesus used!).

With either chronology, those who believe the Inspired-Inerrant-Infallible Truth of God's Word,  must accept the following:

  1. God taught, or programmed, Adam and Eve with Perfect Hebrew;
  2. God also used this 'High Hebrew' in the Torah given to Moses at Sinai;
  3. Over thousands of years High Hebrew eroded into a more informal 'Spoken Hebrew', much as formal British-English eroded into the American dialect, and onto Ebonics and street slang;
  4. Over thousands of years more, it eventually evolved into into the derivative Aramaic Language, which was commonly spoken by the Jews in the days of Jesus;
  5. With informal Hebrew of the later Prophets and the more common Aramaic languages being spoken among the Post-Babylonian Exile Jews, the original Hebrew God taught became a "dead language", meaning it was no longer spoken by the Hebrew people;
  6. It also became LESS UNDERSTOOD even by the Scribes, lawyers and scholars with each generation UNTIL some of its definition and understanding was lost.
  7. EXAMPLE: The NAME of God was lost and NO ONE knows what vowel sounds belong with the consonants for certain, nor even the sound of two of the consonants: "J" v. "Y" and  "H" v. "W".
  8. Phrases like "GOG and MAGOG" have lost their definition, and PLEASE don't believe some babbling fool trying to sell you a book modern "TV Prophecy Book" -  who literally has no study in the languages God has given us His word in.
  9. At the time of Thayer's Lexicon, over 300 Greek Words had no certain definition. Thanks more archeological findings almost every week, that number is being reduced by the decade, but the number is still significant
  10. Finally, even First Century Hebrew continued to evolve into "modern Hebrew" as spoken in Israel in the 20th Century (and Post-AD-2000) . . . making even First Century Bible Hebrew a "dead language" . . . no longer spoken by any nation on Earth . . . and NOT perfectly understood!
  11. **That's why God COMMANDS us to show ourselves APPROVED by "S-T-U-D-Y" of His Word,  . . .
  12.  . . . working at it as a TRUE WORK MAN labors in the fields . . . long hours and great effort: blood, sweat and tears!

WORDS IN SCRIPTURE ONLY ONCE:

FACT: Father God did NOT give a HEBREW LEXICON to Adam in the Garden, or to Moses with the Torah, or to David with the Psalms, etc.

Thus the ONLY WAY to know what any Bible Word means is as follows;

  1. IMMEDIATE CONTEXT: Sadly, the context does NOT explain many extremely important words - such as Church (Matt 16:18) - as Jesus simply spoke with the implication that it was a word they all understood well and needed no definition  . . . and none asked for one . . . as they had other teachings!
  2. LINGUISTICAL CONTEXT: How is the word used in the language as found in letters, books, newspapers, For EXAMPLE: the TWO WORDS translated BAPTISM (most ministers don't even know there are TWO with DIFFERENT MEANINGS . . . one applied to water and one applied to the Holy Spirit . . . and simply understood - ONCE the definitions were clear . . . from common literature found on HOW TO MAKE PICKLES! (WEB SEARCH if unfamiliar! VERY NEAT and INFORMATIVE!)
  3. SCRIPTURAL CONTEXT: A great way to define Scriptural Words is to look up EVERY OTHER TIME THEY ARE USED!
  4. This MUST be done in Hebrew and Greek, however, as ENGLISH words - such as "love" are translated from several different Greek words (eros, phileo, agape, agapao), and ALL have DIFFERENT meanings!
  5. That's why God USED DIFFERENT WORDS!  Thus to translate them all as "LOVE" or "CHARITY", etc., in English becomes a confusing mess very quickly . . . 
  6. . . . and Modern Americans find it difficult to grasp that AGAPE - Divine love - is a mixture of justice, equity and charity and basically DEVOID OF EMOTION and FEELINGS!
  7. FACT! Thus Scripture DOES DEFINE for us that to LOVE JESUS CHRIST is to OBEY HIM and KEEP HIS COMMANDMENTS!
  8. FACT: IT is NOT feelings, emotions, singing with expression or praising with tears!
  9. Having affection for Christ is NOT sin, but neither is it love, and millions of modern Americans shed tears regular when talking-singing-praising the Christ who DIED ON CALVARY FOR THEM . . .
  10.  . . . but have NO INTENTION WHATSOEVER to DOING the Commands of Christ and the New Testament!
  11. "Sell what you have and GIVE ALMS! Luke 12:33 - (NOT even put it in Church!) . . . "Having FOOD and RAINMENT, BE CONTENT therewith!" . . . He that hath TWO, let him give ONE to him that hath NONE! . . ."BE RECONCILED with the offended Christian brother-sister (NOT just saying you forgive which is easy!) BEFORE bringing your offering to the altar!" . . .
  12. . . . "Do all that the Pharisees bid you to do but do NOT follow their example!" (they were hypocirtes!). . . Blessing those (speaking goodly and praiseworthy about) THOSE HOW CURSE YOU! . . .
  13. . . . Doing Good to those who DESPITFULLY USE YOU! . . . NOT fighting back against those who take you to court but even giving them MORE THAN THEY ARE SEEKING TO TAKE FROM YOU!!!  . . .
  14. . . . Do NOT break even the LEAST Commandments of the Law! Matt 5:17,18,19, (Not for righteoueness or eternal life BUT BECASUE it is the WILL of GOD and HE WANTS YOU TO!!!)
  15.  . . . "Seek ye FIRST the Kingdom of Heaven!" Matt 6:33 (Do you spend more hours of time every week seeking that the WILL OF GOD be done on EARTH as it IS IN HEAVEN, MORE HOURS than you do MAKING MONEY for houses, cars, and lands that Jesus said to sell anyway and give the money to the poor?) . . .
  16. LOVING JESUS, Scripture says, is KEEPING HIS COMMANDMENTS . . . NOT the emotion you feel for your "PET DOG/CAT". . . FAVORITE SPORTS TEAM. . . FAVORITE MOVIE STAR . . . or JUNK FOOD!
  17. [We are as spiritually blind in the USA as a nation can be, even in the so-called Bible Churches, Bible Colleges and among Scholars!!!]
  18. However, the TRUE MEANING of Scriptural Love is LOST, partly due to poor translation, and the singular English word ALWAYS HAVING EMOTION and FEELINGS!

Hapax Legomenon:

hapax legomenon (plural - hapax legomena, sometimes abbreviated to hapax, pl. hapaxes) is a word that occurs only once within a context, either in the written record of an entire language, in the works of an author, or in a single text.

Hapax legomenon is a transliteration of Greek ἅπαξ λεγόμενον, meaning "(something) said (only) once".

Thus in Scriptural Context understanding - looking up EVERY Scriptural where a particular Hebrew or Greek words is used - one hits a stone wall when a word is ONLY used once in all of Scripture!

  1. FACT: There are over 1500 such Hebrew words including derivations. . .
  2. FACT: Of which over 400 hundred are ROOT WORDS
  3. FACT: With 686 such words in the New Testament!
  4. [SOURCE: http://www.jewishencyclopedia.com/articles/7236-hapax-legomena

This is NOT the ultimate problem, if such words can be commonly found in the culture.

However, there is very little literature, letters, clay tablets, etc., left from 1500 years before Christ!

The Dead Sea Scrolls are wonderful, but barely date to 100-15- years before Christ!

Thus SOME of the Hebrew Words - and Greek also - remain LOST:

  • God is no doubt QUITE UNHAPPY with careless stewardship of His word over the centuries!
  • Remember the whole Book of the Law being LOST . . . then discovered in the Temple at a time of renovation, in the days of Josiah?
  • AMAZING for BLASPHEMY!

In the AD-2000 era we are in the process of LOSING GOD'S WORD ON PURPOSE . . . BY GIVING IT COMPLETELY POLITICALLY CORRECT TRANSLATIONS!

  1. FACT: All manner of Scriptures commanding "women in submission to men" are DISCARDED in modern translations, such as the following:
  2. Bishops and Elders being husbands of ONE WIFE!
  3. Let women keep SILENT in the Churches and let them ask their husbands when they get home if they have questions!
  4. For I suffer NOT a woman to TEACH A MAN . . . OR USURP AUTHORITY over him!
  5. For women to WEAR LONG HAIR to show submission to men!
  6. FACT: Likewise, translations become MORE PRO-GAY with every UPDATE like the New International Version . . . even having open homosexuals on their main governing translation board!
  7. THUS truth is being lost to this and following generations as the USA rejects God and disintegrates into oblivion! Issiah 60:12

GOD'S IMPRIMATUR in HEBREW:

The linguistics of the Hebrew Language as designed and taught by God to Adam and Eve (or perhaps "programmed" - either way does not affect the evidence of the Godhead), and it gives us massive "Eternal Evidence" - with modern daily clues as reminders - of the Existence and Transcendence of the Almighty Godhead.

  1. God the Spirit - who is Spirit - manifests as Spirit of Ghost (that is Presence without a corporeal body, NOT as Christ appearings after His Resurrection, but a manifestation of the Spirit as on Pentecost: ALL PRESENCE . . . NO COPOREAL BODY);
  2. God the Father - willing to give His Son to save the World! John 3:16-17;
  3. God the Son - willing to give His life to save the World! John 12:47;

The Godhead in infinite wisdom, decided to continually reveal the "THREE-FOLD-NATURE-OF-HIS-GODHEAD"  . . .

  • . . . EVERY DAY . . .
  • . . . IN EVERY DAY LANGUAGE . . .

. . . by making EVERY Hebrew "Root Word" have THREE-CONSONANTS!"

  • A. NEVER 1, or 2 letters;
  • B. NEVER 4, 5, 6 letters or more;
  • C. BUT ALWAYS 3 letters!
  • D. And ONLY 3 letters . . .
  • E. . . . and THREE letters alone!

That the first language, the perfect language from which all others derived, has ALL WORDS built on a THREE-CONSONANT STRUCTURE:

  • Is this not too unique to be a coincidence and chance?

GOD'S IMPRIMATUR IN LANGUAGES of the WORLD!

That thousands of languages in the world . . . follow the letters of the Hebrew Alphabet of God, . . . retaining mostly the sounds of God's Letters - with a greater harmony the

  • (A) closer geographically, and
  • (B) sooner chronologically;

And furthermore, that almost all of the languages maintain LETTER "A" as their first letter:

  • Is not this too unique to be coincidence and chance?

"Alpeh" is the FIRST  LETTER of the Hebrew Alphabet!

[NOTE: Some languages have "names for their letters" - such as Hebrew and Greek, while others do not and simply call the letter by it's main vowel or consonant sound, like the "A", "E", "M", "N" "Z" etc., in English];

  1. "Alef"  for "A" is the first sound of the ancient Arabic Alphabet: [SOURCE: http://www.funwitharabic.com/alphabet.html
  2. "Az" (Az is the 'name' . . . "A" is the letter) - the first sound of the ancient Croatian Alphabet: [SOURCE http://www.euro-agent.com/nautica/hrvfon.htm
  3. "A" is the first sound of the Cyrillic Alphabet: [SOURCE:  http://www.pbs.org/weta/faceofrussia/reference/cyrillic.html
  4. "Alap" is the name of the first sound in the Ancient Syriac Alphabet, which language is almost a carbon-copy of the Hebrew: [SOURCE: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syriac_alphabet
  5. "Alf" is the name of the first sound in the Most Ancient Phoenician Alphabet - the most dominaent of the Medeterranean Sea regions pre-1200 BC, which language is almost a carbon-copy of the Hebrew: [SOURCE: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phoenician_alphabet
  6. "A" is the first sound of the Ancient Akkadian-Babylonian Alphabet - which mimics the Hebrew amazingly so - dating back to 3,000 BEFORE Christ and carved in clay tablets! [SOURCE: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akkadian_language
  7. "A" is the first sound of the Ancient Egyptian Language known as Coptic Alphabet: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coptic_alphabet
  8. "A" is the first sound of the Cryptic Russian Alphabet: [SOURCE: http://langintro.com/rintro/alphord.htm
  9. "A" is the first sound in the Czech Alphabet: [SOURCE: http://katerinalu.tripod.com/id5.html
  10. "A" is the first sound of the extremely ancient Sabean language - as mentioned in the nolders book of the bible, Job; (The Sabean language later called 'Geez' . . . and finally 'Ethiopian'; [SOURCE: http://ethiopianhistory.com/Ge'ez
  11. "A" is the first sound in the Moravian Alphabet: [SOURCE: http://www.mun.ca/rels/morav/pics/tutor/mscript2.html
  12. "A" is the first sound in the Ancient Japanese Alphabet: [SOURCE: http://www.japan-zone.com/new/alphabet.shtml
  13. "A" is the first sound in the Ancient Urdu Alphabet: [SOURCE: http://www.linguanaut.com/urdu_alphabet.htm
  14. "A" is the first sound in various ancient languages of India Alphabet: [SOURCE: http://www.ukindia.com/zalph.htm
  15. "A" is the first sound in the Ancient Aramaic Alphabet: [SOURCE: See Strong's Concordance];
  16. "A" is the first sound in the ancient Roman Latin Alphabet: [SOURCE: Jerome's Latin Vulgate:];
  17. "Alpha" is the name of the letter "A" as the first sound in the Ancient Greek Alphabet: [SOURCE: Thayers Greek Lexicon];
  18. "A" is the first sound even in the Native North American Cherokees Alphabet: [SOURCE:
    http://www.atypical.net/CherTabl.html
  19.  And you know that Spanish, French, Swiss, German, Portuguese, etc.,  and all the languages less than 2500 years old have the A-sound as their first sound and letter of their alphabet!
  20. Of course there are HUNDREDS more counting the dialects;

In almost every case "B" - named 'beth or 'bet' in the Hebrew, depending on the millennium - follows "A" in all these languages just as the Hebrew, and in general much of the alphabet follows the whole Hebrew Alphabet!

READ RIGHT TO LEFT, LIKE HEBREW:

Ancient Phoenician, Aramaic, Urdu, Samaritan, Arabic, Persian, Yiddish, the ancient Indo - Aryan language Binti, ancient Egyptian, Etruscan, Greek, the oldest Latin, . . .

 . . . As well as ancient Chinese and Japanese. . .

  •  . . . all written right to left . . .
  •  . . . JUST LIKE HEBREW!
  • What a COINCIDENCE should one say?

If one calculates the odds - of hundreds of ancient languages, their beginning letters, alphabetic structure, numbers of letters, reading right to left (and many other factors beyond this brief commentary)  many thousands of years apart . . . and many  thousands of miles apart, in the ancient days of NO modern communication; . . .

. . . to ALL start with "A" sound does the Hebrew, and follow the Hebrew pattern - it is almost as likely the next being you see will be a man form Mars . . .

OKKHAM'S LAW!

Since this is NOT likely, and as Okkham's Law so often prevails, the most likely explanation for this phenomena is quite simply:

  1. God created the first people . . . which amazingly, in Hebrew, the Scripture actually states that God created Adam a "SPEAKING SPIRIT!";
  2. God taught them - or programmed into them the Hebrew Language!
  3. Thus ALL people derived from EVE, mother of all the living,. . .
  4. Thus ALL languages derived from HEBREW, God's Chosen Language
  5. Thus from the Tower of Babel, as people moved north, south east and west - speaking new languages - they retained the basic foundation of Hebrew, and evolved there from, more and more over time and distance!

Of course Modern Science has NO evidence to disprove this historical, archeological, and Biblical evidence as found in myriads of ancient manuscripts, . . .

 . . . and NO OTHER EXPLANATION as to how all the languages of the world came to copy from the Hebrew, . . . IF NOT a derivation of the same, considering the intermediate languages interspersed over space and time of many millennia!

==============================

GOD'S IMPRIMATUR

In VARIOUS SCIENCES!

SCIENCE, ROOT WORDS of BIOLOGY:

Likewise, the  codons "Language of Life" - called by some "The Protein Language" - also designed and programmed by God to be the language of all living substance

  • from lions to dandelions,
  • from babies to buttercups to butterflies!

The Protein Language is the language of Genetics, of Cells, of RNA and DNA, of plants, of animals, of germs, of bacteria, etc.,even viruses . . . of all that exists: the Code of Life!

This PROTEIN LANGUAGE consists of "CODONS".

Strangely amazing . . . this Protein Language of all Life is also made of ALL THREE LETTER WORDS and ONLY THREE LETTER WORDS!

Thus each letter of these TRINITARIAN CODONS, . . .  is the life-giving code for an amino acid, creating the genetic structure of all that is LIFE!

Thus every word that your body parts (cells, organs, glands, tissues, hormones, etc.,) write to each other, and every word your body reads in communication from another body part, these are ALL THREE LETTER WORDS!

All of the intelligence your body has, all it knows and all it communicates - in every bodily function possible - is given in THREE LETTER WORDS!

  1. > NEVER 1, or 2 letters;
  2. > NEVER 4, 5, 6, or more;
  3. > ALWAYS 3 letters!
  4. > AND ONLY 3 letters,
  5. > and THREE LETTERS alone!

Can we possibly miss this, asks NewtonStein?

  • (Not if we can count as far as 1, 2, 3!!!)

==============================

GOD'S IMPRIMATUR!

The SCIENTIFIC "TRINITARIAN CODE of LIFE!"


Picture below shows "How Life Communicates!"
DNA PROTEIN LANGUAGE photo
Note "THREE LETTER WORDS" of Life: The PROTEIN LANGUAGE!
In ALL LIFE: Bacteria, fungi, plants, reptiles, insects, mammals and humans!


PROTEIN LANGUAGE Must Be TRANSLATED:
TRANSLATION and TRANSCRIPTION CODONS photo
The FIRST LANGUAGE must be TRANSLATED and TRANSCRIPTED:
Note these also are ALL THREE LETTER Words of Life!


One of THREE BASE LANGUAGE Charts:
PROTEIN LANGUAGE CODONS, SECOND BASE photo
Here is a Chart of SECOND-BASE Codon Words;
Note these ALL are "THREE-LETTER" Words!

[SOURCE: To see over 100 such pictures and more, see:  https://www.google.com/search?q=picture+of+protein+language+codons&tbm=isch&tbo=u&source=univ&sa=X&ei=miE9UoLwErbG4AP-zYGwBg&ved=0CCkQsAQ&biw=1366&bih=624&dpr=1   ];

NOTE: ALL College students need this information so when they take College Biology, they can  "SEE GOD" in the Science Lab, and NOT be destroyed by the Christ-hating Science Teachers!

GOD'S IMPRIMATUR

EVEN in MODERN ENGLISH!

G-O-D! (That, Too, is THREE LETTERS!)

Even the Word "G-O-D" in English . . . is Three Letters! 

Why is "GOD" in English significant on a global scale?

For the simple reason that today, in the POST-AD-2,000 world, very few thousands speak, write, understand or even study - Biblical Hebrew with the THREE-LETTER-ROOT-WORD structure.

Comparatively, thousands of MILLIONS SPEAK English!  

  1.  ENGLISH, is an Official Language in well over 100 nations of the World! (Check the Almanac from your local library or bookstore!)
  2. ENGLISH, is The Major Language of Science, Globally!
  3. ENGLISH, is an Official - and the Major - Language of the United Nations!
  4. ENGLISH, is The Official Language of The Internet!
  5. ENGLISH, is The Major Language of Serious Publishing - even in Japan and Germany!
  6. ENGLISH, is The Official Language of Global Airlines and Airports!
  7. ENGLISH, is The Official Language of OF the World!
  8. **THUS more people will hear the Gospel in ENGLISH than any other Language!
  9. **THUS more people will read the Gospel in ENGLISH than any other Language!
  10. **THUS more people will own a Bible in ENGLISH than any other Language!
  11. **THUS more people will get saved from learning TRUTH in ENGLISH than any other Language!

FACT! SINCE God knew of the ENGLISH as the Global Language before the Foundation of the World!

FACT! SINCE God in His Goodness has ALWAYS given Signs to Those Who Believe:

  1. Giving to Noah  (and us!) a rainbow . . .
  2. To Moses a rod to become a serpent, and  putting his hand in bosom to become leprous)
  3. To Israel His Fire by night and His cloud by day . . .
  4. To Gideon the fleece, wet and dry, opposite of the natural weather around it, . . .
  5. To Samson's parents consuming the sacrifice . . .
  6. To Elijah and public Israel consuming the sacrifice . . .
  7. To Isaiah and later all of Israel (and us!) - "The Virgin Birth as a sign - Isa 7:14, . . .
  8. To the Wise Kings of Christ's Birth, The Star of the East . . .
  9. To the Shepherds in the fields, the Babe in Swaddling Clothes . . .
  10. To all of Israel in the First Century of Christ: The Signs of the times in Matthew 24:4-24, Mark 13:5-20 and Luke 17:31-41 and 21:10-25); etc.,

SIGNS and WONDERS;

Thus ALL of these "linguistic signs and wonders" - remember, that in the Hebrew and Greek, circumcision was given as a sign - thus "sign" does NOT equate to 'SUPERNATURAL in the sensational sense, or MIRACULOUS' . . . but simply that which is NOT NATURAL as follows:

  1. A SIGN never happens on its own - as in circumcision;
  2. A SIGN never happens by mathematical probability, as in chance, such as flipping a coin and getting three heads in succession! THAT WILL HAPPEN, though oyu may have to flip the coin several times!
  3. Thus that which OCCURS AGAINST THE MATHEMATICAL LAWS of PROBABILITIES classifies as a SIGN!

Basically and simply, a "WONDER" is that which is WONDERFUL! So it can be miraculous - like Jesus feeding the multitudes - or it can be a wonder for any of the following:

  1. For its being wonderful, as the 12 Spies finding an harlot who would "believe" in God and befriend them, as Ruth meeting and marrying Boaz, as Rachel giving birth to Joseph, as Hannah giving birth to Samuel, etc.,
  2. Or a wonder for it's power, from a great storm, earthquake, volcano as Jesus called signs of the times in Matthew 24, etc., though UN-NATURAL for it's rarity,, yet NOT SUPER-NATURAL in superseding General Laws of Science;
  3. Or even as a government using abusive power in an unbelievable way - as in Herod the Great slaughtering the babies of Bethlehem;

Thus we see ALL of the amazing wonders of the Hebrew language of God, given as a SIGN to those in the modern age  - "when knowledge is greatly increased" (Daniel 12:4) - who have access to information about the languages of the whole Earth and all of history at their fingertips by Internet . . .

 . . . whereby they can easily KNOW and PROVE these things to be true, as the EVIDENCE God gives in stamping His Imprimatur on the languages of humanity.

FACT! SINCE God originally made His name a "Three-Letter-Root-Word in Hebrew - "JAH" (Psalm 68:4)
 
FACT! ONCE AGAIN, God made His Name a THREE LETTER WORD in ENGLISH, the Global Language of the most populated era of Earth's history!

  • Some researchers say as many people have lived in the last 100 years;
  • As in the first 7,000 years

So remember this every time "GOD!" is heard, seen, read, and said, </b> etc., GOD is reminding the WORLD that He is the THREE-FOLD-GOD who exists as Spirit, Father and Son SIMULTANEOUSLY!

  1. "G" = Ghost-Presence of the Holy Spirit!
  2. "O" = Only Begotten Son!
  3. "D" = Divine Father of All!

Teach this to others, and help your family and friends see the "SIGNS along the WAY!"

GOD'S IMPRIMATUR

In GENERAL LINGUISTICS!

Seeing God in Linguistics, in General; 

In linguistics, there are many, many more CLUES, SIGNS, FACTS of EVIDENCE that PROVE God is the Designer of:

  1. All language,
  2. Original Alphabet,
  3. The Hebrew Language,
  4. The Hebrew Language, First!
  5. That Hebrew is the parent language of all others!
  6. Hebrew Word Structure,
  7. Words unique to Hebrew Language that pertain to God . . .
  8. . . . that NO OTHER LANGUAGE DEVELOPED . . .
  9. . . . BECAUSE they had no God . . . with eternal Attributes! . . .
  10.  . . . SO THEY HAD NO NEED FOR WORDS THAT DESCRIBED THE SUPERNATURAL ATTRIBUTES of an ETERNAL GOD!

EXAMPLE: "EMMANUEL!"

Emmanuel is the same word in every language, and no language has a word it can be translated into, . . . BECAUSE . . . it means GOD DWELLING IN THE MIDST OF HIS PEOPLE:

  1. Collectively in the Old Covenant as in the Holy Place and Shekineh Glory);
  2. Individually in the New Testament as in the Holy Spirit living in the midst of one's being: the heart!

Thus no language has a word like this BECAUSE no people had "this experience of GOD DWELLING IN THE MIDST OF HIS PEOPLE . . .  apart from the Hebrew People of the One True GOD: JAH!

  1. "Eman-nu" - is living in the midst of his people and can be applied to one living is his Family, Tribe, Community, Nation, etc.,
  2. "EL" is the English transliteration for one of the Hebrew Words for God meaning "GOD ALMIGHTY!"
  3. Thus Emmanu-EL means GOD living in the midst of His people!
  4. Thus "Emmanuel - an Hebrew Word - remains the same word in all languages,
  5. BECAUSE NONE of them have anything to translate it into!

EXAMPLE: "HALLELUJAH!"

Likewise for the word "Halleluah" - which is a Hebrew compound word "Hallelu-JAH" - and is a Command to "PRAISE JAH!"

  1. Halle - is give praise to;
  2. Hallelu - is to give your Highest Praise;
  3. JAH is God! (Psalm 68:4)
  4. Hallelu-JAH means "give God your Highest Praise!
  5. FACT! HalleluJAH is NOT a "by-word" to be repeated  continually and nonsensically;
  6. FACT! HalleluJAH is a COMMAND given by Scripture (or a Praise Leader) to be be obeyed-fulfilled!

Thus HalleluJAH is the SAME IN EVERY LANGUAGE OF THE WORLD . . . BECAUSE NONE of them have any word to translate it into . . . BECAUSE none of them have a REAL, SUPERNATURAL, LIVING GOD for such word to be applied!

How simple!

EXAMPLE: "AMEN!"

Likewise is the simple and common "Amen!"- which is a Hebrew Word pertaining to the Word of God and the Promises of the Word of God.

Amen basically means:

  1. So God has spoken! So let it be done! (Remember this phrase used in Cecille B DeMill's TEN COMMANDMENTS MOVIE?)
  2. Once the spoken Word of God had been written down, the meaning of Amen is automatically: So it is written! So let it be done!
  3. When the Word of God contained a Promise of provision, protection, etc., "Amen" automatically means: "So God has spoken, so let it be DONE UNTO ME!
  4. Likewise it is appropriate for God's people to say "AMEN!" when it is (A)being read from the Bible, (B)Preached/taught, (C)Prayed, (D)Sung, or simply used in conversation!

Thus Christian people OFTEN say Amen in all manner of situation, usually not knowing EXACTLY WHY they are saying, . . . almost being used as a byword!

MORE EXAMPLES:

There are several more examples - such as "HOSANNA!"  meaning to BLESS GOD! (What language would have THAT word! People who had false God's believe they were to bless the people and bring them luck!!!

Likewise "SHEKINEH" as in Shekineh Glory meaning the uniqueness of the Invisible, non-corporeal God manifested as:

  1. "Felt" as in God's Presence,. . . feeling the Spirit of God . . .
  2. "Seen" as in God's Glow (Glory Cloud!) or even Fire at Moses Burning bush, leading Israel, or Pentecost; . . .
  3. "Heard" as in the rustle in the tops of the mulberry trees . . . or the rushing mighty wind of the Tabernacle or Pentecost, or the hushed wind in a still room!
  4. What people would need such a word in their language . . . to be applied to a REAL GOD . . . over thousands of years, recording such manifestations - EXCEPT - The Hebrew People of the God of the Hebrews?

The scoffing world asks: "Where is evidence for God?" . . . to which those educated in the Word of God answer:

  • EVERYWHERE!
  • ANY Language and alphabet, ALL Languages and alphabets, . . .
  • ESPECIALLY the Hebrew Language and even ENGLISH!
  • EVERY LIVING THING from bacteria and viruses to plants, reptiles, insects, mammals and people!
  • AND SO VERY MUCH MORE!

==================================

HEBREW "AB"

First Word in Hebrew

Rewuired to Understand GREEK!

(Strong's Numbers #1)

Letter "A" - INTRO:

The first letter of the English alphabet is the letter "A" - which we simply pronounce as its name, the "long "AA" sound.

Letter "A" is also the first letter of the Hebrew Alphabet as devised by God, is named "ALEPH" - (pronounced al - LEPH') - in Hebrew.


FIRST WORD in the HEBREW VOCABULARY-LEXICON:

0001 "AB " (pronounced  - awe-b')

The first Hebrew Word in a dictionary-Hebrew Lexicon, by DIVINE DESIGN, begins with 'Aleph' - "A".

Even more amazing, the first Hebrew Word devised by God begins simply by:

  • combining "A" - the first letter of the alphabet,
  • with letter "B" - the second letter of the alphabet,
  • to make the first Hebrew word "Ab" - (which rhymes with Bob, cob, rob, mob, sob, etc).

This first Hebrew Word by God - "Ab" - is STRONG'S NUMBER 0001 (that you can check in any Hebrew dictionary or lexicon) which word 'Ab' is Hebrew for "Father."

In the English King James Bible, this Hebrew word 'Ab' is translated into several different English words including:

  1. 'chief',
  2. 'prince',
  3. 'principal',
  4. 'patrimony',
  5. 'families',
  6. 'desire';

How can this one little Hebrew word "Ab" - be translated into all those different English words in the Bible?

Let's break it down step by step . . .

 . . . as it is the amazing foundation for the whole structure of God's Authority.

"AB" - PART-I - "AB" APPLICATION:

God established "AB" as the "CHIEF" of the home by making him far stronger than his wife, and children . . . thus giving his the "POWER" (dunamis) to go with the AUTHORITY! (exousia)

  1. [1] A true father is both a Chief and Prince;
  2. [2] A 'house' or 'household' is the family itself, . . . NOT the building as modern English define 'house'. Examples are as House of David, House of Moses, Household of faith, etc., Joshua saying: "As for me and my house, WE shall serve the Lord!" (Joshua's Family - NOT the boards and bricks of his domicile!);
  3. [3] Thus a true house is people, not boards and bricks, . . . but is the smallest unit of God Ordained Government, thus making the "AB-FATHER" an "Officer of Government";
  4. [4] Also, the "house" is the definition of the "legal jurisdiction" of the Father. The jurisdiction of any authority is a particular set of boundaries - often geographic - such as city court, state court, national courts, etc., each have authority ONLY in their jurisdiction.

    Thus "Ab-Father" - is first of all, the "Chief-and-Prince" of His Household!
  5. [5] The physical home, farm, property, of his "house-hold" (children, etc.) is the "geographic jurisdiction" of the Chief-Prince;
  6.  [6] Thus Hebrew fathers have legal jurisdiction in two frames of Reference:
  • [6-A] Jurisdiction-A is the Jurisdiction of his family, where ever they may be at any time - even in another tribe state or nation;
  • [6-B] Jurisdiction-B is the Jurisdiction of his property, within that district of his authority, the physical 'house' - (be it a building, cave, tent, land inhabited - either owned or rented) where the Father is Chief-Protector of all residents, and Principal Enforcer to set rules and guidelines for all who are there in;

Thus the "Ab" is the Chief-Prince of HIS FAMILY where ever they are (of age) . . . and is the Chief-Prince of ALL PERSONS within his geographic jurisdiction, whether neighbors, strangers, distant relatives, etc., and anyone who comes"under his roof" - "on his property" - which is "his jurisdiction.

Thus the "Ab" can STOP a visitor from smoking, drinking alcohol, using profane language, undressing, etc., WITHIN HIS JURISDICTION.

"AB" - PART-II - EACH FATHER AS A PRINCIPAL:

  1. A 'Principal' simply the Authoritative Agent (often representing other or higher legal authority) over a geographic region, and/or the specific residents thereof in official capacity.
  2. A PRINCIPALITY is the region of legal jurisdiction defined either as (A) geography (see School Principal and School Property below); or as (B) particular persons anywhere and/or particular events, etc., (See School Principal authority at official school functions, though it be a "school field trip" at the state zoo or theme park - below);
  3. Which PRINCIPAL in ancient millennia, the PRINCIPAL AGENT was the "PRINCE of a PALACE" . . . his home was his PALACE: this was a "PRINCE-a-PAL."
  4. English culture and literature picked up this Hebrew concept as every man is King of his Castle - be it a tent, trailer, teepee, hut or log cabin!
  5. The concept and office of a PRINCIPAL is easiest understood in the modern western world by considering the local SCHOOL PRINCIPAL;
  6. School Principals have GREAT AUTHORITY . . . in the geographic jurisdiction of SCHOOL PROPERTY! . . . for example in the dress code, say NOT allowing Tee-shirts with raw profanity for students and employees alike.
  7. HOWEVER, the same sutdents on the weekend at the City Park can wear shirts that VIOLATE the School Principal's rules, which are ONLY valid (A) on School Property,  . . . and at (B) Official School functions.
  8. In Hebrew language and culture, as the Principal, the Father is the Authoritative Agent of His House - REPRESNTING the Authority of God, His Word, His Law. . .
  9.  . . . as adjudicated by the Ruling Elders  . . .
  10.  . . .  be it Community, City, Tribe, Synagogue or Church.
  11. Thus a Principal, Father is chief, prince,judge, protector, defender, and provider;
  12. 'Principality' then, in all of its applications, is nothing more than thedefined regions of legal jurisdiction where the Principal is Chief!
  13. FACT: Principality has NOTHING to do with devils. demons an the spirit world.
  14. FACT: What we Christians wrestle against isNOT (A) Flesh and Blood - that is our individual neighbors, . . .
  15.  . . . but rather the COMPLICATED SYSTEMS of LAWS, . . .
  16.  . . . the CITY HALLS (which proverb says: "YOU CAN'T FIGHT CITY HALL!", . . .
  17.  . . . the POWERS (state's legislative, judicial, police and military authorities) . . .
  18.  . . .  and PRINCIPALITIES (their juridictions of these many SYSTEMIC Powers! ).. .
  19.  . . . inclusive of IRS, EPA, FBI, CIA, ICE,  School Boards,  politically correct COURTS and educational systems, etc.,
  20. Thus while "demon-fighting Christians" are busy "casting devils" out of every room they enter . . .
  21.  . . . the REAL POWERS and PRINCIPALITIES - county, city, school, court, state and federal governments have TAKEN EVERYTHING AWAY FROM THE CHURCH  . . . including even the right to define the RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION of MARRIAGE!. . .
  22. . . . CONSIDER THIS SCRIPTURE: . . .
  23. (Titus 3:1) Put them in mind to be subject to principalities and powers, to obey magistrates, to be ready to every good work, Titus 3:1-3,   
  24. (Do you really believe Apostle Paul was COMMANDING Apostle Titus to COMMAND the Believes to BE SUBJECT TO DEVILS and DEMONS???  . . .
  25. Do you see the folly of this devil-worshipping theology of MAKING ALL POWERS and PRINCIPALITIES to be UNKNOWN, UNSEEN DEMONS???
  26. Powers and principalities are GODLESS EARTHLY RULERS, MAGISTRATES, KINGS, GOVERNORS, etc., . . .
  27. . . . while the Church has been fighting unknown, unnamed, unseen opponents called demons for a century . . . the secular, Godless American Government has been CHOKING the CHURCH TO DEATH!
  28. Thus Jesus warned again and again against BE NOT DECEIVED!!!

Consider some Scriptures speaking of princes, chiefs, fathers, leaders, etc.,

  1. Numbers 25:14
  2. Numbers 36:1
  3. Joshua 22:14
  4. 1 Chronicles 7:40

"AB" - PART-III - NEW TESTAMENT DISTINCTIVES:

 [1] A "Chief Prince", is a PRINCE of other Princes of a particular region: literally a "PRINCE of Princes":

 [2] NT References to Jesus as Prince:

  1. "Thou... art not the least among the Princes of Judah: for out of thee shall come a Governor, Mat 2:4, from Micah 5:1,2,
    Matthew 2:5-7 (in Context) Matthew 2 (Whole Chapter)
  2. "And killed the Prince of Life, whom God hath raised from the dead; Acts 3:15 Acts 3:14-16 (in Context) Acts 3 (Whole Chapter)
  3. "Him hath God exalted with His Right Hand to be a Prince and a Saviour</b>,  Acts 5:31  Acts 5:30-32 (in Context) Acts 5 (Whole Chapter)
  4. "And from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the Prince of the Kings of the earth."  Revelation 1:5  Revelation 1:4-6 (in Context) Revelation 1 (Whole Chapter)
  5. Being PRINCE of Kings, and/or PRINCE of Princes corresponds perfectly to LORD of Lords, KING of Kings, GOD of God's, WARRIOR of Warriors;
  6. Thus a Chief Prince is also a FATHER of Fathers, or a 'PRINCIPAL of Principals';

The Devil as Prince:

When applied to The Devil, as it is three times in the King James Version, he is called:

  1. The PRINCE of Devils that is chief of devils and/or leader of devils, and/or principal of devils, as found in Matt 9:34, Matt 12:24, Mark 3:22, John 12:31, John 14:30;

[A] In the Greek Language and Culture of the New Testament, PRINCE corresponds to the "Bishop" - the Overseer of any group - the Chairman, The "President" (President simply the "Preside-ing Elder") - the Chief, the Prince, the Shepherd, etc., be it overseeing believers, elders, rulers, political people, as mayor of a city, or of devils.

[B] Likewise, in the New Testament, 'Principality' is geographic jurisdiction, and is the place where the Prince - that is the Principal - exercises the authority and duty of fatherhood, initially,

[C] Thus the "Bishoprick" of Acts 1:20 (from Psalm 69:25, Psalm 109:8) is the region where the Bishop has authority - in this case Judas as one of the Twelve Disciples/Apostles of Christ - Christ perhaps choosing one for each of the Twelve Tribes of Israel (See Revelation 21:12, 14,

Thus as every Bishop has a Bishopric, the Bishop is the Prince-and-Principal and the jurisdiction is the Bishoprick.


"AB" - PART-IV - MORE NEW TESTAMENT DISTINCTIVES:

This Bishop-Bishopric, Principal-Principality - each as 'Chief' and 'Prince' and 'Leader' and a 'father' . . . further corresponds to the New testament by connecting the requirements for Elders and Deacons to "Chief of their Houses" (Deacon being overseer of civil or non-religious needs, such as food, shelter, justice, widows discrimination, etc., SEE ACTS 6:1-12);

In all cases, those becoming [1]Bishops, [2]Deacons, [3]Elders - oversee others as FATHER of Fathers, CHIEF of Chiefs, and PRINCIPAL of Principals,  . . . and ALL candidates for Bishop, Deacon and Elder are required to have proved themselves as follows:

  1. They had to have "Ruled their household well;"
  2. Having "all children in subjection;"
  3. "With proper attitude, (gravity)"
  4. Thus showing they were properly proven as Princes, Fathers, Chiefs, and Principals, functioning as the true Chief of their House;
  5. This was required BEFORE being appointed/approved - by the body by election - to position of PRINCE among Princes, and CHIEF among Chiefs, PRINCIPAL among Principals . . . as a
  6. Bishop, (generic term of overseer of Elders or Deacons) - thus it was NOT a spiritual calling, but "an office" that one may simply "desire" - 1 Timothy 3:1)
  7. Elder, (spiritual overseer of youngers, whether in a synagogue, city council or Sanhedrin, etc., - Matt 5:21, 22 - thus a Ruling Elder - Heb 13:7, 17, 24)
  8. or Deacon (overseer of NON-SPIRITUAL needs - Acts 6:2, 3, 4.)


"AB" - PART-V - MODERN USA:

The same concept is continued in modern USA, thousands of years after God gave this title of "ab" to Adam. In modern USA 'Principal' - as a Prince, as a Chief, as a leader, as a Principal, is one who exercises authority over a jurisdiction of [a] a group of people, and [b] a literal geographic place

This corresponds to modern Public Schools:

  1. A person in almost every community is named a 'Principal' FATHER of Fathers, as the Chief Father - is selected to do the extended Duty of all Fathers - to teach the children (As commanded in the Torah, in the Great Jewish 'Shema' in the great Commandment of Deut 6:1-10;
  2.  . . .  and as Chief Father is set over the formal education of children of a particular community
  3. This PRINCIPAL of all the local Principals (as FATHER of all the local Fathers) ONLY has jurisdiction over the students, not their parents, not younger siblings at home, not relatives already out of school, not other students in a school across town, nor drivers on the highway, just the students;
  4. This school Principal also has a jurisdiction over the GEOGRAPHIC PLACE where the students "gather" (synagogue in Hebrew);

However, his Geographic jurisdiction extends to ALL citizens to some degree, when they are within his physical jurisdiction, such as adults must adhere to certain PRINCIPAL'S RULES:

  •  [A] No drunks on premise!
  •  [B] No drinking alcohol on premise!
  •  [C] No females in tiny bikini's or Thongs on premise!
  •  [D] No loud yelling or music on premise!

Thus a 'good' Principal, a 'true' Scriptural Principal is one who sees himself as a FATHER, chosen from the FATHERS - after PROVING HIMSELF as a FATHER (1 Timothy 3) . . . to act as a FATHER of Fathers to the Children of ALL the FATHERS.

The True Principal is not primarily a teacher, career person, government official, boss, dictator, professional doing a job, etc.,  . . . BUT A CHIEF FATHER . . . with a FATHER'S HEART:

  • Caring for ALL the children as his own children, grandchildren;
  • Caring for the employees as his adult children;
  • Caring for school property as his own property;
  • Caring for the school budget as his own money
  • Caring for the total school as his calling that he must give an account for unto God Almighty!

"AB" - PART-VI - PRINCE (and similar Words) GENERIC, NON-SPIRTUAL:

Please note that JESUS is called a Prince, the Devil is called a Prince, Gentiles are said to have Princes,

Thus "PRINCE" is a generic word. It is NON spiritual. It does NOT require one be Godly or even saved. It is NOT a Religious word.

Consider the following Scriptures well:

These "PRINCE" Scriptures apply to Christ Jesus!

  1. Daniel 8:25 And through his policy also he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he shall magnify himself in his heart, and by peace shall destroy many: he shall also stand up against the Prince of princes; but he shall be broken without hand. Daniel 8:24-26 (in Context) Daniel 8 (Whole Chapter)
  2. Daniel 9:25 Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. Daniel 9:24-26 (in Context) Daniel 9 (Whole Chapter)
  3. Matthew 2:6 And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, art not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor (Prince), that shall rule my people Israel. Matthew 2:5-7 (in Context) Matthew 2 (Whole Chapter)
  4. Acts 3:15 and killed the Prince of life, whom God hath raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Acts 3:14-16 (in Context) Acts 3 (Whole Chapter) 
  5. Acts 5:31 Him hath God exalted with his right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins.Acts 5:30-32 (in Context) Acts 5 (Whole Chapter)
  6. Revelation 1:5 and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood,Revelation 1:4-6 (in Context) Revelation 1 (Whole Chapter)

These "PRINCE" Scriptures apply The Adversary!

  1. Matthew 9:34 But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils. Matthew 9:33-35 (in Context) Matthew 9 (Whole Chapter) 
  2. Matthew 12:24 But when the Pharisees heard it, they said, This fellow doth not cast out devils, but by Beelzebub the prince of the devils. Matthew 12:23-25 (in Context) Matthew 12 (Whole Chapter)
  3. Mark 3:22 And the scribes which came down from Jerusalem said, He hath Beelzebub, and by the prince of the devils casteth he out devils. Mark 3:21-23 (in Context) Mark 3 (Whole Chapter)
  4. John 12:31 Now is the judgment of this world: now shall the prince of this world be cast out. John 12:30-32 (in Context) John 12 (Whole Chapter) 
  5. John 14:30 Hereafter I will not talk much with you: for the prince of this world cometh, and hath nothing in me. John 14:29-31 (in Context) John 14 (Whole Chapter) 
  6. John 16:11 "... of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged. John 16:10-12 (in Context) John 16 (Whole Chapter) 
  7. Ephesians 2:2 wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience: Ephesians 2:1-3 (in Context) Ephesians 2 (Whole Chapter)

This "PRINCE" Scripture - one of many if the Hebrew Scriptures are included -applies to princes (leaders) among the Gentiles!

  1. Matthew 20:25 But Jesus called them unto him, and said, Ye know that the princes of the Gentiles exercise dominion over them, and they that are great exercise authority upon them. Matthew 20:24-26 (in Context) Matthew 20 (Whole Chapter)

These "PRINCE" Scriptures - one of many if the Hebrew Scriptures are included -applies to princes (leaders) of this world!

  1. 1 Corinthians 2:6 Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: yet not the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to nought: 1 Corinthians 2:5-7 (in Context) 1 Corinthians 2 (Whole Chapter) 
  2. 1 Corinthians 2:8 which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory. 1 Corinthians 2:7-9 (in Context) 1 Corinthians 2 (Whole Chapter)

This "PRINCE" Scripture show the great generic variation applying it to the Prince of Eunuchs, used several times in Daniel;

  1. Daniel 1:18 Now at the end of the days that the king had said he should bring them in, then the prince of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar. Daniel 1:17-19 (in Context) Daniel 1 (Whole Chapter) 

YOU MUST UNDERSTAND GENERIC BIBLE TERMS!

SURELY you see that the BIBLE WORD "PRINCE" is a GENERIC WORD - NOT SPIRITUAL, NOT RELIGIOUS - and is as accurately applied to the Devil as to Christ; and to worldly princes as to Godly Princes

What you need to understand is that the FOLLOWING WORDS (among many) are EQUALLY GENERIC, NON-RELIGIOUS,  . . . and were used commonly in everyday life in Greece for hundreds and hundreds of years, . . .

 . . . and out of this non-religious setting - THOUGH WORLD WIDE. . .

(as Greek was the ONLY LANGUAGE ever . . . to be considered world wide, . . .  as the people of many nations adopted it voluntarily, to be part of the Great Greek Empire as established . . .

 . . . EXACTLY as the modern world is accepting and adapting ENGLISH - not by force - but because it will help them share in global economy and prosperity!);

Here are a few EXTREMELY IMPORTANT GENERIC, "NON-RELIGIOUS", GREEK WORDS . . . that CHRIST SUPERNATURALLY CHOSE TO USE. . .

 . . . for "HIS CHURCH" and "HIS WORD!" . . .

 . . . the importance of which CAN NOT BE OVER STATED . . . "IF" we truly want to understand:

  • FATHER GOD,
  • JESUS CHRIST!
  • HIS CHURCH!
  • HIS PURPOSE!
  • All as given IN HIS WORD, and ONLY in HIS WORD

FACT: PLEASE don't be offended at the implication that YOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND GOD BETTER . . . ( AS DOES THIS SERVANT OF GOD) . . .

Let us NEVER get over the amazement of Apostle Paul's great Earthly quest:

  • Philippians 3:But what things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ.
  • 3:8 Yea doubtless, and I count all things but loss,
  • for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord:
  • for whom I have suffered the loss of all things,
  • and do count them but dung,
  • that I may win Christ
  • 3:9 and be found in him, not having mine own righteousness, which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith:
  • 3:10 that I may know him, and the power of his resurrection,
  • and the fellowship of his sufferings, being made conformable unto his death;

Brethren and Sisters:

If the Apostle Paul - after being raised strict Pharisee - then 16-17 years formal rabbinical studies, supernatural Damascus Road experience, supernatural visions from God, supernatural revelations in writing half the letters of the New Testament . . . plus decades of ministry and mission work . . .

 . . . If Apostle Paul STILL had a 'heart-need', to sacrifice all things for the excellent knowledge of Jesus Christ, AND TO WIN some kind of approbation from Christ, . . .

. . . and THAT HE WOULD KNOW HIM . . .

 . . . where does that leave the REST OF USin KNOWING GOD as we OUGHT TO KNOW HIM!

. . . Such is the quest! . . .

Such is the command and the ONLY WAY God has given us:

  • "STUDY!!!!! . . .
  • that we may SHOW OURSELVES APPROVED UNTO GOD . . . (2 Timothy 2:15)

Thus we STRIVE to lay aside:

  1. TRADITION: Matt 15:9, Mark 7:7
  2. DENOMINATIONAL PREFERENCE "FOR" certain doctrines and practices;
  3. DENOMINATIONAL PREJUDICE "AGAINST" certain doctrines and practices;

Thus we pray for our "EYES to be ENLIGHTENED!"

GENERIC GREEK TERMS CHRIST CHOSE TO USE!

Simple by amazing facts:

  1. The definitions of over 1500 Hebrew words are uncertain - [that's almost 1 of 5 words!] . . . (Some say 1301) . . . from Gog and Magog to the Name of God - that HE commanded to be ESTABLISHED IN THE EARTH FOR ALL TO GLORIFY!!!
  2. Over 400 are complete guesses!
  3. The definitions of 686 Greek words are uncertain [that's 1 of 8 words!], with many unknown.
  4. With hundreds of others from Baptism to Predestination, . . . from eternal security to unknown tongues . . . from Church to Apostle. . . STRONGLY DISPUTED!
  5. Over 26,000 words have been ADDED TO GOD'S WORD, the "ITALICS" in the King James . . . (and these added words are NOT EVEN MARKED in most modern horrendous translations!
  6. Only with intense study of God's Word and the Culture of God's Word and His People, can we hope to find TRUTH and achieve UNITY of Christ's NOW FRACTURED BODY . . . of which is Commanded: "LET THERE BE NO DIVISION AMONG YOU!" 1 Cor 1:10)

FIRST:

First we need to RIGHTLY DIVIDE the Words  IN GOD'S WORD . . . knowing the WORDS GOD devised, gave to the Hebrews to describe the concepts He designed:

  • Emmanuel, Hosanna, His 16 Jehovah-Yahweh titles, Amen, Hallelujah, altar, sacrifice, sin, salvation, eternal life, forgiveness, Ab (formal), abba (informal), His calendar, His Holy Days, and HUNDREDS more!

SECOND:

Second we need to RIGHTLY DIVIDE the spiritual Words GOD devised, from the words of the GREEK LANGUAGE - that GOD HIMSELF caused to blanket the Earth under Alexander the Great in a supernatural way, . . . THEN chose to REVEAL CHRIST'S GOSPEL of the KINGDOM . . . and the WRITINGS of the NEW TESTAMENT in that language!

To effectively communicate with the Greek Speaking word He had devised, God chose some common, everyday GREEK key words and concepts that would bring INSTANT UNDERSTANDING. . .  to masses of people and those hearing the GOSPEL FOR THE FIRST TIME!

Here are a few of those New Testament Generic Greek, Non-Religious Words:

  • [1] Apostle - This term was the Highest Ranking Officer in the Greek Military, who also directly represented the King in his absence, having ALL AUTHORITY of the King to do as follows: (A)establish New Colonies . . . (B)claim new lands discovered or conquered . . . (C) declare war against new enemies. . . (D)enter into treaties. . .(E)govern newly occupied lands. . .(F)appoint new governors-elders . . . (G)establish and enlarge the Kingdom of the King, (H)overseeing the King's Business, . . . military, soldiers, money, causes, name, reputation, government, administration, goals, commands, etc., . . . having NO INDEPENDENT LIFE OF HIS OWN . . .
  • [1-A] Thus ALL Apostles were AUTOMATICALLY Bishops . . . overseeing their military, soldiers, base, ships, new colonies, etc., but very few Bishops were Apostles!;
  • [1-B] Thus by very definition ALL APOSTLES WERE MISSIONARIES and ALL MISSIONARIES are - or used to be, and should be - APOSTLES:  (webs search it carefully!
  • [1-C] Amazingly, the 1000 denominations of the world agree on ALMOST NOTHING . . . but we DO AGREE to call those who take the Gospel to new lands, place, peoples, races: MISSIONARIES! . . . Of course you know this is NOT a Scriptural word.
  • [1-D] Consider that the Greek word translated Apostle is "apostele" - whose bares definition is "ONE SENT WITH AUTHORITY IN REPRESENTATION OF ANOTHER." Thus CHRIST is called an Apostle as He was "SENT by Father God to Earth to Represent Him with Authority!
  • [1-E] However, in Greek Culture, a Greek Apostle was the head of a Military Expedition with full authority of the King as mentioned above . . . just like in American Culture . . . the term "Commander and Chief" could be applied to school principals, sports coaches, bosses at work, the police chief, or even military Sargents . . . HOWEVER . . . we all know that in American Culture, the "Commander in Chief" is the "President of the USA!"
  • [1-F] What you MUST realize is that almost NO WORD, is it's etymology! Consider BUTTERFLIES! No butter! No flies! Consider GRAPE NUTS! Neither grapes nor nuts! Words originate, evolve, language changes them, time changes all, and the culture adds CONNOTATIONS that words and grammar have NOTHING TO DO WITH!
  • [1-G] Gay! What does that mean! Will people 1000 years from now wonder why Bible Christians were against GAY MARRIAGE - THINKING that is a happy man and woman, properly married?
  • [1-H] A true understanding of the word GAY, for anyone reading the New York Times in POST AD-2000 era, . . . is (A) NOT its etymology, . . . is (B) NOT its reason for being coined! . . . is (C) NOT its early usage era . . . is (D) NOT what 50 editions of dictionaries over 500 years says it means and has always meant . . .
  • [1-I] . . . the word GAY in AD 2010 - AND EVERY OTHER WORD  . . . ONLY MEANS,. . .  what that present culture has determined and consistently uses to communicate!
  • [1-J] Christian: what does that mean? Surely you realize that 100 definitions are possible!
  • [1-K] Marriage, husband, father, family, feminine, masculine, promiscuous, indecent, . . . bread, grass, pot, weed . . . she's hot, he's cool, religion, American, Church, church member, patriotic . . . and many words do NOT mean what they meant in 1950.
  • [1-l] Likewise Bible Words over 1-2,000 years, whether Hebrew, Aramaic, or Greek: the CULTURE MUST BE STUDIED . . . as a workman laboring that NEEDETH NOT BE ASHAMED!
  • Church - From the Greek "ekklesia" in your Greek Bible - with no other meaning than Democratic Government with the following inherent: right to vote, right to speak, right ask question,right to assemble, right to petition, right to referendum,right to determine WHO votes, right to run for office, congregational final authority;
  • Sect - any group - whether political, economical, who has bonded together to "take over and control a city - as Scripture says of Apostle Paul, the Ringleader (Champion) of the SECT of the NAZARENES!
  • Bishop - General overseer - with as wide an application as the American term President - as PROPERLY APPLIED to a five year-old Kindergartner PRESIDENT of his class or of boy-girl Scouts as the PRESIDENT of the USA, RUSSIA, or IRAN!
  • Bishoprick - Each of the Twelve Disciples/Apostles had a region of Jurisdiction - as Scripture indisputable declares in Acts 1:20. That's why Jdas had to be replaced!
  • Presbyter - uRuling Elders ("boule" in the greek), elected for one year, with the "preside-ing elder" (preside-ent) selected by lot!
  • Right Hand of Fellowship - Extending the right hand was VOTING in a public meeting - whether city council court jury, or ordaining elders . . . NOT the American Custom of SHAKING HANDS!!! . . . as this was NOT even established by the time George Washintgon was President! 
  • Worship - THis is the work for KNEELING in SUBMISSION and is used to mean SUBMISSION of OBEDIENCE . . . it is NEVER associated with music, singing, adoration or expressing emotion at all . . . but is OBEDIENCE . . . whether to Christ with the ROD of IRON or as a DISCIPLE. . . . Thus Jesus taught: "WHY CALL YE ME LORD! LORD and DO NOT the things which I say?"
  • Withdrawal - Essentially a "financial  boycott" as not only friendship-and-fellowship was withdrawn, but the Church family would not SELL them things they needed . . . OR . . . BUY from them what goods or services they were selling.
  • Fellowship - (koinonia) This was the formal joining of a group,  . . . being ADDED to the NUMBER as counted 120 in the Upper Room and adding 3,000 on the Day of Pentecost, becoming a VOTING MEMBER;
  • Elders - Rulers - An extremely widespread term with great variation, used almost as the modern word "public office holder" - applying to many, many offices - some spiritual some not; Heb 13:7, 17, 24)
  • Powers and Principalities - (of Eph 6:10-20) as explained above - are NOT devils and demons . . . but rather GODLESS and PERSECUTING GOVERNMENTS, SECULAR LEGAL SYSTEMS REFUSING to acknowledge and Worship ALMIGHTY GOD and OBEY HIS WORD!  . . . CONSIDER THIS SCRIPTURE: . . . (Titus 3:1)Put them in mind to be subject to principalities and powers, to obey magistrates, to be ready to every good work, Titus 3:1-3,   Titus 3 (Do you really believe Apostle Paul was COMMANDING Apostle Titus to COMMAND the Believes to BE SUBJECT TO DEVILS and DEMONS???  . . . See the folly of the devil-worshipping theology? Powers and principalities are GODLESS EARTHLY RULERS, MAGISTRATES, KINGS, GOVERNORS, etc., . . .While the Church has been fighting unknown, unnamed, unseen opponents called demons for a century . . . the secular, Godless American Government has been CHOKING the CHURCH TO DEATH!
  • Deacon - (Deaconate) - NOT JUNIOR ELDER! Deacon was used throughout the Greek Empire for centuries as a "SELF-SUPPORTING PUBLIC SERVANT" . . . thus in Acts they were given great authority with money and decision making - UNDER THE APOSTOLIC-BISHOP ELDERS - 
  • and ONLY in secular needs . . . such as feeding the hungry, taking care of widows dealing with complaints and discrimination issues  . . . with their duties COMMANDED NOT being in the MINISTRY of the WORD of GOD and PRAYER . . .(Read Acts 6:1-7 carefully);
  • As they developed rules and guidelines for SECULAR PROBLEMS . . . thus DEACONS' LAW came to be what Modern Americans refer to as CIVIL LAW: in both cases, SECULAR and NON RELIGIOUS.
  • Thus EVERY Mayor, Sheriff, City Council Member, TownShip Trustee, County Supervisor-Commissioner, etc., "IS" a Deacon . . . and SHOULD MEET THE QUALIFICATIONS of Acts 6, and 1 Timothy 3:7-15
  • [NOTE: GEORGE WASHINGTON SHOOK HANDS WITH NO ONE (likewise many other Founding Fathers) . . . NOT LIKING THE American RURAL CUSTOM shaking dirty hands . . . and much referring the European custom of England, Germany, France, Spain, Italy, Holland, etc., of "Nodding" to lesser folk, and "Bowing" at the waist for more important recognition, with "kneeling" before Kings!];


"AB" - PART-VII - PRINCIPAL FATHERS: A WIDESPREAD CONCEPT:

This  concept of appointing a proven "Ab" - a Father-Chief-Prince-Principal-Leader as an Elder, Bishop, Deacon, Judge, etc., as the Principal of a Principality corresponds to much of modern life.

All of the following - and many more such positions - are simply EXTENDED-FATHER POSITIONS,

  1. from School Principals;
  2. and agents representing all manner ofcompanies (insurance agents, banking loan officers, etc.,)
  3. to police, sheriffs, and law officers
  4. to judges;
  5. to CEO's of many companies;
  6. to Doctors, Chief Nurses, and even Prison Wardens;
  7. to Mayors of communities and cities and Governors of states;
  8. to Militay officers of every rand from Sargent to 5-Star Generals;
  9. to Township Trustees, County Supervisors/Commissioners, and Justices of the Peace;
  10. to Chairmen of many legislative assemblies;
  11. to Presidents of the USA and other nations,
  12. and "Chief Justice of the Supreme Court!"


In each case, the "Ab" - as the "principal" - has jurisdiction to some degree over a defined "Principality" as:

  •  [A] over a certain group of people, anywhere;
  •  [B] over all people, in a certain area/region;


"AB" - PART-VIII - THE AMAZING OLD COVENANT:

**Consider the Twelve Tribes of Israel:

he Tribes of Israel, ALL had the same Law and Constitution - which they had had the authority to:

  1. delete anything,
  2. add anything,
  3. alter anything,
  4. or ignore anything;
  5. as it was GOD'S LAW, for ALL people, ALL tribes, ALL nations, ALL places, ALL races, ALL ages  . . . INCLUDING USA TODAY! . . .
  6. HOWEVER . . . each TRIBE had their own area of Jurisdiction where their Principals . . .  Chief Elders, Councils, and Judges had authority;
  7. The smaller geographic principalities making for QUALITY CONTROL!

 [A] Even Synagogues with their Chief Rulers, Acts 8:18, Acts 18:17 were of this "Ab" model, along with the Early "unnamed, unorganized Church just after the turn of the First Century (as seen in the letters of Ignatius) . . .

  •  . . . to the early Church of Armenia, Church of Rome, Greek and Oriental Orthodox, Church of Ethiopia, the Coptic Church, and eventually, the Hugenots, the Calvinists of Geneva, the Anglican Church of England, the Puritans of New England, and even the Primitive Methodist Churches;
  •  ALL having GEOGRAPHIC BISHOPRICKS just like Jesus instituted as seen in Acts 1:20 . . . with some being called "PARISHES" . . .
  •  . . . which is the USA are STILL the geographic Jurisdictions of some states: Louisiana, etc.,

 [B] . . . the Bishoprick - that is their geographic region of Jurisdiction. (Acts 1:20)

"AB" -PART-IX - MORE NEW TESTAMENT:
 
 [1] The "Bishops" (Grk 'Episcopos') had a "Bishopric" - their region of their jurisdiction - See Acts 1:20, 2:12-24

 [2] This concept was equally applied to "Apostles" (Grk 'Apostolos') also had a "Apostleship" - that is their region of their jurisdiction, as the replacement for Judas is called an Apostle, who by transgression fell, and whose "Bishopric" (region) needed someone to replace Judas - See Acts 2:12-24

 [3] In fact, the word Apostle is not a Hebrew or Old Covenant word, not even a religious word!  Apostle was taken from Greek Culture by inspiration of Christ to HIS APOSTLES.

 [4] What were the Apostles of Christ's Church?

 [5] Apostle was the title of legal authority given by Greek Kings to their "Commander and Chief of Armed Forces" primarily the Navy in those days!

  • No planes were invented yet,
  • and armies could only get to islands and distant by ships . . .
  • with the Ship Apostle (NOT Captain - that's American!) having authority over the Soldiers they were transporting . . .
  •  thus the Navy Commander in Chief - the APOSTLE! - had the upper hand for hundreds of years!

 [6] Also, the Apostle had legal jurisdiction over the SOLDIERS and the SHIP  . . .  or REGION they were to defend, attack, conquer, etc.

 [7] The Apostle could speak for the King, declare war on another people, or declare peace, make treaties of trade, or otherwise, appoint lesser "principals", etc.

 [8] Thus Apostles were TRUE Principals, with a TRUE principality, their "Bishopric" their area of "Apostleship" etc.,

 [9] All inherent in the Hebrew word "AB" as Father-Chief-Prince, Prince of a Palace, making him a "Principal" and if elected by peers may become a PRINCE of Princes, CHIEF of Chiefs, PRINCIPAL among Principals:

 [10] All with authority [A] over a particular people where they may be . . . and [B] over a particular region/area, no matter who may be present!

 [11] UNTIL . . . such time as traditional Government was established in place of Military Law and Rule (by the Apostle);


"AB" - PART-X - SADLY, PRINCIPALITY MISSING IN MODERN CHURCHES:

This "principal" and "principality" concept is MISSING from almost all of the modern missions and local churches:

 [1] Modern Churches have their "Principals" be they called pastors, elders, bishops, evangelists, teachers,  preachers . . . or even worldly corporate "trustees" (Officers by the State);

 [2] Most modern Churches DO NOT have their "Principalities" - be they called pastors, elders, bishops, evangelists, teachers, or preachers;

 [3] Thus the modern church s DOOMED to fail culturally, BECAUSE they have no region whereby they can enforce Church discipline (unless they want to claim the miniscule area of their buildings!  . . .

  •  . . . and the NEW TESTAMENT CHURCH commands strict discipline and CANNOT BE SUCCESSFUL without it!
  • Almost all local Churches are RATHER INSIGNIFICANT TO THE CITIES, COUNTIES AND STATES in which they reside!

 [4] Thus Churches cannot Discipline as Christ Commanded and commended:

 [5] Christ commanded the "whole Church" to judge - to be the court - among brethren at odds: Matt 18:14-20, and numerous teaching on HOW to keep Christ's command: (1 Cor 6:1-9)

 [6] "JUDGE righteous judgement" and not according to circumstantial assumptions; (1 Cor 6:1-9)

 [7] Paul commanded to have Church Court and to NEVER go before the law of the land, which  is ALWAYS unjust; Numerous references, by I Cor 6:1-7;

 [8] Paul commanded Christians to have Church Court and to "seek a wise man among you" and/or simply to "set the least of the Church as Jury:  I Cor 6:1-7, see also I cor 5:1-15 and many more;

 [9] Christ commanded the carrying out "legal trials" as He commended the Church at Ephesus in Rev 2:2.

 [10] HOWEVER, modern Churches cannot do this . . . as they have NO BISHOPRIC - or region of jurisdiction - and Christians simply go to the Church-house across the street or across town!

 [11] If a local Church attempts a serious church trial, the angry member often TAKES THE CHURCH TO SECULAR COURT! . . .

 [12]. . . INSTEAD of submitting to properly ordained authority of Elders as Paul commanded many times! (Heb 13:7, 17, 2, etc.,)

 [13] When Church Principals seek to carry out proper Church trials or more minor issues . . . disgruntled members simply, leave go another local Church -  . . .

 . . . who instead of REFUSING THEM as being under discipline - usually RECEIVES them and criticizes the Church seeking discipline!

  • (A). . . which "pseudo-church" also has no principality, no Apostleship, no Bishopric,
  • (B) and no region of jurisdiction where discipline can be enforced!

Thus the modern Church is DOOMED TO FAILURE! . . . without repentance and revival of TEACHING!

Thus the modern Church is a "FALSE CHURCH" as it does NOT . . . and CANNOT discipline . . . not even practicing withdrawal, as Scripture commands!

"AB" -PART-XI - FAILURE OF MODERN CHRISTIANITY, WORLD-WIDE;

Herein lies the FAILURE of Modern Christianity in ALL western nations, . . . and in ALL the lands they have IMPROPERLY EVANGELIZED!

Thus there is NO DISCIPLINE . . . not even in most homes by the "AB" . . . (the Father!) . . .  In fact, the "AB" today usually does NOT have authority over his children, grandchildren . . .

  •  . . . and the "AB" USUALLY is not even the HEAD of his WIFE as Scripture also commands! (Eph 5:21-33)

How did Modern Local Churches get into such a mess? For starters, their Ministers-Preachers-Teachers FAILED to understand the FIRST WORD OF THE HEBREW ALPHABET:

  1. The "AB" - the Chief, Prince, Leader, Judge, Elder, Principal over the principality!
  2. The "AB" extended to almost every other position of leadership in God's Kingdom Government from School Teachers to Shepherds to Apostles to Judges to Kings!

 [1] Thus they simply CAN NOT apply the Hebrew word "AB" - as being "father". . .

 [2] . . . (in the patriarchal sense) as "Chief & Prince" as ruler of the household, and as "Principal" - as the Prince of the Palace, . . .

 [3] . . . Scripturally REQUIRED to have a literal area of legal jurisdiction . . . as in Acts 1:20, the City Churches Paul wrote to commanding discipline, the TWELVE TRIBES of Israel, etc.

 [4] . . . which sadly, . . . all of modernity understands better than the Church of the Father of Spirits, the Father of the whole Family in Heaven and Earth! . . . (Do you think Don Trump, and Warren Buffet are "PRINCE'S in their PRINCIPALITIES?")

 [5] . . . and because no modern local Bible Church has a jurisdiction, they cannot exercise scriptural discipline . . . thus EVERYONE does whatever is right in their OWN EYES resulting in 40,000 denominations and CHAOS!!!

  • If you are a minister, GO THOU and  DO NOT Likewise!

The AMISH do the best at understanding "AB" . . . and SADLY even the Muslims (They have "AB" in their language too . . . REMEMBER "AB-BA" the Abba of the Aramaic and New Testament? (Romans 8:15)

READ and RE-READ this First Hebrew Teaching until you understand it well!

  • In fact, if you DON'T GRASP the concept of FATHER - "AB" . . .
  •  . . . there is little need to study anything else in the Hebrew Language . . .
  • . . . as "AB" is the first principle - the "GIANT CAMEL" if you will and most everything else is a "SWARM OF GNATS!" -  (as Christ chose the symbols!

AN "AB" ADMONITION:

BECAUSE the "AB" concept is so important to EVERYTHING in God's KINGDOM, LOCAL CHURCH, MISSIONS to new lands -  (as Apostles - the sent ones having authority to REPRESENT THE KING {JESUS!} and occupy new lands in HIS NAME) . . .

 . . . thus ALL listings of the REQUIREMENTS for Leadership REQUIRE the (A) ELDER . . . (B) BISHOP . . . and (C) DEACON to be as follows:

  1. HUSBANDS,
  2. FATHERS,
  3. RULING HOUSEHOLD WELL,
  4. HAVING CHILDREN IN SUBJECTION;
  5. (Takes for granted in Ruling Houseold well that the WIFE is in subjection)

"AB" Leads in the home (the palace of the principal), judges and maintains authority and DISCIPLINE, . . . and transfers that to the Local Church . . . SETTING THE EXAMPLE . . .

 . . . with ALL "AB'S" being in SUBMISSION to the COUNCIL of ELDERS (Eph 5:21), . . .

 . . . with ALL Elders, Deacons, Apostles, Pastors, Shepherds, Bishops, Teachers, Ruling Elders, (Heb 13:7, 17, 24) . . . AND SENATE (Acts ) being in SUBMISSION one to another . . . (like the balance  among the following:

  1. Kings (like Saul, David, Hezekiah, Josiah,
  2. High Priests
  3. Prophets (Samuel, Nathan, Gad, Isaiah Jeremiah)
  4. San Hedrin Council of Elders!

When ALL the leaders in the Synagogues/local Churches, Cities, Nation are in Proper submission and under discipline . . . it is MUCH EASIER for the wife, small Children and adult children to listen to THE "AB" as well!

This it ALL starts with the "AB!"

If you are a Minister-"AB". . . GO THOU and DO LIKEWISE!


"AB" - PART-XII - PRINCIPAL FATHERS: A WIDESPREAD CONCEPT:
NOTE please see that many of the words following "AB" in the Hebrew language are 'compound words' with'AB' - Hebrew 'father' as the root word, including many negative words such as destruction, destroy, failure, sorrow, etc., . . .

See the first several words in Hebrew . . . such as

  • >> ABBADON, the DESTROYER in the Revelation,
  • >> which is AB + BADON
  • >> The "Father of Destruction"

The point is, that if the Evil One can attack the Office and Position of Father - the basic unit of Divine Government: the household-family; HE CAN DESTROY EVERY OTHER UNIT of DIVINE GOVERNMENT!

Seeing that father and family precede ALL other forms of government from Community to city to nation to synagogue to Church . . . if the Office and Position of 'Ab' - Father as Chief, Prince and Principal with a Principality can be destroyed among God's people, the whole of society is sure and soon to follow;

The whole history of Israel bears this out;

As does Modern USA: the destruction of modern fathers is the rampant demise of modern western society: God's concept of the DIVINE 'AB'  has been DESTROYED in USA  . . . from TV to government to schools to colleges!


Thus the Hebrew FATHER, the Chief, the Leader, the Prince, having a region of Jurisdiction, is the foundation of all Government, thus of all society!

Lose the foundation, lose the whole structure; <b.Lose the fathers, lose the whole society!

**QUESTION: And what was the Ministry of John the Baptist to PREPARE the WAY of the LORD?

  • TO TURN THE HEARTS of the "AB'S" (FATHERS) . . . TO THE CHILDREN . . . 
  • in Love, leadership, DISCIPLINE and EXAMPLE!

"AB" - PART-XIII - Goal of Jesus and John the Baptist;

Jesus and john the forerunner, came to re-establish each level of government - GOD'S KINGDOM - from the home, to the Synagogue and Elders, to the palace and king, and of course: HIS CHURCH!

Jesus was prophesied TO DO as follows:

  1. Make every 'Mountain Low' (Mountain, and leader-dictatorial type: the oppressor, to bring them Down;)
  2. Make every 'Valley Filled' (Valley, the oppressed from soldiers to children, to wives to elderly, to raise them UP;)
  3. Make the 'Crooked Straight!'  (Crooked are Unlawful, unrighteous, who must and will, become Lawful - or be destroyed;)
  4. Make the 'Rough Roads, Smooth!' (Rough are the 'Difficult', who will be made Better!)
  5. AND (result) ALL FLESH SHALL SEE THE 'Salvation of the Lord'!"
  6. Luke 3:4, 5, 6,

Therefore, the Linguistic Scholar 'Sees the Hand of God  even in the careful design of the Hebrew Alphabet and the making of the FIRST WORD - "AB!"

Thus we should NOT be surprised when Jesus makes a GREAT CLAIM . . .  NOT to be General of all Soldiers, . . . NOT to be Mathematician of all numbers, . . . NOT to be Thinker of all thoughts or Singer of all songs:

  • RATHER . . . Christ claimed for Himself to be the Substance of ALL LETTERS:
  • The Alpha and Omega, The "A" to "Z",  (Greek);
  • The Aleph and Tav in the Hebrew;

Thus Christ is ALL thought, ALL that ever can be thought, ALL that is known, ALL that ever can be know, and ALL TRUTH!

Christ shows HOW IMPORTANT THIS UNDERSTANDING and TITLE for Himself is . . . by claiming  TEN TIMES in John's "Revelation of Jesus Christ",  His Preeminent Sovereignty in ALL:

  •  >> ALL people,
  •  >> ALL places, 
  •  >> ALL ages,
  •  >> ALL Alphabets,
  •  >> ALL Letters,
  •  >> ALL words,
  •  >> ALL truth,
  •  >> ALL books, writings and documents;
  •  >> ALL communication,
  •  >> ALL expressed thought!
  •  > > ALL in ALL!

 No other title does Jesus emphasize as much for Himself!


"AB" - PART-IXV: Sadly, Hebrew Fatherhood is lost in English! (Not the Culture as expressed above, but in the Bible Translations!)

Sadly, the English does NOT HAVE ONE WORD that has all these aspects of "AB".

 "AB" is translated into various words in the English Bibles, but it's primary understanding is "Father"  as "sperm doner" - (whose the father of the child) - much more than "Ruler", "Leader", "Prince", "Chief" or "Principal."

[Though "AB is sometimes translated  as "prince" or "chief" - rather randomly - as the KJV does]. 

 [NOTE ASIDE: Messianic Jewish scholar Anayahu ben David began this study, going through Strong's Lexicon of the traditional Old Testament, and rendering EVERY Hebrew root word into its corresponding English word - as consistently as possible in the manner outlined above].

NewtonStein has taken the concept to the next level, and shows CONTINUITY and CORRESPONDENCE of the Hebrew-Old Covenant  . . . FIRST to the GREEK New-Testament, . . . THEN to the English;

 SADLY: Since God did not develop English Language, it is not perfectly constructed as was Hebrew in its origin. Thus the Hebrew root words do not always have a perfect-English counterpart, but it can ONLY be approximated;

As by far, most English speaking people associate the Hebrew word for Father - "AB" - with the English word father, RATHER than the words Prince, or Chief . . .

 . . . THUS these concepts of Prince and Chief DO NEED be taught to the English people,  . . . as being an important part of the identity, duty, definition, and role of father.

Simple question: "who do you think will do it?

  1. Government schools?
  2. Hollywood?
  3. Colleges?
  4. Government?
  5. Women's Lib?

FACT: DADS, MINISTERS, SUNDAY-SCHOOL TEACHERS, ELDERS, DEACONS . . .if YOU don't do it . . . it will NOT get done!

"AB" . . .  It ALL depends on You!

"AB" - XV-CONCLUSION: Thus All Authority Figures Should be as Dads!

[NOTE: We didn't even get to touch on the fact that "AB" is the PROTECTOR and DEFENDER and CHAMPION . . . of the family-household unit . . . synagogue/Church . . . community-city . . . Tribe-nation . . .

 . . . and God NEVER ASKS WOMEN to be the PROTECTORS and DEFENDERS of the FAMILY . . . THEREFORE . . .

SINCE . . . every authority figure in society is a simple extension of the "Ab" - the fathers - applied to ever-larger areas . . . and SINCE this is the qualification for all of God'S specified list of requirements of leaders . . . (fathers and husbands ruling household well . . . Elders, Deacons, Bishops, member of San Hedrin - See Titus 1, and 1 Timothy 3) . . .

 . . . THEN All such persons should have the attitude of the father. . .  as protector and provider and leader and judge . . . and 99.99% SHOULD BE FATHERS!!!

  1. >> School teachers,
  2. >> Principals,
  3.  >> Coaches,
  4.  >> Precinct Captains,
  5.  >> Township Trustees,
  6.  >> Mayors,
  7.  >> City Councils,
  8.  >> City Aldermen,
  9.  >> County Commissioners/supervisors
  10.  >> Constables, Justice of the Peace,
  11.  >> Officers of the synagogue/Church
  12.  >> Police (policy enforcers)
  13.  >> Governors,
  14.  >> Presidents,
  15.  >> Kings, Pharaohs, Caesars, Dictators,
  16.  >> Various military Officers,
  17.  >> Pastors-Ministers
  18.  >> Chiefs of all kinds: Police, Fire, FBI, CIA,
  19.  >> Child-Care workers,
  20.  >> 4-H, Scout Leaders,
  21.  >> Counselors, Psychiatrists, etc.,
  22.  >> And many more;

All of these positions are to do their WORK AS "AB's" -  FATHERS WHO WILL DIE . . .

. . . created in the IMAGE of our FATHER GOD . . .

. . . with Jesus Himself being our EVERLASTING FATHER (Isaiah 9:6). . .

. . . PROTECTING and PROVIDING FOR HIS CHILDREN-MEMBERS-STUDENTS-SOLDIERS, etc.!

OUR FATHER GOD did provide for our eternal Salvation . . . and Jesus as the Everlasting Father - (Champion Like George Washington is Father of Our Country as HE GAINED THE VICTORY!) . . .

 . . . who DID give His Life for us . . .

. . . and even learning from Abraham - who rescued his wife and Lot when captured . . . and GOD calls him the Father of the Faithful! (Romans 4)

REMEMBER:

Everything is (A)built upon, (B) flows from, (C)lives, breathes and has its being in, by, and because of  "Our FATHER Which At in Heaven, . . .

 . . . and even Jesus is called the EVERLASTING FATHER in Isaiah 9:6-7,  . . . not as God the Conceiving Father of us all,  . . .

 . . . but as George Washington is the Father of Our Country. As he made USA possible, Jesus Christ makes ETERNAL SALVATION  POSSIBLE . . .

 . . .Thus the Alpha-&-Omega, the A-Z, begins and ends in the FATHERHOOD of God, Christ, the "Soul Winner" sowing the "See of Conception" as Apostle Paul, said  Christians have many instructors  but just one "father" in the soul winning sense . . .

 . . . the Earthly Father who HEADS the FAMILY, judges-chastens-corrects Children and loves wife as Christ loved the Church . . .

. . . and father as "City-Community Fathers" or "Founding Fathers" and ALL POSITIONS OF AUTHORITY!

UNTIL . . . you understand FATHER well, you are not ready to move on to other Hebrw or Greek Concepts . . .

. . . BECAUSE . . . understanding ALL things Biblical is growing in understanding GOD . . . and since GOD IS OUR FATHER . . .

. . . the "AB" - the FATHER CONCEPT as GOd gave us in the FIRST HEBREW WORD . . .

 . . . MUST BE GRASPED!

May Father God Bless your studies to SHOW THYSELF APPROVED UNTO FATHER GOD!

In JESUS' NAME!

NewtonStein;

Cambridge Theological Seminary


CAMBRIDGE STRONGS-NEWTONSTEIN,

English to Greek Lexicon

Numerical-Alphabetical Order

5523 Greek Words

OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

N B.— The numbers not in italics refer to the words in the Hebrew Dictionary. Significatlons within quotation marks are derivative representatives of the Greek.

1. A a, alfah; of Heb. or.; the first letter of the
alphabet; fig. only (from its use as a numeral) the
first:— Alpha. Often used (usually dv an, before a
vowel) also in composition (as a contraction from
427) in the sense of privation; so in many words be-
ginning with this letter; occasionally in the sense of
union (as a contraction of 260).

2. "Aapuv Aaron, ah-ar-6hn'; of Heb. or. [175];
Aaron, the brother of Moses:— Aaron.

S. ' AgaSSwv Abaddon ab-ad-ddhn'; of Heb. or.
[11]; a destroying angel:— Abaddon.

4. ajfapifs h bares, ab-ar-ace'; from / (as a neg.
particle) and 022; weightless, i.e. (fig.) not burden-
some:— from being burdensome.

5. *Appd Abba, ab-bah'; of Chald. or. [2]; father
(as a voc.):— Abba.

6. "AP«X. Abel, ab'-el; of Heb. or. [1893]; Abel, the
son of Adam:— Abel.

7. "Apia Abla, ab-ee-ah'; of Heb. or. [29]; Abijah,
the name of two Isr. :— Abia.

8. ' ApiaBap Ablatbar, ab-ee-ath'-ar; of Heb. or.
[54]; Abiathar, anlsr.:— Abiathar.

9. *APt Abilene, ab-ee-lay-nay' ; of for. or.
[comp. 58] ; Abilene, a region of Syria:— Abilene.

10. "APioilS Abioud, ab-ee-ood'; of Heb. or. [31];
Abihud, an Isr :— Abiud.

11. 'APpadp, Abraam, ab-rah-am'; of Heb. or.
[85] ; Abraham, the Heb. patriarch:— Abraham. [In
Acts 7 : 16 the text should prob. read Jacob.]

IS. oipwro-os abussAs, aV-us-sos; from z (as a

neg. particle) and a var. of 1037; depthless, i.e. (spec.)

(infernal) "abyss":— deep, (bottomless) pit.

13. "A\\apos AgabAs, ag'-ab-os; of Heb. or.

[comp. 2285] ; Agabus, an Isr. :— Agabus.

ljf. a.ya!boipylu) agatbAergeo, ag-ath-er-gheh'-o;

from 18 and 2041; to work good:— do good.

15. etyaSoiroi&fl agatbApAleo, ag-ath-op-oy-eh'-
0; from 17; to be a well-doer (as a favor or a duty) :—
(when) do good (well).

16. d\\o6oiroittt agatbApAUa, ag-ath-op-oy-ee'-
ah; from 17; well-doing, i.e. virtue:— well-doing.

17. iyoOoirotos agathApAISs, ag-ath-op-oy-os' ;
from /* and 4160; a well-doer, i.e. virtuous:— them
that do well.

18. d"ya86s agatbAs, ag-ath-os'; a prim, word;
"good" (to any sense, often as noun): — benefit,
good (-s, things), well. Comp. 2370.

19. dvaSoKrvVil agatbosime, ag-ath-o-soo'-nay;
from 18 ; goodness, i.e. virtue or beneficence:— good-
ness.

50. d-yaXXltKris agalliasls, ag-al-lee'-as-is; from
si; exultation; spec, welcome:— gladness, (exceeding)
joy.

51. dyaXXidu agalllao, ag-al-lee-ah'-o; from
a-yav agan (much) and 242; prop, to jump for joy,
i.e. exult:— be (exceeding) glad, with exceeding joy,
rejoice (greatly).

22. ctyapos agamAs, og'-am-os; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 1062; unmarried:— unmarried.

23. dyovoicr^u aganabteo, ag-an-ak-teh'-o;
from 070V agan (much) and o\\8os acbtbAg
(grief; akin to the base of 43); to be greatly afflicted,,
i.e. (fig.) indignant:— -be much (sore) displeased, have
(he moved with, with) indignation.



fSaaBunsMyBi/



24. d-yavoKTno-is aganaktesls, ag-an^ak'-tay-sis;
from 23; indignation:— indignation
SB. ayairaa agapad, ag-ap-ah'-o; pern, from
otyav agan (much) [or comp. 5689] ; to love (in a so-
cial or moral sense):— (be-) love (-ed). Comp. 530$.
S6. dywrn agape, ag- ah'-pay; from 25; &ot>e, x.e,
affection or benevolence.
(feast ofj'charnyTFaBly];,

#7. &YairnT<Ss agapetAs, ag-ap-ay-tos' ; from sj;
oeJoued.— (dearly, well) beloved, dear.

58. "A/yop Agar, ac/-ar; of Heb. or. [1904] ; Hagar,
the concubine of Abraham:— Hagar.

59. d/y^apevio aggareno, ang-ar-yeW '-o; of for.
or. [comp. 104]; prop, to be a courier, i.e., (by impl.) to
press into public service:— compel (to go).

80. oyyetov aggeion, ang-eye'-on; from oyyos
aggAs (a. pail, perh. as bent; comp. the base of 43);
a receptacle: — vessel.

31. ayyeXCa aggella, ang-eUee'-ah; from 32; an
announcement, i.e. (by impl.) precept:— message.

35. dYyeXos aggelAs, ang'-eUos; from d77&X*>
aggello [prob. der. from 71; comp. 34] (to &rm0r tid-
ings); a messenger; esp. an " angel "; by impl. a pas-
tor;— angel, messenger.

33. ays agS, ag'-eh; imper. of 7/; prop, lead, i.e.
come on:— go to.

34. dyeXi) agele, ag-el'-ay; from 77 [comp. j*]; a
drove: — herd.

55. a-yevtoXi-yivros agenealAgetAs, ag-en-eh-
al-og'-ay-tos; from / (as neg. particle) and 107s; un-
registered as to birth:— without descent.

36. d-yevijs agenes, ag-en-ace'; from / (as neg.
particle) and 1085; prop, without kin,i.e. (of unknown
descent, and by impl.) ignoble:— base things.

37. a.y\\A!t,a naglazo, hag-ee-ad'-zo; from 40; to
make holy, i.e. (cer.) puri/y or consecrate; (mentally)
to venerate:— hallow, be holy, sanctify.

55. d-yicuruos baglasmAs, hagee-as-mos' ; from
J7; prop, purification, i.e. (the state) purity; concr.
(by Hebr.) a purifier .■—holiness, sanctiflcation.

39. 0710V haglAn, hag'-ee-on; neut. of 40; a sa-
cred thing (i.e. spot):— holiest (of all), holy place,
sanctuary.

40. a-yios bagl As, hag'-ee-bs; from 070s bagAs
(an awful thing) [comp. S3, 2282] ; sacred (phys. pure;
mor. blameless or religious, cer. consecrated): — (most)
holy (one, thing), saint. u

^1. 07161118 haglotes, hag-ee-ot'-ace; from #>;
sanctity (i.e. prop, the state):— holiness.
^?. aVyuoo-wn baglosnne, hag-ee-o-soo'-nay;
from #3; sacredness (i.e. prop, the quality):— holi-
ness.

43. 07x0X11 agkale, ang-kal'-ay; from otyKOs
agkAs (a tend, "ache"); ah arm (as curved):— arm.

44. ayKUrrpov agklstrdn, ang'-kis-tron; from
the same as 43; a Jtooft (as Sent) :— hook. ,

45. cfryKVpa agkura, ang'-koo-rah; from the same
as 43; an "ancfcor" (as crooked):— anchor.

46. a7vo«j)os agnapbAs, ag'-naf-os; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and the same as 1102; prop. atn/MiZed,
i.e. (by impl.) new (cloth):— new.

.47. 071/8(0 bagneia, hagwi'-ah; tromss; clean,
liness (the quality), i.e. (spec.) chastity:— purity.
48. iyvlX,a nagnlzo, hag-nid'-zo; from ss! to
twle clean, i.e. (fig.) sanctify (cer. or mor.):— purify
(self).

7



49. d^vio-ads bagntsmAs, hag-nis-mos 1 '; from
^y; a cleansing (the act), i.e. (cer.) lustration:— puri-
fication.

50. CL7vo6k> agnAeo, ag-no-eh'-o; from r (as a neg.
particle) and jS?9,' mot to know (through lack of in-
formation or intelligence); by impl. to ignore (through
disinclination): — (be) ignorant (-ly), not know, not un-
derstand, unknown.

51. aTVonpa agnAema, ag-no'-ay-mah; from jo;
a thing ignored, i.e. shortcoming:— error.

52. a.'yvota agnAla, ag'-noy-ah; from jt; igno-
rance (prop, the quality):— ignorance.

53. ayvis bagnAs, hag-nos'; from the same as #0;
prop, clean, i.e. (fig.) innocent, modest, perfect: —
chaste, clean, pure.

54. d7v6TT]s bagnAtea, hag-not'-ace; from 33;
cleanness (the state), i.e, (fig.) blamelessness:— pure-
ness.

55. dyvus bagnos, hag-noce'; adv. from jg;
purely, i.e. honestly: — sincerely.

56". d.7V<i)o-Ca agnosia, ag-no-see'-ah; from j- (as
neg. particle) and 1108; ignorance (prop, the state):—
ignorance, not the knowledge.

57. (vyVowTOS agnost As, ag'-noce-tos; from 1 (as
neg. particle) and 1110; unknown: — unknown.

58. 07000. agAra, ag-or-dh'; from &7«Cp<t)
ageiro (to gather; prob. akin to 1453); prop, the
town-square (as a place of public resort): by imp], a
market or thoroughfare:— market (-place), street.
B9. a70po£ci> agArazo, ag-or-ad'-zo; from 58;
prop, to go to market, i.e. (by impl.) to pjtrctese;
spec, to redeem:— buy, redeem.

60. o/yopatos agAralAs, ag-or-ah'-yos; from j8;
relating to the market-place, i.e. forensic (times); by
impl. vulgar:— baser sort, low.

61. a-ypo agra, ag'-rah; from 7/; (abstr.) a catcft-
ing (of fish) ; also (concr.) a haul (of fish):— draught.

62. d7pa.np.aT05 agrammatAs, ag-ram -mat-os;
from j (as neg. particle) and 1121; unlettered, i.e. #-
literate: — unlearned.

63. &.ypa.v\\io agrauleo, ag-roio-leh'-o; from 63
and #2 (to the sense of 833); to camp out:— abide to
the field.

64. d7pev« agreuo, ag^rew'-o; from bi; to Aunt,
i.e. (fig.) to entrap:— catch.

65. &7piAaios agrlelalAs, ag^ree-el'-ah-yos;
from 66 and 1636; an oleaster:— olive tree (which is)
wild.

66. cfypios agrlAs, ag'-ree-os; from oJ"; wild (as
pertaining to the country), lit. (jiainraZ) or fig.
(fierce):— wild, raging.

67 '- Ayplinras Agrlppas, ag-rip'-pas; appar.
from d6 and 2462; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one o£
the Herods:— Agrippa.

68. d7pd s agrAs, ag-ros'; from 77,- a jfield (as a
driue for cattle); gen. the country; spec, a farm, i.e.
hamlet:— country, farm, piece of ground, land.

69. d7puirv£<i> agrupneo, ag-roopweh'-o; ulti-
mately from 7 (as neg. particle) and J2J8; to 6e sJeep
less, i.e. fceep owiafce; — watch.

70. a7pinrv(a agrapnla, ag-roop-nee'-ah; from
60; sleeplessness, i.e. a keeping awake:— watch.

71. o.yo ago, ag'-o; a prim, verb; prop, to lead; by
impl. to bring, drive, (reflex.) go, (spec.) pass (time),
or (fig.) induce:— be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go,
keep, lead away, be open.

72. ayayi[ agoge, ag-o-gay'; redupl. from fr; a
bringing up, i.e. mode of living;— manner of life.



8



A gone
Alaythace



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



73. &y&v agon, ag-one'; from 71; prop, a place of
assembly (as if led), i.e. (by impl.) a contest (held
there) ; fig. an effort or anxiety:— conflict, contention,
fight, race.

74. d-ywCa agonla, ag-o-nee'-ah; from 73; a
struggle (prop, the state), i.e. (fig.) anguish:— agony.

75. d-yuvtgouot agonlzdmal, ag-o-nid'-zom-
ahee; from 73; to struggle, lit. (to compete fora prize),
fig. (to contend with an adversary), or gen. (to en-
deavor to accomplish something) :— fight, labor fer-
vently, strive.

76. "Afidu Adam, adorn'; of Heb. or. [181];
Adam, the first man; typ. (of Jesus) man (as his
representative) :— Adam.

77. dSdiravos adapanfts, ad-ap'-an-os; from /
(as neg. particle) and nbo; costless, i.e. gratuitous:—
without expense.

78. ASSC Addi, ad-dee 1 ; prob. of Heb. or. [comp.
6716]; Addi, an Isr.:— Addi.

79. aSc\\<f>yj adelpbe, ad-el-fay 1 ; fem. of *; a
sister (nat. or eccles.):— sister.

SO. d8tA<j>ds adelpbos, ad-el-fos'; from / (as a
connective particle) and St\\d>iis delpbua (the
womb); a brother (lit. or fig.) near or remote [much
like 1] .--brother.

81. dStX^-rns adelpb&tes, ad-el-fot'-ace; from
So; brotherhood (prop, the feeling of brotherliness),
i.e. the (Christian) fraternity:— brethren, brother-
hood.

82. aonXos adelda, ad'-ay-los; from r (as a neg.
particle) and 1112; hidden, fig. indistinct: — appear
not, uncertain.

88. d&n\\dmjs adel&tes, ad-ay-lot'-ace; from 82;

uncertainty: — x uncertain.

84. i&f[\\mt adelos, ad-ay'-loce; adv. from 82;

uncertain ^.'—uncertainly.

86. dStutoWu ademdneo, ad-ay-mon-eh'-o: from

ader. of dW» adeo, (to be sated to loathing); to

be in distress (of mind):— be full of heaviness, be very

heavy.

86. d'Sns h^des, hah'-dace; from 7 (as a neg. par-
ticle) and 1402; prop, unseen, i.e. "Hades" or the place
(state) of departed souls:— grave, hell.

87. dSidicpiros adlakritds, ad-ee-ak-'ree-tos;
from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 123s; prop.
undistinguished, l.e. (act.) impartial:— without par-
tiality.

88. dSidXetirros adlalelptoa, ad-ee-al'-ipe-tos;
from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of a compound
of 1223 and 3007; unintermitted, i.e. permanent:—
without ceasing, continual.

89. dSioXelirTws adlalelptos, ad-ee-al-ipe'-toce;
adv. from 38; uninterruptedly. I.e. without omission
(on an appropriate occasion):— without ceasing.

00. dSicufiOopCa adlapbtbftrla, ad-ee-a/-fftor-
ee'-ah; from a der. of a compound of / (as a neg. par-
ticle) and a der. of 1311; incorruptibleness, i.e. (fig.)
purity (of doctrine):— uncorruptness.

91. dSiK&D adlkeo, ad-ee-keh'-o; from 04; to be
unjust, i.e. (act.) do wrong (mor., socially or phys.):—
hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer,
take) wrong.

92. &oCKt|u,a adikema, ad-eekf-ay-mah; from or;
a wrong done:— evil doing, iniquity, matter of wrong.

93. dSilcCa adikln, ad-ee-kee'-ah; from 04; (legal)
injustice (prop, the quality, by impl. the act); mor.
wrongfulness (of character, life or act):— iniquity,
unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.

94. oSucos adlkos, ad'-ee-kos; from / (as a neg.
particle) and 1349; unjust; by extens. wicked; by
impl. treacherous; spec, heathen:— unjust, unright-
eous.

95. oSCkus adlkos, ad-ee'-koce; adv. from 04;
unjustly:— wrongfully.

96. &8oki|».o$ adoklmos, ad-ok'ee-mos; from /
(as a neg. particle) and 1384; unapproved, i.e. re-
jected; by impl. worthless (lit. or mor.):— castaway,
rejected, reprobate.

97. oSoXos adAl&s, od'-ol-os; from 7 (as a neg.
particle) and 1388; undeceitful, i.e. (ng.) unadulter-
ated;— sincere.



98. 'ASpauvrrnvds Adrnmntttnoe, ad-ram-
oot-tay-nos' ; from 'ASpajivTreiov Adramnt-
tfiion (a place in Asia Minor); Adramyttene or be-
longing to Adramyttium:— of Adramyttium.

99. 'ASpCas Adrias, od-ree'-os; from 'ASpCa
Adrla (a place near its shore); the Adriatic sea (in-
cluding the Ionian):— Adria.

100. dSporns hadrotes, had-rot'-ace; from
dSpos hadros (stout); plumpness, i.e. (fig.) Ji&erat-

ity:— abundance.

101. dSworlu adnnateo, ad-oo-nat-eh'-o; from
102; to be unable, i.e. (pass.) impossible: — be impos-
sible.

102. dSvvaros adanatos, ad-oo'-nat-os; from/
(as a neg. particle) and 1413; unable, i.e. weak (lit. or
fig.); pass, impossible:— could not do, impossible, im-
potent, not possible, weak.

103. dT>» a t do, ad'-o; a prim, verb; to sings-
sing.

104- &*C ael, ah-eye'; from an obs. prim, noun (ap-
par. mean, continued duration); " ever;" by quali-
fication regularly; by impl. earnes«».■— always, ever.

105. d«T<Ss aetds, ah-et-os 1 ; from tbe.same as jog;
an eagle (from its Mind-like flight):— eagle.

106. a£vp,os aznmds, ad'-zoo-mos; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 2210; unleavened, i.e. (fig.) uncor-
rupted; (in the neut. plur.) spec, (by impl.) the Pass-
over week:— unleavened (bread).

107. 'A|up Azor, ad-zore'; of Heb. or. [comp.
5809] ; Azor, an Isr.: — Azor.

108. "AJwtos Azotos, ad'-zo-tos; of Heb. or. [7B6] ;
Azotus (i.e. Ashdod), a place in Pal. :— Azotus.

109. dVjp aer, ah-ayr'; from dn|ii aeml (to
breathe unconsciously, l.e. respire; by anal, to blow);
"air" (as naturally circumambient) :— air. Comp.
SS94-

dfld atba. 8ee3'34-

110. dflavaorta atbanagla, ath-an-as-ee'-ah;
from a compound of / (as a neg. particle) and 2288;
deathlessness: — immortality.

111. dWiu-ros atb£mitog, ath-em'-ee-tos; from 1
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of W|us tbemls (sta-
tute; from the base of 3087); illegal; by impl. flagi-
tious:— abominable, unlawful thing.

112. dScos atb£&s, ath'-eh-os; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 231b; godless: — without God.

118. aSco-uos atbesmds, ath'-es-mos; from 1 (as
a neg. particle) and a der. 0I3087 (in the sense of en-
acting); lawless, i.e. (by impl.) criminal:— wicked.
114- 6Strlu> atb£t£o, ath-et-eh'-o; from a com-
pound of 1 (as ft neg. particle) and a der. of 3087; to
set aside, i.e. (by impl.) to disesteem, neutralize or
violate:— cast off, despise, disannul, frustrate, bring
to nought, reject.

115. dWrnots at li fit" sis. ath-et' -ay-sis; from 114;
cancellation (lit. or fig.):— disannulling, put away.

116. 'AO^vot Atbenal, ath-ay'-nahee; plur. of
'AM[vn Athene (the goddess of wisdom, who was
reputed to have founded the city); Athencs, the cap-
ital of Greece:— Athens.

117. "AOnvoSos Atbenalds, ath-ay^nah'-yos;
from 11b; an Athenman or inhab. of Athense:—
Athenian.

118. i&Ma atbleo, ath-leh'-o; from dOXos atb-
15b (a contest in the public lists) ; to contend in the
competitive games:— strive.

119. aflXno-is atblesls, ath'-lay-sis; from 118; a
struggle (fig.) :— fight.

ISO. dOuuiu atbnmeo, ath-oo-meh'-o; from a
comp. of / (as a neg. particle) and 2372; to be spirit-
less, i.e. dislieartened:— be dismayed.

121. aBuos atboAs, ath'-o-os; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and a prob. der. of 3087 (mean. a. penalty);
not guilty:— innocent.

122. at-yetos algeAs, ah'ee-ghi-os; from ol| alx,
(a goaf); belonging to a goat:— goat.

123. atyiaXds aiglalds, aftee-ghee-ai-os'; from
dta-a-o a'isso (to rush) and 231 (in the sense of the
tea); a beach (on which the waves dash):— shore.



124. Atyuimos Algnptioa, ahee-goop'-fee-os;
from 123; an JBgyptian or inhab. of JSgyptus:—
Egyptian.

125. Atyuirros Alguptos, ah'ee-goop-tos; of
uncert. der. ; JEgyptus, the land of the Kile.— Egypt.

126. dtSios aiidios, ah-id'-ee-os; from 104; ever-
during (forward and backward, or forward only): —
eternal, everlasting.

127. atSiis aldos, ahee-doce'; perh. from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 1492 (through the idea of downcast
eyes); bash/ulness, i.e. (towards men), modesty or
(towards God) awe. - — reverence, shamefacedness.

128. AU)(oi|r Altblops, ahee-thee'-ops; from
aC0a altbo (to scorch) and <m|/ ops (the face, from
,3700); an ^Ethiopian (as a fitaefcamoor):— Ethiopian.

129. ot|itt balma, hah'ee-mah; of uncert. der.;
blood, lit. (of men or animals), fig. (the juice of
grapes) or spec, (the atoning blood of Christ); by
impl. bloodshed, also kindred:— blood.

ISO. aljiarticxvo-la halmatSkehnsia, hahee-
mat-ek-khoo-see'-ah; from J2g and a der. of 1632; an
effusion of blood:— shedding of blood.

131. at(ioppeo> balmdrrbeo, haheejmor-hreh'-o;
from 720 and 4^£?; to flow blood, i.e. Tiave a fwemor-
rhage:— diseased with an issue of blood.

132. A Was Aln6am,ahee-neh'-as; of uncert. der.;
Mneas, an Isr. :— jEneas.

7^. atvoris alnSsls, ah'ee-nes-is; from 7^; a

praising (the act), i.e. (spec.) a fftanfc (-offering):—

praise.

134- oXvivt alneo, ahee-neh'-o; from 136; to praise

(God):— praise.

155. atwyiia alnlgma, ah'ee-nig-ma; from a

der. of 7j6 (in its prim, sense); an odscure saying

(" enigma"), Le. (abstr.) obscureness: — x darkly.

136. atvos alnds, ah'ee-nos; appar. a prim, word;
prop, a story, but used in the sense of 1808; praise
(of God):— praise.

137. AlwSv Alnoo, aftee-noftn'; of Hebr. or. [a
der. of 5869, place of springs]; JEnon, a place in
Pal.:— JSnon.

138. alplouai balredmat, hahee-reh'-om-ahee;
prob. akin to 142; to take for oneself, i.e. to prefer:—
choose. Some of the forms are borrowed from a cog-
nate IXXouat bellAmal, hel' -lom-ahee; which is
otherwise obsolete.

139. alpEins balresls. hah'ee-res-is; from 138;
prop, a choice, i.e. (spec.) a party or (abstr.) dis-
union:— heresy [which is the Gr. word itself], sect.

140. atperCJw balretlzo, hahee-ret-id'-zo; from a
der. of 138; to make a choice:— choose.

141. alpemicds balretlbos, hahee-ret^e-kos"',
from the same as 140; a schismatic:— heretic [the Or.
word itself],

142. atpo alro, ah'ee-ro; a prim, verb; to lift; by
impl. to take up or away; fig. to raise (the voice),
keep in suspense (the mind); spec, to sail away (i.e.
weigh anchor); by Heb. [comp. 537B] to expiate sin:—
away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to
doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).

143. ahrSdvouai alstbanomal, ahee-sthan'-om-
ahee; of uncert. der.; to appreftend (prop, by the
senses) : —perceive.

144- ato-Ono-is alstbesls, ah'ee-sthay-sis; from
143; perception, i.e. (fig.) discernment:— judgment.

145. ato-9irnijpu>v alstheterlon, ahee-sthay-tay>-
ree-on; from a der. of 143; prop, au organ of percep-
tion, i.e. (fig.) judgment:— senses.

146. at<rxpoKcpS4}S alscbr&kerdes, ahee-skhrok-
er-dace'; from 130 and wfpSos kerdoa (gain) ; sor-
did:— given to (greedy of) filthy lucre.

147. afoxpoKcpSfis alscbrAkerdoa, aFiee-
skhrok-er-doce' ; adv. from 146; sordidly:— tot filthy
lucre's sake.

148. aio-xpoXovto. alscbr&l&gla, ahee-skhrol-
og-ee'^ih; from 130 and 3036; vile conversation:— &■
thy communication.

149. a&rxpdv alscbron, ahee-skhron'; neut. of
750; a shameful thing, i.e. indecorum:— shame.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Ago ne
Alaythace



150. aUrxp<5s alscbrAg, ahee-skhros' ; from the
same as 133; shameful, i.e. base (spec, venal):— filthy.

151. aUrxpinjs alscbrAtes, ahee-skhrot'-ace;
from 750; shame/ulness, i.e. obscenity: — fllthiness.

152. aUrxwn alscbnne, ahee-skhoo'-nay; from
'S3! shame or disgrace (abstr. or Conor.): — dishon-
esty, shame.

153. otcrxwonov alsebunAmal, ahee-skhoo'-
nom-ahee; from ato-\\os alscbds (disfigurement,
l.e.disgrace); to feelshame (for oneself):— be ashamed.
15 Jf. atria alteo, ahee-teh'-o; of uncert. der.; to
ask (in gen.):— ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, re-
quire. Comp. 4441.

155. atrtjua aitema, ah'ee-tay-mah; from 154; a
thing asked or (abstr.) an asking:— petition, request,
required.

156. atria altla, ahee-tee'-a; from the same as 154;
a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive,
matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):— accusa-
tion, case, cause, crime, fault, [wh-]ere [-fore].

157. atrtaua attiama, ahee-tee'-am-ah; from a
der. of 136; a thing charged: — complaint.

158. afcrvov altlAn, ah'ee-tee-on; neut. of ija; a
reason or crime [like #6]:— cause, fault.

159. ctETios altlAs, ah'ee-tee-os; from the same as
134; causative, i.e. (concr.) a causer: — author.

160. aUj>vtSio$ alpbnldlAs, aheef-nid'-ee-os;
from a comp. of 7 (as a neg. particle) and 5310 [comp.
i8io\\ (mean, non-apparent); unexpected, i.e. (adv.)
suddenly: — sudden, unawares.

161. al\\]UxKmrla alcbmalosla, aheekh-maUo-
see'-ah; from 164; captivity:— captivity.

162. alxuaXorciu alcbmaloteuo, aheekh-mal-
o-tewf-o; from. 164; to capture [like 163]:— lead cap-
tive.

163. <xiyy,a\\m%<f> alcbmalotlzo, aheekh-mal-
o-tid'-zo; from 164: to make captive:— lead away
captive, bringiinto captivity.

164. atxp.aXo>T<Ss alcbmalotAs, aheekh-maUo-
tos'; from alXM^i alebme (a spear) and a der. of
the same as 239; prop, a prisoner of war, i.e. (gen.) a
captive: — captive.

165. atiiv nion ahee-ohn'; from the same as 104;
prop, an age; by extens. perpetuity (also past) ; by
impl. the world; spec. (Jewish) a Messianic period
(present or future): — age, course, eternal, (for) ever
(-more), [n-]ever, (beginning of the, while the) world
(began, without end). Comp. 5530.

166. atovtos aloniAs, ahee-o'-nee-os; from 163;
perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future
as well):— eternal, for ever, everlasting, world
(began).

167. dKoflapo-ttt akatharsla, ak-ath-ar-aee'-ah;
from ibg; impurity (the quality), phys. ormor.:— un-
cleanness.

168. OKo6aprqs akatbartes, ak-ath-ar'-tace;
from iog; impurity (the state), mor.: — fllthiness.

169. dicdOapros akathartAs, ak-ath'-ar-tos;
from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of
2508 (mean, cleansed); impure (cer., mor. [lewd] or
spec, [daemonic]):— foul, unclean.

170. aKotplonai akalrcomai, ak-ahee-reh'-om-
ahee; from a comp. of 7 (as a neg. particle) and 2540
(mean, unseasonable); to be inopportune (for one-
self), i.e. to fail of a proper occasion:— lack, oppor-
tunity.

171. ducaCpus akalros, ok-oh'ee-roce; adv. from
the same as 770; inopportunely:— out of season.

172. okcikos akakAs, ak'-ak-os; from / (as a neg.
particle) and 235b; not bad, i.e. (obj.l innocent or
(subj.) unsuspecting: — harmless, simple.

173. cucavOa akantha, ak'-an-thah; prob. from
the same as 188; a thorn:— thorn.

17 4-. axdvOivos akantblnAa, ak-an'-thee-nos;
from 17s; thorny: — of thorns.
175. oKdDiros akarpAs, aW-ar-pos; from 1 (as a
neg. particle) and 2J90; barren, (lit or fig.):— without
fruit, unfruitful.



176. aicaTdyvuo-TOs akatagnostAa, ak-at-ag'-
noce-tos; from 7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of
1607; unblamable:— that cannot be condemned.

177. dKOTaKdXwirros akatakalnptAs, ak-at-
ak-al'-oop-tos; from / (as a nog. particle) and a der.
of a comp. of 230b and 2572,' unveiled:— uncovered.

178. dxaraKpiTos akatakrltAs, ak-at-ak'-ree-
tos; from 7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 2632;
without (legal) trial: — uncondemned.

179. dKardXuros akatalutAs, ak-at-al'-oo-tos;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 2647; indis-
soluble, i.e. (fig.) permanent:— endless.

180. dKaTdirawrros akatapaastAs, ak-at-ap'-
ow-stos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of
2664; unrefraining:—that cannot cease.

181. dKOToo-rao-£a akatastasla, ak-at-as-tah-
see'-ah; from 182; instability, i.e. disorder:— commo-
tion, confusion, tumult.

182. &KaTdcrraTos akatastatAs, ak-at-as'-tat-
os; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 2323; in-
constant: — unstable.

183. dKO/rdo-xETOs akatascbAtAs, dk-at-as'-
khet-os; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 2722;
unrestrainable:— unruly.

IS 4. "Ai«XSaud Akeldama, ak-el-dam-ah' ; of
Chald. or. [mean, field of blood; corresp. to 3506 and
1818]; Akeldama, a place near Jerus. :— Aceldama.

185. diclpaios akeralAs, ak-er'-ah-yos; from 1 (as
a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 2767: unmixed,
i.e. (fig.) innocent:— harmless, sample.

186. cLkXivi'is akllnes, ak-lee-nace'; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 2*27; not leaning, i.e. (flg.) firm: —
without wavering.

187. &K|idi> akmazo, ak-mad'-zo; from the
same as 188; to make a point, i.e. (flg.) mature:— be
fully ripe.

188. dicu/fjv akmen, ak-mane'; accus. of a noun
(" acme") akin to did) ake (a point) and mean, the
same; adv. just now, i.e. still:— yet.

189. dicorfj akAe, ak-o-ay'; from 797; hearing (the
act, the sense or the thing heard):— audience, ear,
fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report,
rumor.

190. dKo\\ov84(i> akAlAothAo, ak-ol-oo-theh'-o;
from 7 (as a particle of union) and K&6V0OS kelAn-
tbAs (a road); prop, to be in the same way with, i.e.
to accompany (spec, as a disciple):— follow, reach.

191. dicovo akiiuo. ak-oo'-o; a prim, verb; to
hear (in various senses):— give (in the) audience (of),
come (to the ears), ([shall]) hear (-er, -ken), be noised,
be reported, understand.

192. dxpturfa. akrasia, alwas-ee'-a; from 103;
want of self-restraint:— excess, incontinency,

193. dKpdTt)s akrates, ak-rat'-ace; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 2004; powerless, i.e. without self-
control:— Incontinent.

194- dxparos akratos. ak'-rat-os; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 2767; «»-
diluted:— without mixture.

195. dicp((3eia akribela, ak-ree'-bi-ah; from the
same as 796; exactness:— perfect manner.

196. &Kp(|3&rraTOS akrlbestatAs, ak-ree-bes'-
ta-tos; superlative of dupCPus akribes (a der. of
the same as 206); most exact: — most straitest.

197. di<pi|&<rTcpov akrlbAsterAn, ak-ree-bes'-
ter-on; neut. of the comparative of the same as 796;
(adv.) more exactly:— toots perfect (-ly).

198. dicpifidu akrlbAo, ak-ree-bo'-o; from the
same as 796; to be exact, i.e. ascer tain:— enquire dili-
gently.

199. dtcpifias akrlbos. ak^ree-boce' ; adv. from
the same as 796; exactly: — circumspectly, diligently,
perfect (-ly).

200. dxpCs akrls, ak-rece!; appar. from the same
as 206; a locust (as pointed, or as lighting on the top
of vegetation):— locust.

201. dKOOirHjpiov akrAaterlAn, ak-ro-at-ay'-
ree-on; from 202; an audience-room:— place of hear-
ing.



202. OKpoar^s akroates, ak-ro-at-ace 1 ; from
dicpodouai akrAaAmal (to listen; appar. an in-
tens. of 79/); a hearer (merely): — hearer.

203. dicpofSvo-rCa akrAbastla, ak-rob-oos-tee'-
ah; from 206 and prob. a modified form of irder8i|
pAsthe (the penis or male sexual organ); the pre-
puce; by impl. an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, fig.
unregenerate) state or person:— not circumcised, un-
circumcised [with 2ig2], uncircumcision.

204. dicpoyuviaios akrAgonlalAs, ak-rog-o-
nee-ah'-yos; from 206 and 77^7," belonging to the ex-
treme corner;— chief corner.

205. dicpoOCviov akrAtblnlAn, afc-roHt-fn'-ee-on;
from 206 and 9te this (a heap); prop, (in the plur.)
the top of the heap, i.e. (by impl.) best of the booty: —
spoils.

206. OKpov akrAn, ak'-ron; neut. of an adj. prob.
akin to the base of 188; the extremity: — one end . . .
other, tip, top, uttermost part.

207. 'AicuXas Akulas, ak-oo'-las; prob. for Lat.
aquila (an eagle); Akulas, an Isr.:— Aquila.

208. ttKvpoo) aknrAo, ak-oo-ro'-o; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 2064; to invalidate: — disannul,
make of none effect.

209. dicuXvTos akAlntos, ak-o-loo'-toce; adv.
from a compound of 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der.
of 2007; in an unhindered manner, i.e. freely:— no
man forbidding him.

210. clkov akon, ak'-ohn; from 7 (as a neg. par-
ticle) and 163s; unwilling: — against the will.

211. dXdpacrrpov alabastrAn, al-ab'-as-tron;
neut. of d\\dpo<rrpos alabastrAs (of uncert. der.),
the name of a stone; prop, an " alabaster" box, i.e.
(by extens.) a perfume vase (of any material):— (ala-
baster) box.

212. dXajjovfCa alazAnela, al-ad-zon-i'-a; from
213; braggadocio, i.e. (by impl.) self-confidence:—
boasting, pride.

213. aXaXjiiv alazon, al-ad-ame'; from d\\t|
ale {vagrancy); braggart:— boaster.

214. d\\aXd£o> alalazo, al-al-ad'-zo; from oXoX^
alale (a shout, "halloo"); to vociferate, Le. (by
impl.) to wail; flg. to clang:— tinkle, wail.

215. dXdXnros alalet As, al-al'-ay-tos; from 7 (as
a neg. particle) and a der. of 2080; unspeakable:—
unutterable, which cannot be uttered.

216. aXaXos alalAs, al'-al-os; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 2080; mute: — dumb.

217. oXets halas, hal'-as; from 231; salt; fig. pru-
dence:— salt.

218. dXtbfxo alAlpbo, al-i'-fo; from 7 (as particle
of union) and the base of 3043 ; to oil (with per-
fume) : — anoint.

219. dXtKTopoiJKOvla alektArAphonla, al-ek-
tor-of-o-nee'-ah; from 220 and 545b; cock-crow, i.e.
the third night-watch:— cockcrowing.

220. dX&TUp alAktor, al-ek'-tore; from dMico
(to ward off) ; a cock or male fowl:— cock.

221. 'AXe£av8pris AlexandrSus, aUex^md-
reuce'; from 'AXeJdvSpeia (the city so called) ; an
Alexandreian or inhab. of Alexandria:— of Alexan-
dria, Alexandrian.

222. 'AXcgavSpCvos AlAxandrlnAs, aUex-an-
dree'-nos; from the same as 221 ; Alexandrine, or be-
longing to Alexandria: — of Alexandria.

223. 'AXSjavSpos Alexandras, al-ex'-an-dros;
from the same as (the first part of) 220 and 43s; man-
defender; Alexander, the name of three Isr. and one
other man: — Alexander.

224. aXcvpov alAarAn, al'-yoo^ron; from oVu
alAo (to grind); flour:— meal.

225. &X^8cia alethAla, al-ay'-thi-a; from 227;
truth:— true, X truly, truth, verity.

226. dXnOcvci) aletbAno, al-ayth-yoo'-o; from
227; to be true (in doctrine and profession):— speak
(tell) the truth.

227. dXnO^s aletbea, al-ay-thace' ; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 2000; true (as not concealing):—
true, truly, truth.



10



Alaytheenos



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



228. oXnflivds ale thin As, al-ay-thee-nos' ; from
237; truthful:— true.

229. dATJ6a> aletho, al-ay'-tho; from the same as
224; to grind:— grind.

280. d\\i]8as alethog, al-ay-thoce' ; adv. from
237J truly;— indeed, surely, of a surety, truly, of a (in)
truth, verily, very.

SSI. oXiris hallSns, hal-ee-yoos' ; from 353-," a
sottor (as engaged on the soli water), i.e. (by impl.) a
fisher:— fisher (-man).

232. dXieuu haliSuo, hal-ee-yoo'-o; from 3?/; to
be a fisher, i.e. (by impl.) to fish:— go a-flshing.

2&1 d\\C?« halizo, hal-id'-zo; from 2J7; to
salt:— salt.

2&J. oXCo-Y«|ia allsgema, al-is'-ghem-ah; from
dXwryew alisg&o (to soil); (eer.) defilement:— pol-
lution.

255. dXXd alia, al-lah'; neut. plur. of 2^j; prop,
otfter things, i.e. (adv.) contrariwise (in many rela-
tions):— and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, never-
theless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea,
yet.

2<?6. aXXdovro allasso, al-las'-so; from 243; to
make different:— change.

237. aWaxofcv allachdthen, al-lalch-oth'-en;
from 243; from, elsewhere: — some other way.

238. aXXTryop&o allego>£o, al-lay-gor-eh'-o;
from 243 and avop&o agorfio (to harangue [comp.
5*]); to allegorize:— be an allegory [the Or. word
itself].

239. dXXijXovia allelouiia, al-lay-loo'-ee-ah; of
Heb. or. [imper. of 1984 and 3050]; praise ye Jah!, an
adoring exclamation:— alleluiah.

21fi. aXX^XttV allelon, al-lay'-lone; Gen. plur.
froma/yredupl.; one another: — each other, mutual,
one another, (the other), (them-, your-) selves, (selves)
together [sometimes with 3326 or 4914].

241. aWo-yevfjs allogenics, al-log-en-ace' ; from
243 and 1083; foreign, i.e. not a Jew: — stranger.

242. dXXou,ai halldmal, hal'-lom-ahee; mid. of
appar. a prim, verb; to jump; fig. to gush:— leap,
spring up.

243. eiXXos all5s, al'-los; a prim, word; " else,"
i.e. different (in many applications):— more, one (an-
other), (an-, some an-) other (-s, -wise).

244- aXXoTpieirio-Koiros allotrleplskdpds, al-
lot-ree-ep-is'-kop-os; from 243 and ig&j; overseeing
others' affairs, i.e. a meddler (spec, in Gentile cus-
toms): — busybody in other men's matters.
245. aXX6rpios alldtrlds, al-lot'-ree-os; from
243: another's, i.e. not one's own; by extens. foreign,
not akin, hostile:— alien, (an-) other (man's, men's),
strange (-r).

24S. aXXd<|>vXos alldphulfls, al-lof«>o-los; from
243 and 3443; foreign, i.e. (spec.) Gentile:— one of an-
other nation.

247. oXXois alios, al'-loce; adv. from 243; differ-
ently: — otherwise.

248. dXodw aI5ao, al-o-ah'-o; from the same as
237; to tread out grain: — thresh, tread out the corn.

249. dXcyos alogos, al'-og-os; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 3036; irrational:— brute, unreasonable.

250. a\\oi\\ al5e, al-o-ay'; of for. or. [comp. 174] ;
aloes (the gum):— aloes.

251. o\\s halis. halce; a prim, word; "salf'i—
salt.

252. oXvkos lialukos, haUoo-kos'; from 251;
briny:— salt.

253. aXwirarspos alupAterAs, al-oo-pot'-er-os;
compar. of a comp. of 1 (as a neg. particle) and 3077;
more without grief:— less sorrowful.

264- oXimtis halnsis, hal'-oo-sis; of uncert. der.;
a fetter or manacle: — bonds, chain.

255. aXvo-iTcX^s alnsiteleg, al-oo-sit-el-ace' ;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and the base oi3oSi; gain-
less, i.e. (by impl.) pernicious:— unprofitable.

256. 'AX«j>atos Alphaios, al-fah'-yos; of Heb.
or. [comp, 2501]; Alphosus, an Isr.:— Alpheus.



257. oXiov balon, hal'-ohn; prob. from the base
of 1307; a threshing-/oor (as rolled hard), i.e. (fig.)
the grain (and chaff, as just threshed) :— floor.

258. dX»irn£ alopex, al-o'-pakes; of uncert. der. ;
a fox, i.e. (fig.) a cunning person: — fox.

259. dXwo-is halosis, hal'-o-eis; from a collateral
form of 13S; capture: — be taken.

260. 0(1.0. liama. ham' -ah; a prim, particle; prop.
at the " same" time, but freely used as a prep, or
adv. denoting close association:— also, and, together,
with (-al).

261. a(j.a8^s aiuatbes, am-ath-ace'; from 1 (as a
neg. particle) and.3i2g; ignorant:— -unlearned.

262. apxipavrivos amaraiitinSs, am-ar-an'-tee-
nos; from 263; " amaranthine", i.e. (by impL) fade-
less: — that fadeth not away.

263. du.dpa.VT0s amarantis, am-ar'-an-tos;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of
3133; unfading, i.e. (by impl.) perpetual: — that fadeth
not away.

264. oiioprAvw hamartano, ham-ar-tan'-o;
perh. from / (as a neg. particle) and the base of 3313;
prop, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize),
i.e. (fig.) to err, esp. (mor.) to sin.— for your faults,
offend, sin, trespass.

265. ap.dpri]pa hamartoma, ham-ar'-tay-mah;
from 204; a sin (prop, concr.):— sin.

266. du.apT£a hamartla, ham-ar-tee'-ah; from
264; sin (prop, abstr.) :— offence, sin (-ful).

267. cuidpTupos amarturds, am-ar'-too-ros;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a form of 3144; unat-
tested: — without witness.

268. dp.apT(i>X6s hamartolAs, ham-ar-to-los' ;
from 264; sinful, i.e. a sinner:— sinful, sinner.

269. dfiaxos a ma < li <>* am'-akh-os; from / (as a
neg. particle) and 3163; peaceable: — not a brawler.

270. au.au amao, am-ah'-o; from 260; prop, to
collect, i.e. (by impl.) reap: — reap down.

271. d(i€6u<rTos :iiii< llnistos. am-eth'-oos-tos;
from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3184; the
"amethyst" (supposed to prevent intoxication):—
amethyst.

272. d|xeX«'(o amSlAA, am-eZ-eft'-o,- from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 31QQ; to be careless of: — make light
of, neglect, be negligent, not regard.

273. d(i6(iirros amemptAg, am'-emp-tos; from 1
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3201; irreproach-
able:— blameless, faultless, unblamable.

274- d|i4|i.irT<i>s amemptog, am-emp'-toce; adv.
from 273; faultlessly:— blameless, unblamably.

275. dpiptjO'OS amSrlmnda, am-er'-inunos;
from / (as a neg. particle) and 330S; not anxious: —
without care (-fulness), secure.

276. d|«Td8€T0s ainetath£t As, am-et-ath'-et-os;
from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3346; un-
changeable, or (neut. as abstr.) unchangeabUity: — im-
mutable (-ility).

277. d|j.ETa.KCvirros am«taklnetAs, am-et-ak-in'-
ay-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3334;
immovable:— unmovable.

278. d|MTa.j«'Xi]TOs amgtameletAg, dm-et-am-
el'-ay-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed
der. of 3338; irrevocable: — without repentance, not to
be repented of.

279. d|i€Tav6t)Tos ametanAetAs, am-et-an-6'-
ay-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed
der. of 3340; unrepentant: — impenitent.

280. d(X«Tpos ametros, am'-et-ros; from 1 (as a
neg. particle) and 3338; immoderate:— (thing) without
measure.

281. ou,^ v amen, am-ane'; of Heb. or. [543]; prop.
firm, i.e. (flg.) trustworthy; adv. surely (often as in-
terj. so be it):— amen, verily.

282. o.|iT|T«p ametor, am-ay'-tore; from 1 (as a
neg. particle) and 3384; motherless, i.e. of unknown
maternity: — without mother.

283. apCavros amlantAs, am-ee'-an-tos; from 7
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 33Q2; unsoiled, i.e.
(flg.) pure:— undeflled.



284- 'A|uva8d(J Aminadab am-ee-nad-ab' ; o£
Heb. or. [5993]; Aminadab, an Isr.:— Aminadab.

285. cijjLjj.03 ammAg, am'-mos; perh. from 260;
sand (as heaped on the beach):— sand.

286. ojivos amnAg, am-nos'; appar. a prim, word;
a lamb:— lamb.

257. ofi.otp'ri amAibe, amoy-bay'; from djieCPu
amfilbo (to exchange); requital:— requite.

288. dfiireXos ampelis, am'-pel-os; prob. from
the base of 207 and that of 237; a vine (as coiling
about a support): — vine.

289. ajiireXoup-{6s ampelAurgos, am-pel-oor-
gos'; from 288 and 2041; a vine-worker, i.e. pruner: —
vine-dresser.

290. au/ircXi&v ampSlon, am-pel-ohn'; from s88;
a vineyard:— vineyard.

291. ApirXCas Vinpiias. am-plee'-as; contr. for
Lat. ampliatus [enlarged]; Amplias, a Bom. Chr.: —
Amplias.

292. dp.vvo|Jiai amundmat, am-oo'-nom-ahee;
mid. of a prim, verb; to ward off (for oneself), i.e.
protect: — defend.

293. du<|>CpXT](rrpov amphlblestrdn, am-fib'-
lace-tron; from a comp. of the base of 207 and god;
a (fishing) net (as thrown about the fish): — net.

294. apfyiiwoiLi amphiennuml, am-fee-en'-
noo-mee; from the base of 207 and i'vvu|u hennuml
(to invest); to enrobe: — clothe.

295. 'A|u)>{iroXis Amphlpdlis, am-fip'-ol-is;
from the base of 207 and 4172; a city surrounded by a
river; Amphipolis, a place in Macedonia: — Amphi-
polis.

296. au.<|>o8ov amphdddn, am'-fod-on; from the
base of 207 and 339 s ', a fork in the road:— where two
ways meet.

297. dp.(f>6T6pos amphoterds, am-fot'-er-os;
compar. of dfwjjt amphi (.around); (in plur.)
both:— both.

298. o.ju&|riyros amomet&s, am-o'-may-tos; from
1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3460; unblamea-
ble:— blameless.

299. d(iW|ios amomos, am'-o-mos; from z (as a
neg. particle) and 3470; unblemished (ht. or fig.):—
without blame (blemish, fault, spot), faultless, un-
blameable.

300. "Ap.ilv Anion, am^one'; of Heb. or. [586];
Amon, a.n Isr.: — Anion.

301. Ap.i6s Amos, am-oce'; of Heb. or. [531];
Amos, an Isr. : — Amos.

302. av an, an; a prim, particle, denoting a suppo-
sition, wish, possibility or uncertainty: — [what-,
where-, whither-, whomsoever. Usually unexpressed
except by the subjunctive or potential mood. Also
contr. for 1437.

303. avd ana, an-ah'; a prim. prep, and adv. ; prop.
up; but (by extens.) used (distributively) severally, or
(locally) at (etc.):— and, apiece, by, each, every (man),
in, through. In compounds (as a prefix) it often
means (by impl.) repetition, intensity, reversal, etc.

304. dva,pa0p.6 s anabathmds, an-ah-ath-mos' ;
from 305 [comp. 808]; a stairway: — stairs.

305. dvapaivw anabalno, an-ab-ah'ee-no; from
303 and the base of 039; to go up (lit. or fig.):— arise,
ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come
(up).

306. dva.pdXXo|i,(u anaballtfmat, an-ab-al'-lom-
ahee; mia. from 303 and 906; toputoff(for oneself):—
defer.

307. dvaf3i|3dj> anablbazo, an-ob-ee-bod'-zo;
from 303 and a der. of the base of ojg; to cause to go
up, i.e. haul (a net): — draw.

308. ava,pX&r<» anablfepo, an-ab-lep'-o; from 303
and ggi: to look up; by impl. to recover sight:— loos.
(up), see, receive sight.

809. dvdpXciJHS anablSpgls, an-air-iep-sis; from
308; restoration of sight:— recovering of sight.

810. dvafioda anabdao, an^ab-o-ah'-o; from 303
and gg4; to halloo: — cry (aloud, out).

811. dvctfSoXrj anabdle, anrab-olay'; from 306; a
putting off:— delay.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Alaytheenos
Anatithemahee



11



312. dva-yy£XXa> anagg&Ho, an-ang-el'-lo; from
303 and the base of 32; to announce (in detail) : — de-
clare, rehearse, report, show, speak, tell.

313. dva-ytvvdw anagAnnao, an-ag-en-nah'-o;
from 303 and 1080; to beget or (by extens.) bear
(again):— beget, (bear) x again.

314. ovo^ivAo-kw anaginosko, an*ig-in-oce'-ko;
from 303 and 1007; to know again, i. e tby extens.) to
read:— read.

3i5. dvayK(S.£(i> anagkazo, an-ang-kad'-zo; from
jj^; to necessitate;— compel, constrain.

316. ava-yxaios anagkaios, an-ang-kah'-yos;
from 31S; necessary; by impl. close (of kin): — near,
necessary, necessity, needful.

317. avoYKO<rr»s anagkastAs, an-ang-kas-toce' ;
adv. from a der. 01313; compulsorily:— by constraint.

3.ZS, avayK^ anagke, an-ang-kay'; from jcy and
the base of 43; constraint (lit or fig.) ; by impl. dis-
tress: — distress, must needs, (of) necessity (-sary),
needeth, needful.

319. ava^vwpCtojJtai anagnorlzomai, an-ag-
no~rid'~zom-ahee; mid. f rom 303 and no?; to mafce
(oneself) known:— be made known.
330. dvd'yvwcris anagnosls, an-ag'^no-sis; from
j/^; (the act of) reading:— reading.

321. dvd-yw anago, an-ag'-o; from 303 and 7/; to
lead up; by extens. to bring out; spec, to sail
away:— bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch
(forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.

322. dvaScCKW|u aljarii'ikii mui an-ad-ike'-noo-
mee; from 303 and nob; to exhibit, i.e. (by impl.) to
indicate, appoint:— appoint, shew.

323. dvdSei|is anadfixis, an-ad' -ike-sis; from
322; (the act of) exhibition:— shewing.

324. dva.8lxou.ai anadSchAmai, an-ad-ekh'-om-
ahee; from 303 and ^^09; to entertain (as a guest): —
receive.

325. dva8CSci>|U anadidoml, an-ad-eed'-om-ee;
from 303 and 1323; to tend over:— deliver.

326. dva£da> aaazao, an-ad-zah'-o; from 303 and
2/9J; to recover life (lit. or fig.):— (be a-) live again,
revive.

327. dvaiftT&i) anazetAo, an-ad-zay-teh'-o; from
joj and 2212; to search out: — seek.

3#3. dva£<Jvvv(H anazonnuml, an-ad-zone'-
noo-mee; trow.303 and a22#; to gird afresh:— gird up.

3#£. dva£<oirupea> anazopor^o, a«H»d-jzo-poor-
eft/-o; from 303 and a comp. of the base of 222b and
4442; to re-enkindle: — stir up.

330. dvafidXXio anathallo, an-ath-al'-lo; from
joj and fldXXw tlialld (to jfamrisft); to remiie.'—
Sourish again.

331. avd9«jj.o anatMma, an-ath'-em-ah; from
J9<(,' a (religious) tan. or (concr.) ea:com»wt»icated
(thing or person) : — accursed, anathema, curse,
X great.

332. 6.vaSt\\i.arlla aiiatlifmal iz<>. an-ath-em-at-
id'-zo; from 331; to declare or vow under penalty of
execration:— (bind under a) curse, bind with an oath.

333. dvaOfupe'w anathAorAS, an-ath-eh-o-reh'-o;
from 303 and 2334; to look again (i.e. aitewtoueZy) at
(lit. or fig.):— behold, consider.

334. dvdS'np.a anathema, an-ath'-ay-mah; from
394 pike j-j 1 /, but in a good sense] ; a votive offering:—
gift.

335. dvaCScia analdAla, an-ah'ee-die-ah' ; from a
comp. of / (as a neg. particle [comp. 427]) and 127;
impudence, i.e. (by impl.) importunity:— importunity.

336. dvaCpeo-is analresls, an-ah'ee-res-is; from
337; (the act of) killing: — death.

337. dvaipe'u analrAo, an-ahee-reh'-o; from 303
and (the act. of) 138; to take up, i.e. adopt; by impl.
to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:— put to
death, kill, slay, take away, take up.

338. dvaCnos analtiAg, an-ah'ee-tee-os; from /
(as a neg. particle) and 139 (in the sense of 136); inno-
cent;— blameless, guiltless.



339. dva,Ka0Ci> anakathlzo, an-ak-ath-id'-zo;
from 303 and 2323; prop, to set up, i.e. (reflex.) to sit
up: — sit up.

340. dvoKOtvCSw anakainlzo, an-ak-ahee-nid'-
zo; from 303 and a der. of 2337; to restore:— renew.

<%7. avaKaivou anakalnAo, an-ak-ahee-no'-o;
trovo.303 and a der. of 2337; to renovate.— renew.

342. dvaicaCvaxris anakalnosls, an-ak-ah'ee-no-
sis; froro.341; renovation: — renewing.

343. dvaKoViiprw anakalupto, an-ak-al-oop'-to;
from 303 (in the sense of reversal) and 2372; to nn-
veil: — open, ([un-]) taken away.

344- avaKap.irr<i> anakampto, an-ak-amp'-to;
from 303 and 2378; to turn back:— (re-) turn.

<?^5. avaKeIp.cu anakeinui, an-ak-i'-mahee;
from j<y and 27^9; to recline (as a corpse or at a
meal):— guest, lean, lie, sit (down, at meat), at the
table.

346. dvaKstpaXotouai anakgphalalAmal, an-
ak-ef-al-ah'ee-om-ahee; from 303 and 2775 (in its or.
sense) ; to sum up.-— briefly comprehend, gather to-
gether in one.

347. avaKXCvw anakllno, an-afc-iee'-no; troTo.303
and 2827; to lean back: — lay, (make) sit down.

348. avandirrw anakApto, an-ak-op'-to; from
303 and 2873; to beat back, i.e. check:— hinder.

9. ava.Kpd£o> anakrazo, an-ak-rad'-zo; from
303 and 2806; to scream up (aloud):— cry out.

350. dvaicpCvto anakrlno, an-ak-ree'-no; from
303 and 2070; prop, to scrutinize, i.e. (by impl.) inves-
tigate, interrogate, determine:— ask, question, dis-
cern, examine, judge, search.

351. dv&Kpicris anafc rlsis an-ak'-ree-sis; from
330; a (judicial) investigation: — examination.

352. dvaicvirra) anaknpto, an-ak-oop'-to; from
303 (in the sense of reversal) and 2033; to unbend, i.e.
rise; fig. be elated;— lift up, look up.

353. dvaXap.j3dv<» analambano, an-al-am-
ban'-o; from 303 and 2o3?, - to fofte ttp:— receive up,
take (in, unto, up).

354- dvdXin|ns analepsis, an-al' '-ape-sis; from
333; ascension,— taking up.

355. dvaXCo-Kio anallsko, an-al-is'-ko; from 303
and a form of the alternate of 138; prop, to use up,
i.e. destroy: — consume.

356. avaXo-yla analftgla, an-al-og-ee'-ah; from a
comp. of 303 and 3036; proportion:— proportion.

357. dvo\\o7C|op.ai analAglzAmal, an-al-og-id'-
zom-ahee; mid. from 336; to estimate, i.e. (fig.) con-
template;— coomier.

358. dvaXos anal As, an'-al-os; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 231; saltless, i.e. insipid:— x lose salt-
ness.

359. dvdXixris analusls, an-al'-oo-sis; from 360;
departure:— departure.

360. avaXvu analuo, an-al-oo'-o; from 303 and
3o8g; to break up, i.e. depart (lit. or fig.) :— depart, re-
turn.

361. avap.dpTTjTOS anamartetAs, an-am-ar'-tay-
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der.
of 264; sinless:— that is without sin.

362. ava|ic'va> anemeno, an-am-en'-o; from 303
and 3306; to await:— wait for.

363. ava|U|iv^jo-Kto anamimnesko, an-am-im-
nace'-ko; from joj and 3403; to remind; reflex, to
recollect :— call to mind, (bring to, call to, put in), re-
member (-branee).

364. avd|ivT|<ris anamnesis, an-am '-nay-sis; from
363; recollection: — remembrance (again).

365. avavcoa) ananeAo, an-an-neh-b'-o; txoTa.303
and a der. of 3301; to renovate, i.e. reform:— renew.

366. avavqibw ananepho, an-an-ay'-fo; from
j<y and jy.?jy to become sober again, i.e. (fig.) regain
(one's) senses: — recover self.

367. 'Avavtos Ananias, an-an-ee'-as; of Heb. or.
[2608] ; Ananias, the name of three Isr. : — Ananias.

368. avavrC^pi)TOs anantirrhetAs, an-an-tir'-
hray-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed



der. of a comp. of 473 and 4483; indisputable: — can-
not be spoken against.

369. dvavTip^Ttts anantlrrhetog, an-an-tir-
hray'-toce; adv. from 308; promptly:— without gain-
saying.

370. avd£ios anaxlAs, an-ax'-ee-os; from 1 (as a
neg. particle) andj/#; unfit:— unworthy.

371. ava£U>s anaxiog, an-ax-ee'-oce; adv. from
370; irreverently: — unworthily.

2. avdirawns anapansls, an-ap'-owsis; from
373; intermission; by impl. recreation: — rest.

373. avairavu anapano, an-ap-ow'-o; from 303
and 3073; (reflex.) to repose (lit. or fig. [be exempt],
remain); by impl. to refresh:— take ease, refresh,
(give, take) rest.

374- dvaireC8ci> anapeltho, an-ap-i'-tho; from 303
and 3082; to incite; — persuade.

375. avaircp/iro anapempo, an-ap-em'-po; from
303 and 3002; to send up or back:— send (again).

376. avdirnpos anaperAs, an-ap'-a^-ros; from
303 (in the sense of intensity) and irf|pos perAs
(maimed) ; crippled:— maimed.

377. avairfar™ anaplpto, an-ap-ip' -to; from 303
and 4008; to fall back, i.e. lie doum, lean back: — lean,
sit down (to meat).

378. avairXnooo) anapleroo, an-ap-lay-r6'-o;
from 303 and 4137; to complete; by impl, to occupy,
supply; fig. to accomplish (by coincidence or obe-
dience) :— fill up, fulfil, occupy, supply.

379. avairoXdynros anapAlAget As, an-ap-ol-og'-
ay-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed
der. of 626; indefensible:— -without excuse, inexcuse-
able.

380. avairrworw anaptnsso, an-ap-toos'-so;
irom303 (in the sense of reversal) and 4428; to unroll
(a scroll or volume):— open.

381. avdirro anapto, an-ap'-to; from 303 and
68/; to enkindle:— kindle, light.

382. dvapC6p.T)Tos anarlthmetAs, an-ar-ith'-
may-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of
703; unnumbered, i.e. without number: — innumerable.

383. dvacreiw anaselo, an-as-i'-o; from 303 and
■079,' fig. to excite:— move, stir up.

384' dvCKTKOidiJw anaskAnazo, an-ask-yoo-ad'-
zo; from 303 (in the sense of reversal) and a der. of
4632; prop, to pacfc up (baggage), i.e. (by impl. and
flg.) to upset:— subvert.

385. dvo<nrda> anaspao, an-as-pah'-o; from 303
and 4083; to take up or extricate:— dram up, pull out.
336. dvdo-Tao-is anastasls, an-as'-tos-is; from
■jijo; a standing up again, i.e. (lit.) a resurrection
from death (individual, gen. or by impl, [its author]),
or (fig.) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):—
raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead,
that should rise, rising again.

o87. dvocrroTdo) anastatAo, an-as-tat-o'-o; from
a der. of 430 (in the sense of removal); prop, to drive
out of home, i.e. (by impl.) to disturb (lit. or flg.):—
trouble, turn upside down, make an uproar.

388. dvaoravpdu anastanrAo, an-as-tow-ro'-o;
from joy and 47/7; to recrucify (flg.):— crucify afresh.

389. dvairrevdjw anastAnazo, an-as-ten-ad'-zo;
from 303 and 4727; to sigh deeply:— sigh deeply.
890. dvcurrp&pu anastrephA, an-as-tref'-o;
from 303 and 4762; to overturn; also to return; by
impl. to busy oneself, i.e. remain, live:— abide, behave
self, have conversation, live, overthrow, pass, return,
be used,

391. dvaorpotjnj anastrAphe, an-os-trof-ay';
from 300; behavior:— conversation.

392. avarainro|iai anatassAmal, an-at-as'-som-
ahee; from 303 and the mid. otso2i; to arrange:— set
in order.

393. dvoreXXa anatello, an-at-el'-lo; from 303
and the base of 3036; to (cause to) arise:— {a-, make
to) rise, at the rising of, spring (up), be up.

394. dvartOtfiai anatithemal, an-at-ith'-em-
ahee; from 303 and the mid. of 3087; to set forth (for
oneself), i.e. propound:— communicate, declare.



12



Anatolay



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



395. dvaToMj anat Ale, an-at-ot-ay 1 ; from 303; a
rising of light, i.e. dawn (fig.) ; by impl. the east (also
inplur.):— dayspring, east, rising.

396. dvaTpliru anatrepo, an-aUrep'-o; fromjoj
and the base of Jiff! to overturn (fig.):— overthrow,
subvert.

397. dva.Tp«<{><0 anatrSpho, an-at-ref'-o; from
303 and 11421 to reor (pbys. or ment.) :— bring up,
nourish (up).

398. dva<j>aCvo> anaphalno, an-af-ah'ee-no;
from 303 and j^/6; to show, i.e. (reflex.) appeor, or
(pass.) have pointed out:— (should) appear, discover.

399. dvo.<Hpo> anaphero, an-af-er'-o; from 303
and J242,' to take up (lit. or fig.):— bear, bring (carry,
dead) up, offer (up).

400. ava^xavia anaphongo, an-af-o-neh'-o;
from 303 and 5455; to exclaim: — speak out.

401. &v&xvo-is anachusls, an-dkh'-oo-sis; from
a comp. of 303 and X^* 1 cheo (to pour); prop. elu-
sion, i.e. (fig.) license:— excess.

402. &.va.yjt>pt<a anachorAA, an-akh-o-reh'-o;
from jcy and jjfe; to retire. - — depart, give place, go
(turn) aside, withdraw self.

403. dvdi|ru£is anapsnxls, an-apsf-ook-sis; from
404; prop, a recovery of breath, i.e. (fig.) revival: —
revival.

404. dvo<|rox» anapsucbo, an-apsoo'-kho; from
joj and J504; prop, to cool c#, i.e. (fig.) relieve:—
refresh.

405. dv8pairo8io-T<js andrapAdlstes, an-drap-
od-is-tace' ; from a der. of a comp. of 433 and 4a?<?,'
an enslaver (as bringing men to his feet):— men-
stealer.

•£06\\ 'AvSp^os Anilrfas. an-dreh'-as; from (Un-
manly; Andreas, an 1st.:— Andrew.
^07. dv&p(£o|MU andrlzdmai, am-drid'-aom-
aftee,' mid. from 433; to ac< manly:— quit like men.
^ftS. 'AvSpdviKOs AndrAnlkAs, an-dron'-ee-kos;
from ^Hf and 3334; man of victory; Andronicos, an
Isr. :— Andronicus.

409. dv8po4>6vos andrAphAnAs, an-drof-on'-os;
from ^yjr and j^o*; a murderer:— manslayer.
£Z0. dv£yKVi|Tos anegkletds, an-eng'-klay-tos;
from 7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 143S; unac-
cused, i.e. (by impl.) irreproachable:— blameless.
411. dveKSi^YHTOS an£kdlegetAs, an-ek-dee-
ay'-gay-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a pre-
sumed der. of rsssi not expounded in full, i.e. inde-
scribable:— unspeakable.

41S. dveicXdVnTos an«'klal."los. an-ek-lal'-ay-
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der.
of 1583; not spoken out, i.e. (by impl.) unutterable:—
unspeakable.

413. dvcKXtiirros aii.'kleipl.'is. an-ek'-lipe-tos;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of
1387; not left out, i.e. (by impl.) inexhaustible:— that
faileth not.

414. dveKTOTCpos anAktAterAs, an-ek-tot'-er-os;
compar. of a der. of 430; more endurable: — more
tolerable.

415. dveXe^Jnuv anel&emon, an-el&h-ay'-mone;
from / (as a neg. particle) and 1633; merciless:— un-
merciful.

41S. dv€u.(£<i> anemizo, an-em-id'-zo; from 417;
to toss with the wind: — drive with the wind.

417. avc|M>s anJSmit, an'-em-os; from the base of
top; wind; (plur.) by impl. (the four) quarters (of the
earth) :— wind.

418. dWvStKTOs anfudektAs, an-en'-dek-tos;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of the same as
'735! unadmitted, i.e. (by impl.) not supposable:—
impossible.

419. dv«|epewnros anexereunetAs, an-ex-er-
yoo 1 -nay-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a pre-
sumed der. of 1830; not searched out, i.e. (by impl.)
inscrutable:— unsearchable.

t$0. dve£CicaKos anexlkakAs, an-ex-ik'-ak-os;
from 430 and 2336; enduring of ill, i.e. forbearing:—
patient.



421. dv«£ix v£a<rTO s anAxlchnlastAn, an-ex-ikh-
nee'-as-toe; from 7 (as a neg. particle) and a pre-
sumed der. of a comp. of 1337 and a der. of 3487; not
tracked out, i.e. (by impl.) untraceable:— past finding
out, unsearchable.

4^2. dveira£(rxwTos anepalschnntAs, an-ep-
ah'ee-skhoon-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a
presumed der, of a comp. of 7000 and 133; not
ashamed, i.e. (by impl.) irreprehensible:— that needeth
not to be ashamed.

423. dveirCXiyirros aneplleptAs, an-ep-eel'-ape-
tos; from. 7 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 1041}; not
arrested, i.e. (by impl.) inculpable:— blameless, unre-
bukeable.

J$4- dvep\\ou,ai an&rchAmal, an-erkh'-om-ahee;
from 303 and 2064; to ascend:— go up.

425. euwis angsis, an'-es-is; from 447; relaxa-
tion or (fig.) relief: — eased, liberty, rest.

426. dvcrd^u anAtazo, an-et-ad'-zo; from 303
and Irdjw gtazd (to test) ; to investigate (judicial-
ly):— (should have) examine (-d).

4^7. dWi aiUii. an'-yoo; a prim, particle; with-
out: — without. Comp. 7.

428. dvcuBcTos aueutlK'ti'in, an-yoo'-the-tos;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and 2111; not well set, i.e.
inconvenient: — not commodious.

429. dvcvpCcricca anAurlsko, an-yooris'-ko; from
303 and 2147; to find out: — find.

430. dve'xou.0.1 anechAmal, an-ekh'-om-ahee;
mid. from 303 and 2192; to hold oneself up against,
i.e. (fig.) put up with:— bear with, endure, forbear,
suffer.

431. dWifaos anepslAs, an-eps'-ee-os; from r (as
a particle of union) and an obsolete v^iros iifpus
(a brood); prop, akin, i.e. (spec.) a cousin:— sister's
son.

432. avrfiov anethdn, an'-ay-thon; prob. of for.
or.; dill:— anise.

433. dviJKu aneko, an-ay'-ko; from 303 and 2240;
to attain to, i.e. (fig.) be proper:— convenient, be fit.

434. dvfjuepos anemMi, an-ay'-mer-os; from 7
(as a neg. particle) and T||i«pos hemerAs (lame);
savage:— fierce.

435. avt\\a aner, an'-ayr; a prim, word [comp.
444] ; a man (prop, as an individual male):— fellow,
husband, man, sir.

436. dvBto-rnp. anthisteml, anlh-isf -tay-mee;
from 473 and 2476; to stand against, i.e. oppose: — re-
sist, withstand.

437. dvOopoXoylopai anthAmAlAgAAmal,
anth-om-ol-og-eh'-om-ahee; from 473 and the mid. of
3670; to confess in turn, i.e. respond in praise:— give
thanks.

438. dv6os anthAs, anth'-os; a prim, word; a
blossom: — flower.

439. dvBpaKid antbrakla, anth-rak-ee-ah' ; from
440; a bed of burning coals.— Are of coals.

440. av6pa| anthrax, anth'-rax; of uncert. der. ;
a live coal: — coal of fire.

441- dvBpuirdpco-Kos anthroparAskAg, anth-
ro-par 1 -es-kos; from 444 and 700; maw-cowting, i.e.
fawning:— men-pleaser.

44S. dyfipwirivos anthroplnAs, anth-ro'-pee-
nos; from 444; human: — human, common to man,
man[-kind], [man-]kind, men's, after the manner of
men.

443. dvOpwiroKTOvos anthropAktAnAs, anth-
ro-pok-ton'-os; from 444 and KTetvw ktiiuo (to
kill); a manslayer:— murderer. Comp. j\\j<o6.
444- avBpuiros antbropds, anth'-ro-pos; from
433 and a>ty ops (the countenance; from 3700); man-
faced, i.e. a human being:— certain, man.
445. dvOuirarevu antbapatSno, anMt-oo-pai-
yoo'-o; from 446; to act as proconsul: — be the deputy.
44-6. dvOviraros anthupatds, anth-oo'-pat-os;
from 473 and a superlative of 3228; instead of the
officer, i.e. (spec.) a Roman proconsul:—



deputy.



447. dvb||u anleml, an-ee'-ajz-mee; from 303 and
«l|J.i bleml (to send); to let up, i.e. (lit.) slacken, or
(fig.) desert, desist from:— forbear, leave, loose.

44S. dvCXcus aiiilSos, an-ee'-leh-oce; from / (as a
neg. particle) and 2430; inexorable:— without mercy.

449. aviirros anlptds, an'-ip-tos; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 353 s ! without
ablution: — unwashen.

460. dvCon]|u anlsteml, an-is'-tay-mee; from
303 and 2470; to stand up (lit or fig., trans, or in-
trans.):— arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again),
stand up (right).

451. "Avvo Anna, an'-nah; of Heb. or. [2584];
Anna, an Israelitess: — Anna.

452. "Awas Annas, an,'-nas; ot Heb. or. [2608];
Annas (i.e. 367), anlsr.:— Annas.

453. dv<Sr]Tos anAetAs, an-o'-ay-tos; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and a der. of 3330; unintelligent; by
impl. sejisjtaZ;— fool (-ish), unwise.

454. avoid anAla, an'-oy-ah; from a comp. of r
(as a neg. particle) and 3363; stupidity; by impl.
rage:— folly, madness.

465. dvotyo anAlgo, an-oy'-go; from 303 and
oiya Algo (to open); to open up (lit. or fig., in var-
ious applications):— open.

456. dvoiKoSopio andtkAd5m£o, an-oy-kod-
om-eh'-o; from 303 and 3018; to rebuild: — build again.

467. ovoi£is an oixiH, an'-oix-is; from 433; open-
ing (throat):— X open.

468. dvou.(a anoiiilu. an-om-ee'-ah; from 439; il-
legality, i.e. violation of law or (gen.) wickedness: —
iniquity, X transgress (-ion of) the law, unrighteous-
ness.

459. dvojios anAmAs, an'-om-os; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 3331; lawless, i.e. (neg.) not subject
to (the Jewish) law; (by impl. a Gentile), or (pos.)
wicked:— without law, lawless, transgressor, unlaw-
ful, wicked.

460. dvd|io>$ anAmos, an-om'-oce; adv. from 431;;
lawlessly, i.e. (spec.) not amenable to (the Jewish)
law:— without law.

461. dvop66u> anortlido, an-orth-o'-o; from 303
and a der. of the base 013717; to straighten up:— lif t
(set) up, make straight.

462. dvoouos anAslAs, an-os'-ee-os; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 3741; wicked:— unholy.

463. dvox^ an Ache, an-okh-ay'; from 430; self-
restraint, i.e. tolerance:— forbearance.

464. dvTaYO>vCJop.ai antagonlzAmal, an-tag-o-
nid'-zom-ahee; from 473 and 73; to struggle against
(fig.) [" antagonize"] :— strive against.

465. dvTaXXa-j(ia antallagma, an-tal'-ag-mah;
from a comp. of 473 and 236; an equivalent or ran-
som: — in exchange.

466. dvravair\\r|p6u antanaplerAo, an-tan-ap-
lay-ro'-o; from 473 and 378; to supplement:— fill up.

467. dvrairoBCSwpj, antapAdldoml, an-tap-od-
ee'-do-mee; from 473 and j-97; to requite (good "or
evil): — recompense, render, repay.

468. dvrairoSojia antapAdAma, an-tap-od'-om-
ah; from 467; a requital (prop, the thing):— recom-
pense.

469. dvrair(S8ocris antapAdAsls, an-tap-od'-os-
is; from 467; requital (prop, the act) :— reward.

470. dvTtMrOKpfvou.(u antapAkrlnAmal, am-

tap-ok-ree'-nom-ahee; from 473 and 611; to contra-
dict or dispute: — answer again, reply against.

471. dvT«ro> antepo, an-tep'-o; from 473 and
203b; to refute or deny:— gainsay, say against.

472. dWxonai antechAmal, an-tekh'-om-ahee;
from 473 and the mid. of 2192; to hold oneself opposite
to, i.e. (by impl.) adhere to; by extens. to cave for:—
hold fast, hold to, support.

473. avrC antl, an-tee'; a prim, particle; opposite,
i.e. instead or because of (rarely in addition to).—
for, in the room of. Often used in composition to
denote contrast, requital, substitution, correspond-
ence, eta



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Anatolay
Apelowno



13



474 dvnpdXXw antlballo, an-tee-bal'-lo; from

473 and gob; to oandu:— have.

475. dWiSiaTCScucu antidiatithemai, an-tee-

dee-at-eeth'-em-ahee; from 473 and 1303; to se< one-
self opposite, te. 6e disputatious:— that oppose them-
selves.

476. dvrCSucos antidlkAs, an-tid'-ee-feos; from
l£? and /.?<#?." an opponent (in a lawsuit); spec. iSatan
(as the arch-enemy):— adversary.

If/7. dvrWecris antithesis, an-tith'-es-is; from a
comp. of 473 and jo5y; oyiJostWom, i.e. a conflict (of
theories) :— opposition.

478. dv-rucaOCo-riHu antlkathistcml, an-tee-

kath-is'-tay-mee; from 473 and 2523; to set doivn
(troops) against, i.e. withstand: — resist.

479. dvTucaX&o antikalSo, an-tee-kal-eh'-o;
from 47J and 2j6#; to inuiie in return:— bid again.

4#0. avrtiteijiai antik£imai, an-tik'-i-mahee;
from 47,? and 2740; to tie opposite, i.e. 6e adverse (fig.
repugnant) to:— adversary, be contrary, oppose.

1(81. dvrucpu antikru, an-tee-kroo' '; prol. from
473; opposite:— over against.

482. dvTt\\ap.j3dvo|i<H anfllambanAmal, o»-
lee-tam-oan'-om-aftee; from 47.J and the mid. of 29$;
to take hold of in turn, i.e. succor; also to partici-
pate.'— help, partaker, support.

^&3. dvT(\\cY<B antilSgo, an-til'-eg-o; from ^7
and 3004; to dispute, refuse:— answer again, contra-
dict, deny, gainsay (-er), speak against.

4S4. dvrtXipj/is antllepsls, an-ttt' -ape-sis; from
482; relief:— help.

485. avTiXuryCa antilAgia, an-iee-tog-ee'-afc.; from
a der. of 483; dispute, disobedience:— contradiction,
gainsaying, strife.

486. dvriXoiSop&o antUAIdArAo, an-tee-loy-dor-
eh'-o; from 473 and 3038; to rail in reply:— revile
again.

487. ovrCVvrpov antilutron, an-til'-oo-tron;
from 473 and 3083; a redemption-price:— ransom.
#?S. dvri|MTpe'(» antim£treo, are-fee-mef-reJi'-o, -
from 473 and 3334; to mete ire return:— measure
again.

489. dvri(i«r8£a antimisthla, an-tee-mis-thee'-
ah; from a comp. of 47,? and j^o?; requital, corre-
spondence:— -recompense.

430. 'Avridxeio AntlAchela, an-fee-ofcA'-i-aft,-
from 'AvtCoxos AntiAchns (a Syrian king) ; An-
tiochla, a place in Syria:— Antioch.
491. , Avtk>x € *'S AntiAchAns, an-tee-okh^yoos' ;
from 400; an Antiochian or inhab. of Antiochia:— of
Antioch.

49$. dvTiirap£pXou,u* antiparerchSmai, an-
tee-par-er'-khom-ahee; from 473 and 3028; to go along
opposite:— pass by on the other side.
49S. ' Avrtiros Antipas, an-f ee'-pas; contr. for a
comp. of 473 and a der. 013062; Antipas, a Chr. :— An
tipas.

494. 'AvTiiraTpfe Antipatris, an-fip-at-rece';
from the same as 403; Antipatris, a [place in Pal.:—
Antipatris.

495. dvriirlpav antiperan, an-tee-per'-an; from
473 and 4008; on the opposite side: — over against.

496. dvTtirCirro) antlpipto, an-tee-pip'-to; from
47jand 4008 (iaobid. its alt.); to oppose:— resist.

497. dvTurrpaTcvo|juu antistratAaAmat, an-
tee-strat-yoo'-om-ahee; from 473 and 4754; (fig.) to at-
tack, i.e. (by impl.) destroy:— war against.

4&?. dvTiT<i<rcro|iai antitassAmai, an-tee-tas'-
som-ahee; from <#j and the mid. of 502/; to range one-
set/ against, i.e. oppose:— oppose themselves, resist.
499. dyrCnnrov antitupAn, an-teef-oo-pon;
neut. of a comp. of 473 and si7g; corresponding [" an
titype"], i.e. a representative, counterpart:— QZk.&)
figure (whereunto).

600. dvT£xp«rros antlchrlstAs, an-tee'-lchris-
tos: from 473 ands547i an opponent of the Messiah:—
antichrist.



501. avrXia antK'6. ant-leh-o; from dvrXos
antlds (the hold of a ship) ; to bale up (prop, bilge
water), i.e. dip water (with a bucket, pitcher, etc.):—
draw (out).

502. dvr\\i]|xa antlema, awt'-lay-mah; from joi;
a baling-vessel: — thing to draw with.

503. dyrocpSaXpeu antAphthalmAo, ant-of-
thaUmeh'-o; from a comp. of 473 andj7<Sf; to face:—
bear up into.

50^. dwSpos anudr As, an'-oo-dros; from / (as a
neg. particle) and 3204; waterless, i.e. dry:— dry,
without water.

505. dvtnroKpiTos annpokritAs, an-oo-pok'-ree-
tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der.
013271; undissembled, i.e. sincere:— without dissim-
ulation (hypocrisy), unfeigned.

506. dwiroTciKTOS anupdtaktds, an-oo-pot'-ak-
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der.
of 3203; unsubdued, i.e. insubordinate (in fact or
temper): — disobedient, that is not put under, unruly.

507. dv» ano, an'-o; adv. from 473; upward or on
the fop:— above, brim, high, up.

508. dviiveov anoge An, an-ogue'-eh-on; from 307
and 1003; above the ground, i.e. (prop.) the second
floor of a building; used for a dome or a balcony on
the upper story:— upper room.

609. dvwflev anothen, an'-o-then; from 307; from
above; by anal, /rom the first; by impl. anew: — from
above, again, from the beginning (very first), the top.

610. dvcorcpiKOs anoterikos, an-o-ter-ee-kos' ;
from 311; superior, i.e. (locally) more remote: —
upper.

511. dviirepos aiioteros an-of-ter-os; comp. de-
gree of 307; upper, i.e. (neut. as adv.) to a more con-
spicuous place, in a former part of the book:— above,
higher.

512. dv<i>4>(Xcs anopheles, an-o-fel'-ace; from 1
(as a neg. particle) and the base of 3624; useless or
(neut.) inutility:— unprofitable (-ness).

513. djjtvi] axine, ax-ee'-nay; prob. from ctywiii
agnuml (to break; comp. «*6); an axe:— axe.
514- o|ios axiAs, ax'-ee-os; prob. from 7/,* de-
serving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing
praise):— due reward, meet, [un-] worthy.

515. dijiou axlAo, oa>ee-<i'-o; from j/^; to deem
entitled or Jit: — desire, think good, count (think)
worthy.

516. dtjCas axios, ax-ee'-oce; adv. from 314; ap-
propriately:— as becometh, after a godly sort, wor-
thily (-thy).

517. doparos aAratAs, ah-or'-at-os; from / (as a
neg. particle) and 3707; invisible: — invisible (thing).

518. diro/yy«'XXft> apaggello, ap-ang-el'lo; from
373 and the base of 32; to announce: — bring word
(again), declare, report, shew (again), tell

519. dird'yx o H iai apagehAmai, ap-ang'-khom-
ahee; from 373 and BYX" agcho (to choke; akin to
the base of 43); to strangle oneself off (i.e. to death): —
hang himself.

520. dird-yio apago, ap-ag'-o; from 373 and 71; to
take off (in various senses): — bring, carry away, lead
(away), put to death, take away.

5S1. diruCSeuTos apaidektAs, apah'ee-dyoo-tos;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 3811; unin-
structed, i.e. (fig.) stupid:— unlearned.

522. diraCpu apairo, ap-ah'ee-ro; from 373 and
142; to &yt off, i.e. remove.-— take (away).

523. diraiTCca apait&o, ap-ah'ee-teh-o; from 373
and />;<; to demand back:— ask again, require.
5#4- diroVytu apalgSo, ap-a!g-eft'-o; from 373 and
dX-ytV) algSo (to smart); to grieve out, i.e. become
apathetic:— be past feeling.

5^5. diraX\\curo-<i> apallasso, ap-al-las'-so; from
/7J and 236; to change away, i.e. release, (reflex.) re-
move: — deliver, depart.

526. diraXXorpioo) apallAtriAo, ap-al-lot-ree-o'-
o; from jt? and a der. of 243; to estrange away, i.e.
(pass, and fig.) to be non-participant:— alienate, be
alien.



diroXos apalAs, ap-al-os'; of uncert. der.;
-tender.



527.
soft:-

528. diravrdu apantao, ap-an-tah'-o; from 373
and a der. of 473; to meet away, i.e. encounter:—
meet.

5^9. dirdvTT]<ris apantesis, ap-an'-td^-sis; from
528; a (friendly) encounter:— meet.

530. airo| hapax, hap'-ax; prob. from ,$77; one
(or a single) time (numerically or conclusively): —
once.

531. dirapd^aros aparabatAs, ap-ar-oo'^f-os;
from j (as a neg. particle) and a der. 013843; not pass-
ing away, i.e. untransferable (perpetual):— un-
changeable.

532. dirapao*Kcvao*Tos aparask£uast As, ap-ar-
ask-yoo'-as-tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a der.
of 3003; unready:— unprepared.

533. dirapvcoucu aparn£Amal, ap-ar-neft'-om-
ahee; from 373 and 720; to deny utterly, i.e. disown,
abstain:— deny.

534. dirdpn apartl, ap-ar'-fee; from 373 and 737;
fromnow,l.e. henceforth(already):— ^f rom henceforth.

535. dirapruruos apartismAs, ap-ar-tis-mos 1 ;
from a der. 01334; completion:— finishing.

536. dirapx^ aparche, ap-ar-khay'; from a
comp. of 37s and 73b; a beginning of sacrifice, i.e. the
(Jewish) first-fruit (fig.):— first-fruits.

537. aims hapas, hap'-as; from 1 (as a particle of
union) and 3036; absolutely all or (sing.) every one:—
all (things), every (one), whole.

538. diraTdu apatao, ap-at-ah'-o; of uncert. der.;
to cheat, i.e. delude:— deceive.

539. &ir&TT| apate, ap-at'-ay; from 338; delu-
sion:— deceit (-ful, -fulness), deeeivableness (-ving).

540. oirdrwp apator, ap-at'-ore; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 3062; fatherless, i.e. of unrecorded pa-
ternity:— without father.

541. airav-yao-jia apangasma, ap-ow'-gas-mah;
from a comp. of 373 and &6; an off-flash, ie. ejfut-
gence:— brightness.

5^?. airc(8a> apeldo, ap-i'-do; from /7j and the
same as 1402; to see fully:— see.
543. aircCScia apAithSla, ap-i'-thi-ah; from 343;
disbelief (obstinate and rebellious):— disobedience,
unbelief.

544- cwmOtw apoitlifio. ap-i-theh'-o; ttom.343; to
disbelieve (wilfully and perversely):— not believe, dis-
obedient, obey not, unbelieving.

545. aireUWjs apelthes, ap-i-thace'; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and 3082; unpersuadable, i.e. contu-
macious:— disobedient.

546. direiXew apSUAo, ap-i-leh'-o; of uncert. der.;
to menace, - by impl. to forbid:— threaten.

547. airciX^j apSile, ap-i-lay 1 ; from 346; a men-
ace:— x straitly, threatening.

548. aim|u apeimi, ap'-i-mee; tromsTS and *5">,
to be away: — be absent. Comp. 340.

549. direiui apeimi, ap'-i-mee; from 373 and «t|M
fiimii (to go); to go away:— go. Comp. 348.

550. airuird|Miv apelpAmen, ap-i-pom'-ane; re
flex, past of a comp. of 373 and 2036; to say off for
oneself, i.e. disown:— renounce.

551. airc(pa<rros apelrastAs, ap-i'-ras-tos; from
/ (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. 013087; un-
tried, i.e. not temptable: — not to be tempted.

552. aircipos apelrAs, ap'-i-ros; from 1 (as a neg
particle) and 3084; inexperienced, i.e. ignorant: —
unskilful.

553. dirtKO«xouai apekdechdmai, ap-ek-dekh'-
om-ahee; from 375 and 1351; to expect fully;— -looR
(wait) for.

554. air€K8tP0|iai apAkdaAmal, ap-ek-doo'-om-
ahee; mid. from 373 and 1362; to divest wholly one-
self, or (for oneself) despoil:— put off, spoil.

655. airlicSwris apSkdnsls, ap-ek'-doo-sis; from
334; divestment: — putting off.
556. aircXavvu apelauno, <zp-e2-6u>'-no,' from
373 and 1643; to dismiss:— drive.



14



Apelegmos



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



557. dire\\«"y(j.6s ap£Iegmds, ap-el-eg-mosf ; from
a comp. of 373 and 1631; refutation, i.e. (by impl.)
contempt;— nought.

558. direXevflepos apeleuth£ros, ap-el-yoo'-ther-
os; from 373 and 'bs8; one freed away, i.e. a freed-
man:— freeman.

559. 'AireXXfjs Applies, ap-el-lace'; of Lat. or.;
^[pe22es, a Chr. :— Apelles.

560. direXirtJJc) apelpizo, ap-eUpid'-zo; from J7J
and 7679; to hope out, i.e. fully expect:— hope for
again.

561. dirivavn. a |»<"iia lit i. op-en'-an-fee; from 373
and j72J," /rom in front, i.e. opposite, before or
against:— before, contrary, over against, in the pres-
ence of.

airlirw ap&po. Seej/o.

562. dire'pavTOs aperantos, ap-er'-an-tos; from /
(as a neg. particle) and a secondary der. of 4008; un-
finished, i.e. (by impl.) interminable:— endless.

563. dirfpunrdoras ap&rlspastos, ap-er-is-pas-
toce'; adv. from a comp. of / (as a neg. particle) and
a presumed der. of 4040; undistractedly, i.e. free
from (domestic) solicitude:— without distraction.

564. dir«p£T|urros apSritmetAs, ap-er-eet'-may-
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der.
of 405a; uncircumcised (fig.):— uncircumcised.

565. dire'pxojjiai ape>ch5mal, ap-erkh'-om-ahee;
from 575 and 2064; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e.
apart) or behind (i.e. follow), lit. or fig.:— come, de-
part, go (aside, away, back, out, . . . ways), pass
away, be past.

566. dire'xei apeehel, ap-ekh'-i; 3d pers. sing,
pres. indie, act. of 56.? used impers.; it is sufficient:—
it is enough.

567. &ir4yo^ai ap6eh.6m.al, ap-ekh'-om-dhee;
mid. (reflex.) otsb8; to hold oneself off, i.e. refrain:—
abstain.

568. dirlx" apfecbo, ap-ekh'-o; ttams7S and 2/02;
(act.) to have out, i.e. receive in full; (intrans.) to
keep (oneself) away, i.e. be distant (lit. or fig.):— be,
have, receive.

569. dmor&o aplstSo, ap-is-teh'-o; from 571; to
be unbelieving, i.e. (trans.) disbelieve, or (by impl.)
disobey:— believe not.

570. dmo-rla aplstla, ap-is-tee'-ah; from 371;
faithlessness, i.e. (neg.) disbelief (want of Chr. faith),
or (pos.) unfaithfulness (disobedience):— unbelief.

571. airurros aplstds, ap'-is-tos; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 4103; (act.) disbelieving, i.e. without Chr.
/aitn (spec, a heathen); (pass.) untrustworthy (per-
son), or incredible (thing):— that believeth not, faith-
less, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever (-ing).

572. dirXdrns hapldteg, hap-lot'-ace; from 573;
singleness, i.e. (subj.) sincerity (without dissimula-
tion or self-seeking), or (obj.) generosity (copious be-
stowal):— bountafulness, liberal (-ity), simplicity, sin-



573. dirXovs hapldus, hap-looce'; prob. from /
(as a particle of union) and the base of 4120; prop.
folded together, te. single (fig. clear):— single.
574- dirXus haplos, hap-loce'; adv. from 373 (in
the obj. sense of 372); bountifully:— liberally.

575. dird ap5, apo'; a prim, particle; "off," i.e.
away (from something near), in various senses (of
place, time, or relation; lit. or fig.):— (x here-) after,
ago, at, because of, before, by (the space of), for (-th),
from, in, (out) of, off, (up-) on (-ce), since, with. In
composition (as a prefix) it usually denotes separa-
tion, departure, cessation, completion, reversal, etc.

576. diropa(vo) apobalno, ap-ob-ah'ee-mo; from
573 and the base of 030; lit. to disembark; fig. to
eventuate: — become, go out, turn.

577. dirof3dXXa> apoballo, ap-ob-al'-lo; from 373
and gob; to throw off; fig. to lose:— cast away.
57S. diropX6iro> apoblepo, ap-ob-lep'-o; from S7S
and qqr; to look away from everything else, i.e. (fig.)
intently regard:— have respect.



580. diroj3oXij apobdle, ap-ob-dLay' ; from S77'<
rejection; fig. loss:— casting away, loss.

581. diro-yevduevos apdgendm£n5s, ap-og-en-
om'-en-os; past part, of a comp. of 373 and 100b; ab-
sent, i.e. deceased (fig. renounced):— being dead.

55#. diroypcuj)^ apographs, ap-og-raf-ay' ; from
J&; an enrollment; by impl. an assessment.-— taxing.

555. diro , Ypd<JK» apographo, ap-og-raf'-o; from

jTf and 7^5; to toriie off (a copy or list), i.e. enrol:—

tax, write.

5&£. diro8(CKW|u apodeilcjiumi ap-od-ike'-noo-

mee; from S7S and //66; to sftow off, i.e. exhibit; fig.

to demonstrate, i.e. accredit:— (ap-) prove, set forth,

shew.

585. dirdSogis apddSlxls, ap-od' -ike-sis; from
5^; mani/estation.- — demonstration.

586. diroSEKa-roa apodtkatoo. ap-od-ek-at-o'-o;
from j7j and //■&; to tithe (as debtor or creditor):—
(give, pay, take) tithe.

587. dirdScKTOS apddektds, ap-od'-ek-tos; from
5.SS; accepted, i.e. agreeable;— acceptable.

588. diroSe'xouat apod$chdmai, ap-od-ekh'-om-
ahee; from 575 and 7209; to tafce fully, i.e. welcome
(persons), approve (things):— accept, receive (gladly).

589. diroSnpio) apddemgo, ap-od-ay-meh'-o;
from jco; to go abroad, i.e. visit a foreign land:— go
(travel) into a far country, journey.
5S0. dirdSujios apodemis, ap-od' -ay-mos; from
J7J and 1218; absent from one's own people, i.e. Si for-
eign traveller:— taking a far journey.

591. diroSCoonu apftdlddml, ap-od-eed'-o-7nee;
from j7j and 132s; to give away, i.e. up, over, bacfc,
etc. (in various applications):— deliver (again), give
(again), (re-) pay (-ment be made), perform, recom-
pense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell yield.

592. diroSu>p(£o apodiorizo, op-od-ee-or-id'-zo;
from S7S and a comp. of 1223 and 3724; to disjoin (by
a boundary, fig. a party):— separate.

593. diroSoiup.d£a> apddokimazo, ap-od-ok-ee-
mad'-zo; from S7S and 1381; to disapprove, i.e. (by
impl.) to repudiate: — disallow, reject.

594. diroSox'rfj apodoche, ap-od-okh-ay'; from
388; acceptance:— acceptation.

595. dir66«o-is apdthesis, ap-oth'-es-is; from 6jg;
a laying aside (lit. or fig.):— putting away (off).

596. diro8l|KT) ap&tbeke, ap-otft-at/'-feag; from
ojq; a repository, i.e. granary: — barn, garner.

597. airo8t)eravpl|<i> apotbesaurizo, ap-oth-ay-
sow-rid'-zo; from 373 and 2343; to treasure away: —
lay up in store.

598. diro8Xij3o apothllbo, ap-otft-lee'-bo; from
373 and 2jtf<5,' to crowd from (every side):— press.

599. airodWjo-Kco apdthnesbo, ap-othrnace'-ko;
from J75 and ^<rf,- to die off (lit. or fig.):— be dead,
death, die, liea-dying, be slain (x with).

600. diroKaefcrnntt apokathlsteml, ap-dk-ath-
is'-tay-mee; from j7j- and 2323; to reconstitute (in
health, home or organization):— restore (again).

601. airoKaXvirrci) apdkalupto, ap-ok-al-aop'-
to; from 373 and 357^; to take off the cover, i.e. dis-
close: — reveal.

602. diroKdXvi|n$ apokalupgis, ap-ok-al'-oop-sis;
from 601; disclosure: — appearing, coming, lighten,
manifestation, be revealed, revelation.

603. diroKapaSoKta apdbaradttkla, ap-ok^xr-
ad-ok-ee'-ah; from a comp. of 373 and a comp. of
icdpa Kara (the head) and 1380 (in the sense of
watching); intense anticipation:— earnest expecta-
tion.

604- diroKaTaXXdWu apdkatallasso, ap-ok-at-
al-las'-so; from 373 and 2644; to reconcile fully: — rec-
oncile.

605. diroKardtrroris apAkatastasls, ap-ok-at-
as'-tas-is; from boo; reconstitution: — restitution.

606. airdi«i|KU apdkelmal, ap-ok'-i-mahee;
from 373 and 274q; to be reserved; flg. to await.'— be



from sis



579. &iriSpXr|TOS ap«blet5s, ap-ob'-lay-tos; from appointed, (be) laid up.

•;77; cast off, i.e. (ft?.) such as to be rejected:— be re- 607. dVoK£<f>aXC£(i> apAkSphallzo, ap-ok-ef-al-

fused. I id'-zo; fromjT; and 2776; to decapitate:— behead.



605. ditOKXcCo ap6klM6, ap-ofc-K'-o;

and 2&rf; to ctose fully;— shut up.

609. diroKdnro) apAkdpto, ap-ok-op>-to; from
j7j and 257/; to amputate; reflex, (by irony) to mu-
tilate (the privy parts):— cut off. Comp. sbgg.

610. dirdKpi|ia apAkrlma, ap-ok '-ree-mah; from
bit (in its orig. sense of judging); a judicial deci-
sion;— sentence.

611. diroKpCvou.<u apdkrlnftmal, ap-ok-ree 1 -
nom-ahee; from 57jand Kpiv<» krlno; to conclude
for oneself, i.e. (by impl.) to respond; by Hebr.
[comp. 6030] to begin, to speak (where an address is
expected) :— answer.

612. airoKpuris apdkrtsis, ap-ok'-ree-sis; from
bn; a response:— answer.

613. diroKpvirru apAkrnpto, ap-ok-roop'-to;
from 373 and 2Q28; to conceal away (i.e. fully); fig. to
fceep secret:— hide.

614- dirdicpwpos apokruphds, ap-ok'-roo-fos;
from bi3; secret; by UnpL treasured:— hid, kept
secret.

615. diroKTcCvu apdkteino, ap-ok-ti'-no; from
J7j and KTetvw kteiuo (to slaj); to kill outright;
fig. to destroy:— put to death, kill, slay.

616. aitOKvia apAknSo, ap-ok-oo-eh'o; from 373
and the base of 2040; to breed forth, i.e. (by transf .) to
generate (fig.) : — beget, bring forth.

617. diroKuXCu ap&kullo, ap-ok-oo-lee'-o; from
373 and 21)47; to roll away:— roll away (back).

618. diroXau,|3dvco apdlambano, ap-ol-am-ban'-
o; from 373 and 203}; to receive (spec, in full, or as a
host); also to take aside:— receive, take.

619. diroXavcris ap&lausls, ap-ol'-ow-sis; from a
comp. of S7S and Xaift) laud (to enjoy) ; full enjoy-
ment:— enjoy (-ment).

6^0. diroXsiirio ap51elpo, op-ol-ipe'-o; from 373
and 3007; to leave behind (pass, remain) ; by impl. to
forsake:— leave, remain.

621. diroXttx" apdlSlcbo, ap-ol-i'-kho; from
373 and Xt£x w l^icbo (to " ticfe") ; to lick clean:—
lick.

622. dirdXXu|U apAllnml, ap-ol'-loo-mee; from
375 and the base of 3b3o; to destroy fully (reflex, to
perish, or lose), lit. or flg.: — destroy, die, lose, mar,
perish.

623. 'AiroXXvov Apolluon, ap-oUloo'-ohn; act.
part, of 622; a destroyer (i.e. Satan) ;— Apollyon.

624. 'AiroXXuvCa Apdllonla, op-oHo-nee'-afc;
from the pagan deity 'AiroXXwv Ap1SHr.11 (i.e. the
sun,' from b22) ; Apollonia, a place in Macedonia: —
Apollonia.

625. AiroXXus Apftllos, op-oWoce',* prob. from
the same as 624,' Apollos, an Isr. : — Apollos.

626. AiroXo-yfoiuu ap»15gg5mat, ap-ol-og-eh'-
om-ahee: mid. from a comp. of 373 and 303b; to give
an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate
(self):— answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self),
speak for f) old (time).

745. Apx&aos ArcbelaAs, ar-khel'-ah-os; from
737 and 2?w, - people-ruling; Archelaus, a Jewish
king:— Archelaus.

746. dpx4 arcbe, ar-khay 1 ; from 75b; (prop,
abstr.) a commencement, or (concr.) chief (in various
applications of order, time, place or rank):— begin-
ning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate,
power, principality, principle, rule.

747. apXTY ^ arcbegAs, ar-khay-gos' ; from 746
and 71; a chief leader:— author, captain, prince.

748. Apxttparucrfs arcbieratlkds, ar-khee-er-
at-ee-kos 1 ; from 746 and a der. of 2413; high-priestly;—
of the bigh-priest

749. dpx«ppGs arcblereus, ar-khee-er^/uce' ;
from 746 and 2400; the high^iriest (lit. of the Jews,
typ. Christ); by extens. a chief priest:— chief (high)
priest, chief of the priests.

750. dpx>iro(u.i|v arcblpAlmen, ar-khee-poy'-
mane; from 74b and 4166; a head shepherd:— chief
shepherd.

75i. "Apxiinros ArcblppAg, ar'-khip-pos; from
740 and s.j*&,* fcorse-rufer," Archippus, a Chr.:— Ar-
chippus.

7££. apxuruvdYwyos areblsunagogAs, ar-khee-
soon-ag/ -o-gos; from 746 and ^Sty; director of the
synagogue services:— (chief) ruler of the synagogue.
753. dpxiT&CTtav arehltekton, ar-khee-tek'-tone;
from 746 and 3043; a eftie/ constructor, i.e. " archi-
tect ".•— masterbuilder.

754- dpxwtX<Sv»is arcbltelones, ar-khee-teLo'-
nace; from 746 ana 3057; & principal tax-gatherer: —
chief among the publicans.

755. apxiTphcVivos archltrlkllnAg, ar-khee-
tree'-klee-nos; from 746 and a comp. of 3140 and
2827 (a dinner-bed, because composed of three
couches); director of the entertainment:— governor
(ruler) of the feast.

756. apxou,a,i arcbomal, ar'-khom-ahee; mid. of
737 (through the impl. of precedence); to commence
(in order of time):— (rehearse from the) begin (-ning).

757. apx«> archo, ar'-kho; a prim, verb; to be first
(in political rank or power):— reign (rule) over.

758. Sf>\\ov arcbon, ar'-khone; pres. part, of 757;
a. first (in rank or power):— chief (ruler), magistrate,
prince, ruler.

759. dpwjia "aroma," ar'-o^mah; from 142 (in
the sense of sending off scent) ; an aromatic:— (sweet)
spice.

760. *Ao-d Asa, as-ah'; of Heb. or. [609]; Asa, an
Isr.:— Asa.

761. do'dXevros asalent As. as-al'-yoo-tos; from 1
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4331; unshaken,
i.e. (by impl.) immovable (fig.):— which cannot be
moved, unmovable.

762. curpWros asbestAs, as'-bes-tos; from 1 (as a
neg. particle) and a der. of 4570; not extinguished, Le.
(by impl.) perpetual:— not to be quenched, unquench-
able.

763. iaripeut as£b£la, as-eb'-i-ah; from 763; im-
piety, i.e. (by impL) wickedness:— ungodly (-liness).
764- d<rcP&» as£b£A, as-eb-eh'-o; from 763; to be
(by impl. act) impious or wicked:— commit (live, that
after should live) ungodly.



76*5. do-cp^is asfibes, as-eb-ace'; from / (as a neg.
particle) and a presumed der. of 4376; irreverent, Le.
(by extens.) impious or wicked.-— ungodly (man).

766. dcrsA-yaa aselgSta,as-etg'-i-a;fromacomp.
of / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed trcXy^s
s£lges (of uncert. der., but appar. mean, continent);
licentiousness (sometimes including other vices):—
filthy, lasciviousness, wantonness.

767. curnjios asemAs, as'-ay-mos; from / (as a
neg. particle) and the base of 4391; unmarked, Le.
(flg.) ignoble:— mean.

765. "Ao-fjp Aser, as-ayr 1 ; of Heb. or. [836]; Aser
(i.e. Asher), an Isr. tribe:— Aser.

769. oLo-Seveia astbenela, as-then'-i-ah; from
772; feebleness (of body or mind); by impl. malady;
mor. frailty:— disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.

770. ao-Qtviu astbeneo, as-then-eh'-o; from 773;
to be feeble (in any sense): — be diseased, impotent
folk (man), (be) sick, (be, be made) weak.

771. do-Wvr||ia astbenema, as-then'-ay-mah;
from 770; a scruple of conscience:— infirmity.

772. dVfitv^s astb£nes, as-then-ace'; from r (as
a neg. particle) and the base of 4300; strengthless (in
various applications, lit., flg. and mor.):— more feeble,
impotent, sick, without strength, weak (-er, -ness,
thing).

773. Ao-Ca Asia, as-ee'-ah; of uncert. der.; Asia,
i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:—
Asia.

774. 'Ao-iavos AslanAs, as-ee-an-osf '; from 773;
an vision (Le. Asiatic) or inhab. of Asia:— of Asia.

775. *Ao-vdpx'»|S Aslarcbes,os-ee ar'-fcAace; from
777 and 746; an Asiarch or president of the public fes-
tivities in a city of Asia Minor:— chief of Asia.

776. do-irCa asltla, as-ee-tee'-afc; from 777; fast-
ing (the state):— abstinence.

777. oo-iTOS asltAs, as'-ee-tos; from / (as a neg.
particle) and 4&21; without (taking) food:— fasting.

778. a/ntta asked, as-keh'-o; prob. from the same
as 4632; to elaborate, i.e. (flg.) train (by impl.
strive):— exercise.

779. do-Kos ask As, as-kos 1 ; from the same as 77,?;
a leathern (or skin) bag used as a bottle:— bottle.

780. dVuivas asmenos, as-men'-oce; adv. from a
der. of the base 012237; with pleasure:— gladly.

781. d<ro<jios asApbAs, asf-of-os; from / (as a neg.
particle) and 4680; unwise: — fooL

782. axrirdJop.at aspazAmal, as-pad'-zom-ahee;
from / (as a particle of union) and a presumed form
of 4683; to enfold in tbe arms, Le. (by impl.) to salute,
(flg.) to welcome:— embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
753. cwnreurttds aspasmAs, as-pas-mos'; from
782; a greeting (in person or by letter):— greeting, sal-
utation.

784- dVmXos aspllAs, as'-pee-los; from / (as e
neg. particle) and 4693; unblemished (phys. or mor.): —
without spot, unspotted.

755. ewnrls aspis, as-pece'; of uncert. der. ; a buck-
ler (or round shield); used of a serpent (as coiling
itself), prob. the " asp":— asp.
736. dViravSos aspAndAs, as'-pon-dos; from *
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4680; lit. without
libation (which usually accompanied a treaty), i.e. (by
impl.) truceless:— implacable, truce-breaker.
787. dWdpiov assarlAn, as-sar'-ee-on; of Lat,
or. ; an assarius or as, a Roman coin:— farthing.
755. ocro-ov assAn, as'-son; neut comparative of
the base of 1431; more nearly, i.e. very near:— close.
759. "Ao-o-os Ass As, as'-sos; prob. of for. or.;
Assus, a city of Asia Minor:— Assos.

790. do-ra-rta astateo, as-tat-eh'-o; from / (as a
neg. particle) and a der. of 2476; to be non-stationary,
Le. (fig.) homeless:— have no certain dwelling-place.

791. dorctos astelAs, as-ti'-os; from dWu astu
(a city); urbane, i.e. (by impl.) handsome:— fair.

792. doT^p aster, as-tare 1 ; prob. from the base of
4766; a star (as strown over the sky), lit. or fig.:— star.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Aristoboolos
Afistaymee



17



793. &0"rijpucT08 aaterlktAa, os-faw'-riJt-tos;
from / (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of
4741; unfixed, i.e. (flg) vacillating:— unstable.

794. airropyos aatArgAa, as'-tor-gos; from / (as
a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of trripyu
st&rgo (to cherish affectionately); hard-hearted to-
wards kindred:— without natural affection.

795. dtrT0X&» astAcbSo, as-tokh-eh'-o; from a
comp. of / (as a neg. particle) and ordixos stAl-
chAs (an aim); to miss the mark, i.e. (flg.) deviate
from truth:— err, swerve.

796. dorpairq aatrape, as-trap-ay'; from 797;
lightning; by anal, glare:— lightning, bright shining.

797. doTpdirrw astrapto, as-trap'-to; prob. from
792; to>tasfc as lightning:— lighten, shine.

795. dorpov astron, as'-tron; neut. from 792;
prop, a constellation; put for a single star (nat. or
artificial):— star.

799. 'AoTryKpiTos AangkrltAa, as-oong'-kree-
tos; from / (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4703; in-
comparable; Asyncritus, a Chr.:— Asyncritus.

800. dcrujMJKiivos asumpbonAs, as-oom'-fo^nos;
from / (as a neg. particle) and 4839; inharmonious
(flg.):— agree not.

SOI. &«rvvtTOS asnnftSs, as-oon'-ay-tos; from /
(as a neg. particle) and 4008; unintelligent; byimpl.
wicked:— foolish, without understanding.
802. do-vv6€TOS asnnthAtAa, as-oon'-thet-os;
from 1 (as a neg. particle) and a der. of 4034; prop.
not agreed, i.e. treacherous to compacts: — covenant-



803. do^dXcia aspliaitla, as-fal'-i-ah; from 804;
security (lit. or flg.):— certainty, safety.
804- do-<paX^s aapbalSs, as-faUace'; from 7 (as a
neg. particle) and o-<pdXX<i> spballo (to a fail");
secure (lit. or fig.):— certain (-ty), safe, sure.

805. dcnpaXCJw aapballzo, as-fal-id'-zo; from
804; to render secure: — make fast (sure).

806. do-<paX»s aapbaloa, as-fal-oce 1 ; adv. from
804; securely (lit. or fig.):— assuredly, safely.

807. d«rx»inoW» aachemdnio, as-kay-mon-eh'-o;
from Sog; to be (i.e. act) unbecoming: — behave self
uncomely (unseemly).

808. do-xiHuxriivi) aacbemAanne, as-kay-mos-
oo'-nay; tromSog; an indecency ; byimpl. the puden-
da.- — shame, that which is unseemly.

809. &ax<j|M>v askemon, as-kay'-mone; from /
(as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of ngi (in the
sense of its congener 4076) ; prop, shapeless, i.e. (flg.)
inelegant:— uncomely.

810. atrarta ago tl a, as-o-tee'-ah; from a comp. of
/ (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 4082;
prop, unsavedness, i.e. (by impl.) pro/tigaeu.-— excess,
riot.

811. &<n&T<os a«otog, as-o'-toce; adv. from the
same as 810; dissolutely:— riotous.

SIS. dTOKT&» atakteo, at-dk-teh'-o; from 8x3; to
be (i.e. act) irregular:— behave self disorderly.

813. wraKTOS ataktAa, at'-ak-tos; from / (as a
neg. particle) and a der. 015021; unarranged, i.e. (by
impl.) insubordinate (religiously):— unruly.

814. drdKTWs ataktoa, at-akf-toce; adv. from 813;
irregularly (mor.):— disorderly.

815. arcKVOs atebnAa, at'-ek^nos; from 1 (as a
neg. particle) and J043; childless:— childless, without
children.

816. &TcWg«« ateblzo, at-en-id'-zo; from a comp.
of / (as a particle of union) and tcCvu t£lno (to
stretch); to gaze intently:— behold earnestly (sted-
fastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up
stedfastly), set eyes.

817. OT€p ate>, at'-er; a particle prob. akin to 427;
aloof, i.e. opart from (lit. or flg.):— in the absence of,
without.

818. driud£a> atlmazo, at-im-ad'-zo; from 820; to
render infamous, i.e. (by impl.) contemn or mal-
treat:— despise, dishonour, suffer shame, entreat
shamefully.



819. driuta atluila. at-ee-mee'-ah; from 820; in-
famy, i.e. (subj.) comparative indignity, (obj.) dis-
grace:— dishonour, reproach, shame, vile.

820. 0/1-4105 atlmAa, at'-ee-mos; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 5092; (neg.) unhonoured or (pos.) dis-
honoured:— despised, without honour, less honour-
able [comparative degree],

821. dripdd) atlmoo, at-ee-mb'-o; from 820; used
like 8/8, to maltreat;— handle shamefully.

82%. dTp.Cs atmla, at-mece'; from the same as jog;
mist:— vapour.

823. dropos atAmAa, at'-om-os; from / (as a neg.
particle) and the base of 5114; uncut, i.e. (by impl.)
indivisible [an " atom" of time]:— moment.
82 J/., oroiros at Ap Aa, at'-op-os; from s (as a neg.
particle) and 5117; out of place, i e. (flg.) improper,
injurious, wicked: — amiss, barm, unreasonable.

825. 'Air&Xcia AttalAla, at-tal'-iah; from
"AttoXos AttalAa (a king of Fergamus); Attaleia,
a place in Pamphylia:— Attalia.

826. aiiYa^o) angazo, ow-gad'-zo; from 827; to
beam forth (flg.):— shine.

827. oA>(t\\ ange, bwg'-ay; of uncert. der.; a ray
of light, i.e. (by impl.) radiance, dawn:— break of day.

828. Avyo-utrros AngAustAa, bw'-goos-tos; from
Lat. [" august "]; Augustus, a title of the Bom. em-
peror:— Augustus.

829. avOdSijs authadea, bw-thad'-ace; from 846
and the base of 2237; self-pleasing, i.e. arrogant: —
self-willed.

830. aiOaCperos autbalrAtAs, ore-fftaft'ee-rei-os;
from 84b and the same as 140; self-chosen, i.e. (by
impl.) voluntary: — of own accord, willing of self.

831. avQtvria antbented, bw-then-teh'-o; from
a comp. of 846 and an obsol. tvrns bentes (a
worker); to act of oneself, i.e. (flg.) dominate:—
usurp authority over.

832. aiikla anlAo, bw-teh'-o; from 836; to play the
flute: — pipe.

833. avXf| aale, bw-lay'; from the same as tog;
a yard (as open to the wind); by impl. a mansion:—
court, ([sheep]) fold, hall, palace.

834- av\\rrrf\\s anletea, bw-lay-tace 1 ; from 832; a
flute-player: — minstrel, piper.

835. aiXCiJopai aullzAmal, bw-lid'-zom-ahee;
mid. from 833; to pass the night (prop, in the open
air):— abide, lodge.

836. aiXds aalAs, bw-los 1 ; from the same as /09,
a .flute (as blown):— pipe.

&?7. avfdvw aaxano, Swx-an'-o; a prolonged
form of a prim, verb; to grow (" wax"), i.e. enlarge
(lit. or flg., act or pass.):— grow (up), (give the) in-
crease.

838. av£no-is auxesla, owx'-ay-sis; from 837;
growth:— increase.

559. avpiov anrlAn, oto'-ree-on; from a der. of
the same as jog (mean, a breeze, i.e. the morning air);
prop, fresh, i.e. (adv. with ellipsis of 2230) to-mor-
row:— (to-) morrow, next day.

840. avo-rnpos anaterAs, bw-stay-rosf '; from a
(presumed) der. of the same as jog (mean, blown);
rough (prop, as a gale), i.e. (flg.) severe:— austere.

841. afrdpKCia antarkela, ow-tar'-ki-ah; from
842; self-satisfaction, i.e. (abstr.) contentedness, or
(concr.) a competence. - — contentment, sufficiency.
&4#. airdpKHS antarkes, ow-tar'-kace; from cfy6
and 7/^; self-complacent, i.e. contented: — content.
843. afrroKOTdicpiTos antAkatakrltAa, ow-tok-
at-ak'-ree-toe; from 84b and a der. of 2032; self-con-
demned:— condemned of self.

844- h4t<}IOtos antAmatAs, bw-tom'-at-os;
from #46 and the same as 3135; self -moved ["auto-
matic"], i.e. spontaneous:— of own accord, of self.

845. oirdirrns aatAptes, ow-top'-tace; from 846
and J700; self-seeing, i.e. an eye-witness: — eye-witness.

846. afa-ds aatAa, ow-tos'; from the particle av
an [perh. akin to the base of jog through the idea of
a baffling wind] (backward); the reflex, pron. self,
used (alone or In the comp. 1438) of the third pers.,



and (with the prop. pers. pron.) of the other persons:—
her, it (-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, ([self-],
the) same, ([him-, my-, thy-]) self, [your-] selves, she,
that, their (-s), them ([-selves]), there [-at, -by, -in,
-into, -of, -on, -with], they, (these) things, this (man),
those, together, very, which. Comp. 848.

847. airov autAn, bw-too 1 ; genitive (i.e. posses-
sive) of 84b, used as an adv. of location; prop, belong-
ing to the same spot, i.e. in this (or that) place:—
(t-) here.

848. avrov liaotim how-too'; contr. for 1438;
self (in some oblique case or reflex, relation):— her
(own), (of) him (-self), his (own), of it, thee, their
(own), them (selves), they.

849. afadxup antAckAlr, bw-tokh'-ire; from 846
and 3405; self-handed, i.e. doing personally:— with
. . . own hands.

850. avxiiilpos anchmerAa, bwlchrmay-ros 1 ; from
ai\\|ids auchmAs [prob. from a base akin to that
of iog) (dust, as dried by wind); prop, dirty, i.e. (by
impl.) obscure:— dark.

851. d<j><up«tt aphalrSo, af-ahee^reh'-o; from 37s
and 138; to remove (lit. or flg.):— cut (smite) off, take
away.

852. &<pav4js apkanes, af-an-ace'; from t (as a
neg. particle) and £316; non-apparent:— that is not
manifest.

853. d<j>avC£» aphanlzo, af-an-id'-zo; from 852;
to render unapparent, i.e. (act.) consume (becloud),
or (pass.) disappear (be destroyed): — corrupt, dis-
figure, perish, vanish away.

854. dcpavuruds aphanlamAa, af-anJs-mos' ;
tioro.833; disappearance, i.e. (flg.) abrogation:— van-
ish away.

855. wpavros a pliant As, af-an-tbs; from 1 (as a
neg. particle) and a der. of 531b; nonmanifested, i,e.
invisible -—vanished out of sight.

856. dxpeSpt&v aphedron, af-ed-rone'; from a
comp. of 375 and the base of 147b; a place of sitting
apart, i.e. a privy:— draught.

557. dipeiSCa aphSldla, af-i-dee'-ah; from a
comp. of J (as a neg. particle) and S33g; unsparing-
ness, i.e. austerity (oscetism):— neglecting.

858. d(j>«X6rns apkAlAtea, af-eUot'-ace; from a
comp. of / (as a neg. particle) and <|«XXos phellAs
(in the sense of a stone as stubbing the foot); smooth-
ness, i.e. (flg.) simplicity: — singleness.

859. dipco-15 apkAsls, af'-es-is; from 863; free-
dom; (flg.) pardon:— deliverance, forgiveness, liberty,
remission.

860. oup^i liaplie, haf-ay 1 ; from 080; prob. a liga-
ment (as fastening):— joint.

861. dipvapo-Ca apbttaarsla, af-thar-see'-ah;
from 8b2; incorruptibility; gen. unending existence;
(fig.) genuineness:— immortality, incorruption, sin-
cerity.

862. dVpSapros aphtbartAa, af-thar-tos; from r
(as a neg. particle) and a der. of 33JJ; undecaying (in
essence or continuance):— not (m-, un-) corruptible,
immortal.

863. dipbipj. aphleml, af-ee'-ay-mee; from 373
and frjpi Jrteml (to send; an intens. form of dp*
eluil, to go) ; to send forth, in various applications
(as follow):— cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave,
let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit,
suffer, yield up.

864. d<f>iKvfo|Mu aphlknAAmal, a/-ifc-nefc'-om-
ahee; from 575 and the base of 2425; to go (i.e. spread)
forth (by rumor) :— come abroad.

865. d<piXd-ya0o$ aphllagatbAs, af-il-ag'-ath-
os; from / (as a neg. particle) and 3358; hostile to vir-
tue:— despiser of those that are good.

866. dtpiXapyupos apbflargnrAs, afAVar'-goo-
ros; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and ssbb; unavari-
cious:— without covetousness, not greedy of filthy
lucre.

867. cupifjis aphlxis, af-ix-is; from 864; prop.
arrival, i.e. (by impl.) departure:— departing.

868. d<j>(o-TT||u apblateml, af-isf-tay-mee; from
375 and 247b; to remove, i.e. (act.) instigate to revolt;



18



Afno



GfkEEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



usually (reflex.) to desist, desert, etc.:— depart, draw
(fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.

£69. &j>v<o aphno, af'-no; adv. from 832 (eontr.);
unawares, i.e. unexpectedly:— suddenly.

870. &<f><Sf3u$ apbdbog, af-ob'-oce; adv. from a
comp. of 1 (as a neg. particle) and 3401; fearlessly: —
without fear.

871. dcpou.oi.oo aphomo!5o, af-om-oy-o'-o; from
S7S and 3666; to assimilate closely:— make like.

872. dtpopdo apbdrao, af-or-ah'-o; from 373 and
3708; to consider attentively:— look.

873. a<pop(i> apborlzo, af-or-id'-zo; from J7J
and J7a#," to set ojT by boundary, i.e. (fig.) limit, ex-
clude, appoint, etc.: — divide, separate, sever.

87%. dcpopp/fj apbdrme, af-or-may'; from a comp.
of 373 and 3720; a starting-point, i.e. (flg.) an oppor-
tunity:— occasion.

875. d<j>pCi> apbrlzo, af-rid'-zo; from #6,' to
/roth at the mouth (in epilepsy):— foam.

£76. dcj>pds apbrtts, af-ros'; appar. a prim, word;
froth, i.e. stover.— foaming.

£77. a<ppoo-vvn apbr&snne, af-ros-oo'-nay; from
flrtf; senselessness, i.e. (euphem.) egotism; (mor.)
recklessness:— folly, foolishly (-ness).

878. axppuv apbron, af'-rone; from 1 (as a neg.
particle) and 3424; prop, mindless, i.e. stupid, (by
impl.) ignorant, (spec.) egotistic, (practically) rash, or
(mor.) unbelieving:— tool (-ish), unwise.

£79. a<puirv6u aphapnio, af-oop-no'-o; from a
comp. of 373 and j^jv?,' prop, to become awake, i.e.
(by impl.) to drop (off) in slumber:— fall asleep.
££0. dipiovos apbonos, af -o-nos; from 7 (as a neg.*
particle) and 343b; voiceless, i.e. mute (by nature or
choice); flg. unmeaning:— dumb, without significa-
tion.

88 J. 'A\\H Acbaz, akh-adz 1 ; of Heb. or. [271];

Achaz, an Isr. : — Achaz.

882. Axa'ta Aeliaia, ach-ah-ee'-ah; of uncert.

der.; Acha'ia (i.e. Greece), a country of Europe: —

Achaia.

££3. A\\aiKJ$ Acba'ik&s, aco-ah-ee-fcoa'; from

882; an Achaian; Acha'icus, a Chr.: — Achaicus.

884. d\\dpurro5 aebarlstds, ach-ar'-is-tos; from
j (as a neg. particle) and a presumed der. of 3483;
thankless, i.e. ungrateful: — unthanjrful.

885. Ax«£(i Acbelm, akh-ime'; prob. of Heb. or.
[comp. 3137]; Achim, an Isr.: — Acbim.

886. dx»poiro(i)TO$ acb£lr6p<>letd> akh-i-rop-
oy'-ay-tos; from 1 (as a neg. particle) and 3490; un-
manufactured, l.e. inartificial:— made without (not
made with) hands.

££7. a\\\\vs aching, akh-looce'; of uncert. der.;
dimness of sight, i.e. (prob.) a cataract:— mist.
£££. axpctos acbrelds, akh-ri'-os; from /(as a
neg. particle) and a der. of 3334 [comp. 3332] ; useless,
i.e. (euphem.) unmeritorious:— unprofitable.

889. a\\pa6<a acbreido, akh-ri-o'-o; from 888; to
render useless, i.e. spoil: — become unprofitable.

890. a\\pT)o-TOS acbrestds, aWi'-race-tos; from /
(as a neg. particle) andj-j^y; inefficient, i.e. (by impl.)
detrimental:— unprofitable.

801. oxpi acbrl, akh'-ree; or axpis achrlg,
akh'-rece; akin to 206 (through the idea of a ter-
minus)', (of time) until or (of place) up to: — as far as,
for, in (-to), till, (even, un-) to, until, while. Comp.
3300.

892. axvpov achnrftn, akh'-oo-ron; perh. re-
motely from X^* cbeo (to shed forth) ; ahaff (as dif-
fusive):— chaff.

893. cufievSTjs apsendes, aps-yoo-dace'; from /(as
a neg. particle) and 3370; veracious:— that cannot lie.

894. Oi(riv8os apglntbdg, ap'-sin-thos; of uncert.
der.; wormwood (as a type of bitterness, i.e. [fig.]
calamity) :— wormwood.

895. cn|n>xos apgnchAs, ap'-soo-khos; from 1 (as
a neg. particle) and 3300; lifeless, i.e. inanimate
(mechanical):— without life.



B

896. BdaX Baal, bah'-al; of Heb. or. [1168]; Baal,
a Phoenician deity (used as a symbol of idolatry) : —
Baal.

£97. BafSvX&v Babalon, bab-oo-lone' ; of Heb.
or. [894] ; Babylon, the capital of Chaldsea (lit. or fig.
[as a type of tyranny]):— Babylon.

898. Pofljids batbmog, bath-mos'; from the same
as 8qq; a step, i.e. (fig.) grade (of dignity):— degree.

899. fJdSos bathds, bath'-os; from the same as
001; profundity, i.e. (by impl.) extent; (flg.) mys-
tery: — deep (-ness, things), depth.

900. pa0vva> bathuno, bath-oo'^no; from 90/;
to deepen: — deep.

901. fiaOvs batbuR, bath-oof; from the base of
ojo; pro/ound (as going down), lit. or flg.:— deep,
very early.

90#. Patov baion, bah-ee'-on; a diminutive of a
der. prob. of the base of o?o,' a palm twig (as going
out far):— branch.

903. BaXadp, Balaam, bal-ah-am'; of Heb. or.
[1109]; Balaam, a Mesopotamian (symb. of a false
teacher) :— Balaam.

904. BaXdx Balak, bal-ak 1 ; of Heb. or. [1111J;
Balak, a Moabite:— Balac.

905. PaXdvxiov balantlon, bat-an'-iee-on; prob.
remotely from 00b (as a depositor!/); a pouch (for
money) :— bag, purse.

906. pdXXu ballo, bal'-lo; a prim, verb; to throw
(in various applications, more or less violent or in-
tense):— arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put
(up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Comp. 440b.

907. f3airr(£a> baptlzd, bap-tid'-zo; from a der.
of on; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet) ; used only (in
the N. T.)of ceremonial ablution, espec. (techn.) of the
ordinance of Chr. baptism:— baptist, baptize, wash.
90S. pdirr«r(i.a baptlgma, bap'-tis-mah; from
007; baptism (techn. or flg.):— baptism.

909. PairTi.crp.os baptlsmfts, bap-tis-mos' ; from
907; ablution (cerem. or Chr.):— baptism, washing.

910. BaitTurr^js Baptlstes, bap-tis-tace' ; from
007; a baptizer, as an epithet of Christ's forerunner:—
Baptist.

911. pdirT<i) bapto, bap'-to; a prim, verb; to
whelm, i.e. cover wholly with afluid: in the N. T. only
in a qualified or spec, sense, i.e. (lit.) to moisten (a
part of one's person), or (by impl.) to stain (as with
dye):— dip.

912. Ba.po.ppds Barabbas,bar-ab-bas'; of Chald.
or. [1347 and 3] ; son of Abba; Bar-abbas, an Isr.:—
Barabbas.

913. BapdK Barak, bar-aW; of Heb. or. [1301];
Barak, an Isr. : — Barak.

914- Bapoxtas Barachias, bar-akh-ee'-as; of
Heb. or. [1296]; Barachias (i.e. Berechijah), an Isr.:—
Barachias.

915. pdppapos harbards, bar'-bar-os; of uncert.
der.; a/oreigner(i,e. non-Greek):— barbarian (-rous).

916. pape-u bareo, bar-eh'-o; from q2b; to weigh
down (fig.):— burden, charge, heavy, press.

917. papeos bareog, bar-eh'-oce; adv. from 026;
heavily (fig.):— dull.

918. BapBoXofiatos BarthdldmalSs, bar-thol-
om-ah'-yos; of Chald. or. [1247 and 8526]; son of ToU
mai; Bar-tholommus, a Chr. apostle:— Bartholomeus.

919. BapvncroJs Barlesdag, baree-ay-sooce' ; of
Chald. or. [1247 and 3091]; son of Jesus (or Joshua);
Bar-jesus, an Isr, :— Bar jesus.

920. Bapiuvds Barlonag, bar-ee-oo*ias> '; of
Chald. or. [1247 and 3124]; son of Jonas (or Jonah);
Bar-jonas, an Isr. : — Bar-jona.

921. Bapvdpas Barnabas, bar-nab'-as; of Chald.
or. [1247 and 5029] ; son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Bar-
nabas, an Isr. : — Barnabas.

922. pdpos bar As, bar'-os; prob. from the same as
030 (through the notion of going down; comp. 800);
weight; in the N. T. only flg. a load, abundance, au-
thority:— burden (-some), weight.



I. Ba.po-a.pds Barsaba«,bar-«ao-«s'; of Chald.
or. [1247 and prob. 6634] ; son of Sabas (or Tsaba);
Bar-sabas, the name of two Isr.:— Barsabas.

924. Bapnpaios Bartlmalds, bar-timnih'^yos;
of Cbald. or. [1247 and 2931]; son of Timozus (or the
unclean); Bar-timceus, an Isr,: — Bartimajus.

925. papvvu barnno, bor-oo'-no; from 016; to
burden (flg.):— overcharge.

926. papv$ barns, bar-ooce'; from the same as
022; weighty, i.e. (flg.) burdensome, grave:— grievous,
heavy, weightier.

927. Papunpos barutlmds, bar-oo'-tim-os; from
02b and 5092 »' highly valuable: — very precious.

928. Pao-avCtju basanlzo, bas-an-id'-zo; fromojj;
to torture.-— pain, toil, torment, toss, vex.

929. Pao-avwruds basanlsmds, bas-an-is-mos';
from Q28; torture: — torment.

930. PacravioT-ijs basanlstes, bos-on-is-face', -
from Q28; a torturer:— tormentor.

931. pdcravos basands, bas'-on-os; perh. re-
motely from the same as 030 (through the notion of
going to the bottom) ; a touch-stone, i.e, (by anal.) tor-
ture: — torment.

932. PacriXtCa baslIMa, bas-il-i'-ah; from 033;
prop, royalty, i.e. (abstr.) rule, or (concr.) a reatnt
(lit. or fig.):— kingdom, + reign.

933. PaortXtiov bagileldn, bas-il'-i-on; neut. of
034; a palace: — king's court.

934. pao-CXtios basilelfts, bas-il'-ios; from 033;
kingly (in nature):— royal.

935. PaariXcvs basil j us, bas-il-yooce' ; prob. from
030 (through the notion of a/oundotion of power); a
sovereign (abs., rel. or fig.):— king.

936. pao-iXevu baslleno, bas-il-yoo'-o; from 033;
to rule (lit. or flg.):— king, reign.

937. PacriXiKOS baslUkds, bas-il-ee-kos'; from
033; regal (in relation), i.e. (lit.) belonging to (or befit-
ting) the sovereign (as land, dress, or a courtier), or
(flg.) preeminent:— king's, nobleman, royal.

938. pao-CXurcra baslllssa, bas-il'-is-sah; fem.
from 03b; a gueen: — queen.

939. pdo-is basis, bas'-ece; from Pa(v«* balno
(to walk) ; a pace (" base"), i.e. (by impl.) the foot:—
foot.

940. pao-Katvw baskalno, bas-kah'ee-no; akin to
S39SI to malign, i.e. (byextens.) to fascinate (by false
representations) : —bewitch.

941. Pao-rdjw bastazo, bas-tad'-zo; perh. re-
motely der. from the base of oj? (through the idea of
removal) ; to lift, lit. or flg. (endure, declare, sustain,
receive, etc.):— bear, carry, take up.

942. pdTOs batos, bat'-os; of uncert. der.; abrier
shrub:— bramble, bush.

943. pdTOS baton, bat'-os; of Heb. or. [1824]; a
bath, or measure for liquids:— measure.

944. pdTpaxos batracbds, bat'-rakh-os; of un-
cert. der.; a frog:— frog.

945. ParroXoY&a battdlftgeo, bat-tol-og-eh'-o;
from Bdrros Battds (a proverbial stammerer) and
303b; to stutter, i.e. (by impl.) to prate tediously:—
use vain repetitions.

946. p8«4Xvv|j.a bdelugma, bdet'-oog-ma?t; from
948; a detestation, i.e. (spec.) idolatry:— abomination.

947. pSeXtiKTOs bdelnktds, bdel-ook-tos'; from
948; detestable, i.e. (spec.) idolatrous.'— abominable.

948. pSeXwrcro) bdelnsso, bdeUoos'-so; from a
(presumed) der. of PS&1> bdeo (to stink) ; to be dit-
gusted, i.e. (by impl.) detest (espec. of idolatry):— ab-
hor, abominable.

949. pe'Paios bf balds, beb'-ah-yos; from the base
of Q3Q (through the idea of basality); stable (lit. or
flg.):— firm, of force, stedfast, sure.

950. pePatdu bebalfto, beb-ah-yo'-o; from 049;
to stabilitate (fig.): — confirm, (e-) stablisb.

951. Pcpaluo-is b^balosls, beb-ah'-yo-sts; from
030; stabiliment: — confirmation.

952. P^PijXos bebelos, beb'-ay-loj; from tile base
of C3g and Pr|Xds belds (a threshold); accessible (as



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Afno
Gabbathali



19



by crossing the door-way), i.e. (by impl. of Jewish no-
tions) heathenish, wicked:— profane (person).

953. pipnX6o> bebeloo, beb-ay-lo'-o; from 952; to
desecrate:— profane.

954. BteX^PovX BAelzebAnl, beh-el-zeb-ool'; of
Chald. or. [by parody upon 1176] ; dung-god; BeeU
zebul, a name of Satan:— Beelzebub.

955. BcXCaX Belial, beVee'-al; of Heb. or. [1100];
worthlessness; Belial, as an epithet of Satan:— Belial.

956. fi&os belAs, bel'-os; from gob; a missile, i.e.
spear or arrow: — dart.

957. PeXrCov b£ltlAn, bel-tee'-on; neut. of a comp.
of a der. of 906 (used for the comp. of 18); better:—
very well.

958. Bcviautv B&niamln, ben-ee-am-een'; of
Heb. or. [1144]; Benjamin, an Isr.:— Benjamin.

959. BcpvhcT] Biriiilce. ber-nee'-kay; from a pro-
vincial form otjj42 and 3S2g; victorious; Bernice, a
member of the Herodian family:— Bernice.

960. Bepoia B£rAia, ber'-oy-ah; perh. a provin-
cial from a der. of 4008 [Percea, i.e. the region beyond
the coastline]; Bercea, a place in Macedonia:— Berea.

961. Bepoiatos BArAlalAs, ber-oy-ah'-yos; from
gbo; a Bermcean or native of Beroea:— of Berea.
96%. BK)8aj3ap& Betbabara, bay-thab-ar-ah' ; of
Heb. or. [1004 and 5679] ; ferry-house; Bethabara (i.e.
Bethabarah), a place on the Jordan:— Bethabara.

963. BnBavCa Betbanla, bay-than-ee'-ah; of
Chald. or.; date-house; Beth-any, a place in Pal.:—
Bethany.

964. Bij8otS4 Betliesda. bay-thes-dah' ; of
Chald. or. [comp. 1004 and 2617] ; house of kindness;
Beth-esda, a pool in Jerus. :— Bethesda.

965. BuBXWp, Betbl6em, bayth-leh-em' ; of Heb.
or. [1036]; Bethleem (i.e. Beth-lechem), a place in
Pal. :— Bethlehem.

966. BtjBo-eiBa Betbsaida, bayth-sahee-dah' ; of
Chald. or. [comp. 1004 and 6719] ; fishing-house; Beth-
saida, a place in Pal.:— Bethsaida.

967. Br\\8<j>a^ Betbpbage, bayth-fag-ay'; of
Chald. or. [comp. 1004 and 6291] ; fig-house; Beth-
phagi, a place in Pal. :— Betbpbage.

968. j3%a bema, bay'-ma; from the base of gjg; a
step, i.e. foot-breath; by impl. a rostrum, i.e. tri-
bunal:— judgment-seat, set [foot] on, throne.

969. [I'tfjpvXXos bArullAs, bay'-rooUlos; of uncert.
der.; a "beryl": — beryl.

970. pCo bla, bee'-ah; prob. akin to 979 (through
the idea of vital activity) ; force:— violence.

971. PiAjffl blazo, bee-ad'-zo; from 970; to force,
i.e. (reflex.) to crowd oneself (into), or (pass.) to be
seized:— press, suffer violence.

97S. pCaios Maids, bee'-ah-yos; from 070; vio-
lent:— mighty.

973. piourrijs Hastes, bee-as-tace' ; from 071; a
forcer, i.e. (fig.) energetic:— violent.

974. PiPXiapCSiov blbllarldidn, bib-lee-ar-id'-
ee-on; a dimin. of 075; a booklet:— little book.

975. PipXCov blbllon. bib-lee'-on; a dimin. of 076;
a roll:— bill, book, scroll, writing.

676. ptpXos MblAs, bib'-los; prop, the inner bark
of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by impl.) a sheet or scroll
of writing:— book.

977. pipp(icrK<D btbrosfeo, bib-ro'^ko; a redu-
plicated and prolonged form of an obsol. prim, verb
[perh. causative of zooS\\ ; to eat:— eat.

978. BiSuvCa BltUuiila. bee-thoo-nee'-ah; of un-
cert. der. ; Bithynia, a region of Asia:— Bithynia.

979. Plos MAs, bee'-os; a prim, word; life, i.e. (lit.)
the present state of existence; by impl. the means of
livelihood:— good, life, living.

980. pio» MAS, bee-o'-o; from 0707 to spend exist-
ence: — live.

981. pCuo-is Mosls, bee'-o^sis; from 080; living
(prop, the act, by impl. the mode):— manner of life.

982. fkw-riKOS MotlkAs, bee-o-tee-kos 1 ; from a
der. of gSo; relating to the present existence:— of
(pertaining to, things that pertain to) this life.



983. pXaPepos blaber&s, blab-er-os 1 ; from 984;
injurious: — hurtful.

984- pXairro) blapto, 6lap'-to;aprim. verb; prop,
to hinder, i.e. (by impl.) to injure: — hurt.

985. pXaerrdvfo blastano, blas-tan'-o; from
pXcurros blast As (a sprout); to germinate; by
impl. to yield fruit:— bring forth, bud, spring (up).

986. BXoo-tos BlastAs, blas'-tos; perh. the same
as the base of 085; Blastus, an officer of Herod
Agrippa:— Blastus.

987. pXao-<pnpi<u blasphemed, blas-fay-meh'-o;
from gSg; to vilify; spec, to speafc impiously:—
(speak) blaspheme (-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail
on, revile, speak evil.

988. pXa<r<pT))i.Ca blaspbemla, blas-fay-me'-ah;
from q8q; vilifi cation (espec. against God):— blas-
phemy, evil speaking, railing.

989. pXao-ipiirVos MagpbemAs, bias' fay-mos;
from a der. of Q84 and S34St scurrilous, i.e. calum-
nious (against man), or (spec.) impious (against
God):— blasphemer (mous), railing.

990. pXep.u.a blemma, blem'-mah; from gqi;
vision (prop, concr.; by impl. abstr.):— seeing.

991. pXttrw blepo, blep'-o; a prim, verb; to look
at (lit. or fig.):— behold, beware, he, look (on, to), per-
ceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Comp. 3700.
993. pXiyr&s MeteAs, blay-teh'-os; from 006; fit
to be cast (i.e. applied): — must be put.

993. Boavep-ye's Boanerges, bo-an-erg-es 1 ; of
Chald. or. [1133 and 7266]; sons of commotion;
Boanerges, an epithet of two of the Apostles:— Boan-
erges.

994. Podw boad, bo-ah'-o; appar. a prol. form of
a prim, verb; to halloo, i.e. shout (for help or in a
tumultuous way) : — cry.

995. Po<) bAe, bo-ay'; from 004; a halloo, i.e. call
(for aid, etc.):— cry.

996. fSoT|6eia bAetb&la, bo-ay' -thi-ah; from 008;
aid; spec, a rope or chain for f rapping a vessel-
help.

997. Pot]8«'<D bdetbeo, bo-ay-theh'-o; from gg8; to
aid or relieve:— help, succour.

998. ponfios boethos, bo-ay-thos'; from 095 and
0eo> tbAo (to run); a succorer: — helper.

999. p<S9wos bAtbnnAs, both'oo-nos; akin to
goo; a hole (in the ground); spec, a cistern: — ditch,
pit.

1000. PoXVj bale, boUay'; from pod,' a throw (as a
measure of distance) : — cast.

1001. poX(|o bollzo, bol-id'-zo; from 1002; to
heave the lead:— sound.

1002. |3o\\Cs bolls, bol-ece'; from gob; a missile,
i.e. javelin: — dart.

1003. Bo6\\ BAAz. bo-oz'; of Heb. or. [1162]; Booz,
(i.e. Boaz), an Isr. :— Booz.

1004. p<SpPopos borboros, bor'-bor-os; of uncert.
der.; mud: — mire.

1005. poppds borrbas, bor-hras 1 ; of uncert. der.;
the north (prop, wind):— north.

1006. p6o-Kci> bAsko, bos'-ko; a prol. form of a
piim. verb [comp. 977, ioi6\\; to pasture; byextens.
to fodder; reflex, to graze:— teed, keep.

1007. Boo-op BAsAr, bos-or'; of Heb. or. [1160];
Bosor (i.e. Bear), a Moabite:— Bosor.

1008. pordvt) botane. bot-an'-ay; from roo6;
herbage (as if for grazing):— herb.

1009. Porpvs botrns, bot'-rooce; of uncert. der.;
a bunch (of grapes): — (vine) cluster (of the vine).

1010. PouXcuH)S bAnlAntes, bool-yoo-tace' ; from
ioit; an adviser, i.e. (spec.) a councillor or member
of the Jewish Sanhedrim : — counsellor.

1011. PovXcvo bAuleuo, bool-yoo'-o; from ioiz;
to advise, i.e. (reflex.) deliberate, or (by impl.) re-
solve:— consult, take counsel, determine, be minded,
purpose.

1012. PovX'tfj bAule, boo-lay'; ttomioi4; volition,

i.e. (obj.) adrice, or (by impl.) purpose: (- advise,

counsel, wilL



1013. PoiXinia bAulema, boo'-lay-mah; from
1014; a resolve: — purpose, will.

1014. PoiiXojitti boo '-lom-ahee; mid. of a prim,
verb; to u will," i.e. (reflex.) be willing:— be disposed,
minded, intend, list, (be, of own) will (-ing). Comp.
2309.

1015. Povv6s b Ann As, 600-nos'; prob. of for. or.;
a hillock:— hill.

1016. PoCs bAns, 6ooce; prob. from the base of
100b; an ox (as grazing), i.e. an animal of that species
("beef "):— ox.

1017. ppapctov brabelAn, brab-i'-on; from Ppci-
pevs brabfius (an umpire; of uncert. der.); an
award (of arbitration), i.e. (spec.) a prize in the public
games:— prize.

1018. PpaPevo brabSuo, brab-yoo'-o; from the
same as 1017; to arbitrate, i.e. (gen.) to govern (fig.
prevail) : — rule.

1019. PpaSuvo braduno, 6ra<i-oo'-no; from iosi;
to delay:— be slack, tarry.

1020. PpaBuirXo6i> braduplAAo, brad-oo-plo-eh'.
o; from 1021 and a prol. form of 412b; to sail slowly:—
sail slowly.

1021. PpaSvs bradns, bradooce'; of uncert. affln.;
slow; flg. dull:— slow.

1022. ppaovrns bradntes, brad-oo'-tace; from
1021; tardiness: — slackness.

1023. ppa\\C«DV bracblon, brakh-ee'-own; prop,
comp. of 1024, but appar. in the sense of ppa<ro-<i>
brasso (to wield); the arm, ie. (fig.) strength:—
arm.

1024. Ppa^ils bracbns, brakh-ooce'; of uncert.
affln.; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):—
few words, little (space, while).

1025. Ppe'4>os brApbAs, bref'-os; of uncert. affln. ;
an infant (prop, unborn) lit. or flg. : — babe, (young)
child, infant.

1026. ppe'xw brecbo, brekh'-o; a prim, verb; to
moisten (espec. by a shower): — (send) rain, wash.

1027. Ppovr'fj brAnte, bron-tay'; akin to Pp^("o
bremo (to roar); thunder:— thunder (-ing).

1028. Ppox^ brAcbe, brokh-ay'; from 1026;
rain:— rain.

1029. Ppoxos br Acb As, brofcA'-os; of uncert. der :
a noose:— snare.

1030. Ppvy|j.6s brn gm As, broog-mos'; from/q?/;
a grating (of the teeth): — gnashing.

1031. Ppvx» brnebo, broo'-kho; a prim, verb; to
orate the teeth (in pain or rage):— gnash.

1032. Ppvw brno, broo'-o; a prim, verb; to swell
out, i.e. (by impl.) to gush:— send forth.

1033. ppup.a broma, bro'-mah; from the base of
977; food (lit. or fig), espec. (cer.) articles allowed or
forbidden by the Jewish law:— meat, victuals.

1034. Pp<5o-i(iOs broslmAg, bro'-simos; from
103s; eatable: — meat.

1035. Pp&crvs brosls, bro'-sis; from the base oi
077; (abstr.) eating (lit. or fig.); by extens. (concr.)
food (Tit. or flg.):— eating, food, meat.

1036. pv6(£<i> bntblzo, boo-thid'-zo; from 1037;
to sink; by impl. to aVoiro:— begin to sink, drown.

1037. Pu8<5s butbAs, boo-thos 1 ; a var. of Sgg;
depth, i.e. (by impl.) the sea:— deep.

1038. Pvpo-cvs bursAns, boorce-yooce' ; from
ptipo-a bursa (a hide) ; a tanner: — tanner.

1039. Pvo-o-ivos bnsslnAs, 6oos'-see-nos; from
1040; made of linen (neut. a linen cloth) : — fine linen.

1040. Pvo-o-os bnssAs. boos'-sos; of Heb. or. [948];
white linen:— fine linen.

1041. P&pos bomAs, bo'-mos; from the base of
039; prop, a stand, i.e. (spec.) an aZtar:— altar.



1042. yapped gabbatba, gab-bath-ah'; o£
Chald. or. [comp. 1355]; the knoll; gabbatha, a ver-
nacular term for the Roman tribunal in Jerus.: — Gab-
batha.



20



Gabreeale



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



104S. TaPpi^X Gabriel, gab-ree-ale' 7 of Beb. or.
1403] ; Gabriel, an archangel:— Gabriel.

1044. ydyYpaivo gaggralna, gang'-grahee-nah;
from ypatvw graino (to gnaw); an ulcer ("gan-
grene"): — canker.

104-5. rd8 Gad, gad; of Heb. or. [1410]; Gad, a
tribe of 1st.:— Gad.

lOJfi. raSoonvos GadarenAs, gad-ar-ay-nos 1 ;
from TaSapd (a town E. of the Jordan); a Gadar-
etie or inhab. of Gadara:— Gadarene.

1047. yaXja. gaza, gad'-zah; of for. or.; a trea-
sure: — treasure.

1048. TAja Gaza, gad'-zah; at Heb. or. [5804];
Gazah (i.e. 'Azzah), a place in Pal.:— Gaza.

1049. yaJo^Xdiciov gazApbulaklAn, gad-zof-
oo-lak'-ee-on; from 1047 and 5438; a treasure-house.
I.e. a court in the temple for the collection-boxes: —
treasury.

1050. rd.'£os GaiAs, gah'-ee-os; of La*, or. ; <?ai"ws
(i.e. Cat'its), a Chr.:— Gaius.

70,57. ydXa gala, gal'-ah; of uncert. affln.; miift

(fig.):— milk.

705& TaXdnis Galatea, gaUat'-aee; from 703; a

Galatian or inhab. of Galatia:— Galatian.

/05<?. roA.ar(a Galatia, gatat-ee'-afc; of for. or.;

Galatia, a region of Asia:— Galatia.

1054. roX.ari.Kds GalatlkAs, gal-at-ee-kos? ; from
loss; Galatic or relating to Galatia:— of Galatia.

1055. yoXfjvi) galeae, gal-ay'-nay; of uncert.
der.; tranquillity: — calm.

1056. raX.iX.ata Galllala, gal-il-ah-yah; of Heb.
or. [1551] ; Galilcea (i.e. the heathen circle), a region
of Pal.:— Galilee.

1057. ToXiXatos GalllalAs, gal-ee-lah'-yos; from
io$b; Galilcean or belonging to Galileea: — Galilsean, of
Galilee.

1058. raXXhov Gallldn, gal-lee' -own; of Lat.or.;
Gallion (i.e. Gallio), a Roman officer :—Gallio.

1059. TauaXi^X Gamaliel, gam-al-ee-ale'; of
Heb. or. [1583]; Gamaliel (Le. Gamliel), an Isr.:—
Gamaliel.

1060. yapiw gameo, gam-eh'-o; from tobz; to wed
(of either sex):— many (a wife).

1061. yap-to-KM gamtsko, gam-is'-ko; from 7ofe,-
to espotjse (a daughter to a husband):— give in mar-
riage.

1062. yduos gamAs, gam'-os; of uncert. afBn.;
nuptials: — marriage, wedding.

1063. -yap gar, gar; a prim, particle; prop, assign-
ing a reason (used in argument, explanation or inten-
sification; often with other particles): — and, as, be-
cause (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing,
then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.

1064- yafrrf[p gaster, gas-tare'; of uncert. der.;
the stomach; by anal, the matrix; fig. a gourmand:—
belly, + with child, womb.

1065. yi gfi, gheh; a prim, particle of emphasis or
qualification (often used with other particles pre-
fixed): — and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.

1066. T&t&v Gedeon, ghed-eh-own' ; of Heb. or.
[1439] ; Gedeon (i.e. G id[e]on), an Isr. :— Gedeon.

1067. yiaiva. geenna, gheh'-en-nah; of Heb. or
[1516 and 2011] ; valley of (the son of) Hinnam; ge-
henna (or Ge-Hinnom), a valley of Jerus., used (fig.)
as a name for the place (or state) of everlasting pun-
ishment: — hell.

1068. reOoTjuoirfj Gethsemane, gheth-say-man-
ay'; of Chald. or. [comp. 1660 and 8081] ; oil-press;
Gethsemane, a garden near Jerus.: — Gethsemane.

1069. yelrav gelton, ghi'-tone; from 1003; a
neighbor (as adjoining one's ground); by impl. a
friend:— neighbour.

1070. yeXda gelao, ghel-ah'-o; of uncert. affln.;
to laugh (as a sign of joy or satisfaction):— laugh,

1071. yeXws geiog, ghel'-oce; from 1070; laughter
(as a mark of gratification):— laughter.

1072. ycutgu gemlzo, ghem-id'-zo; trans, from
1073; to fill entirely:— fill (be) full.



1073. ytfut gemo, ghem'-o; a prim, verb; to swell
out, i.e. befall:— be full.

1074- Y " genea, ghen-eh-ah'; from (a presumed
der. of) 1085 ; a generation; by impl an age (the pe-
riod or the persons): — age, generation, nation, time.

1075. yeveaXoy&s genealAgeo, ghen-eh-al-og-
eft'-o; from 1074 and 3036; to reckon by generations,
i.e. trace in genealogy:— count by descent.

1076. ycvcoXoyfa genealAgla, ghen-eh-al-og-ee'-
ah; from the same as 107s; tracing by generations,
i.e. "genealogy";— genealogy.

1077. ycWo-ia genesla, ghen-es'-ee-ah; neut. plur.
of a der. of 1078; birthday ceremonies:— birthday.

1078. yfveo-is genesis, ghen'-es-is; from the same
as 1074; nativity; fig. nature:— generation, nature
(-ral).

1079. ycvcnfj genSte, ghen-etray'; fem. of a pre-
sumed der. of the base of 1074; birth:— birth.

1080. ycwdtt gennao, ghen-nah'-o; fromavar. of
108s; to procreate (prop, of the father, but by extens.
of the mother); fig. to regenerate: — bear, beget, be
born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender,
make, spring.

1081. ytarnua gennema, ghen'-nay-mah; from
108b; offspring; by anal, produce (lit. or fig.):— fruit,
generation.

1082. r«vvno-op£r Gennesaret;, ghen-naysar-
ef; of Heb. or. [comp. 3672]; Gennesaret (i.e. Kinne-
reth), a lake and plain in Pal.: — Gennesaret.

1083. yiwuois gennests, ghen' way-sis; from
1080; nativity:— birth.

1084. yewnrds gennetAs, ghen-nay-tos' ; from
1080; born:— they that are born.

1085. ylvos gen&s, ghen'-os; from 1006; " kin"
(abstr. or concr., lit. or fig., indiv. or coll.):— born,
country (-man), diversity, generation, kind (-red), na-
tion, offspring, stock.

1086. rcpyto-nvos GergesenAs, gher-ghes-ay-
nos'; of Heb. or. [1622]; a Gergesene (Le. Girgashite)
or one of the aborigines of Pal.:— Gergesene.

1087. ytpouo-Ca gerAusla, gher-oo-see'-ah; from
1088; the eldership, i.e. (collect.) the Jewish Sanhe-
drim: — senate.

1088. yipav gferon, gher'-oum; of uncert. affln.
[comp. 7094] ; aged.'— old.

1089. ycvouai geuAmai, ghyoo'-om-ahee; a prim,
verb; to taste; by impl. to eat; fig. to experience
(good or ill):— eat, taste.

1090. yiaoyia georgeo, gheh-ore-gheh'-o; from
logs; to till (the soil): — dress.

1091. y«&pyiov georglAn, gheh-ore'-ghee-on;
neut. of a (presumed) der. of 1002; cultivable, i.e. a
farm:— husbandry.

709.2. yewpyds georgAs, gheh-ore-gos'; from 1003
and the base of 2041; a land-worker, Le. farmer:—
husbandman.

1093. yf| ge, ghay; contr. from a prim, word; soil;
by extens. a region, or the solid part or the whole of
the terrene globe (includ. the occupants in each ap-
plication) :— country, earth (-ly), ground, land, world.
1094- yflpos geras, ghayf^ras; akin to 1088; senil-
ity:— old age.

1095. yripdo-Ku gerasfco, ghay-ras'-ko; from 7094;
to be senescent: — be (wax) old.

1096. yfvouai glnAntal, ghin'-onuahee; a prol.
and mid. form of a prim, verb; to cause to be (" gen-
erate), i.e. (reflex.) to become (come into being), used
with great latitude (lit., fig., intens., etc.):— arise, be
assembled, be (come, -fall, -have self), be brought
(to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided,
be done, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be
found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen,
have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to
be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, re-
quire, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be
taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.

1097. yiv<5o-KW glnosko, ghin-oce'-ko; a proL
form of a prim, verb; to " know" (absol.), in a great
variety of applications and with many impl. (as fol-
low, with others not thus clearly expressed):— allow,



be aware (of), feel, (have) know (-ledge), perceive, be
resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.

1098. yXeSicos gleukAs, glyoo'-kos; akin to ioqq;
sweet wine, i.e. (prop.) must (fresh juice), but used of
the more saccharine (and therefore highly inebriat-
ing) fermented wine:— new wine.

1099. -vXukvs glnkns, gZoo-fcoos'; of uncert. affln.;
sweet (i.e. not bitter nor salt):— sweet, fresh.

1100. yXwrtro glossa, gloce-sah'; of uncert. affln.;
the tongue; by impl. a language (spec, one naturally
unacquired) :— tongue.

1101. -yXwcnrOKOOOV glossAkAmAn, gloce-sokf.
om-on; from 7/00 and the base of z88g; prop, a case
(to keep mouthpieces of wind-instruments in), i.e. (by
extens.) a casket or (spec.) purse: — bag.

1102. yvo<pcvs gnapbeus, gnaf-yuce'; by var.
for a der. from Kvdirrw knapto (to tease cloth); a
cloth-dresser. - — fuller.

1103. yvrjo-ios gneslAs, gnay'-see-os; from the
same as 7077; legitimate (of birth), i.e. genuine:—
own, sincerity, true.

1104- yvijo-tus gneslos, gnay-see'-oce; adv. from
"03; genuinely, i.e. really:— naturally.

1105. yvdtpos gn&phds, gnof'-os; akin to sjog;
gloom (as of a storm): — blackness.

1106. yvtSui] gnome, gno'-may; from 1007; cogni-
tion, i.e. (subj.) opinion, or (obj.) resolve (counsel,
consent, etc.):— advice, + agree. Judgment, mind,
purpose, will.

1107. yv<t>p%a gnorlzo, gno-rid'-zo; from a der.
of 7097; to mafce known; subj. to fcnotiv— certify, de-
clare, make known, give to understand, do to wit,
wot.

1108. ■yvwo-is gnosis, gno'-sis; from 7057,- know-
ing (the act), i.e. (by impl.) knowledge:— knowledge,
science.

1109. ■yviJoTi]? gnostes, gnoceMaee; from 7097; a
knower: — expert.

1110. YViooTOs gnostfis, gnoce-tos'; from 7097;
well known:— acquaintance, (which may be) known,
notable.

1111. yoyyi\\,v> gfiggnzo, gong-good' -zo; of un-
cert. der. ; to grumble: — murmur.

1112. -yoYyvcruds gAggnsmSs, gong-goos-mosf ;
from mi; a grumbling: — grudging, murmuring.

1113. yoYYUT^js gAggnstes, gong-goos-tace' ;
from 77/7; a grumbler: — murmurer.

1114. Y^IS gAes, go'-ace; from yo6u> gAao (to
wail) ; prop, a wizard (as muttering spells), i.e. (by
impl.) an impostor: — seducer.

1115. roXyood GolgAtna, goUgoth-ah' ; of Ohald.
or. [comp. 1538] ; the skuU; Golgotha, a knoll near
Jerus. :— Golgotha.

1116. rdjioppo GAmArrha, gom'-or-hrhah; of
Heb. or. [6017]; Gomorrha (i.e. 'Amorah), a place
near the Dead Sea:— Gomorrha.

1117. yduos gomds, gom'-os; from 1073; a load (as
filling), i.e. (spec.) a cargo, or (by extens.) wares:—
burden, merchandise.

1118. yovcus gonens, gon-yoocef; from the base of
1006; a parent.-— parent.

1119. yovv gAnu, gon-oo'; of uncert. affln.; the
" knee":— knee (x -1).

1120. yovwrer&j gftnupeteo, gon-ooyet-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 7779 and the alt. of 4008; to fall on
the knee:— bow the knee, kneel down.

1121. ypduoa gramma, gram'^mah; from 1123;
a writing, i.e. a letter, note, epistle, book, etc. ; plur.
learning:— bill, learning, tetter, scripture, writing,
written.

1122. ypoouOTris grammatens, gram-mat-
yoocef; from 7727; & writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe
or secretary:— scribe, town-clerk.

1123. ypoirrds graptAs, grap-tos'; from 77357 in-
scribed (fig.):— written.

1124. ypa«M grapne, graf-ay'; from 112s; a doc-
ument, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement
in it) :— scripture.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Gabreeale
Deho



21



1125. 7p4$ci» grapho, graf-o; » prim, verb; to
•' grave", espec. to write; flg. to describe: — describe,
write (-tag, -ten).

1126. •ypcu&S-ns graodea, grah-o'-dace; from
ypav$ grans (an old woman) and r^gi; crone-like,
i.e. silly:— old wives'.

1127. YpjryopEvw gregorSuo. gray-gor-yoo'-o;
from /*&?,' to fteep awake, i.e. watch (lit. or fig.): — be
vigilant, wake, (be) watch (-ful).

ii?£. ■yvjivAJo) gnmnazo, goom-nad'-zo; from
z/j/; to practise naked (in the games), i.e. train
(flg.) : — exercise.

1129. ■yvn.vcurCa gumnasla, goom-nas-ee'-ah;
from 1128; training, i.e. (flg.) asceticism: — exercise.

1130. y«|iVTiTcii(» gnmneteno, gqom-nayt-yoo'-o;
from a der. of xxjx; to strip. I.e. (reflex.) go poorly
clad:— be naked.

1131. TfU|J.v6s gnnmoa, goom-nos'; of uncert.
affin.; nude (absol. or reL, Ut. or flg.):— naked.

1132. ^V|jlv6tt|s gnmnotea, goom-not'-ace; from
/j-j/; nudity (absol. or comp.):— nakedness.

1133. yuvcuicdpiov gunatkarlon, goo-nahee-
kar'-ee-on; a dimin. from i&j; a little (i.e. foolish)
woman: — silly woman.

1134- ywaixctos gnnalkeloa, goo-nahee-ki'-os;
from X135; feminine: — wife.

1135. yinrfi gnne, goo^nay 1 ; prob. from the base
of J096; a woman; spec, a wife:— wife, woman.
ii?5. r<&Y Gog, gogue; of Heb. or. [1463]; Gog, a
symb. name for some future Antichrist:— Gog.
1137. ■yiovta. gonla, go-nee'-ah; prob. akin to
nxq; an angle,'— corner, quarter.



W35. AafSCS Dabld, dab-eed'; of Heb. or. [1732];
Dabid (i.e. David), the Isr. king:— David.
J739. Sai|iOv(Jo(j.ai dalmdnlzomal, dahee-
mon-id' -zom-ahee; mid. from 1142; to be exercised bji
a dcemon:— have a (be vexed with, be possessed with)
devil (-s).

1140. Saiuoviov dalmdnldn, dahee-mon'-ee-on;
neut. of a der. of 1x42; a dmmonic being; by extens.
a deity:— devil, god.

1141. 8aiuovu&8i)s dalmonlddea, dahee-mon-ee-
o'-dace; from XX40 and 7742; daemon-like: — devilish.

1142. SaCjAMV daimon, dah'ee-mown; from 8aC»
dalo (to distribute fortunes); a dcemon or super-
natural spirit (of a bad nature): — devil.

1143. Sokv<i> dakno, dak'-no; a prol. form of a
prim, root: to bite, i.e. (flg.) thwart:— bite.

I14-£. SttKfru dakru. ddkf-roo; or

Sdxpvov dakruon, dak'-roo-on; of uncert.
affln. ; a tear:— tear.

.ZX45. ottKpvio dakruo, dak-roo'-o; from 1144; to
shed tears: — weep. Comp. 2709.
114S. ScucruXios daktullos, dak-too'-lee-os; from
ii$j; a/inger-ring:— ring.

ZZ^7. SdicnjXos daktnlSa, dak'-too-los; prob.
from/776; a finger .•— finger.

iA£S. AaXpavovOd Dalmandntba, dal-man-oo-
thah'; prob. of Chald. or.; Dalmanutha, a place in
Pal. :— Dalmanutha.

II49. AoXpaTCa Dalmatia, dal-mat-ee'-ah;
prob. of for. der.; Dalmatia, a region of Europe: —
Dalmatia.

.Z150. Saud£w damazo, dam-ad'-zo; a var. of an
obs. prim, of the same mean. ; to tame:— tame.
1151. SdjiaXis damalls, dam'-al-is; prob. from
the base of //jo; a heifer (as tame):— heifer.
liJi 1 . Adpapis Damarla, dam'-ar-is; prob. from
the base of 1150; perh. gentle; Damaris, an Athenian
woman:— Damans.

7153. Aap,ao-Kt)vd$ Damaskenfts, dam-as-kay-
nosf; from J754; a Damascene or inhab. of Damas-
cus:— Damascene.

11.54- Aapoo-icds Damaakds, dam-as-kos 1 ; of
Heb. or. [1834]; Damascus, a city of Syria:— Da-
mascus.



1155. SavcC£<o danelzo, dan-ide'-zo; from 1x36;
to Joan on interest; reflex, to borrow:— borrow, lend.

1156. Sdveiov danelon, dan'-i-on; from Sdvos
danda (a gift); prob. akin to the base of 1323; a
loan.' — debt.

1157. SavEtorrjs danelstea, dan-ice-tace' ; from
1x33; a lender:— creditor.

1153. Aavi^X Daniel, dan-ee-ale' ; of Heb. oi~
[1840]; Daniel, an Isr.:— Daniel.

1159. Sairavdu dapanao, dap-an-ah'-o; from
ubo; to expend, i.e. (in a good sense) to incur cost, or
(in a bad one) to waste: — be at charges, consume,



1160. Sairdvi) dapane, dap-an'-ay; from Bdirrw
daptd (to devour); expense (as consuming):— cost.

1161. 84" dS, deh; a prim, particle (adversative or
conttauative); but, and, etc.: — also, and, but, more-
over, now [often unexpressed in English].

1162. S£n<"s dfceals, deh' -ay-sis; from uSg; a pe-
tition:— prayer, request, supplication.

1163. 8st del, die; 3d pers. sing. act. pres. of 1210;
also Sedv deton, deh-on'; neut. act. part, of the
same; both used impers. ; it is (was, etc.) necessary
(as binding):— behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be)
need (-ful), ought, should.

1164- Sel-y^a delgma, digh'^mah; from the base
of 1166; a specimen (as shown): — example.

1165. Sci-y|iaT(t;<i> delgmatlzo, digh^mat-id'-zo;
from 1164; to exhibit.-— make a shew.

1166. SciKVVia df-lliuuo. dike-noo'-o; a prol. form
of an obs. prim, of the same mean.; to show (Ut. or
flg.):— shew.

1167. SeiXCa dellla, di-lee'-ah; from ixbq; tim-
idity:— teat.

1168. SeiXido delllao, &i-lee-ah'-o; from xibj; to
be timid:— be afraid.

1169. SciXds dellos, di-los'; from 8«os dfios
(dread); timid, i.e. (by impl.) faithless:— fearful.

1170. Seiva delna, di'-mah; prob. from the same
as 7/77 (through the idea of forgetting the name as
fearful, i.e. strange); so and so (when the person is
not specified): — such a man.

1171. 8eivfis delnos, di-noce'; adv. from a der. of
the same as u6g; terribly, i.e. excessively: — griev-
ously, vehemently.

1172. SeiitveW delpnSd, dipe-neA'-o,' from 1x73;
to dine, i.e. take the principal (or evening) meal:—
sup (X -per).

1173. Sttirvov delpn5n, dipe'-non; from the same
as jibo; dinner, i.e. the chief meal (usually in the
evening):— feast, supper.

1174- BeuriSaip.ove'o-rEpos d6isldalm6nest6-
r6a, dice-ee-dahee-mon-es'-ter-os; the comp. of a
der. of the base of ubo and 1142; more religious than
others:— too superstitious.

1175. SeuriSaipovCa dSlsldalm5nla, dice-ee-
dahee-mon-ee'-ah; from the same as 1174; religion: —
superstition.

1176. Sena delta, defc'-oft; a prim, number; fen;—
[eight-] een, ten.

1177. ScicaStio dSkadno, dek-ad-oo'-S; from 1176
and 1417; two and ten, i.e. twelve:— twelve.

1178. &«Kair&TE deltapfintg, dek-ap-en'-teh;
from 117b and 4002; ten and^tie, i.e. fift een:— fifteen.

1179. A«Kdiro\\i$ Deltapdlis, dek-ap'-ol-is; from
1176 and 4172; the ten-city region; the Decapolis, a
district in Syria:— Decapolis.

1180. SeKaT&ro-apes dokat.* swarfs, dek-at-es'-
sar-es; from 1176 and 3064; ten and four, i.e. four-
teen:— fourteen.

1181. Sek&tt| drkatr- dek-at'-ay; fern, of 1x82;
a tenth, i.e. as a percentage or (tech.) tithe:— tenth
(part), tithe.

1182. Sixa-ros dekatos, dek'-at-os; ordinal from
ri7d; tenth:— tenth..

1183. StKaTdu dSkatdo, defc-at-o'-o; from 1181;
to tiffte, i.e. to give or tafce a fenfA:— pay (receive)
tithes.



1184. Sextos dSktoa, dek-tos'; from /200; ap-
proved; (fig.) propitious:— accepted (-table).

1185. 0E\\cdj> deleazo, deUeh-ad'-zo; from the
base of 1388; to entrap, i.e. (fig.) delude: — allure, be-
guile, entice.

1186. SeVSoov dendrdn, den'-dron; prob. from
Spvs drns (an oak) ; a tree:— tree.

1187. SsfjioXdp'os dexldlaooa, dex-ee-oUaV-os;
from 1188 and 2083; a guardsman (as if taking the
right) or light-armed soldier: — spearman.

1188. Se|uSs d&xlos, dex-ee-os'; from .raa?,' the
right side or (fern.) hand (as that which usually
takes) :— right (hand, side).

1189. Seo|Mu d£5mat, deR'-om-aftee; mid. of 12x0;
to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:— beseech,
pray (to), make request. Comp. 4441.

Sedv d£5n. See//6j.

1190. Asp^aios Derbalos, der-bah'ee-os; from
xxgx; a Derbcean or inhab. of Derbe: — of Derbe.

1191. AeppS) Derbe, der 1 -bay; of for. or.; Derbe,
a place in Asia Minor:— Derbe.

1192. Seppa derma, der'-mah; from 1194; a
hide: — skin.

1193. oEppdrivos dermatlnds, der-mof'-ee-nos;
from XX02; made of hide:— leathern, of a skin.

1194. SEpa d£ro, der'-o; a prim, verb; prop, to
flay, i.e. (by impl.) to scourge, or (by anal.) to thrash:~-
beat, smite.

1195. Seo-|i.ev(ii dt'smfuo. des-myoo'-o; from a
(presumed) der. of xxqb; to be a binder (captor), i.e.
to enchain (a prisoner), to fie on (a load):— bind.

1196. Seo-jitW desmeo, des-meh'-o; from 7/09; to
tie, i.e. shackle: — bind.

1197. Seo-p.'fj dSame, des-may'; from ixqb; a bun-
die:— bundle.

1198. Seo-jivos dSsmlds, des'-mee-os; from «9pj
a captive (as bound): — in bonds, prisoner.

1199. S«o-[idv dSsmon, des-mon'; or

Sco-pLOS dfsBios, des-mos'; neut. and masc.
respectively from X210; a band, i.e. ligament (of the
body) or shackle (of a prisoner); flg. an impediment
or disability:— band, bond, chain, string.

1200. SeirjuxptiXag desmopnnlax, des-mo/-oo'-
lax; from jjco and j*^/; a jailer (as guarding the
prisoners):— jailor, keeper of the prison.

1201. SEo-p.tO'Hjpiov desmoterldn, des-mo-tay>-
ree-on; from a der. of nog (equlv. to nob); B. place of
bondage, i.e. a dungeon: — prison.

1202. oeo-ucStiis desmotes, des-mo'-foee; from
the same as 1201; (pass.) a captive:— prisoner.

1203. &E<rirdTf]s d£ap5tes, des-pot'-ace; perh.
from 12x0 and irdcris pdala(aAusba7td); an absolute
ruler ("despot"): — Lord, master.

1204- oeOpo dSnrtt, dyoo'*ro; of uncert. affln.;
here; used also taper, hither/; and of time,
hitherto:— come (hither), hither [-to].

1205. Ssvte d£nt£, dyoo'-teh; from 1204 and an

taper, form of ctju elmi (to go); come hither!:—
come, X follow.

1206. SEwrepotos d£nte>al5a, dyoo-ter-ah'-yos;
from 1208; secondary, i.e. (spec.) on the second day:—
next day.

1207. ocvrepiirporos dentgroprotda, dyoo-ter-
op'-ro-tos; from/aaJand 44x3; second-first, i.e. (spec.)
a designation of the Sabbath immediately after the
Paschal week (being the second after Passover day,
and the Jlrsf of the seven Sabbaths intervening before
Pentecost) :— second . . . after the first.

1208. Sevtepos denteroa, dyoo'-ter-os; as the
comp. of 1417; (ordinal) second (in time, place or
rank; also adv.):— afterward, again, second (-arily,
time).

1209. Sexo|UU dSchdmal, dekh'-om-ahee; mid.
of a prim, verb; to receive (in various applications,
lit. or flg.):— accept, receive, take. Comp. 2083.

1210. Se'ci> dfio, deh'-o; a prim, verb; to bind (in
various applications, lit. or flg.):— bind, be in bonds,
knit, tie, wind. See also xxb3, xxSq.



22



Dav



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



1211. 8t| de, day; prob. akin to 776/; a particle of
emphasis or explicitaess; now, then, etc.:— also, and,
doubtless, now, therefore.

1212. SflXos del&g, day'-tes; of uncert. der.;
dear: — }- bewray, certain, evident, manifest.

1213. SijXoa deloo, day-lb' -o; from 1112; to make
plain (by words) :— declare, shew, signify.

1211/.. Ai]|ids Demas, day-mas'; prob. for 72/6;
Demos, a Chr. :— Demas.

7&Z5. Snpiryop&D demegdreo, day-may-gor-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 121800.6.58; to be a people-gatherer,
Le. to address a public assembly:— make an oration.

1216. Ai||i^Tpu>s Demetrlds, day-may' -tree-os;
from Atl|i.<JTT|p Demeter (Ceres) ; Demetrius, the
name of an Ephesian and of a Chr. :— Demetrius.

1217. &i||UOvpy£s dcnilourgos, day-me-oor-gos' ;
from /2J<? and 2041; a worker for the people, i.e.
mechanic (spoken of the Creator):— maker.

/?i& Sfjaos demos, day'-mos; from 7570; the
public (as bound together socially):— people.
i#19. Sn|«5<ru>s demfisltts, day-mos'-ee-os; from
7£7<P; public; (fern. sing. dat. as adv.) in public:—
common, openly, publickly.

1220. otydpiov denarldn, day-nar'-ee-on; of
Lat. or.; a denarius (or ten asses):— pence, penny
[-worth].

1221. (Wjirort depots, day'-pot-eh; from 7277 and
#27c?; a particle of generalization; indeed, at any
time: — (what-) soever.

1222. S^irov depftu, day'-poo; from 7277 and ^2^,'
a particle of asseveration; indeed doubtless:— verily.

1223. Sid dla, dee-ah 1 ; a prim. prep, denoting the
channel of an act; through (in very wide applications,
local, causal or occasional):— after, always, among,
at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause)
. . . fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of,
for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through
(out), to, wherefore, with (in). In composition it re-
tains the same general import.

ACa Dla. See 220.7.

1224. Siapatvu dialmino, dee-ab-ah' 'ee-no; from
1223 and the base of gjg; to cross: — come over, pass
(through).

1225. SmpdAXw dlaballo, dee-ab-al'-lo; from
1223 and 906; (flg.) to traduce: — accuse.

1226. SuLpcpWoiun dlabSbaldftmal, dee-ab-
eb-ahee-6'-om~ahee; mid. of a comp. of 1223 and 030;
to confirm thoroughly (by words), i.e. asseverate:—
affirm constantly.

1227. SiapXftrw dlablepd, dee-ab-lep'-o; from
1223 and qqi; to foois through, i.e. recover full vision:—
see clearly.

1228. SidpoXos dlabolds, dee-ab'-oUos; from
122s; tttraducer; spec. Satan [comp. 7854]: — false
accuser, devil, slanderer.

1229. SwyY&Xtt) dlaggello, de-ang-gel'-lo; from
1223 and the base of 32; to herald thoroughly: — de-
clare, preach, signify.

1230. 8ia.-yCvou.at dlagln&mal, dee-ag-in'-om-
dhee; from 1223 and 7096; to elapse meanwhile: —
X after, be past, be spent.

1231. Sut-yiw&o-Ko diaginosko, dee-ag-in-o'-sko;
from 1223 and 7097; to know thoroughly, i.e. ascertain
exactly:— (would) enquire, know the uttermost.

1232. Sia-yvwpCgw diagnorlzo, dee-ag-no-rid'-zo;
from 773? and 7/07; to tell abroad: — make known.

1233. Sioyvoxris diagnosis, dee-ag'-no-sts; from
1231; (magisterial) examination ("diagnosis"):—
hearing.

1234. 8ia^0YYȣei> dlagdggazo, dee-ag-ong-
good'-zo; from 1223 and 7777; to complain throughout
a crowd:— murmur.

1235. Siayptryopia diagregSreo, dee-ag-ray-gor-
eh'-o; from 1223 ^o& 1127; to waken thoroughly:— be
awake.

1236. Sid-yu diago, dee-ag'-o: from 1223 and 77; to
pass time or life:— lead life, living.

1237. SvaS^X0|MU dladechomal, dee-ad-ekh'-
om-ahee; from 1223 and 7209; to receive in turn, Le.
(flg.) succeed to:— come after.



1238. SidSityia dladema, dee-ad' -ay-mah; from
a comp. of j 223 and 7270; a "diadem" (as bound
about the head) : — crown. Comp. 4733.

1239. SiaS(8u|u dladldoml, dee-ad-id'-o-mee;
from 1223 and 1325; to give throughout a crowd, i.e.
deal out; also to deliver over (as to a successor):—
(make) distribute (-ion), divide, give.

1240. 8id8oxos dtaddchds, dee-ad'-okh-os; from
1237; a successor in office: — room.

1241. 8ia|iivvi>|u diazonnumi, dee-aa-ouin'-noo-
mee; from 1223 and 2224; to gird tightly: — gird.

1242. 8ia0iJKn diatheke, dee-ath-ay'-kay; from
1303; prop, a disposition, i.e. (spec.) a contract
(espec. a devisory will):— covenant, testament.

1243. SiaCpecris dlalresls, dee-ah' ee-res-is; from
1244; a distinction or (concr.) «ariet^.' — difference,
diversity.

1244- Siaipew dialreo, dee-ahee-reh'-o; from 1223
and 138; to separate, i.e. distribute: — divide.

1245. 8ia,Ka6apn> diakatharizo, dee-ak-ath-
ar-id'-zo; from 1223 and 2.777 ; to cleanse perfectly,
i.e. (spec.) winnow:— throughly purge.

1246. 8iaKare\\eYX r uu ' diakatelSgehdmat,
dee-ak-at-el-eng'-khom-ahee; mid. from 1223 and a
comp. of 2306 and 1631; to prove downright, i.e. con-
jute: — convince .

1247. SiaicoWfti diakoneo, dee-ak-on-eh'-o; from
1240; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or
as a host, friend or [flg.] teacher); techn. to act as a
Chr. deacon:— (ad) minister (unto), serve, use the
office of a deacon.

1243. SiaicovCa tli:-kdiiia, dee-ak-on-ee'-ah; from
1249; attendance (as a servant, etc.); flg. (eleemosy-
nary) aid, (official) service (espec. of the Chr. teacher,
or techn. of the diaconate) :— (ad-) minister (-ing, -tra-
tion, -try), office, relief, service (-ing).

1249. Sidxovos diakon&g, dee-ak'-on-os; prob.
from an obs. 8idica» dlakd (to run on errands;
comp. 7,777); an attendant, I.e. (gen.) a waiter (at
table or in other menial duties); spec, a Chr. teacher
and pastor (techn. a deacon or deaconess):— deacon,
minister, servant.

1250. Siaic6o~ioi diakdsldl, dee-afc-os'-ee-o«, - from
1364&11& 1340; two hundred:— two hundred.

1251. S1.aK0u0u.a1 diiikououiai. dee-ak-oo' -om-
ahee; mid. from 7237 and 797: to hear throughout, i.e.
patiently listen (to a prisoner's plea):— hear.

1252. SuucpCvo dlakrino, dee-ak-ree'-no; from
1223 and 2979: to separate thoroughly, i.e. (lit. and
reflex.) to withdraw from, or (by impl.) oppose;
flg. to discriminate (by impl. decide), or (reflex.) hes-
itate:— contend, make (to) differ (-ence), discern,
doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.

1253. Sicucpitris dlakrlsts, dee-ale'-ree-sis; from
7272; judicial estimation: — discern (ing), disputation.
1254- SmucoiXum diakoluo, dee-ak-o-loo'-o; from
7237 and 2067; to hinder altogether, i.e. utterly pro-
hibit:— forbid.

1255. StoXaXe'o dfalaleo, dee-al-al-eh'-o; from
722,7 an d 2980; to talk throughout a company, i.e. con-
verse or (gen.) publish:— commune, noise abroad.

1256. 8ia\\<-'-yo|iai dialegomal, dee-aleg' -om-
ahee; mid. from 1223 and 3004; to say thoroughly, i.e.
discuss (in argument or exhortation):— dispute, preach
(unto), reason (with), speak.

1257. SiaXcfaru dlalSlpo, dee-al-i'-po; from 722.7
and 3007; to leave off in the middle, i.e. intermit:—



1258. 8id\\cKT0$ dialektds, dee-aJ'-efc-tos; from
1236; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. " diaiect ":— lan-
guage, tongue.

1259. SiaXXdo-o-o dlallasso, dee-al-las'-so; from
1223 and 236; to change thoroughly, i.e. (ment.) to
conciliate:— reconcile.

1260. SiaXtfylfconai dialOglz6mal, dee-al-og-
id'-zom-ahee; from 1223 and 30413; to reckon thor-
oughly, i.e. (gen.) to deliberate (by reflection or dis-
cussion):— cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, rea-
son, think.

1261. ZidkoyuruAs dialoglsmd*. dee-al-og-is-
mos'; from 1260; discussion, i.e. (internal) considera-



tion (by impl. purpose), or (external) deoafe:— dis-
pute, doubtful (-ing), imagination, reasoning, thought.

1262. SiaXuu dialuo, dee-al-oo'-o; from 1223 and
3080; to dissolve utterly:— scatter.

1263. Siau,apTupou.ai diawtartttrftmai, dee-a-m
ar-too'-rom-ahee; from 7237 and 3140; to attest or
protest earnestly, or (by impl. ) hortatively;— charge,
testify (unto), witness.

1264- 8iau.dxop.ai diamacbdmal, dee-am-akh'-
om-ahee; from 7237 and 31(14; to fight fiercely (in al-
tercation; :— strive.

1265. Siapivo diamond, dee-am-en'-o; from 1223
and 3306; to stay constantly (in being or relation):—
continue, remain.

1266. Siauep(£a dianierlzo, dee-am-erfd'-zo;
from 7237 and 3307; to partition thoroughly (lit. in
distribution, flg. in dissension):— cloven, divide, part.

1267. Siajiepio-fios dlamerlsmds, dee-am-er-ij-
mos'; from 7266; disunion (of opinion and conduct) : —
division.

1268. SiaWpu dtanemo, dee-an-em'-o; from 1223
and the base of 3331; to distribute, i.e. (of informa-
tion) to disseminate: — spread.

1269. Siavcvu dianSuo, dee-an-yoo'-o; from 7237
and 3306; to nod (or express by signs) across an inter-
vening space:— beckon.

1270. 8iavdi)p.a diandema, dee-an-b' '-ay-mah;
from a comp. of 1223 and 3S3q; something thought
through, i.e. a sentiment: — thought.

1271. Sidvoia dlanola, deean'-oy-ah; from 1223
and 3363; deep thought, prop, the faculty (mind or
its disposition), by impl. its exercise: — imagination,
mind, understanding.

1272. Siavot-yn dlandlgo, dee-an-oy'-go; from
722J and 433; to open thoroughly, lit. (as a flrst-bom)
or flg. (to expound): — open.

1273. 8iovKKTep£tia diamiktgrSuo, dee-an-ook-
ter-yoo'-o; from 722,7 and a der. of j'/77, - to sit up the
whole night: — continue all night.

1274- 8iav«o> dlanud, dee-an-oo'-o; from 1223 and
avvio anno (to effect); to accomplish thoroughly:—
finish.

1275. SuLiravros diapamtdg, dee-ap-an-tos';
from 1223 and the genit. of 3036; through all time, i.e.
(adv.) coTistanfZj/:— alway (-s), continually.

1276. Siairepdo) dlapSrao, dee-ap-er-ah'-o; from
722J and a der. of the base of 4008; to cross entirely: —
go over, pass (over), sail over.

1277. SiairX&i> dlapleo, dee-ap-leh'-o; from 1223
and 4126; to sail through: — sail over.

1278. SiairoWu diapdneo, dee-ap-on-eh'-o; from
T223 and a der. of <«792,' to foiZ through, i.e. (pass.) Oe
worried: — ^be grieved.

1279. 8iairop£vo|iCH diapor*u..mal dee-ap-or-
yoo'-om-ahee; from 7237 and 4108; to travel through:—
go through, journey in, pass by.

1280. Siairopcu diapdreo, dee-ap-or-eh'-o; from
722J and 639; to be thoroughly nonplussed:— (be in)
doubt, be (much) perplexed.

1281. 8ioirp07(i.aTeuo|ioi dlapragmaten&mai,
dee-ap-rag-mat-yoo' -om-ahee; from 1223 and ^77;
to thoroughly occupy oneself , i.e. (trans, and by impl.)
to earn in business:— gain by trading.

1282. SuurpCu diaprio, dee-ap-ree'-o; from 1223
and the base of 4249; to saw asunder, i.e. (flg.) to ex-
asperate: — cut (to the heart).

1283. Siapird^u dlarpazo, dee-ar-pad'-zo; from
7227 and 726; to seize asunder, i,e. plunder: — spoil.

1284. Siap^rio-o-w dlairbesso, dee-ar-hrayce'-so;
from 7227 and 4486; to tear asunder:— break, rend.

1285. Snurcupeu dlasapbeo, dee-as-af-eh'-o;
from 722J and traces sapbes (clear); to clear
thoroughly, i.e. (flg.) declare:— tell unto.

1286. SiourcCu diaselo, dee-as-i'-o; from 1223 and
4379; to shake thoroughly, Le. (flg.) to intimidate:—
do violence to.

1287. Siao-Kopirff,!* dlaskorplzo, dee-os*or-
pid'-zo; from 722.7 and 4630; to dissipate, i.e. (gen.) to
rout or separate; spec, towinnowj; flg. tosgwande**/ —
disperse, scatter (abroad), strew, waste.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Day
Diploo



28



1288. Bu>.tra6.a dlaspad, dee-as-pah'-o; from
1223 and 4685; to draw apart, i.e. sever or dismem-
ber:— pluck asunder, pull in pieces.

1289. SiainrcCpu dlaspeiro, dee-as-pi'-ro; from
1223 and 4687; to sow throughout, i.e. (flg.j distribute
la foreign lands:— scatter abroad.

i? Q 0. 8ia<riropd diaspora, dee-as-por-ah' ; from
/2<?p; dispersion, i.e. (spec, and concr.) the (converted)
Isr. resident in Gentile countries:— (which are) scat-
tered (abroad).

1291. Siao-TeMopcu dlastelldmal, dee-as-leV-
lom-ahee; mid. from 1223 and 4724; to set (oneself)
apart (flg. distinguish), i.e. (by impl.) to enjoin:—
charge, that which was (give) commanded (-ment).

1292. 8idcrrnp.a. diastema, dee-as'-tay-mah; from
1339; an interval: — space.

1293. Siao-ToX^ dlastdle, dee-as-tol-ay' ; from
t2Qi\\ a variation:— difference, distinction.

1294- Sia<rTp&|>» diastrepiio, dee-as-tref-o;
from 1223 and 4702; to distort, i.e. (fig.) misinterpret,
or (mor.) corrupt:— perverse (-it), turn away.

1295. 8iacr»|<o dlasozo, dee-as-od«e'-o; from
r2^j and 4982; to save thoroughly, i.e. (by impl. or
anal.) to cure, preserve, rescue, etc. : — bring safe, es-
cape (safe), heal, make perfectly whole, save.

1296. ouxTO.yf\\ dlatage, dee-at-ag-ay' ; from 1299;
arrangement, i.e. institution: — instrumentality.

1297. Sidro'YiJ.a dlatagma, dee-at'-ag-mah;
from 1299; an arrangement, i.e. (authoritative)
edict: — commandment.

1298. 8ia.Tapdo-<r<i> dlatarasso, dee-at-ar-as'-so;
from 1223 and 3013; to disturb wholly, i.e. agitate
(with alarm):— trouble.

1299. SiaTOO-o-w dlatasso, dee-at-as'-so; from
1223 and 5021; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (spec.) in-
stitute, prescribe, etc. :— appoint, command, give, (set
ta) order, ordain.

1300. Sio.Te\\&o diateleo, dee-at-el-eh'-o; from
1223 and JO0," to accomplish thoroughly, i.e. (sub].) to
persist. — continue.

1301. 6\\a,Tt\\pia> dlatergo, dee-at-ay-reh'-o; from
1223 and 5083', to watch thoroughly, i.e. (pos. and
trans.) to observe strictly, or (neg. and reflex.) to
avoid wholly:— keep.

1302. Start dtatl, dee-at-ee'; from 1223 and 5101;
through what cause f, i.e. why?:— wherefore, why.

1303. Sia-Hflepai dlatlthemal, dee-at-ith'-em-
ahee; mid. from 1223 and ja?7,' to put apart, i.e. (flg.)
dispose (by assignment, compact or bequest):— ap-
point, make, testator.

1304- BiarpCpw diatrlbo, dee-at-ree'-bo; from
/22J and the base 013x47; to wear through (time), i.e.
remain: — abide, be, continue, tarry.

1305. 8iOTpo<p^i dlatrdpbe, dee-at-rof-ay 1 ; from
a comp. of 1223 and 5142; nourishment:— food.

1306. Siavydjjw dlaugazo, dee-ow-gad'-zo; from
1223 and &o; to glimmer through, i.e. ftreafc (as
day):— dawn.

1307. 8i<u|>aWjs diaphaneg, dee-af-an-ace' ;
from J23J and ,x?/6; appearing through, i.e. " diaph-
anous":— transparent.

i305. 8«t<j>epa> diapherd, dee-af-er'-o; from J22J
and 55^2; to bear through, i.e. (lit.) transport; usu-
ally to 6ear apart, i.e. (obj.) to toss about (flg. re-
port); subj. to "differ," or (by impl.) surpass:— be
better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be
(more) excellent, make matter, publish, be of more
value.

1309. Sioupetryu dlapbeugo, dee-af-yoo'-go;
from 1223 and 3343; to ./lee through, i.e. escape:—
escape.

1310. 8ia<pnp,C5<i> dlapbemlzo, dee-af -ay-mid' -
zo; from 722^ and a der. of 5345; to report thorough-
ly, i.e. divulgate:— blaze abroad, commonly report,
spread abroad, fame.

A?ZZ. SiaipSfCpu dlaphtbelro, dee<tf-thi' -ro;
from 7225- and jay/,' to rot thoroughly, i.e. (by impl.)
to ruin (pass, decay utterly, fig. pervert):— corrupt,
destroy, perish.

1312. Sia<j>9opd dlapbtbdra, dee-af -thor-ah' ;
from 131?; decay: — corruption.



1313. Sidtpopos dlapb&r&s, dee-af -or-os; from
1308; varying; also surpassing: — differing, divers,
more excellent.

1314- 8ia<pvXd<ro-<i> dlapbulasso, dee-af -oo-las'-
so; from 1223 and 3442; to guard thoroughly, i.e. pro-
tect:— keep.

I,?i5. Siax«pC£ou.ai dlacb£lrlz5mal, dee-akh-
i-rid'-zom-ahee; from 1223 and a der. of 5495; to
handle thoroughly, i.e. fay violent hands upon:— kill,
slay.

1316. SiaxupCtopai dlacborizdmal, dee-akh-

o-rid' -zom-ahee; from /22J and the mid. of 3363;
to remove (oneself) wholly, i.e. retire: — depart.

1317. SiSclktikos dldaktlkds, did-ak-tik-os' ;
from 1318; instructive (" didactic") :— apt to teach.

1318. SiSaKTOs dldaktdg, did-ak-tos'; from 1321;
(subj.) instructed or (obj.) communicated by teach-
ing:— taught, which . . . teacheth.

1319. SiSao-KaXCa didaskalla, did-as-kal-ee'-ah;
from 1320; instruction (the function or the informa-
tion): — doctrine, learning, teaching.

1320. SiSdo-KdXos dldaskalds, did-as'-kal-os;
from 1321; an instructor (gen. or spec.) :— doctor,
master, teacher.

1321. SiSdo-KU dldasko, did-as'-ko; aprol. (caus.)
form of a prim, verb 8d&> dad (to Zearn); to teach
(in the same broad application):— teach.
1822. SiSax^l dldache, did-akh-ay'; from 1321;
instruction (the act or the matter): — doctrine, hath
been taught.

1323. StSpaxpov dldrachmSn, did'-rakh-mon;
from 1364 and 140b; a double drachma {didrachm):—
tribute.

1324- AC8upx>s DidumSs, did no-mos; prol. from
1364; double, i.e. twin; Didymus, a Chr. : — Didymus.

1325. SfSupx dldoml, did'-o-mee; a prol. form of
a prim, verb (which is used as an altera, in most of
the tenses) ; to give (used in a very wide application,
prop, or by impl., lit. or flg.; greatly modified by the
connection j : — adventure, bestow, bring forth, com-
mit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister,
number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew,
smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of
the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.

1326. SwyapuJ dlegelro, dee-eg-i'-ro; from 1223
and 1453; to wake fully, i.e. arouse (lit. or fig.): —
arise, awake, raise, stir up.

1327. SU£o8os dlexddds, dee-ea;'-od-os; from
1223 and 1841; an outlet through, i.e. prob. an open
sguare (from which roads diverge): — highway

1328. Siepp/nvtvriis dlermeneutes, dee-er-
main-yoo-tace' ; from ^?2o; an explainer:— inter-
preter.

1329. Sieppr)vcv<i> dlermenSno, dee-er-main-
yo& 0; from 1223 and 2059,' to explain thoroughly;
by impl. to translate: — expound, interpret (-ation).

1330. Siipxopai di< rcJioimii. dee-er'-khom-
ahee; from 1223 and 2064; to traverse (lit ):— come,
depart, go (about, abroad, every where, over, through,
throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout),
pierce through, travel, walk through.

1331. SiEporrdtt diSrotao, dee-er-o-tah'-o; from
1223 and 20657 to question throughout, i.e. ascertain
by interrogation :— make enquiry for.

1332. Sterns dletes, dee-et-ace'; from 1364 and
2094; of two years (in age):— two years old.
1833. SurCa dietla. dee-et-ee'-a; from 1332; a
space of two years (biennium): — two years.

1334. Siiyyfott.cu dlegedmai, dee-ay g^h'-om-
ahee; from 1223 and 2233 ; to relate fully:— declare,
shew, tell.

1335. Si^y<(ris dleggsls, dee-ayg'-es-is; from
T 334'. a recital: — declaration.

1336. Sinvexls dienekfs, dee-ay-nek-es 1 ; neut. of
a comp. of 1223 and a der. of an alt. of 5342; carried
through, i.e. (adv. with 1319 and 3388 pref.) perpetu-
ally: — |- continually, for ever.
1837. 8i6d\\a<nros dithalassAs, dee-thai' -as-sos;
from 1364 and 2281; having two seas, i.e. a sound with
a double outlet:— where two seas met.



1338. SuKV^opai dlikn£dmal, dee-ik-neh'-om-
ahee; from 1223 and the base of 2423; to reach
through, i.e. penetrate: — pierce.

1339. Si?<rrnp.i dl'isteml, dee-is' -tay-mee; from
1223 and 2476; to stand apart, i.e. (reflex.) to remove,
intervene:— go further, be parted, after the space ot.

1340. SiurxvpCgopai dfiscburizomal, dee-is-
khoo-rid'-zom-ahee; from 1223 and a der. of 2478: to
stout it through, i.e. asseverate. -—confidently (con-
stantly) affirm.

1341. SiKtuoKpurla dikaldkrisla, dik-ah-yoh-
ris-ee'-ah; from 1342 and 2920; a just sentence:—
righteous judgment.

1342. SiKCuos dlkalds, dik'-ah-yos; from 1349;
equitable (in character or act); by impl. innocent,
holy (absol. or rel.):— just, meet, right (-eous).

1343. Sucaiocrvvi] dlkaidsnne, dtk-ah-yos-oo'-
nay; from 1342; equity (of character or act); spec,
(Chr.) justification:— righteousness.

1344- 8iKat6« dlkaldo, dik-ah-yo'-o; from 1342;
to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:—
free, justify (-ier), be righteous.

1345. SixaCupa dikaldma, dik-ah'-yo-mah; from
1344; an equitable deed; by impl. a statute or deci-
sion:— judgment, justification, ordinance, righteous
ness.

1346. SiKaCus dtkalos, dik-ah'-yoce; adv. from
1342; equitably:— justly, (to) righteously (-ness).

1347. SiKaCocris dlkalosis, dik-ah'-yo-sis; from
1344; acquittal (for Christ's sake) :— justification.

1348. SiKao-T^s dlkastes, dik-as-tace' ; from a
der. of 1349; a judger:— judge.

1349. 8Ck« dike, dee'-kay; prob. from nbb; right
(as self-evident), i.e. justice (the principle, a decision,
or its execution): — judgment, punish, vengeance.

1350. SCktvov diktndn, dik'-too-on; prob. from
a prim, verb SCko> dlko (to cast); a seine (for fish-
ing) :— net.

1351. SCXoyos dil5g5s, dil'-og-os; from 1364 and
303b; equivocal, i.e. telling a different story:— double
tongued.

1352. 816 did, dee-o'; from 1223 and 3739; through
which thing, i.e. consequently:— ioT which cause,
therefore, wherefore.

1353. SioSevcd dlSdSno, dee-odyoo'-o; from 1223
and 3393; to travel through:— go throughout, pass
through.

1354- Aiovwios DiomiKioH dee-on-oo'-see-os;
from Au5vwos Didncsds (Bacchus); reveller;
Dionysius, an Athenian:— Dionysius.

1355. SuSircp dl&p&r, dee-op'-er; from 1332 and
4007; on which very account: — wherefore.

1356. Sioircr i)5 dlftpgtes, dee-op-et'-ace, - from the
alt. of 2203 and the alt. of 4098; sky-fallen (i.e. an
aerolite) :— which fell down from Jupiter.

1357. SidpOaxris diSrtbosis,dee-or'-tfto-sis,-from
a comp. of 1223 and a der. of 3717, mean, to straighten
thoroughly; rectification, i.e. (spec.) the Messianic
restauration: — reformation.

1358. Siopvcnrw dldrnsso, dee-or-oos'-so; from
1223 and 373b; to penetrate burglariously:— break
through (up).

AuSs D15s. See 2203.

1359. Aioo-Kovpoi Dldskdurftl, dee-os'-hoo^roy:
from the alt. of 2203 and a form of the base of 2877;
sons of Jupiter, i.e. the twins Dioscuri:— Castor and
Pollux.

1360. 8i6ti dldtl, dee-ot'-ee; from 1223 and 3734;
on the very account that, or inasmuch as: — because
(that), for, therefore.

1361. Aiorpc^s Dtfitrephes, dee-ot-ref-ace' :
from the alt. of 2203 and 3142; Jove-nourished; Diot-
rephes, an opponent of Christianity :— Diotrephes.

1362. StirXovs dlpltfns, dip-looce'; from 1364 and
(prob.) the base of 4119; two-fold:— double, two-fold
more.

1363. SiirXdu dtplfio, dip-l5'-o; from 062,' to ren-
der two-fold:— double.



24



Dece

Iraynopoyos



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



1364. Sis df ■, dece; adv. from 1417; ttaice:— again,
twice.

Ats Dls. See 2203.

1366, Surrd^w dlstazd, dis-tod'-zo; from #64;
prop, to duplicate, i.e. (merit.) to toawr (in opinion):—
doubt.

1366. S£a-TO|ios dlstdmds, dis'-tom-os; from 1364
and 4730; double-edged:— with two edges, two-edged.

1367. SurxCXioi dlschlliiot, dis-khil'-ee-oy; from
1364 and 3307; two thousand: — two thousand.

1368. Siv\\(£o> dlulizd, dee-oo-lid'-zo; from ra^?
and vX£|<i> Jbulizo, hoo-lid'-zo {to filter); to strain
out: — strain at [prob. by misprint].

1S69. 8v\\<i|(i> dlchazo, dee-khad'-so; from a der.

of 13641 to mate apart, i.e. sunder (fig. alienate):—

set at variance.

7570. 8ixo<rra<rCa dichdstasla, dee-khos-tas-

ee'-ah; from a der. of 1364 and #7^; disunion, i.e.

(fig.) dissension: — division, sedition.

i57i Blxoto^o) dlcbotAmeo, dee-JAot-om-efc'-

o; from a comp. of a der. of 1364 and a der. of flfNia

temno (to cut); to bisect, i.e. (by exteng.) to flog

severely:— cut asunder (in sunder).

1372. Snj/a<i» dlpnao, dip-sah'-o; from a var. of

1373; to ftirsJ for (lit. or fig.):— (be, be a-) thirst (-y).

/573. Stt|>os dlpsds, dip'-sos; of uncert. affln.;

thirst:— thirst.

7574. 8to|n>xos dlpanehda, dip'-soo-khos; from
<?6^ andjjpo; two-spirited, i.e. vacillating (in opinion
or purpose): — double minded.

1575. SiuyimJs dldgmds, dee-ogue-mos'; from
'J77,' persecution:— persecution.

1376. Suoktijs dldkteg, dee-oke'-tace; from 1377;
a persecutor:— persecutor.

1377. Sii&ku dloko, dee-o'-ko; a prol. (and caus.)
form of a prim, verb 8l« dlo (to ^ee; comp. the
base of 1100 and 7241?) ; to pursue (lit. or fig.); by impl.
to persecute:— ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer)
persecute (-ion), press toward.

1378. So-ypa dogma, dog'-mah; from the base of
138a; a law (civil, cer. or eccl.): — decree, ordinance.

1379. Soy|mit(£<i> dugmatlzd, dog-mat-id' -zo;
from 1378", to prescribe by statute, i.e. (reflex.) to sub-
mit to cer. rule:— be subject to ordinances.

1380. Sok&i> dokeo, dok-eh'-o; a prol. form of a
prim, verb Soma ddko, dok'-o (used only as an alt.
in certain tenses; comp. the base of nbb) of the
same mean.; to think; by impl. to seem (truthfully or
uncertainly):— be accounted, (of own) please (-nre),
be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.

1381. 8oK(.(ia£» ddklmazo, dok-im-ad'-zo; from
1384; to test (lit. or fig.) ; by impl. to approwe:— allow,
discern, examine, x like, (ap) prove, try.

1382. SoKiutf) ddklme, dok-ee-may 1 ; from the
same as 1384; test (abstr. or concr.); by impl. trusti-
ness:-experience (riment), proof, trial

1383. Sok(|uov ddklmldn, dofc-im'-ee-on; neut.
of a presumed der. of 1382; a testing; by impl. trust-
worthiness:— trial, trying.

1384- SoKi|iOS dukimda, dok'-ee^mos; from 1380;
prop, acceptable {.current after assayal), i.e. ap-
proved—approved, tried.

1385. Sokos ddkda, dok-os 1 ; from 1209 (through
the idea of holding up); a stick of timber:— beam.

86kw ddko. Seejjib.

1386. 8oXios Adllos, dol'-ee-os; from 1388; ouile-
firt:— deceitful.

1387. SoXidu ddlldo, doLee-6'-o; from #£»,• to 6e
sniite/uJ: — use deceit.

1888. SoXos d51A«, dol'-os; from an obs. prim.
&X\\u delld (prob. mean, to decoy; comp. .r/#); a
trie* (bait), Le. (fig.) wile:— craft, deceit, guile, sub-
tdlty.

1389. SoXow ddldo, doJ-o'-o; from rj5?; to en-
snare, i.e. (fig.) adulterate:— handle deceitfully.

1390. 8<5ua lima, dom'-ah; from the base of
1325; a present:— gift.

1391. S«S£a dftxa, dox'-ah; from the base of /jJb;
?Iory (as very apparent), in a wide application (lit. or



flg., obj. or subj.):— dignity, glory (-ious), honour,
praise, worship.

1392. Sofjai> ddxazo, dox-ad'-zo; from /jp/; to
render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application): —
(make) glorify (-ious), full of (have) glory, honour,
magnify.

1393. AopK&s D&rkas, dor-fcas'; gazelle; Dorcas,
a Chr. woman:— Dorcas.

1394- Soo-15 dosls, dos'-is; from the base of 1323;
a giving; by impl. (concr.) a gift:—gitt, giving.

1395. ooTtis ddtes, dot'-ace; from the base of
1323; a giver:— giver.

1396. SovXa-ywy^u ddulagog&d, doo-lag-ogue-
eh'-o; from a presumed comp. of 1401 and 7-r; to be a
slaw-driwr, i.e. to enslave (tig. subdue):— bring into
subjection.

1397. SouXeCa douleia, doo-lt'-aft; from 1308;
slavery (cer. or flg.): — bondage.

X?9S. SovXevu d&uleuo, dool-yoo'-o; from /407;
to be a slave to (lit. or fig., invol. or vol.) :— be in bond-
age, (do) serve (-ice).

1399. SovXi) ddnle, doo'-lay; fern, of 1401; a
female slave (invol. or vol.):— handmaid (-en).

1400. SovXov dftoldn, doo'-lon; neut. of 1401;
subservient:— servant.

1401. BoOXos ddnldg, doo'-los; from 1210; a slave
(lit. or flg., invol. or vol. ; frequently therefore in a
qualified sense of subjection or subserviency): — bond
(-man), servant.

1402. SovXdia ddnldo, doo-lo'-o; from 1401; to en-
slaw (lit. or flg.):— bring into (be under) bondage,
X given, become (make) servant.

1403. 8ox<f| d&cbe, dokh-ay'; from 1200; a recep-
tion, i.e. convivial entertainment: — feast.

1404. Sp&Kuv drakon, drafc'-oion; prob. from an
alt. form of S^pieoaai derkftmal (to look); a fab-
ulous kind of serpent (peril, as supposed to fasci-
nate): — dragon.

1405. Sp&a-o-ott.ai dras&6mal, dras'-som-a/iee;
perh. akin to the base of 1404 (through the idea of
capturing); to grasp, i.e. (fig.) entrap:— take.

1406. Spaxp^j drachme, drakh-may'; from 1403;
a drachma or (silver) coin (as handled): — piece (of
silver).

Sp4|UD dr&mo. Seej/<(j.

1407. Sp^iravov drepandn, drep'-an-on; from
Spttru) drepd (to pluck); a gathering hook (espec.
for harvesting) : — sickle.

1408. SpAuos drdmds, drom'-os; from the alt. of
5143; a race, i.e. (flg.) career:— course.

1409. Apovo-iXXa Drftusilla, droo'-sil-lah; a
fem. dimin. of Drusus (a Rom. name) ; Drusilla, a
member of the Herodian family :— Drusilla.

SC|u duml. See 141b.

1410. Svvuuai dnnamal, doo'-nam-ahee; of un-
cert. affln. ; to be able or possible:— be able, can (do,
+ -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.

1411. Svvauxs dunamii, doo'-nam-is; from 1410;
force (lit. or flg.); spec miraculous power (usually
by impl. a miracle itself) :— ability, abundance, mean-
ing, might (-fly, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle (-s),
power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.

1412. Svvau.6o dunamdo, doo-nam-o'-o; from
1411; to enable: — strengthen.

1413. Suv4cm|S dnnastes, doo-nas'-tace; from
1410; a ruler or officer:— of great authority, mighty,
potentate.

1414. Sworfu dnnateo, doo-nat-eft'-o; from
1413; to be efficient (fig.): — be mighty.

1415. Swards dnnatds, doo-nat-os'; from 1410;
powerful or capable (lit. or flg.); neut. possible:—
able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power,
strong.

1416. 8vv» dnno, doo'-no; or

Sv|u dnml, doo'-mee; prol. forms of an obs.
prim. Si«> duo, doo'-o (to st'nfe); to go 'down":—
set.

1417. S«o dud, doo'-o; a prim, numeral; " too";—
both, twain, two.



1418. Sver- dns-, duos; a prim, inseparable par-
ticle of uncert. der. ; used only in composition as a
pref.; fiard, i.e. with difficulty: (- hard, + griev-
ous, etc.

1419. Svo-pdoraKTOs da»baBtakt&B, doos-bas'-
tak-tos; from 1418 and a der. of 941; oppressive:—
grievous to be borne.

1420. 8vo-6VTcpCa dusemterla, doos-en-ter-ee'-ah;
from 1418 and a comp. of 1787 (mean, a bowel); i.
" dysentery":— bloody flux,

1421. 8wr«p r vf|V€VTOS dusermeneutos, doos-er-
mane'-yoo-tos; from 1418 and a presumed der. of
2030; difficult of explanation: — hard to be uttered.

1422. SwtkoXos dnskdlds, doos'-kohos; from
1418 and k6Xov kftlSn {food); prop, fastidious
about eating (peevish), i.e. (gen.) impracticable:—
hard.

23. Svo-kAXws dnskdlds, doos-kol'-oce; adv.
from 1422; impracticably:— hardly.

1424. ov<r)vf\\ dnsme, doos-may'; from 1416; the
sun-set, i.e. (by impl.) the western region:— west

1425. Sv(tv6t|tos dnsnfietfta, doos-no' -ay-toe;
from 7#/*and a der. of 3339; difficult of perception:—
hard to be understood.

1426. Swifj-ijula. dnspkemla, doos-fay-mee'-ah;
from a comp. of 1418 and 3343; defamation: — evil
report.

ova duo. See 1416.

1427. o&otKa. dodeka, do'-dek-dh; from 1417 and
1176; two and ten, i.e. a dozen: — twelve.

1428. Su&licaTOS dodekatds, do-dek'-at-os; from
1427; twelfth: —twelfth.

1429. 8»8€Kd4wXov dodekapb-nlAn, do-defc-o/'-
oo-lon; from 1427 and 3443; the commonwealth of
Israel:— twelve tribes.

1430. 8»|ia ddma, do'-mah; from Se'jjia dfimo
(to build); prop, an edifice, i.e. (spec.) a roof: —
housetop.

1431. Staptd dor$a, do-reh-ah'; from 1433; a gra-
tuity: — gift.

1432. Supt&v dorian, do-reh-an'; aco. of 1431 as
adv.; gratuitously (lit. or flg.):— without a cause,
freely, for naught, in vain.

1433. Sap^ojiai dorS5mat, do-reh'-om^ahee; mid.
from 1433; to bestow) gratuitously:— give.

1434 8<Spij|ia dorema, do'-ray-mah; from 1433;
a bestowment:— gift.

1435. Supov dordn, do'-ro»; a present; spec, a
sacrifice:— gift, offering.



1436. fo ja, eh'-ah; appar. imper. of 1430; prop.
let it be, i.e. (as interj.) aha!:— let alone.

1437. iiv San, eh-an'; from ^#$7 and jos; a condi-
tional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often
used in connection with other particles to denote in-
definiteness or uncertainty:— before, but, except,
(and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-) soever, though,
when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, [who-] so
(-ever). See330i.

i&v f.i\\ ean me. See 336/.

1438. cavrov heautda, heh-dw-too' (tad. all the
other cases); from a reflex, pron. otherwise obsoL
and the gen. (dat. or ace.) of 84b; him- (her-, it-,
them-, also [in conjunction with the pers. pron. of the
other persons] my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves),
etc.:— alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own),
itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own (-selves),
-(- that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them
(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits,
own selves, -selves).

1439. cdo) Jao, eh-ah'-o; of uncert. affln. ; to let be,
i.e. permit or leave alone:— commit, leave, let (alone),
suffer. See also 1436.

1440. (PSo^Kovra h£bd«mek5nta, heb-dom-
ay'-kon-tah; from 7442 and a modified form of 1176,
seventy: — seventy, three score and ten.

1441. «p8o|iT)KovTaK£s h£bd6mek«ntaklA,

heb-dom-ay-kon-tak-is' ; multiple adv. from 1440;
seventy times.— seventy times.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Dece

Iraynopoyos



25



1442. IpSopos befeddmos, heb'-dom-os; ordinal
from 2033; seventh: — seventh.

1445. "E$ip Sb8r, eb-er 1 ; of Heb. or. [5877]; Eber,
a patriarch:— Eber.

1444- 'Eppa'iicds H ebraikdg, heb-rah-ee-kos';
from 7#c?; Hebraic or the Jewish languages-
Hebrew.

1445- "Eppatos H8bral£s, heb-rah'-yos; from
1443; a Hebrcean (l.e. Hebrew) or Jew: — Hebrew.

1446. 'E(3pats nf brain heb-rah-is 1 ; from 1443;
the Hebraistic (i.e. Hebrew) or Jewish (Chaldee) lan-
guage:— Hebrew.

/^7. 'EppawrrC Jl.-braistt. heb^rah-U-tee 1 ; adv.
from 7#o," Hebraistically or in the Jewish (Chaldee)
language:— in (the) Hebrew (tongue).
1448. ift% a 8gglzo, eng-id'-zo; from /,#/; to
make near, i.e. (reflex.) approach;— approach, be at
hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
144^. irfff&^a 8ggrapbo, eng-graf'-o; from 7722
and 1x25', to " engrave", i.e. inscribe: — write (in).

1450. cyyvos ggguda, eng'-goo-os; from 7722 and
■yviov gnldn (a limb); pledged (as if articulated by
a member), i.e. a bondsman:— surety.

1451. iyfif 8ggns, eng-goos 1 ; from a prim, verb
oyX*" agcbo (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the
base of <(?) ; near (lit. or flg. , of place or time) :— from,
at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.

1452. iyyirtpov eggnterdn, eng-goo'-ter-on;
neut. of the comp. of 1451; nearer:— nearer.

1453. i-yeCpo 8g81r5, eg-i'-ro; prob. akin to the
base of 58 (through the idea of collecting one's facul-
ties); to waken (trans, or intrans.), i.e. rouse (lit.
from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from
death; or flg. from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, non-
existence):— awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear
up, (a-) rise (again, up), stand, take up.

1454- e-ytpo-is 8g8nls, eg'-er-sis; from 1433; a re-
surgence (from death):— resurrection.

1455. tyc66cTO$ egkathetfts, eng-fcaffc'-et-os;
from 1122 and a der. of 2324; subinduced, i.e. surrep-
titiously suborned as a lier-in-wait:— spy.

1456. ryxatvia egkalnla, eng-kah'ee-nee-ah;
neut. plur. of a presumed comp. from 1722 and 2.537,'
innovatives, i.e. (spec.) renewal (of religious services
after the Antiochian interruption): — dedication.

1457. l-yKaivClJw 8gkalnlzo, eng-kahee-nid'-zo;
from 145b; to renew, i.e. inaugurate.'— consecrate,
dedicate.

1458. k-^KO.\\ia 8gkal8o, eng-kaUeh'-o; from 1722
and 2564; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. bring
to account (charge, criminate, etc.):— accuse, call in
question, implead, lay to the charge.

1459. tfKaraXtlira 8gkatal8Ipo, eng-kat-al-i'-
■po; from 1722 and 2641; to leave behind in some place,
i.e. (in a good sense) let remain over, or (in a bad
one) to desert/— forsake, leave.

1460. iyicaToiK&i 8gkatfilk8o, eng-kat-oy-keh'-o;
from 1722 and 2730; to settle down in a place, i.e. re-
side:— dwell among.

1461. £yKcvrpC£<i> egkentrlzo, eng-ken-trid'-zo;
from 1722 and a der. of 27/0; to prick in, i.e. tn-
graft:— graft in (-to).

1462. ryKXi|u,a egklema, eng'-klay-mah; from
1458; an accusation, i.e. offence alleged: — crime laid
against, laid to charge.

1463. c7K0p.p60u.a1 8gk5mbd5mal, eng-kom-
bo'-om-ahee; mid. from 1722 and K0|ip6«) kdmb&o
(to gird); to engirdle oneself (for labor), i.e. flg. (the
apron being a badge of servitude) to wear (in token
of mutual deference):— be clothed with.

1464. «YKOiri) £gk&pe, eng-kop-ay 1 ; from 1463,' »
hindrance: — X hinder.

1465. byK&vrtt 8gk3pto, eng-kop'-to; from 1722
and 287s; to cut into, i.e. (fig.) impede, detain: — hin-
der, be tedious unto.

1466. tycpovma egkratfila, eng-krat'-i-ah; from
7468; self-control (espec. continence);— temperance.

1467. CYKpareiouai 6gkrat8n5mal, eng-krat-
yoo> ' om-ahee; mid. from 140S; to exercise self-re-



straint (in diet and chastity):— can ([-not]) contain, be
temperate.

1468. (•jfKpa'Hjs egkrates, eng-krat-ace' ; from
1722 and 2904; strong in a thing (.masterful), i.e. (flg.
and reflex.) self-controlled (in appetite, etc.):— tem-
perate.

1469. eyicpCvw egkrlno, eng-kree'^no; from 7722
and 2919; to Judge in, i.e. count among:— make of the
number.

1470. tyicpfarTtt ekgrupto, eng-ftroop'-to; from
1722 and 2928; to conceal in, i.e. incorporate with: —
hid in

1471. €710105 egkuAs, eng'-koo-os; from 7722 and
the base of 2949; swelling inside, i.e. pregnant: —
great with child.

1472. £yxp((o egcbrlo, eng-khree'-o; from 7722
and 3348; to rub in (oil), i.e. besmear:— anoint.

1473. iy& 8go, eg-ol; a prim. pron. of the first
pers. /(only expressed when emphatic):— I, me. For
the other cases and the plur. see 7697, 1698, 1700, 2248,

224Q, 22S4, 2257, 6tC.

1474. e8a<j>CJ« edapbizo, ed-af-id'-zo; from 1475;
to raze:— lay even with the ground.

1475. tSa<t>os edapbde, ed'-af-os; from the base
of 7476,' a basis (bottom), i.e. the soil:— ground.

1476. cSpaios bedralfts, hed-rah'-yos; from a
der. of c£opai h&zomal (to sit); sedentary, i.e. (by
impl.) immovable:— settled, stedfast.

1477. cSpadoua hidraioma, hed-rah'-yo-mah;
from a der. of 1476; a support, i.e. (flg.) basis:—
ground.

1478. 'EjcxCas £z8klas, ed-zek-ee'-as; of Heb.
or. [2396]; Ezekias (i.e. Hezekiah), an Isr.:— Ezekias.

1479. cecXoepno-Kcta etheldthreskela, eth-el-
oth-race-ki'-ah; from 2300 and 2356; voluntary (arbi-
trary and unwarranted) piety, i.e. sanctimony:—
will worship.

!6«\\<e 8th81o. See 2300.

1480. e9C£« etbizo, eth-id'-zo; from 1485', to ac-
custom, i.e. (neut. pass, part.) customary: — custom.

1481. c0vdpxns Stbnarcbes, eth-nar'-khace;
from 1484 and 74b; the governor [not king] 0/ a dis-
trict:— ethnarch.

1482. tOviicos £tbnlk5s, eth-neeJeos' ; from 7^;
national ("effcnic"), i.e. (spec.) a Gentile:— heathen
(man).

1483. ISvikus Sthnlkos, eth-nee-koce' ; adv. from
7^f2,' as a Qentile:— after the manner of Gentiles.
i4&4. *8vos ethiios, eth'-nos; prob. from 7^*; a
race (as of the same habit), te. a frioe; spec, a .for-
eign (non-Jeteisft) one (usually by impl. pagan):—
Gentile, heathen, nation, people.

1485. cOos e til 6s. eth'-os; from i486; a usage (pre-
scribed by habit or law):— custom, manner, be wont.
i486, cdu etho, eth'-o; a prim, verb; to be used
(by habit or conventionality); neut. perf. part,
usage:— be custom (manner, wont).

1487. cl 81, i; a prim, particle of conditiouality; if,
whether, that, etc.:— forasmuch as, if, that, ([al-])
though, whether. Often used in connection or com-
position with other particles, espec. as in 1489, 1490,
1409, 1308, 1309, 1512, 1513, 133b, 1337. See also i437-

1488. ct 81, i; second pers. sing. pres. of 1310; thou
art: — art, be.

1489. el-ye 81g6, i'-gheh; from 1487 and 7ooj; if in-
deed, seeing that, unless, (with neg.) otherwise:— if
(so be that, yet).

1490. ct St p(\\(yi) el de me(g8), i deh may'-
(gheh) ; from 1487, ubi and 33b: (sometimes with 7065
added); but if not:— (or) else, if (not, otherwise),
otherwise.

1491. ctSos eidfts, i'-dos, from 7402; a view, i.e.
form (lit. or flg.):— appearance, fashion, shape, sight.

1492. cCSce eldo, i'-do; a prim, verb; used only in
certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from
the equiv. 3700 and 3708; prop, to see (lit. or flg.) ; by
impl. (in the perf. only) to know:— be aware, behold,
X can (+ not tell), oonsider, (have) know (-ledge),
look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand,
wist, wot. Comp.j7oo.



1493. clSuXciov eldoleldn, i-do-li'-on; neut. of a
presumed der. of 7497; an image-fane:— idol's temple.

1494. ctSuXoeuTOV eldoldthutdn, i-do-loth'-oo-
ton; neut. of a comp. of 7497 and a presumed der. of
2380; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous
offering:— (meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice,
sacrificed) to (unto) idols.

1495. tlSuXoXarpeta glddlftlatrela, i-do-loUit
ri'-ah; from 7^97 and 2009; image-worship (lit. or
fig.):— idolatry.

1496. ctSuXoXdrpns eldolttlatres, i do-toj-of-
race; from 1497 and the base of 3000; an image- (ser-
vant or) worshipper (lit. or flg.):— idolater.

1497. ctSuXov eldol5n, i'-do-lon; from 1491; an
image (i.e. for worship); by impl. a heathen god, or
(plur.) the worsftip of such:— idol.

U/98. etnv elen, i'-ane; optative (i.e. Eng. sub-
junctive) pres. of 7j7o (includ. the other pers.); might
(could, would or should) be: — mean, + perish, should
be, was, were.

1499. ct KO.C 61 kal, i kahee; from 7^57 and 233s;
if also (or even):— if (that), though.

1500. tlici\\ Slke, i-kay'; prob. from 7.5-02 (through
the idea of failure); idly, i.e. without reason (or
effect):— without a cause, (in) vain (-ly).

1501. ctxoo'i elkdsl, i'-kos-ee; of uncert. afflu. ; a
score:— twenty.

1502. cCku eiko, i'-ko; appar. a prim, verb; prop,
to be weak, i.e. yield:— give place.

1503. ctK0 Slkd. i'-ko; appar. a prim, verb [perh.
akin to 1302 through the idea of faintness as a copy] ;
to resemble: — be like.

1504. ctwiv elkon, i-kone 1 ; from 7joj; a Kfceness,
i.e. (lit.) statue, profile, or (flg.) representation, re-
semblance:— image.

1505. ctXiKpCvcia elllki-lnela, i-lik-ree'^ni-ah;
from 7506,' clearness, i.e. (by impl.) purity (flg.):—
sincerity.

1506. cCXiKpiv^s elllkrlnes, i-lik^ree-nace' ; from
ctXi] heile (the sun's ray) and 2979; judged by sun-
light, i.e. tested as genuine (flg.):— pure, sincere.

1507. ciXto-o-u helllssd, hi-lis'-so; a prol. form of
a prim, but defective verb ctXu bello (of the same
mean.); to coil or wrap:— roll together. See also
7667.

1508. il urfj 81 me, i may; from 1487 and 3361; if
not:— but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only)
that, saving, till.

1509. cl p.^ ti 81 me tl, i may tee; from 1508
and the neut. oisioo; if not somewhat: — except.

1510. ctpC 81ml, i-mee'; first pers. sing. pres. in-
die; a prol. form of a prim, and defective verb; I
exist (used only when emphatic):— am, have been,
X it is I, was. See also 1488, 1408, 1511, 1327, 2238,
2071, 2070, 2073, 207b, 2771, 2468, sboo.

1511. ctvai fiual. i'-naftee; pres. infln. from 7/70;
to exist:— am, are, come, is, x lust after, x please
well, there is, to be, was.

ctvcKtv lif'inf kf-ii See 1752.

1512. cl irep 81 p8r, iper; from 1487016.4007; if
perhaps:— ii so be (that), seeing, though.

1513. ct ir«s 81 pos. ipoce; f rom 1487 and 4438; if
somehow: — if by any means.

1514. ctptivtwa eireneuo, i^rane-yoo'-o; from
1315; to be (act) peaceful:— be at (have, live in) peace,
live peaceably.

1515. elp^jvn elrene, i^rav>-nay; prob. from a
prim, verb clpu giro (to join); peace (lit. or fig.);
by impl. prosperity:— one, peace, quietness, rest,
+ set at one again.

1516. ctprjviKos Slrenlkfts, i-ray-nee-kos'; from
1515; pacific; by impl. salutary:— peaceable.

1517. clpflvoiroie'a) 81ren6p518o, i^ray-nop-oy-
eh'-o; from 1518; to be a peace-maker, i.e. (flg.) to
harmonize: — make peace.

1518. clpnvoiroios 81ren5p51As, vray-nop^yy-os/;
from 1515 and 4700; pacificatory, i.e. (subj.) peace-
able: — peacemaker.

clp» 81ro. Beersi3,44&,S346.



26



Ice



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



1619. ets Ms, ice; a prim, prep.; to or info (indicat-
ing the point reached or entered), of place, time, or
(flg.) purpose (result, etc.); also in adv. phrases:—
[abundant-] ly, against, among, as, at, [back-] ward,
before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more
exceeding, for [intent, purpose], fore, + forth, in
(among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent
that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-) on, -f- perish,
+ set at one again, (so) that, therefore (-unto), through-
out, till, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-) until (-to),
. . . ward, [where-] fore, with. Often used in com-
position with the same general import, but only with
verbs (etc.) expressing motion (lit. or flg.).

1520. tte hels, hice; (includ. the neut. [etc.] cv
hen); a prim, numeral; one:— a (-n, -ny, certain),
-|- abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some.
See also 7527, 33t>7, 339', 3102.

1521. eUra-yw elsago, ice-ag'-o; from 75-79 and 71;
to introduce (lit. or flg.):— bring in (-to), (+ was to)
lead into.

1522. cUraKOvu 81sakduo, ice-ak-oo'-o; from
rjig and rqr; to listen to:— hear.

1523. tUr%lxopnx etsdech&mal, ice-dekh'-om-
ahee; from 75/9 and 1209; to take into one's favor:—
receive.

1524- cfmt|u eiselml, ice'-i-mee; from 73/9 and
ttui (Mini (to go); to enter:— enter (go) into.

1525. tbrlpxopat elserch5mal, ice-er'-khom-
ahee; from rj/g and 2064; to enter (lit. or flg.):—
X arise, come (in, into), enter in (-to), go in (through).

1526. tUrl ei»l, i-see'; 3d pers. plur. pres. indie, of
1310; they are:— agree, are, be, dure, X is, were.

1527. els tco.8' (ts hels kath> hels, hice kath
hice; from 1520 repeated with 2390 inserted; sever-
ally:— one by one.

1528. eUncaXIa) elskaleo, ice-kal-eh'-o; from 75-/9
and 2564; to invite in: — call in.

1529. eftroSos 81sdd&s, ice'-od-os; from. 7.5-79 and
3598; an entrance (lit. or flg.):— coming, enter (-ing)
in (to).

1530. «UnrnSd«> elrpedao, ice-pay-dah'-o; from
7.579 and irnSdn) pedad (to leap); to rusfc in:— run
(spring) in.

1531. <to"iropevou.cu 81spAr8u5mal, ice-por-uoo'-
om-ahee; from 7,5/9 and 4198; to enter (lit. or flg.) : —
come (enter) in, go into.

1532. tUrrpixa elstrecho, ice-trekh'-o; from /j-79
and 5143; to hasten inward: — run in.

1633. tur4><pw £lsphero, ice-fer'-o; from 75-79
and 53421 to carry inward (lit. or flg.):— bring (in),
lead into.

1634. etra elta, i'-tah; of uncert. affln. ; a particle
of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then,
moreover:— after that (-ward), furthermore, then.
See also rSgg.

1635. «t« 81te\\ i'-teh; from 1487 and 3037; if too:—
if, or, whether.

1636. ii tis 81 tls, i tis; from 1487 and 5100; if
amy:— he that, if a (-ny) man ('s, thing, from any,
ought), whether any, whosoever.

1537. Ik 8k, ek; or

1$ 8x, ex; a prim. prep, denoting origin (the
point whence motion or action proceeds), from, out
(of place, time or cause; lit. or flg.; direct or re-
mote):— after, among, X are, at, betwixt (-yond), by
(the means of), exceedingly, (4- abundantly above),
for (-th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly,
-f heartily, xih eavenlyj X hereby, + very highly, in,
. . . ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out
among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth,
through, X unto, X vehemently, with (-out). Often
used in composition, with the same general import;
often of completion.

1538. ftccurros hekastds, hek'-as-tos; as if a su-
oerlatlve of CKas hekas (afar); each or every:—
any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), par-
ticularly.

1539. iK&oTort hekastdtg, hek-as'-tot-eh; as if
from 1538 and 5119; at every time:— always.

1540. Ikovtov h&katttn, hek-at-on'; of uncert.
affln.; a hundred:— hundred.



1541. €kotovto.4ttjs h8katAnta8tes, hek-at-on-
tah-et'-ace; from 1540 and 2094; centenarian:—
hundred years old.

1542. cKaTovrairXao-Uv hekat&ntaplaslon,

hek-at-on-ta-plah-see'-own; from 1540 and a pre-
sumed der. of 4111; a hundred times:— hundredfold.

1543. CKaTOVTap\\i)$ hekatAntarches, hek-at-
on-tar'-khace; or

CKar6vrapxos hekatdntarchds, hek-at-
on'-tar-khos; from 1540 and 737; the captain of one
hundred men: — centurion.

1544- IkJWXXm ekballo, ek-bal'-lo; from 1337 and
906; to eject (lit. or flg.):— bring forth, cast (forth,
out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take,
thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).

1545. 4'kJJoo-i.s ekbasls, eft' -bos-is; from a comp.
of 1J37 and the base of 939 (mean, to go out) ; an exit
(lit. or flg.) :— end, way to escape.

1546. iK$o\\i] 8kb61e, ek-bol-ay'; from 1344; ejec-
tion, i.e. (spec.) a throwing overboard of the cargo: —
+ lighten the ship.

1547. «K70(j.tJ<* ekgamlzd, ek-gam-id'-zo; from
1537 and a form of tobi [comp. 1548]; to marry off a
daughter:— give in marriage.

1548. eK-yapCc-icw ekgamlsko, ek-gam-is'-ko;
from 1J37 and icbi; the same as 1547:— give in mar-
riage.

1549. «K-yovov 8kg5n6n, ek'-gon-on; neut. of a
der. of a comp. of 1537 and 109b; a descendant, i.e.
(spec.) grandchild:— nephew.

1550. licSairav&o ekdapanao, ek-dap-an-ah'-o;
from 1537 and /J39; to expend (wholly), i.e. (flg.) ex-
haust:— spend.

1551. tKSexo(itti 8kd8ch5mal, ek-dekh'-om-
ahee; from 1337 and 1209; to accept from some
source, i.e. (by impl.) to await:— expect, look (tarry)
for, wait (for).

1552. IkSuXos ekdel6s, ek'-day-los; from 1537
and 1212; wholly evident: — manifest.

1553. 4K&npiw 8kdem8o, ek-day-meh'-o; from a
comp. of 1337 and 1218; to emigrate, l.e. (flg.) vacate
or quit:— be absent.

1554. IkSCSuui ekdldoml, ek-did-o'-mee; from
/j-j7 and 1325; to give forth, i.e. (spec.) to lease:— let
forth (out).

1555. iKoVrrylouai. 8kdleg8dmal, ek-dee-ayg-eh'-
om-ahee; from 1337 and a comp. of 1223 and 23X?; to
narrate through wholly:— declare.

1556. IkSikIu 8kdlk8o, ek-dik-eh'-o; from /jrytf;
to vindicate, retaliate, punish: — a (re-) venge.

1557. 4k8(ki)<ti9 ekdlkcsls, ek-dik> -ay-sis; from
75-56; utudication, retribution: — (a-, re-) venge (-auce),
punishment.

1558. ckSikos 8kdlk5H, ek'-dik-os; from /J37 and
7349; carrying justice out, I.e. a punisher:— a (re-)
venger.

i559. IkSuSkw ekdloko, efc-dee-o'-fco; from 7337
and 1377; to pursue out, i.e. expel or persecute im-
placably:— persecute.

7560. ckSotos 8kd5t5s, eW-dot-os; from 7337 and
a der. of 1323; given out or over, i.e. surrendered:—
delivered.

I56\\Z. IkSox^ ekd6che, ek-dokh-ay'; from 7537;
expectation:— looking for.

1562. 4kSvo> ekduo, efc-doo'-o; from 1337 and the
base of 141b; to cause to sinfc out of, i.e. (spec, as of
clothing) to divest:— strip, take off from, unclothe.

1563. licet ekel, ek-i'; of uncert. affln.; there; by
extens. thither:— there, thither (-ward), (to) yonder
(place).

1564. 4k«C9«v ekelthen, ek-i'-then; from 7363;
thence:— from that place, (from) thence, there.

1565. IkcCvos 8k81nAs, ek-i'-nos; from /jij; ttei
one (or [neut.] thing); often intensified by the art.
prefixed:— he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that
(same, very), X their, x them, they, this, those. See
also 3778.

1566. Ikcutc ekelse, efc-i'-seh; from J363;
thither:— there.



1567. lK%rl«> SkzetCS, efe-zau-tefc'-o; from 75^
and 2212; to search out, i.e. (flg.) investigate, crave,
demand, (by Hebr.) worship:— «n- (re-) quire, seek
after (carefully, diligently).

1568. lK8au.pl<<> ekthambeo, ek-tham-beh'-o;
from 1369; to astonish utterly:— affright, greatly
(sore) amaze.

1569. 6K9a|ipos 8kthamb&B, ek'-tham-bos; from
1337 and 2283; utterly astounded: — greatly wonder-
ing.

1570. ckBctos 8kth8tds, eW-thet-os; from /#7
and a der. of 3087; put out, i.e. exposed to perish:—
cast out.

1571. lKKa6a(pu 8kkathalro, ek-kath-ah'ee-ro;
from 1537 and 2308; to cleanse thoroughly:— purge
(out).

1572. IkkuCu ekkalo, efc-fcoh'-«o; from 1337 and
s 545\\ to inflame deeply:— burn.

1573. IkkcucIu ekkaked, ek-kak-eh'-o; from 1337
and 2336; to 6e (6ad or) weak, te. (by impl.) to fail
(in heart):— faint, be weary.

1574- IkkcvtIu Skkenteo, efc-lcen-tea'-o; from
1337 and the base of 2739; to transfix:— pierce.

1575. IkkX&o ekklao, ek-klah'-o; from 7537 and
i<Sb6; to acsemd.-— break off.

1576. tKKKda 8kkl81o, ek-kli'-o; from 1337 and
sAkf; to shut out (lit. or fig.): — exclude.

1577. lKK\\i)<r(a 8kklesla, ek-klay-see'-ah; from a
comp. of 1337 and a der. of 2364; a caHins out, i.e.
(concr.) a popular meeting, espec. a religious congre-
gation (Jewish synagogue, or Chr. community of
members on earth or saints in heaven or both):— as-
sembly, church.

1578. IkkXIvoi 8kkllno, efc-Mee'-no; from 7.537
and 2827; to deviate, i.e. (absol.) to shun (lit. or fig.),
or (rel.) to decline (from piety):— avoid, eschew, go
out of the way.

1579. iKKo\\v|iPa<» 8kk51ambao, efc-fcol-oom-
bah'-o; from 1337 and 2860; to escape by swimming:—
swim out.

1580. iKKopCtu ekkdmlzo, ek-kom-id'-zo; from
1337 and 2865; to bear forth (to burial):— carry out.

1581. tKKOirra 8kkftpto, ek-kop'-to; from 7537
and 2875; to exscind; fig. to frustrate: — cut down (off,
out), hew down, hinder.

1582. iKKplpaucu ekkremamal, ek-krem'-am-
ahee; mid. from 1337 and 2910; to hang upon the lips
of a speaker, i.e. Zisten closely:— be very attentive.
7553. IxXaXlu 8klal8o, ek-lal-eh'-o; from 7.537
and 2980; to divulge:— tell.

J5S4- lKXd|iir<i» fklampo. ek-lam'-po; from 7^37

and 29i?9; to 6e resplendent:— shine forth.

i555. lK\\avSdvo|iai eklauthandmal, ek-lan-

than' -om-ahee; mid. from /jcj7 and 2990; to 6e utterly

oblivious of: — forget.

75S6. !kX£yo|UU eklegSmal, efc-Ieg'-om-anee;

mid. from 7537 and 3004 (in its prim, sense); to se-

lect:— make choice, choose (out), chosen.

J5S7. IkXcCito 8kl81po, ek-li'-po; from 7J37 and

3007; to omit, i.e. (by impl.) cease (die):— fail.

AWS. IkXcktos eklektds, ek-lek-tos'; from j-jil);

select; by impl. favorite: — chosen, elect.

1589. IkXoy^ 8kl6ge, ek-log-ay'; from #<»,■ (di-
vine) selection (abstr. or concr.): — chosen, election.

1590. IkXvu 8klno, ek-loo'-o; from 1337 and 3089;
to relax (lit. or flg.):— faint.

1591. lK|j.a(r<ra ekmasso, efc-mos'-so; from 1337
and the base of 3'45i to knead out, i.e. (by anal.) to
wipe dry:— wipe.

759^. lK(iuKTcpC5«> 8kmnkt8rlzo, ek-mook-ter-

id'-zo; from 7.537 and J4156; to sneer outright at:—

deride.

1593. Ikvcvu 8kn8ao, ek-nyao'-o; from 7,537 and

3506; (by anal.) to slip off, i.e. quietly u>itAdraui;—

convey self away.

1594- !iwfj<|xi> eknepho, ek-nay'-fo; from 1337

and 3323; (fig.) to rouse (oneself) out of stupor:—

awake.

1595. iKoiirwv h8k5asl<Sn, aefc-oo'-see-on; neut.

of a der. from i6js; voluntariness: — willingly.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Ice
Eloee



27



si



h



4.



1596. CKowrkis h£k6uslds, hek-oo-see'-oce; adv.
from the same as 1303; voluntarily: — wilfully, wil-
lingly.

1597. EKiraXai £kpalal, ek'-paVahee; from rss7
avAjgiQ; long ago, for a long while:— ot a long time,
of old.

1598. lKir£ipa|i» ekpelrazo, ek-pi-rad'-zo; from
1337 and 3083; to test thoroughly:— tempt.

1599. lKirlu.ir<i> ekpempo, ek-pem'-po; from 1537
&ndsQ9 s t *° despatch: — send away (forth).

iKirepio-o-ov «Skp£lrlss6u. See 1537 and
40S3-

1600. iKircrdwvfii (kpStannmnl, ek-pet-an'-
noo-mee; from 7/57 and a form of 4072; to fly out, i.e.
(by anal.) extend:— stretch forth.

1 1601. 4Kir£irr» 8kplpto, efc-pip'-to; from 1337 and
4008; to drop away; spec, be driven out o£ one's
course; flg. to lose, become inefficient: — be cast, fail,
fall (away, off), take none effect.

1602. 4kttX4o> ekpleo, ek-pleh'-o; from 1337 and
4126; to depart by ship:— sail (away, thence).

1603. 4KirXr)p6<i> ekplerdo, ek-play-ro'-o; from
1337 and 4137; to accomplish entirely :— fulfill.
1604- ^KirX^ pawns, ekplerogls, ek-play'-ro-sis;
from 1603; completion:— accomplishment.

1605. 4KirX'fjo - <r<i> Kkplesso, ek-place'-so; from
1337 and 4141 ; to strike with astonishment:— amaze,
astonish.

1606. ixitvia ekpneo, ek-pneh'-o; from 1537 and
4134; to empire; — give up the ghost.

1607. fairop«vo|UU ekpdr&udmal, ek-por-yoo'-
om-ahee; from 1337 and 4108; to depart, be dis-
charged, proceed, project:— come (forth, out of), de-
part, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).

1608. €KiropvCTai £kp6rneuo, ek-porn-yoo'-o;
from /£?? and 42031 to 6e utteWw unchaste: — give self
over to fornication.

1609. 4KirTit<D €kptuo, ek-ptoo'-o; from 1337 and
442q; to spit out, i.e. (flg.) spurn:— reject.

1610. *Kpil,6a ekrizfto, eft-rt'd-«o'-o; from /£?7
and 4#>2,' to uproot:— pluck up by the root, root up.

1611. CKCTCuris gkstasls, ek'-stas-is; from 1830;
a displacement of the mind, i.e. bewilderment, " ecs-
tasy" : \\- be amazed, amazement, astonishment,

trance.

1612. «KsrTp6j>« ekatrepho, ek-stref-o; from
7537 and 476.2 ," to pervert (flg.) :— subvert.
7675. iKTap&o-e™ ektarasso, ek-tar-as'-so; from
/j37B,ndjois; to disturb wholly: — exceedingly trou-
ble.

767£ <KT«tv<o ekt&no, efc-ii'-jto; from 7f.?7 and
tcCvu tfino (to stretcft); to extend:— cast, put forth,
stretch forth (out).

1615. 4kt«X4u> ektelSo, ek-tel-eh'-o; from 1337 and
505-5; to complete fully:— finish.

1616. ixrlvaa. *kt« u.'ia. ek-ten'-i-ah; from ibi8;
intentness:— X instantly.

1617. &Ttv&rTcpov ektenesterSn, efc-ten-es'-
ter-on; neut. of the comp. of 1618; more intently:—
more earnestly.

1618. iKTtvfjs ektfines, efc-te»-ace'; from 1614;
intent:— without ceasing, fervent.

1619. licTevfis fiktenos, ek-ten-oce'; adv. from
/6f<P,- intent!?/.-— fervently.

76l?0. 4ktC0tuu ektltheml, ek-tith'-ay-mee; from
7537 and 5087; to eapose; flg. to declare: — cast out,
expound.

1621. 4ktivAo-(t» ektlnasso, ek-tin-as'-so; from
1337 and Tivdtrcno tinasso (to swing); to sftafte
violently:— shake (off).

1622. 4kt<5s ektds, ek-tos'; from 7537; the exte-
rior; flg. (as a prep.) aside from, besides;— but, ex-
cept (-ed), other than, out of, outside, unless, without.

1623. Jktos hSktos, hek'-tos; ordinal from /ft)?;
stVttft:— sixth.

1621f. eKTptVa ektrepo, ek-trep'-o; from /J37 and
the base of jy7," to deflect, i.e. turn omxju (lit, or
flg.):— avoid, turn (aside, out of the way).



1625. 4icTp4<|><i> ektrepho, ek-tref'-o; from 1537
and 5742; to rear up to maturity, i.e. (gen.) to cherish
or train: — bring up, nourish.

1626. CKTpii>|ia ektroma, ek'-tro-mah; from a
comp. of 1337 and TiTp<i<rK<o tltrosko (to wound) ;
a miscarriage (abortion), i.e. (by anal.) untimely
birth:— born out of due time.

76#7. !kc)>^p<i> ekphero, ek-fer'-o; from 7.537 and
.5342; to bear out (lit. or flg.):— bear, bring forth,
carry forth (out).

1628. lK$tiyu ekpbengo, ek-fyoo'-go; from 1337
®aA5343; to^ee out: — escape, flee.

1629. 4i«t>o|3«« ekphdbeo, ek-fob-eh'-o; from 1337
and 3300; to frighten utterly: — terrify.

1630. «K<t>o|3os ekpkdbds, ek'-fob-os; from 1337
and 3401; frightened out of one's wits: — sore afraid,
exceedingly fear.

1631. «k<|>v» gkplmd, ek-foo'-o; from 7.537 and
3433! to sprout up;— put forth.

1632. iK\\(a ekcbeo, ek-kheh'-o; or (by var.)
4k\\vv<i> ekcbuoo, ek-khoo'-no; from 7.537

and X^ w cbeo (to pour); to pour forth; flg. to
bestow/— gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed
(abroad, forth), spill.

1633. Ikx»P«'» ekckorSo, ek-kho-reh'-o; from
7537 and 3362; to depart:— depart out.

1634. Ik\\|/ux < * ekpsncho, ek-psoo'-kho; from 7.537
andssw; to expire:— give (yield) up the ghost.
1655. €K<iv hfkon. hek-own'; of uncert. afflu.;
voluntary: — willingly.

7656. tXaCa Malii el-ah'-yah; fern, of a presumed
der. from an obsol. prim. ; an oiitie (the tree or the
fruit):— olive (berry, tree).

1637. i'Xaiov elal&n, el'-ah-yon; neut. of the same
as it&b; olive oil: — oil.

1638. IXauov ."laloii, el-ah-yone'; from 1636; an
olive-orchard, i.e. (spec.) the Mt. of Olives:— Olivet.

1639. 'EXap,CrT|S islamites, el-am-ee'-tace; of
Heb. or. [5867] ; an Blamite or Persian:— Elamite.

1640. 4Xdcnrttv elasson, el-as'-sone; or
IXdrruv elattdn, el-at-tone'; comp. of the

same as 1646; smaller (in size, quantity, age or qual-
ity):— less, under, worse, younger.

1641. 4Xottov4<i> eiattoneo, el-at-ton-eh-o; from
1640; to diminish, i.e. fall short:— have lack.

1642. 4Xo.tto<i» eiattdo, el-at-to'-o; from jiVv to
lessen (in rank or influence) :— decrease, make lower.

1643. 4Xa«v<* elauno, et-o«/-no, a prol. form of
a prim, verb (obsol. except in certain tenses as an
altem. of this) of uncert. affln. ; to push (as wind,
oars or deemoniacal power):— carry, drive, row.
1644- 4\\ai(>pCa elaphria, el-af-ree'-ah; from 1045;
levity (flg.), i.e. fickleness: — lightness.

1645. IXtuppos elaphrds, el-af-ros'; prob. akin to
1643 and the base of 1640; light, i.e. easy :— light.

1646. IXAxicrros elacblstds, el-akh'-is-tos; su-
perl. of i'Xaxvs glachus (short) ; used as equiv. to
3308; least (in size, amount, dignity, etc.):— least, very
little (small), smallest.

1647. IXaxwrroTtpos elachlstdterfts, el-akh-is-
tot'-er-os; comp. of 1646; far less:— less than the least.

1648. 'EXed^ap Eleazar, el-eh-ad'-zar; of Heb.
or. [499]; Eleazar, an Isr.:— Eleazar.

1649. eXpy5 l S 81Sgxls, el'-eng-xis; from 1631; ref-
utation, i.e. reproof: — rebuke.

1650. j-Xeyxos eI8gchds, el'-eng-khos; from 1631;
proof, conviction: — evidence, reproof.

1651. IX^x™ elfigcbo, el-eng'-kho; of uncert. af-
fln.; to confute, admonish: — convict, convince, tell a
fault, rebuke, reprove.

1652. 4X«iv<Ss elS£inds, el-eh-i-nos' ; from 163b;
-pitiable: — miserable.

1653. IXelu ele£o, el-eh-eh'-o; from 1636; to com-
passionate (by word or deed, spec, by divine grace):—
have compassion (pity on), have (obtain, receive,
shew) mercy (on).

1654- &.ti\\\\i.<urbvr\\ eleem5suiie, el-eh-ay-mos-
oo'-nay; from 1636; compassionateness, i.e. (as exer-



cised towards the poor) bene/icence, or (concr.) a

benefaction: — alms (-deeds).

1655. k\\ii\\pav eleemdn, el-eh-ay'-mone; from

1633; compassionate (actively): — merciful.

1656. e'Xcos £1668, el'-eh-os; of uncert. affln. ; com-
passion (human or divine, espec. active):— (+ tender)
mercy.

1657. k\\ev8epla <3leatlieria, el-yoo-ther-ee'-ah;
from 1638; freedom (legitimate or licentious, chiefly
mor. or cer.):— liberty.

1658. IXcvSepos eieutberds, el-yoo'-ther-os;
prob. from the alt. of 2064; unrestrained (to go at
pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether free-
born or manumitted), or (gen.) exempt (from obliga-
tion or liability):— free (man, woman), at liberty.

1659. <Xcv6cp6«> eleutlieriio, el-yoo-ther-o'-oj
from 1638; to liberate, i.e. (flg.) to exempt (from mor.,
cer. or mortal liability):— deliver, make free.

cXcvSu elfiutho. See 2064.

1660. 4'A.oio-i.s eleueis, el'-yoo-sis; from the alt. of
2004; an advent:— coming.

1661. 4X«<pdvTivos .K-pli ami 110s el-ef-an'-tee-
nos; from 4X«pas elephas (an " elephant "); ele-
phantine, i.e. (by impl.) composed of ivory: — of ivory.

1662. 'EXiaiccCp. (jllakeiin, el-ee-ak-ime' ; of Heb.
or. [471]; Eliakim, an Isr.:— Eliakim.

1663. 'EXi4f,«p fiUezer, el-ee-ed'-zer; of Heb. or.
[461] ; Eliezer, an Isr. : — Eliezer.

1664. 'EXiovS £lldnd, el-ee-ood'; of Heb. or. [410
and 1935] ; God of majesty; Eliud, an Isr. :— Eliud.

1665. 'EXurdpVr f lisab. t el-ee-sab'-et; of Heb.
or. [472] ; Elisabet, an Israelitess:— Elisabeth.

1666. 'EXunratos £llssal5n, el-is-sah'-yos; of
Heb. or. [477] ; Elissceus, an Isr.:— Elissfflus.

7667. eXio-o-w heilsso, helris'-so; a form of 1507;

to coil or wrap:— fold up.

766S. 4'Xkos helkds, hel'-kos; prob. from 1670; an

utcer (as if drawn together): — sore.

7669. eXxdu helkdo, hel-kb'-o; from 1068; to cause

to ulcerate, i.e. (pass.) be ulcerous:— full of sores.

7676. c'Xkvo helkuo, hel-koo'-o; or

tKxa helko, hel'-ko; prob. akin to 138; to
drag (lit. or flg.):— draw. Comp. 1667.
1671. 'EXXds Hellas, hel-las'; of uncert. affln.;
Hellas (or Greece), a country of Europe: — Greece.
7672. "EXXnv Hellen, hel'-lane; from 1671; a
Hellen (Grecian) or inhab. of Hellas; by extens. a
Greek-speaking person, espec. a non-Jew:— Gentile,
Greek.

7675. "EXXtivikos HellenlkAs, hel-lay-nee-kos' ;
from 1072; Hellenic, i.e. Grecian (in language):—
Greek.

767£ "EXXi}vCs Hellenls, heUay-nis'; fern, of
1672; a Grecian (i.e. non-Jewish) woman: — Greek.

7675. 'EXXi]vi,<rrfjs HellenUtes, hel-lay-nis-
tace'; from a der. of 1672; a Hellenist or Greek-speak-
ing Jew:— Grecian.

7676. 'EXX^no-rC Hellenlstl, hel-lay-nis-tee';
adv. from the same as ^675; Hellenistieally, i.e. in the
Grecian language:— Greek.

7677. 4XXoy4« ellogeo, el-log-eh'-o; from 1722 and
3036 (in the sense of account); to reckon in, i.e. attri-
bute:— Impute, put on account.

eXXop.ai hellomal. See 138.
1678. 'EX|i.<i>Sdu, £lmodam, el-mo-dam'; of Heb.
or. [perh. for 486]; Elmodam, an Isr.: — Elmodam.
7679. 4XirC£<i> elplzo, el-pid'-zo; from 1680; to ex-
pect or confide:— (have, thing) hope (-d) (for), trust.
1680. 4Xirts ejplg, el-pece'; from a prim. cXirw
elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expecta-
tion (abstr. or concr.) or confidence: — faith, hope.
76S7. 'EXvuas Blnmas, el-oo'-mas; of for. or.;
Elymas, a wizard: — Elymas.

765.2. 4Xot eloi, el-o-ee'; of Chald, or. [486 with
pron. suff.]; my Sod.— Eloi,



Emowtoo
Exaygehomahee



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



1683. 4|mm>tov Smant&n, em-ow-too'; gen. comp.
of 1700 and 846; of myself (so likewise the dat.

«p.avJTu> < ihm utoj em-ow-to'; and ace.
cpaurov ^maatdn, em-ow-ton'): — me, mine
own (self), myself.

1684. Iu.j$alvw enibalno, em-ba'hee-no; from 7722
and the base of 030; to walk on, i.e. embark
(aboard a vessel), reach (a pool):— come (get) into,
enter (into), go (up) into, step in, take ship.

1685. IpfidXXtt emballd, em-bal'-lo; from 7722
and 00b; to throw on, i.e. (fig.) subject to (eternal
punishment): — cast into.

1686. C|j.f)&irT<i> embapto, em-bap'-to; from 1722
and grr', to whelm on, i.e. w>e£ (a part of the person,
etc.) by contact with a fluid:— dip.

1687. £}if3a,T€vw embateao. em-bat-yoo'-o; from
7722 and a presumed der. of the base of qjo; equiv. to
1684; to intrude on (fig.):— intrude into.

1688. cu{3i|3dj;<o Ambibazo, em-bib-ad, '-zo; from
7722 and PiPdl> blbazo (to mount; causat. of
1684); to place on, i.e. transfer (aboard a vessel):—
put in.

1689. Iu,f3\\£iru emblepo, em-blep'-o; from 7722
and 997; to look on, i.e. (rel.) to observe fixedly, or
(absol.) to discern clearly :— behold, gaze up, look
upon, (could) see.

1690. l|xppi|iclo(j.ai einbrimaomaf em-brim-
ah'-om-ahee; from 7722 and Ppi|tdo|j.ai brlmaA-
mal (to snort with anger); to have indignation
on, i.e. (trans.) to blame, (intrans.) to sigh with
chagrin, (spec.) to sternly enjoin:— straitly charge,
groan, murmur against.

1691. hp£ feme, em-eh'; a prol. form of 3163; me:—
I, me, my (-self).

1692. k\\xiu> emfeo, em-eh' -o; of uncert. affln.: to
vomit:— (will) spue.

1693. l(j.|iaivo(iai femmalnomal, em-mah'ee-
nom-ahee; from 7722 and 310s; to rave on, i.e. rage
at:— be mad against.

1694. 'Ejij).avo\\)T|X tmiuaiiuu.'l em-man-oo-
ale'; of Heb. or. [6005] ; God with us; Emmanuel, a
name of Christ:— Emmanuel.

1695. 'Eppaovs l":miiiH<:»UM em-mah-ooce' ; prob.
of Heb. or. [comp. 3328] ; Emmaiis, a place in Pal. :—
Emuaaus.

1696. £|x|jtcva> emmeno, em-men' -o; tvom 17220x1a
3306; to stay in the same place, i.e. (flg.) to persevere: —
continue.

1697. 'E|i(iop £mmAr, em-mor 1 ; of Heb. or.
[3544]; Emmor (i.e. Chamor), a Canaanite:— Emmor.

1698. e(ioC feiiioi em-oy'; a prol. form of 3427; to
me;— I, me, mine, my.

1699. epos em As, em-os'; from the oblique cases of
7^7? (769*, 7700, 7697); my:—ot me, mine (own), my.

1700. ipov femAu, em-oo'; a prol. form of 34So; of
me:— me, mine, my.

1701. tuiraiyiids fempalgmAs, emp-aheeg-mos 1 ;
from 7702; derision: — mocking.

1702. ((vn-ai^w fempaizo, emp-aheed'-zo; from
7722 and j«y; to jeer at, i.e. deride:— mock.

1705. <|iiraCKTiis fempalkteg, emp-aheek-tace' ;
from 7702; a derider, i.e. (by impl.) a false teacher:—
mocker, scoffer.

i!7&£. eu.irepiiraT&» fempferlpatfeo, ew-per-ee-
pat-eh'-o; from 7722 and -^j; to perambulate on
a place, i.e. (flg.) to be occupied among persons: —
walk in.

1705. «|iir£irXii|j.i Amplpleml. em-pip' -lay-mee;

or
4|iirXij8ci> emplethd, em-play' -tho; from
7722 and the base of 41x8; to fill in {up), i.e. (by impl.)
to satisfy (lit. or flg.):— fill.

1706. i|tirCirru emplpto, em-pip'-to; from 7722
and 4008; to fall on, i.e. (lit.) be entrapped by, or (flg.)
Be overwhelmed with:— fall among (into).



1707. 4|iirX«K<i> femplfeko, em-pJefc'-o; from 7722
and #720; to entwine, i.e. (flg.) involve with: — en-
tangle (in, self with).

6(j.irXT)9« fempletbo. gee 1703.

1708. «p.irXoKirj fenipldke, em-plok-ay'; from 7707;
elaborate braiding of the hair:— plaiting.

1709. lu/trWu 1 lllpin <> emp-neh'-o; from 7722 and
4134; to inhale, i.e. (flg.) to be animated by (bent
upon) : — breathe.

1710. ep.iropcvouai AmpAreuAmal, em-por-yoo'-
om-ahee; from 7722 and 4108; to travel in (a country
as a pedlar), i.e. (by impl.) to trade:— buy and sell,
make merchandise.

1711. ejiiropio empArla, em-por-ee'-ah; tern.
from 777J; traffic: — merchandise.

1712. Ijiiropiov empArlAn, em-por'-ee-on; neut.
from 777J; a mart (** emporium"): — merchandise.

1713. £u/iropos femporos, em'-por-os; from 7722
aDd the base of #79*; a (wholesale) tradesman:—
merchant.

1714. 6u,irp<j8« empretho, em-pray'-tho; from
7722 and irp<|8<» pretho (to blow aflame): to enkin-
dle, i.e. set on fire:— bum up.

1715. eu,irpo<r8ev femprAstbfen, em' -pros-then;
from 7722 and 4314; in front of (in place [lit. or flg.]
or time):— against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of.

1716. cu-irrvci) emptuo, emp-too'-o; from 7722 and
4420; to spit at or on:— spit (upon).

1717. ep.<|>av^s fempbanes. em-fan-ace'; from a
comp. of 7722 and 531b; apparent in self :— manifest,
openly.

1718. eu-<j>av£^o> emphanizo, em-fan-id' -zo;
from 7777; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by
words):— appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) man-
ifest, shew, signify.

1719. 4'p,<j>oj3os femph obos, em'-fob-os; from 7722
and 5401; in fear, i.e. alarmed: — affrighted, afraid,
tremble.

1720. €(j.ij>\\Krau emphusao, em-foosah'-o; from
7722 and <(>vo-d<i» pbusao (topujn [comp. 3433] ! to
btow at or on: — breathe on.

17%1. «(«^vros empbutAs, em'-foo-tos; from 7722
and a der. of 3433; implanted (flg.): — engrafted.

1722. ev fin, en; a prim. prep, denoting (fixed) po-
sition (in place, time or state), and (by impl.) instru-
mentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation
of rest (intermediate between 75-79 and 7,577); "in," at,
(up) on, by, etc.:— about, after, against, -f- almost,
X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between,
(here-) by (+ all means), for ( . . . sake of), + give
self wholly to, (here) in (-to, -wardly), X mightily,
(because) of, (up-) on, [open] ly, x outwardly, one,
X quickly, X shortly, [speedi-] ly, X that, X there
(-in, -on), through (out), (un) to (-ward), under, when,
where (-with), while, with (in). Often used in com-
pounds, with substantially the same import; rarely
with verbs of motion, and then not to indicate direc-
tion, except (elliptically) by a separate (and different)
prep.

1723. eva-YKaXfi;o|jiai fe nagkallzomal en-ang-
kal-id'-zom-ahee; from 7722 and a der. of 43; to take
in one's arms, i.e. embrace:— take up in arms.

1724. tvdXios fenall As. en-al'-ee-os: from 7722 and
231; in the sea, i.e. marine:— thing in the sea.

1725. Evavri enantl, en'-an-tee: from 7722 and
473; in front (i.e. flg. presence) of:— before.

1726. Ivavrtov fenantlAn. en-an-tee'-on; neut. of
7727; (adv.) in the presence (view) of:— before, in the
presence of.

1727. cvavrfos SnantWs en-an-tee'-os; from
'723', opposite; fig. antagonistic:— (over) against,
contrary.

1728. (v&pxouai fenarchAmai, en-ar'-khom-
ahee; from 7722 and 7j6; to commence on;— rule
[by mistake for 7.57J.



1729. cvSetf)S endees, en-deh-ace'; from a comp.
of 7722 and 727o (in the sense of lacking); deficient
in .-—lacking.

1730. cv$€i-y|xa fendelgma, en'-dighe-mah; from
77J7; an indication (concr.): — manifest token.

1731. EVoetKW|u endeiknuml, en-dike'-noo-
mee; from 7722 and 7766; to indicate (by word or
act) :— do, show (forth).

1732. i'vS«i|is endelxlg, en'-dikesis; from 1731;
indication (abstr.): — declare, evident token, proof.

1733. EvScxa hendfeka, hen'-dek-ah; from (the
neut. of) 7J20 and 7776; one and ten, i.e. eleven:—
eleven.

1734. «v8&aTOs hendekatAs, hen-dek'-at-os
ord. from 1733; eleventh:— eleventh.

1735. s'v&x'Tai « ndoclx till en-dekh'-et-ahee;
third pers. sing. pres. of a comp. of 7722 and 7200V
(impers.) it is accepted in, i.e. admitted (possible):—
can ( + not) be.

1736. €v8rj|ic<i> endemeo, en-<toj/-me?i'-o; from a
comp. of 7722 and 727<y," to be in one's own country,
i.e. home (fig.):— be at home (present).

1737. cvSiSvo-Ku endldasko, en-did-oos'-ko; a
prol. form of 77^6; to invest (with a garment):—
clothe in, wear.

1738. evSucos endlbAa, en'-dee-kos; from 7722
and 1340; in the right, i.e. equitable: — just.

1739. EvSou/no-is endAmesls, en-dom'-ay-sis:
from a comp. of 7722 and a der. of the base of 727*,-
a housing in (residence), i.e. structure:— building,

1740. evSogdgu endAxazo, en-dox-ad'-zo; from
7747; to glorify:— glorify.

1741. ev5o£os endAxAs, en'-dox-os; from 7722
and 7J97; in glory, i.e. splendid, (flg.) noble:— glor-
ious, gorgeous [ly], honourable.

1742. ?v5vu,a enduma, en'-doo-mah; from 77*0,
apparel (espec. the outer i-obe):— clothing, garment,
raiment.

1743. e'vSwctnow endunamAo, en-doo-nam-o'-o;
from 7722 and 7^72,' to empower:— enable, (increase
in) strength (-en), be (make) strong.

1744- evSivw Snduno, en-doo'-no; from 7772 and
7470; to sink (by impl. wrap [comp. 77^]) on, i.e. (flg.)
sneak: — creep.

1745. cvSvo-is emdiists, en'-doo-sis; from 77^6; in-
vestment with clothing:— putting on.

1746. Iv&iu enduo, en-doo'-o; from 7722 and 1416
(in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest
with clothing (lit. or flg.):— array, clothe (with), en-
due, have (put) on.

tve'-yKW enegbo. See 3343.

1747. eveSpa fenedra. en-ed'-rah; fem. from 7722
and the base of 7^76; an ambuscade, i.e. (flg.) mur-
derous purpose:— lay wait. See also 7749.

1748. evtoptia enfdreuo, en-ed-ryoo'-o; from
774*7; to lurk, i.e. (flg.) plot assassination:— lay wait
for.

1749. cveSpov enedrdn, en'-ed-ron; neut. of the
same as 7747; an ambush, i.e. (flg.) murderous de-
sign;— lying in wait.

1750. IvaXia eneileo, en-i-leh'-o; from 7772 and
the base of 7507,* to enwrap: — wrap in.

1751. €VM|U eneiml, en'-i-mee: from 7772 and
75-70,' to be within (neut. part, plur.}:— such things as
. . . have. See also 7762.

1752. evtKO henelta. hen'-ek-ah; or
?V6K«v beneben. hen'-ek-en; or

ctvcKEV bMnfiken, hi'-nek-en; of uncert
affln.; on account of:— because, for (cause, sake),
(where) fore, by reason of, that.

1753. cvcpyeia energAia en-erg' -i-ah; from 775-6,'
efficiency ("energy"):— operation, strong, (effectual)
working.

1754. Ivtpyla energeo, en-erg-eh'-o; from 775-6;
to be actitie, efficient:— do, (be) effectual (fervent),
be mighty in, shew forth self, work (effectually in)



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Emowtoo
Exaygehomahee



29



1765. ivipnpipa gngrgema, en-era'-ay-maA;
from 1734: an effect:— operation, working.

1756. frcpY^S £n£rges, en-er-gace'; from 1722
and .?oat' active, operative:— effectual, powerful.

1757. ivtvXtfyfe £n£nldg£d, en-yoo-log-eh'-o;
from 7722 and 2/27; to confer a benefit on:— bless.

1758. ivi\\a eiifeclio, en-ekh'-o; from 7722 and
2702; to AoM in or upon, i.e. ensnare,' by impl. to
keep a grudge:— entangle with, have a quarrel against,
urge.

1759. JvBdSt SnthadS, en-thad'-eh; from a prol.
form of /72a," prop, within, i.e. (of place) here,
hither:— (t-) here, hither.

1760. «v0vfi«o|i<u {nthnmiSmai, en-thoo-meh'-
om-ahee; from a comp. of /72a and 3772; to 6e inspir-
ited, i.e. ponder:— think.

176*1. lv6v|tr)o-is enthumesls, en-thoo'^nay-sis;
from 1700; deliberation:— device, thought.

1762. ?vt enl, en'-ee; contr. for third pers. sing,
pres. indie, of 77.5-7; impers. there is in or among:—
be, (there) is.

1763. iviavros fniaul <*>», en-ee-ow-tos 1 ; prol.
from a prim, c'vos ends (a year); a year:— year.

1764. 4v(o"rt||U Snlsteml, en-is 1 -tay-mee; from
7722 and 247b; to place on hand, i.e. (reflex.) impend,
(part.) be instant: — come, be at hand, present.

1765. ivio\\vo Snlschno, en-is-khoo'-o; from
1722 and 24S0; to invigorate (trans, or reflex.):—
strengthen.

1766. cwaros gnnatAs, en'-nat-os; ord. from
1767: ninth: — ninth.

1767. evWa .*nnea. en-neh'-ah; a prim, number;
nine: — niDe.

1768. iwcvr|KovT<uvWa £nn£nek6nta£iiii£a,

en-nen-ay-kon-tah-en-neh'-ah; from a (tenth) mul-
tiple of 1767 and 1767 itself; ninety-nine:— ninety and
nine.

1769. iwt&s fnnfi'is en-neh-os'; from 7770;
dumb (as mofcino signs), i.e. silent from astonish-
ment:— speechless.

1770. Ivvrfw inniiio. en-nyoo'-o; from 7722 and
yjoo; to nod oi, i.e. beckon or communicate by ges-
ture:— make signs.

1771. cvvoia tiinola, en'-noy-ah; from a comp.
of 1722 and j^oj; thoughtfulness, i.e. moral under-
standing; — intent, mind.

1772. cwo|ios jfniiimdi, en'-nom-os; from 1722
and J/J/," (subj.) legal, or (obj.) subject to:— lawful,
under law.

1773. €VWx.ov gnnuclidn, en'-noo-khon; neut.
of a comp. of 1722 and J/?/; (adv.) by night:— before
day.

177 Jf. Ivoik&o ?n<Uk«V>, en-oy-keh'-o; from 1722
and 3611; to inhabit (flg.):— dwell in.

1775. ivirrff h£ndtes, hen-ot'-ace; from 7/20;
oneness, i.e. (flg.) unanimity:— unity.

1776". 4vo\\W» findchlSo, en-ofcft-left'-o; from 7722
and J797; to crowd in, i.e. (flg.) to annoy: — trouble.

1777. ivo\\os gndcbds, en'-okh-os; from 77/^;
Jiaule to (a condition, penalty or imputation):— in
danger of, guilty of, subject to.

1778. erroAjia gmtalma, en'-tal-mah; from 77.fr;
an injunction, i.e. religious precept: — commandment.

1779. 4vTa«j>i45» £ntaphlazo, en-ta/-ee-ad'-zo;
from a comp. of 7722 and 5028; to inswathe with cere-
ments for interment: —bury.

1780. 4vra<j>iao-p.6s £ntaphlasmfts, en-taf-ee-
as-mos'; from 7770,' preparation for interment: —
burying.

1781. IvT&Xopai £ni£116mal, en-tel'-lom-ahee;
from 7722 and the base of 5056; to enjoin:— (give)
charge, (give) command (-ments), injoin.

1782. ivrcvOcv SntSntoSn, ent-yoo'-then; from
the same as 77J0; hence (lit. or flg.); (repeated) on
both sides.— (from) hence, on either side.



1783. IVrtvgis enteuxts, ent'-yook-sis; from 1703;
an interview, i.e. (spec.) supplication:— interces-
sion, prayer.

1784. <fvTi|Xos gntlmfts, en'-tee-mos; from 7722
and 3002; valued (flg.):— dear, more honourable, pre-
cious, in reputation.

1785. iyroX-tfj £nt51e, en-tol-ay 1 ; from 17S1; in-
junction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:— com-
mandment, precept.

1786. IvTdirios entdplds, en-top' -ee-os; from 7722
and ,5-/77; a resident: — of that place.

1787. 4vtos fintos, en-tos'; from 7722; inside (adv.
or noun): — within.

1788. ivrpiira entrSpo, en-trep'-o; from 7722 and
the base of 57/7; to invert, i.e. (flg. and reflex.) in a
good sense, to respect; or in a bad one, to con-
found:— regard, (give) reverence, shame.

1789. 4vTp4<J>» £ntr$pb.d, en-tref-o; from 7722
and 3142; (flg.) to educate: — nourish up in.

1790. €VTpO|ios £ntr&mfis, en'-trom-os; from
7722 andj/jo; terrified:— x quake, x trembled.

1791. 4vTpoirri £ntrOpe, en-trop-ay 1 ; tiora 1788;
confusion:— shame.

1792. lvTpu<j>dii> Sntraphao, en-troo-fah'-o;
from 1722 and 3171; to revel in;— sporting selves,

1793. 4vTvyx<£v» entngchano, en-toong-khan'-
o; from 7722 and 3177; to cluxnee upon, i.e. (by impl.)
confer with; by extens. to entreat (in favor or
against):— deal with, make intercession.

1794- ivrvkUro-a entullsso, en-too-lis'-so; from
7722 and twXCco"« tullsso (to twist; prob. akin to
7/07); to entwine, i.e. wind up in:— wrap in (together).

1795. lyTuirdcit gntupAo, en-too-po'-o; from 7722
and a der. of 3179; to enstamp, i.e. engrave: — engrave.

1796. «vv(3pli> gnubrlzo, en-oo-brid'-zo; from
7722 and 3103; to insult: — do despite unto.

1797. tvwirvid£ou.ai. $nupnlaz6mai, en-oop-
nee-ad'-zom-ahee; mid. from 770*; to dream: —
dream (-er).

1798. 4vvirviov finupnldii., en-oop'-nee-on; from
7722 and 3238; something seen in sleep, i.e. a dream
(vision in a dream): — dream.

1799. Iviiiriov Snopldn, en-o'-pee-on; neut. of
a comp. of 7722 and a der. of 3700; in the face of (lit.
or flg.):— before, in the presence (sight) of, to.

1800. 'Evws Eno8, en-oce'; of Heb. or. [583]; .Enos
(i.e. Enosh), a patriarch:— Enos.

1801. ivorlXpuM. enottzAmal, en-o-tid'-zom-
ahee; mid. from a comp. of 7722 and.?77j7 to take in
one^s ear, i.e. to listen: — hearken.

1802. 'Ev<4x £nok, en-oke'; of Heb. or. [2585];
Enoch (i.e. Ghanok), an antediluvian:— Enoch.

4J «x. See 7jtf7.

1503. «fj bSx, ftea;; a prim, numeral; sir:— six.

1804. QayyikXa fixagggllo, ex-ang-el'-lo; from
7537 and the base of .72; to publish, i.e. celebrate:—
shew forth.

/505. egayopdjw exagdrazo, ex-ag-or-ad'-zo;
from 7jj7 and jo; to buy up, i.e. ransom; fig. to res-
cue from loss (improve opportunity):— redeem.

1306\\ l|d-y« gxago, ex-ag'-o; from 7537 and 77; to
lead forth:— bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.

1807. itpxpia exalrJo, ea-ahee-reh'-o; from 1337
and 138; act. to tear out; mid. to select; fig. to re-
lease: — deliver, pluck out, rescue.

1808. !£a(f>(D exairo, ex-ah'ee-ro; from 1537 and.
142; to remove:— put (take) away.

1509. Igairloiuu &xalt£&mal, ex-ahee-teh'-om-
ahee; mid. from 7.07 and 154; to demand (for trial) :—
desire.

1510. l|o£<j>VT)s exalplines, ex-ah'eef-nace; from
7j^7 and the base of 760; of a sudden (unexpectedly): —
suddenly. Comp. iSig.



1811. 4$aKoXoveiu txakdloututo. ex-ak^loo-
theh'-o; from 7JJ7 and 790; to follow out, Le. (flg.) to
imitate, obey, yield to:— follow.

1812. c'£aKoo-ioi litxak<"»si«.t. hex-ak-os'-ee-oy;
plur. ordinal from 7&jj and 7j#o; sia: Aundred:— six
hundred.

1813. 4|a\\e£<{xi> SxalSipho, ex-al-i'-fo; from 75^7
and 27<y; to smear out, i.e. obliterate (erase tears, flg.
pardon sin):— blot out, wipe away.

1814. e£6XXo|un exallttmal, ex-al'-tom-ahee;
from 7jtf7 and 242; to spring forth:— leap up.

1515. tjavdo-rao-is exanagtasls, ex-an-as'-tas-
is; from 7477; a rising from death:— resurrection.

1516. cgavaT&Xu ftxanateilo, ea:-an-af-eZ'-to;
from 1537 a.nA.303; to start up out of the ground, i.e.
germinate: — spring up.

1517. <£avto-rn|n cxanlstemi, ex-an-is'-tay-mee;
from 1J37 and 430; obj. to produce, i.e. (flg.) beget;
subj. to arise, i.e. (flg.) object:— raise (rise) up.

1818. c£airaTac» exapatao, ex-apat-ah'-o; from
1S37 and 538; to seduce wholly:— beguile, deceive.

1519. «£dmva Sxaplna, ex-ap'-ee-nah; from 733?
and a der. of the same as 760; of a sudden, i.e. unex-
pectedly:— suddenly. Comp. 7*70.

15#0. t£airop&>|i,ai exap#r66mal, ex-ap-or-eh'-
om-ahee; mid. from 7,537 and 639; to be utterly at a
loss, i.e. despond: — (in) despair.

1821. c|airoo-T4W<a exapdettello, ex-ap-os-tel'-
lo; from 7537 and 640; to send away forth, i.e. (on a
mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss: —
send (away, forth, out).

1822. €|apTfi> exartlzo, ex-ar-fid'-zo; from
7J77 and a der. of 7jo; to ,/inisfc out (time); flg. to
equip fully (a teacher): — accomplish, thoroughly fur-
nish.

1823. c^ao-Tpdirru exastrapto, ex>as-trap'-to;
from 7jj>7 and 707; to lighten forth, i.e. (flg.) to be ra-
diant (of very white garments):— glistening.

1824. t|avrns Sxaatea, ex-ow'-tace; from 7537
and the gen. sing. fern, of 84b (3610 being under-
stood); from that hour, i.e. instantly:— by and by,
immediately, presently, straightway.

1525. t^eyttpa Sx&gilro, ex-eg-i'-ro; from 1337
and 1453; to rouse fully, i.e. (flg.) to resuscitate (from
death), release (from infliction):— raise up.

1826. e£ci)U &x£lml, ex'-i-mee; from 1337 and
«t(H £iml (to go) ; to issue, i.e. leave (a place), es-
cape (to the shore):— depart, get [to land], go out.

1827. i%e\\ty\\a £x£l£geho, ex-el-eng'-kho; from
IS37 and 76J7; to convict fully, i.e. (by impl.) to pun-
ish: — convince.

15#5. eij«X.K<i) gxelko, ex-el'-ko; from 1337 and
7670; to drag forth, i.e. (flg.) to entice (to sin):— draw-
away.

15#9, t£tpau.a £x£rama, ex-er'-am-ah; from a
comp. of 7J-J7 and a presumed tp&a £rao (to spue);
vomit, i.e. food disgorged: — vomit.
1830. efapeuvdw gx6r6uiiao, ex-er-yoo-nah'o;
from /J-J7 and 2043; to eaylore (flg.) :— search diligently.
1531. e£lpxou.cu SxercbAmal, ex-er'-khom-
ahee; from 7537 and 2064; to issue (lit. or flg.):—
come^forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go
(abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth),
spread abroad.

153?. eJ;«rTi £x£stl, ex'-es-tee; third pers. sing,
pres. indie, of a comp. of 1337 and 1310; so also

efoV fixdn, ex-on'; neut. pres. part, of the
same (with or without some form of 75-70 expressed) ;
impers. if is right (through the flg. idea of being out
in public):— be lawful, let, X may (-est).

1533. c£erd£a> £x$tazo, ex-et-ad'-zo; bom 1537
and trdju gtazo (to «camine); tp-ee-kat-
ar'-at-os; from 7909 and a der. of 2072; imprecated,
i.e. execrable:— accursed.

1945. erCKeiuai epikelmai, ep-ik'-i-mahee;
from 7909 and 2749; to rest upon (lit. or flg.):— im-
pose, be instant, (be) laid (there-, up-) on, (when) lay
(on), lie (on), press upon.

1946. 'Eiriicovpeios £plk5areid«, ep-ee-koo'-ri-

os; from Eirtnovpos £plkdur<5s [comp. 79^] (a
noted philosopher); an Epicurean or follower of
Epicurus: — Epicurean.

1947. liriKOVpCa epikduria, ep-ee-koo-ree'-ah;
from a comp. of 7909 and a (prol.) form of the base of
2.577 (in the sense of servant); assistance: — help.

1948. 4iriKpCv» epikrino, ep-ee-kree'-no; from
7909 and 2979; to adjudge: — give sentence.

1949. 4iriXap.pdvop.ai epllainbandmai. ep-ee-
lam-ban' -om-ahee; mid. from 7909 and 2qSj; to seize
(for help, injury, attainment or any other purpose;
lit. or flg.):— catch, lay hold (up-) on, take (by, hold
of, on).

1950. 4iriXav8dvop,ai epllanthandmal, ep-ee-
lan-than' -om-ahee; mid. from 7909 and sqqo; to Jose
out of mind ; by impl. to neglect:— (be) forget (-f ul of).

1951. imX.470p.a1 epilegdmal, ep-ee-leg' -om-
ahee; mid. from 7909 and 3004; to surname, select: —
call, choose.

1952. imXelirw epllelpo, ep-ee-li'-po; from 7909
and 3007; to leave upon, i.e. (flg.) to be insufficient
for:— fail.

1953. €iri\\no"p.oWj epllesm&ne, ep-ee-lace-mon-
ay'; from a der. of 79/0; negligence:— X forgetful.

1954. tirCXoiiros eplldipda. ep-il' -oy-pos; from
7909 and 3062; left over, i.e. remaining: — rest.

1955. eirCXuo'is eplluals, Kp-il'-oo-sis; from 1036;
explanation, i.e. application: — interpretation.

1956. iirvXvo gplluo, ep-ee-loo'-o; from 7909 and
3o8q; to solve further, i.e. (flg.) to explain, decide: —
determine, expound.

1957. liriuapTvptW Splmartnreo, ep-ee-mar-
too-reh'-o; from 7909 and 3140; to attest further, i.e.
corroborate: — testify.

1958. ImpAcia gptmelgta, ep-ee-mel'-i-ah;
from 79/9; carefulness, i.e. kind attention (hospital-
ity): 1- refresh self.

1959. 4irip.eX4op.ai eplmeledmal, ep-ee-r»er-eft'-
om-ahee; mid. from 7909 and the same as 3iqq; to
care for (phys. or otherwise): — take care of.

1960. eiripeXws epimelos, ep-ee-mel-oce 1 ; adv.
from a der. of 79J9; carefully: — diligently.

1961. eiriuivo) eplmeno, ep-ee-men'-o; from 7909
and 330b; to stay over, i.e. remain (flg. persevere): —
abide (in), continue (in), tarry.

1962. emvcvu eplneu.5, ep-een-yoo'-o; from 7909
and 350b; to nod at, i.e. (by impl.) to assent: — consent.

1963. eirtvoia £pln<51a, ep-in'-oy-ah; from 7909
and 3363; attention of the mind, i.e. (by impl.) pur-
pose. - — thought.

1964. eiriopK4« epl5rkeo, ep-ee-orJceh'-o; from
7965; to commit perjury:— forswear self.



1965. JirCopKOS epldrkda, ep-ee' -or-kos; from
7909 and 3727; on oath, i.e. (falsely) a forswearer:—
perjured person.

1966. eiriovo-a gplduaa, ep-ee-oo'-sah; fern. sing,
part, of a comp. of 7909 and etp.i helml (to go);
supervening, i.e. (2250 or 3371 being expressed or im.
plied) the ensuing day or night:— following, next.

1967. eiriovcrios eplduaifta, ep-ee-oo'-see-os;
perh. from the same as 7966; to-morrow's; but more
prob. from 7909 and a der. of the pres. part. fern, of
7570; for subsistence, i.e. needful:— daily.

1968. eiriirCirru £pipiptd, ep-ee-pip'-to; from
iqoq and 4oq8; to embrace (with affection) or seize
(with more or less violence; lit. or flg.):— fall into (on,
upon), lie on, press upon.

1969. eTriirXrj 0*0-0 eplpleaso, ep-ee-place'so;
from 7909 and 4141; to chastise, i.e. (with words) to
upbraid:— rebuke.

1970. eiriirvC-yci) eplpnlgo, ep-ee-pnee'-go; from
7909 and 4133; to throttle upon, i.e. (flg.) overgrow:—
choke.

1971. liriiro84a epip&tbeo, ep-ee-poth-eh'-o:
from 7909 and iro84» pdtbeo (to yearn); to dote
upon, i.e. intensely crave possession (lawfully or
wrongfully):— (earnestly) desire (greatly), (greatly)
long (after), lust.

1972. emirdeno-is eplpStheala, ep-ee-poth' -ay-
sis; from 7977; a longing for:— earnest (vehement)
desire.

1973. emir68i)Tos gplpAtbetfts, ep-ee-poth' -ay-
tos; from 7909 and a der. of the latter part of 7977;
yearned upon, i.e. greatly loved:— longed for.

1974- emiroSCa eplpdthla, ep-ee-poth-ee'-ah;
from 7977; intense longing: — great desire.

1975. eiriiropevouai eplp5rea5mal, ep-ee-por-
yoo' -om-ahee; from 7909 and 479*57 to journey further,
i.e, travel on (reach): — come.

1976. eirip^dirro Splrrbapto, ep-tr-ftrap'-to;
from 7909 and the base of 447b; to stitch upon, i.e.
fasten with the needle:— sew on.

1977. emrJpCir™ eptrrblpto, ep-ir-hrip'-to; from
7909 and 4406; to throw upon (lit. or flg.):— cast upon.

1978. cir(o~r)uo$ eplsemds, ep-is'-ay-mos; from
7909 and some form of the base of 45Q1; remarkable,
i.e. (flg.) eminent: — notable, of note.

1979. eiri.TiTurp.6s eplsitlsmds, ep-ee-sit-is-mos' ;
from a comp. of 7909 and a der. of 4621; a provision-
ing, i.e. (concr.) food: — victuals.

1980. emo-K4irrop.ai eplskeptdmal, ep-ee-skep'-
tom-ahee; mid. from 7909 and the base of 4640; to in-
spect, i.e. (by impl.) to select; by extens. to go to see,
relieve: — look out, visit.

1981. emtricnvdw episkendo, ep-ee-skay-no'-o;
from 7909 and 4037; to tent upon, i.e. (flg.) abide
with:— rest upon.

1982. e'mo-KidJa) eplsklazo, ep-ee-skee-ad'-zo;
from 7909 and a der. of 403Q; to cast a shadeupon, i.e.
(by anal.) to envelop in a haze of brilliancy; flg. to in-
vest with preternatural influence:— overshadow.

1983. eiri<TK0ir4a> episkdped, ep-ee-skop-eh'-o;
from 7909 and 4b48; to oversee; by impl. to beware:—
look diligently, take the oversight.

1984- eirio-KOirrj Splsk6pe, ep-is-kop-ay' ; from
79t5b; inspection (for relief); by impl. superinten-
dence; spec, the Chr. "episcopate":— the office of a
" bishop", bishoprick, visitation.

1985. eiruntoiros eplsk5p5s, ep-is'-kop-os; from
7909 and 464Q (in the sense of 79^?) ; a superintendent,
i.e. Chr. officer in gen. charge of a (or the) church
(lit. or flg.) :— bishop, overseer.

1986. ciricnraouai cpispadmal, ep-ee-spah' -om-
ahee; from 7907 and 4683; to draw over, i.e. (with 203
implied) efface the mark of circumcision (by recover-
ing with the foreskin):— become unoircumcised.

1987. eirCcrrauai ejplstamal, ep-is'-tam-ahee;
appar. a mid. of 27* (with 3363 implied); to put the
mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with: —
know, understand.



Epistatacc



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



1988. <irurrdri)s .'plstatox. ep-ia-tat'-ace; from
71509 and a presumed der. of 2476; an appointee over,
Le. commander (teacher) :— master.

1989. emcrrfXX» AplgtAUS, ep-ee-stel'-lo; from
iqoq and 4724; to enjoin (by writing), i.e. (gen.) to
communicate by letter (for any purpose):— write (a
tetter, unto).

1990. eirurriJuMV Aplstemon, ep-eestay'-mone;
from 1087; intelligent:— endued with knowledge.

1991. eirurrnptja Aplsterlzo, ep-ee-stay-rid'-zo;
from iqoq and 4741; to support further, i.e. reestab-
lish:— confirm, strengthen.

2992. tirtCTToX^ AplstAle, ep-U-tol-ay' ; flora iqSq;
0. written message: — "epistle", letter.

1993. eirurroulgu AplstAmlzo, ep-ee-stom-id'-zo;
from iqoq and 4730; to put something over the mouth,
Le. (flg.) to sj'Zence.-— stop mouths.

199 It. Mrurrpty** ApistrApbo, ep-ee-stref'-o;
from 7909 and 4762; to reuerf (lit., flg. or mor.): — come
(go) again, convert, (re-) turn (about, again).

1995. lirurrpocjWj AplstrApbe, ep-is-trof-ay';
from 7994,' reversion, i.e. mor. revolution:— conver-
sion.

1996. eaurwd-yu Aplisnnago, ep-ee-soon-ag'-o;
from 7000 and 4863; to coiieet upon the same place:—
gather (together).

1997. i-mmn>a.y«>y([ Aplsnnagoge, ep-ee-soon-
ag~o-gay f ; from 7906; a complete collection: spec, a
Chr. meeting (for worship):— assembling (gathering)
together.

1998. eir«nivTplx» AplsontrAcbo, ep-ee-soon-
trekh'-o; from 7000 and 4936; to hasten together upon
one place (or a partio. occasion):— come running
together.

1999. lirurfoTOoris Aplsustasls, ep-ee-soo'-stas-
is; from the mid. of a comp. of 7009 and 4927; a con-
spiracy, i.e. concourse (riotous or friendly): — that
which cometh upon, + raising up.

2000. !mo-4>aMjS Aplspbales, ep-ee-sfalace' ;
from a comp. of 7009 and <r<j>4XX« gphallo (to
trip)', fig. insecure: — dangerous.

2001. eirurxvw Aptecbuo, epis-khoo'-o; from
7909 and 2480; to avail further, l.e. (flg.) insist
stoutly:— be the more fierce.

200S. imtrwpfio AplsorAno, ep-ee-so-rj^oo'-o, -
from 7909 and 4087; to accumulate further, i.e. (fig.)
seek additionally:— heap.

2003. 4irvra"y^i Spit age, ep-ee-tag-ay' ; from 20a*;
an injunction or decree; by hnpl. authoritative-
ness:— authority, commandment.

2004. lirvrAfn™ Apltasso, ep-ee-tas'-so; from
7909 and 5021; to arrange upon, i.e. order:— charge,
command, tajoin.

2005. imrtkiu epiteleo, ep-ee-tel-eh'-o; from
7909 and jojj; to fulfill further (or completely), i.e.
execute; by impl. to terminate, undergo:— accom-
plish, do, finish, (make) (perfect), perform ( X -ance).

2006. tirirfjoHOS epltedelds, ep-ee-tay'-di-os;
from ^irvnjoes ApitedAs (enough) ; serviceable, i.e.
(by impl.) reguisite.— things which are needful.

2007. £miS6T]|n epltltbemi, ep-ee-tith'-ay-mee;
from 7909 and jof?; to impose (in a friendly or hostile
3ense):— add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on
(up), + surname, x wound.

2008. brvriudu Apltlmao, ep-ee-tee-mah'-o; from
iqoq and 5001; to '.ax upon, I.e. censure or admonish;
by Impl. forbid:— (straitly) charge, rebuke.

2009. iiriTipCa Apltlmla, ep-ee-tee-mee'-ah; from
a comp. of 7909 and 5002; prop, esteem, i.e. citizen-
ship; used (in the sense of 200S) of a penalty:— pun-
ishment.

2020. JmTpfirw epltrepo, ep-ee-trep'-o; from
T909 and the base 013137; to turn over (transfer), i.e.
allow:— give leave (liberty, license), let, permit,
suffer.

5022. ImTfWlrfj ApltrApe, ep-ee-trop-ay' ; from
207o, - permtiwion, i.e. (by impl.) full power:— com-
mission.



. !ir(.Tpoiro$ £pitrdpAs, ep-it'-rop-os; from
7909 and J7j* (in the sense of 2077); a commissioner,
i,e. domestic manager, guardian: — steward, tutor.

2018. iirmryxdvu Apltngcbano, ep-ee-toong-
khan'-o; from 7909 and ^777; to chance upon, i.e. (by
impl.) attain:— obtain.

2014. tirujxiCvw Aplpbaino, ep-ee-/aJi'ee-no;
from 7909 and 531b; to shine upon, i.e. become (lit.)
visible or (flg.) ftnoton.— appear, give light.

2015. 4ir«|>ttveia epiphanAia, ep-if-an'-i-ah;
from 20/6; a manifestation, i.e. (spec.) the acireni of
Christ (past or fut.) :— appearing, brightness.

2016. eiri<|>avijs Aplpbanes, ep-if -an-o.ee' ; from
2014; conspicuous, i.e. (flg.) memorable: — notable.

2017. eiri<j>avo) Apipbano, ep-ee-fow'-o; a form
of 2014; to iZZuminate (flg.):— give light.

2018. im$ipo> AplpbAro, ep-ee-fer'-o; from 7909
and jc?^; to dear upon (or/wrffter), i.e. adduce (pers.
or judicially [accuse, inflict}), superinduce:— aid,
bring (against), take.

2019. itnfyavia AplpbSnAo, ep-ee-fo-neh'-o;
from 7909 and 5455; to caM at something, i.e. ex-
claim:— cry (against), give a shout.

2020. tirupc&o-Ku eplpbosko, ep-eefoce'-ko; a
form of 2077; to begin to grow light:— -begin to dawn,
X draw on.

#0.22. lin\\apia AplcbAlrAo, ep-ee-khi-reh'-o;
from 7909 and j#?j," to put the hand upon, i.e. under-
take:— go about, take in hand (upon).

2022. imxia AptcbAo, ep-ee-kheh'-o; from 7909
and X^** cbAo (to pour); to pour upon:— pour in.

2023. lv<.\\opr\\yla ApicbAregAd, ep-ee-khor-
ayg-eh'-o; from 7909 and 3324; to furnish besides, i.e.
fully supply, (flg.) aid or contribute:— add, minister
(nourishment, unto).

#0#£. ImxopiryCa AptcbAregla, ep-ee-khor-ayg-
ee'-ah; from 2037; contribution:— supply.

2025. i-mxpUa Aplcbrlo, ep-ee-khree'-o; from
7909 and 5548; to smear over:— anoint.

2026. iiroiKo8o|icu ApAMCAdAmAo, ep-oy-kod-
om-eh'-o; from 7909 and 3018; to build upon, i.e. (flg.)
to rear up:— build thereon (thereupon, on, upon).

2027. iirOKtXka ApAbAllo, ep-ok-el'-lo; from 7909
and ok^XXw okello (to urge); to drive upon the
shore, i.e to beach a vessel:— run aground.

2028. eirovo|AO.£i!> epAndmazo, ep-on-om-ad'-zo;
from 7909 and 3087; to name further, i.e. denomi-
nate:— call.

#0#0. Iiroirrcva ApAptAuo, ep-opt-yoo'-o; from
/909 and a der. 0C3700; to inspect, i.e. watch:— behold.
^050. 4irdirTi]s Apdptes, ep-op'-tace; from 7909
and a presumed der. of 3700; a looker-on:— eye-wit-



tiros SpAs, ep'-os; from roj6; a word:—
X say.

#05#. Iirovpdvios ApAuraniAs, ep-oo-ran'-ee-os;
from 7909 and 3772; above the afcu: — celestial, (in)
heaven (-ly), high.

2033. curd liepta, hep-tah'; a prim, number;
seven:— seven.

2034- sirraufe heptabis, hep-tak-is'; adv. from
2033; seven times: — seven times.

2035. eirraxio-xCXioi beptaklscblllAi, hep-tak-
is-khil'-ee-oy; from 2034 a.ndS307; seven times a thou-
sand:— seven thousand.

2036. tiro Spo, ep'-o; a prim, verb (used only in
the def . past tense, the others being borrowed from
2046, 4483 &nd 3340) \\ to speak or say (by word or writ-
ing):— answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant,
say (on), speak, tell. Comp. 3004.

2037. "Epaoros £rastAs, er'-as-tos; from 4pd»
Arao Cx> love); beloved; Erastus, a Chr.:— Erastus.

2038. ipydjjouou. ArgazAmal, er-gad'-zom-ahee;
mid. from 2041; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.),
(by impl.) effect, be engaged in or with, etc. : — com-
mit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.

2039. Ip-yacria Argasla, er-gas-ee'-ah; from 2040;
occupation; by impl. profit, pains:— craft, diligence,
grain, work-



!pry&Tt]S Argates, er-gat'-ace; from S041;
a toiler; flg. a teacher:— labourer, worker (-men).

2041. tpYOV ArgAn, er'-gon; from a prim, (but ob-
sol.) epY« Argo (to toorfc) ; toil (as an effort or oc-
cupation); by impl. an act:— deed, doing, labour,
work.

2042. Ipe0(£ci> ArAtblzo, er-eth-id'-zo; from a pre-
sumed prol. form of 2034; to stimulate (espec. to
anger):— provoke.

2043. epelSoi ArAldo, er-i'-do; of obscure affln. ; to
prop, i.e. (reflex.) get fast:— stick fast.

2044- *p«VYOu.ai SrAugAmai, er-j/oog'-om-aftee;
of uncert. affln. ; to oeicA, i.e. (flg.) to speak out:—
utter.

2045. Ipevvdo) ArAnnao, er-poo-nah'-o; appar.
from 2040 (through the idea of inquiry); to seek, i.e.
(flg.) to investigate:— search.

2046. ipia ArAo, er-eh'-o; prob. a fuller form of
4483; an alt. for zojo in cert, tenses; to utter, i.e.
speak or say:— call, say, speak (of), tell.

2047. «pT)p.Ca eremla, er-ay-mee'-ah; from 2048;
solitude (concr.): — desert, wilderness.

2048. epi)|ios AremAo, er'-ay-mos; of uncert. af-
fln.; lonesome, i.e. (by impl.) waste (usually as a
noun, j-jor being implied):— desert, desolate, solitaiy,
wilderness.

2049. Ipi]|i6« AremAo, er-ay-mo'-o; from 2048; to
lay waste (lit. or flg.):— (bring to, make) desolate
(-ion), come to nought.

2050. Ip^juaio-is Aremosls, er-ay' -mo-sis; from
2049; despoliation: — desolation.

2051. IpCfJu Arizo, er-id'-zo; from 2034; to wran-
gle:— strive.

#052. IpiBcCa erlthela, er-ith-i'-ah; perh. from
the same as 2042; prop, intrigue, i.e. (by impl.) /ac-
tion.-— contention (-ious), strife.
2053. epiov ArlAn, er'-ee-on; of obscure affln.;
woo!:— wool.

^054. epis Arts, er'-is; of uncert. affln. ; a quarrel,
i.e. (by impl.) wrangling:— contention, debate, strife,
variance.

2055. ipCxpiov ArlphiAn, er-if'-ee-on; from 2056;
a kidling, i.e. (gen.) goat (symbol, wicked person):—
goat.

#056. epu|)o$ AriphAs, er'-if-os; perh. from the
same as 2033 (through the idea of hairiness); a kid or
(gen.) goat:— goat, kid.

#057. Epuds HArmas, her-mas'; prob. from
2060: Bermas, a Chr. : — Hernias.
205S. e'p|M)vcCa bArmenAla, her-may-ni'-ah,
from the same as 2039; translation: — interpretation.

2059. ippirvtva hermeneno, her-mayn-yoo'-v ;
from a presumed der. of 2060 (as the god of language) ;
to translate: — interpret.

2060. 'Epu/f)s Hermes, her-mace'; perh. from
204b; Hermes, the name of the messenger of the Gr.
deities; also of a Chr.:— Hermes, Mercury.

2061. 'EpuoY^vrjs HArmogAnes, her-mog-en'-
ace; from 2060 and 7090; born of Hermes; Hermog-
enes, an apostate Chr. :— Hermogenes.

2062. ipirerdv bArpAt An, her-pet-on'; neut. of a
der. of epirw Jierpo (to creep); a,reptUe,i.e. (byHebr.
[comp. 7481]) a small animal: — creeping thing, ser-
pent.

2063. ipuSpos ArathrAs, er-oo-thros'; of uncert.
affln. ; red, i.e. (with 2281) the JBed Sea: — red.

2064. Ipxopai ArcbAmal, er'-khom-ahee; mid. of
a prin. verb (used only in the pres. and imperf.
tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred [mid.]

iXev8o|Uii AlAntbAmat, el-yoo'-thom-ahee;
or [act.]

«\\0<i> Altbo, el'-tho; which do not otherwise
occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applica-
tions, lit. and flg.):— accompany, appear, bring, come
enter, fall out, go, grow, x light, X next, pass, resort,
be set.

2065. epurdu Arotao, er-o-tah'-o; appar. from
20^6 [comp. 2045\\; to interrogate; by impl. to re-
quest:— ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Comp
44V.






GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Epistatace
Yooporeeah



33



2066. €<r6f|S estlies, es-tliace'; t rom « vw|U I1611-
uunii (to clothe); dress:— apparel, clothing, raiment,
robe.

2067. t<r0T](ris esthesls, es'-thay-sis; from a der.
of 20(5(5; clothing (concr.): — garment.

2068. 4<r8Cci> festbio, es-thee'-o; strengthened for a
prim. s'Sw 6do (to ea£) ; used only in certain tenses,
the rest being supplied by 3313; to eat (usually lit.):—
devour, eat, lire.

2069. 'Eo-XC Esli, es-!ee'; of Heb. or. [prob. for
454]; Esli, anlsr.:— Esli.

2070. ktrpAv esmeu, es-men'; first pers. plur. in-
die, of 1510; we are:— are, he, have our being, X have
hope, + [the gospel] was [preached unto] us.

2071. «<ro(iai esSmal, es'-om-ahee; fut. of 1310;
mil be;— shall (should) be (have), (shall) come (to
pass), X may have, X fall, what would follow, X live
long, X sojourn.

2072. i'o-oirrpov esdptrSn, es'-op-tron; from ijio
and a presumed der. of 3700; a mirror (for looking
into):— glass. Comp. 2734.

2073. itrtripa. hespera, hes-per'-ah; fern, of an
adj. i<nrep6s lifespfirfis (evening); the eve (3610
being impl.):— evening (-tide).

2074. 'Eo-ptiu, Esrom, es-rome; of Heb. or. [2696];
Esrom (i.e. CTieisron), an Isr. :— Esrom.

2075. i<rri £st£, es-teh'; second pers. plur. pres.
indie, of 1310; ye are;— be, have been, belong.

2076. lorrt fcsti, es-tee'; third pers. sing. pres. in-
die, of 1310; he (she or it) is; also (with neut. plur.)
they are:— are, be (-long), call, X can [-not], come,
consisteth, X dure for awhile, + follow, X have,
(that) is (to say), make, meaneth, X must needs,
+ profit, + remaineth, + wrestle.

2077. c<tt<i> 6sto, es'-to; second pers. siDg. pres.
imper. of 15 10; be thou; also

<?o-ru<rav gstosan, es'-to-san; third pers. of
the same; let them 6e:— be.

2078. €<tx<itos fescliatds, es'-khat-os; a superl.
proh. from 21Q2 (in the sense of contigi'.ity); farthest,
final (of place or time):— ends of, last, latter end,
lowest, uttermost.

2079. 4<rx&T«s ISsehatos, es-khat'-oce; adv. from
20781 finally, i.e. (with 21Q2) at the extremity of life: —
point of death.

2080. cVw 6so, es'-o; from 1510; inside (as prep, or
adj.):— (with-) in (-ner, -to, -ward).

2081. <[<ra>9ev issotben, es'-o-tften; from 20S0; from
inside; also used as equiv to 2080 (inside): — inward
(-ly), (from) within, without.

2082. 4<r<&Tepos fsoteros. es-o'-ter-os; compar. of
2080; interior:— inner, within.

2083. fTcttpos lielairos het-ah'ee-ros; from trip
fetes (a clansman) ; a comrade: — fellow, friend.
2084- tTepi-yXoxnros b£t£rdgldssAs, het-er-og'-
loce-sos; from 2087 and 1100; other-tongued, i.e. a
foreigner:— man of other tongue.

2085. irtpoiitaa-KaXia hetertfdldaskaleo.
het-er-od-id-as-kal-eh'-o; from 2087 and 1320; to in-
struct differently:— teach other doctrine (-wise).
$086. irtpo%v</la bfiterCzugco, het-er-od-zoog-
eh'-o; from a comp. of 2087 and 2218; to 3/ofce up dif-
ferently, i.e. (fig.) to associate discordantly: — un-
equally yoke together with.

2087. erepos hetei-As, het'-er-os; of uncert. affin. ;
(an-, the) other or different: — altered, else, next (day),
one, (an-) other, some, strange.

2088. irlpus h£te>ds, het-er'-oce; adv. from 2087;
differently:— otherwise.

2089. cti 6tl, et'-ee; perh. akin to 20Q4; " yei," still
(of time or degree):— after that, also, ever, (any) fur-
ther, (t-) henceforth (more), hereafter, (any) longer,
(any) more (-one), now, still, yet.

2090. eroiu,dg<i> b8t iimazo, het-oy-mad'-zo; from
2002; to prepare:— prepare, provide, make ready.
Comp. 2680.

2091. eToi|iao-Ca hgtdlmasla, het-oy-mas-ee'-ah;
from 20Q0: preparation: — preparation.



CToifios h6t61m<Js, het-oy'-mos; from an
old noun eVeos hfeteAs (fitness); adjusted, i.e.
ready.— prepared, (made) ready (-iness, to our hand).

2093. e'ro[p,(i>s lx'totiiio*, het'-oy-moce; adv.
from 2002; in readiness: — ready.

2094. ctos 6t«Js, et'-os; appar. a prim, word; a
year:— year.

2095. tv gu, yoo; neut. of a prim, eus 6ns (good);
(adv.) well: — good, well (done).

2096. Eva fina, yoo 1 -ah; of Heb. or. [8332] ; Eua
(or Eva, i.e. Chavvah), the first woman:— Eve.

2097. eva.yyt\\lt,o> 6nagg£lizo, yoo-ang-ghel-id' -
z>; from 200s and 32; to announce good news (" ev-
angelize") espec. the gospel:— declare, bring (declare,
show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).

2098. tvayyiXiov euaggClldn, yoo-ang-ghel'-ee-
on; from the same as 2007; a good message, i.e. the
gospel: — gospel.

2099. tva7Y«\\i(rT'f)S euaggellstes, yoo-ang-
ghel-is-tace' ; from 20Q7; a preacher of the gospel: —
evangelist.

2100. evapco-T&i) fuaresteo, yoo-ar-es-teh'-o;
from 2/0/; to gratify entirely: — please (well).

2101. evdpetTTOS fuarestds, yoo-ar'-es-tos; from
2005 and 70/; fully agreeable: — acceptable (-ted),
wellpleasing.

2102. evap&rrus euarestos, yoo-ar-es'-toce; adv.
from 2101; quite agreeably: — acceptably, 4- please
well.

2103. Evp*ovXos Eubonlds, yoo' -boo-los; from
2003 and 1014; good-wilier; Eubulus, a Chr.:— Eu
bulus.

2104. tiylvns engines, yoog-en'-ace; from 2003
and 100b; well born, i.e. (Ut.) high in rank, or (fig.)
generous: — more noble, nobleman.

2105. evSCa £iidla, yoo-dee'-ah; tern, from 2003
and the alt. of 2203 (as the god of the weather) ; a clear

i e. fine weather:— lair weather.

2106. evSoKCoi £ud<5keo, yoo-dok-eh'-o; from 2005
and /jtfo; to think well of, i.e. approve (an act); spec,
to approbate (a person or thing):— think good, (be
well) please (-d), be the good (have, take) pleasure, be
willing.

2107. cvSokCo. 6ud£kla, yoo-dok-ee'-ah; from a
presumed comp. of 2005 and the base of 1380; satis-
faction, i.e. (subj.) delight, or (obj.) kindness, wish,
purpose: — desire, good pleasure (will), x seem good.

2108. eitpyarla euSrgesla, yoo-erg-es-ee'-ah;
from 2110; beneficence (gen. or spec): — benefit, good
deed done.

2109. tiepyeria euergetCo, yoo-erg-et-eh'-o; from
2iio; to 6e philanthropic:— a\\o good.

£iW. tiepy^rns fuergetes, yoo-erg-et'-ace; from
2005 and the base of 2041; a worker of good, i.e. (spec.)
a philanthropist: — benefactor.

2111. cvOctos (' nth.'tos yoo'-thet-os; from 200s
and a der. of 5087; well placed, i.e. (fig.) appro-
priate:— at, meet.

^-ZI#. riOe'ws eutlii-ofi, yoo-theh'-oce; adv. from
27/7; directly, i.e. a£ once or soon: — anon, as soon as,
forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
2113. evSvSpopiu eutbudrdmeo, yoo-thoo-
drom-eh'-o; from 2117 and /^arf; to lay a straight
course, i.e. sail direct:— (come) with a straight course.
2114- e48i>|i&» feutbumeo, yoo-thoo-meh'-o; from
27/?," tocheerup, i.e. (intrans.) fee cheerful; neut. comp.
(adv.) more cheerfully: — be of good cheer (merry).
2115. ev6up,os eiitluimos, yoo' -thoo-mos; from
2005 and 2372; in ./me spirits, i.e. cheerful:— ot good
cheer, the more cheerfully.

#_Zi6\\ cv9vv(i> euthuno, yoo-thoo' -no; from 2/77;
to straighten (level) ; tech. to steer: —governor, make
straight.

2117. cdOvs eii thus yoo-thzo-og-on-eh'-o; from
the same as 2226 and a der. of /006; to engender alive
i.e. (by anal.) to rescue (pass, be saved) from death:—
live, preserve.

2226. l&ov zoAn, dzo'-on; neut. of a der. otsiqS;
a live thing, i.e. an animal:— beast.

2227. (ooiroUu zoApAieo, dzo-op-oy-eh'-o; from
the same as 222b and 4160; to (re-) vitalize (lit or
fig.):— make alive, give life, quicken.



rj e, aji; a prim, particle of distinction be-
tween two connected terms; disjunctive, or; compar-
ative, tfcan;— and, but (either), (n-) either, except it
be, (n-) or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea.
Often used in connection with other particles. Comp.
especially 223s, 2200, 2273.

2229. X[ e, ay; an adv. of con/Jrmafion; perh. in-
tens. of 2228; used only (in the N. T.) before 3303; as-
suredly:— sorely.

n he. See 358?.

■H he. Seejjgo.

i e,. See 3600.

2280. iftip.ov«vci> hegSmAnSuo, hayg-em-on-
yoo'-o; from 2232; to act as ruler: — be governor.
2231. iyy«|i.ovla hegemAnla, hayg-em^m-ee'-ah;
from 2232; government, i.e. (in time) official term; —
reign.

2282. ijy<|i(Sv hegemon, hayg-em-ohn'; from
2233; a leader, i.e. chief person (or fig. place) of a
province:— governor, prince, ruler.

2233. i}yfo|L(u heg£Amal, hayg-eh'-om-ahee;
mid. of a (presumed) strengthened form of 71; to lead,
i.e. command (with official authority); fig. to deem,
i.e. consider:— account, (be) chief, count, esteem,
governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.

2234. ijSfas hedeoa, hay-deh'-oce; adv. from a
der. of the base of 2237; sweetly, Le. (fig.) with pleas-
ure: — gladly.

2235. t|Stj ede, ay' -day; appar. from 2238 (or pos-
sibly 2220) and 1211; even now;— already, (even) now
(already), by this time.

2236. tfburra hedlsta, hay'-dis-tah; neut. plur.
of the superl. of the same as 2234; with great pleas-
ure:— ma&% (very) gladly.



ijSovrfj bedone, hay-don-ay'; from dv8d-
vck haudano (to please) ; sensual delight; by impl.
desire;— lust, pleasure.

2238. ^8vo«T(iov heduAamSn, hay-doo'-o&mon;
neut. of a comp. of the same as 1234 and 3744', a
sweet-scented plant, Le. mint:— mint.

2239. q8os ethAa, ay'-thos; a strengthened form
of 1485; usage, i.e. (plur.) moral habits:— manners.

2240. tjk« helto, hay'-ko; a prim, verb; to arrive,
i.e. be present (lit. or fig.):— come.

2241. tyl ell, ay-lee 1 ; of Heb. or. [410 with pron.
suffix] ; my God:— Eli.

2242. 'HXl HSU, hay-lee 1 ; of Heb. or. [6941]; fleli
(i.e. Eli), an Isr.:— HelL

0&0S. 'HXCas Hellas, hay-lee'-as; of Heb. or.
[453]; Helios (Le. Elijah), an Isr.:— Elias.

^44- ijXucfa, bellkla, hay-lik^e'-ah; from the
same as 224s; maturity (in years or size):— age,
stature.

tJXCkos hellhAa, hay-lee'-kos; from TjX.ig
helix (a comrade, Le. one of the same age); as big
as, Le. (interjectively) how much:— how (what) great.

224S. rjXios hellog, hay'-Use-os; from «X»1 hele
(a raj/; perh. akin to the alt. of 138); the sun; by
impl. light: 1- east, sun.

2247. ijXos helAa, hay'-los; of unceri;. affln.; a
stud, i.e. spike:— nail.

2248. ljjids hemaa, hay-mas'; ace. plur. of /47J;
us.-— our, us, we.

###>. ljptts hemAla, hay-mice'; nom. plur. of
'473! we (only used when emphatic):— us, we (our-
selves).

2250. ifuipa hemera, hay-mer'-ah; tern, (with
5610 implied) of a der. of T||uu hemal (to sit; akin
to the base of 1470) mean, tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e.
(lit.) the time space between dawn and dark, or
the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually
reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both
extremes) ; fig. a period (always denned more or less
clearly by the context):— age, -falway, (mid-) day
(by day, [-ly]), + for ever, judgment, (day) time,
while, years.

2251. ijpircpos bemgterds. hay-met'-er-os; from
234q; our;— our, your [by a different reading],

2252. tJ|M|V omen, ay' -mane; a prol. form of 2338;
I was;— be, was. [Sometimes unexpressed.]

2253. i]|u6aWj« hemlthanea, hay-mee-than-
ace'; from a presumed comp. of the base of 22JS and
2348; half dead, i.e. entirely exhausted: — half dead.

2254. rffXv hemln, hay-meen'; dat. plur. of 1473;
to (or for, with, by) us.-— our, (for) us, we.

2255. iJ|UO-i> hemlau, hay'-mee-soo; neut. of a
der. from an inseparable pref . akin to 260 (through
the idea of partition involved in connection) and
mean, semi-; (as noun) half: — half.

2256. ij|U<&piov bemtorldn, hay-mee-o'-ree-on;
from the base of 2235 and 3610; a half-hour:— half an
hour.

2257. rjiifiv hemon, hay-mone'; gen. plur. of
'473; of (or from) us;— our (company), us, we.

2258. tjv en, one; imperf. of 1510; I (thou, etc.)
was (wast or were): — |- agree, be, X have (+ charge
of), hold, use, was (-t), were.

2259. ijvCxa henlka, hay-nee'-kah; of uncert.
affln. ; at which time:— when.

2260. i)ircp eper, ay'-per; from 2228 and 4007;
than at all (or than perhaps, than indeed):— than.

2261. TJmos eplAa, ay'-pee-os; prob. from 2031;
prop, affable, i.e. mild or land;— gentle.

2262. "Hp Br, ayr; of Heb. or. [6147]; Br, an
Isr.:— Er.

2263. qpcuAS SrSmAa, ay'^rem-os; perh. by trans-
position from 2048 (through the idea of stillness);
tranquil:— quiet.

2264. 'HpASris Herodes, hay-ro'-dace; comp. of
t]p«S heroa (a " hero") and 14Q1; heroic; Herodes,
the name of four Jewish kings:— Herod.



HpwSiaVot HerodlanAl, hay-ro-dee-an
oy'; plur. of a der. of 2264; Herodians, i.e. partisans
of Herodes:— Herodians.

2266. 'HpuSids Herodias, hay-ro-dee-as> ; from
2264; Herodias, a woman of the Herodian family:—
Herodias.

2267. 'HpoStuv Herodion, ftau-ro-dee'-onnf
from 2264; Herodion, a Chr.:— Herodion.

2268. 'Ho-atas Heaalaa, hay-sah-ee'-as; of Heb.
or. [3470]; Hesaias (i.e. Jeshajah), an Isr. :— Esaiaa.

2269. 'HeraC Esau. ay-soW; of Heb. or. [6216];
Esau, an Edomite:— Esau.

2270. no-ux&la) besnebazo, hay-soo-khad'-zo;
from the same as 2272; to keep still (intrans.), Le. re-
frain from labor, meddlesomeness or speech:— cease,
hold peace, be quiet, rest.

2271. ijo-vxfa heaucbla, hay-soo-khee'-ah; fern,
of 2272; (as noun) stillness, i.e. desistance from bustle
or language:— quietness, silence.

2272. ijon&xios heanchlda, hay-soo'-khee-os; a
prol. form of a comp. prob. of a der. of the base of
1476 and perh. 2192; prop, keeping one's seat (seden-
tary), i.e. (by impl.) still (undisturbed, undisturb-
ing):— peaceable, quiet.

■nroi etol, ay'-toy; from 2228 and 3104;
either indeed: — whether.

irrr&o bettao, hayt-tah'-o; from the same
as 2276; to moke worse, i.e. vanquish (lit. or fig.); by
impl. to rate lower;— be inferior, overcome.

2275. T|TTij|ia bettema, hayt'-tay-mah; from
2274; a deterioration, i.e. (obj.) failure or (subj.)
loss:— diminishing, fault.

2276. tJttov betton, hate'-ton; neut. of comp. of
i)Ktt beka (slightly) used for that of 2336; worse (as
noun); by impl. less (as adv.):— less, worse.

2277. i)T» eto, ay'-to; third pers. sing, imperative
of 1310; let him (or it) be;— let ... be.

2278. r)\\l(a echeo, ay-kheh'-o; from 2270; to make
a loud noise, i.e. reverberate;— roar, sound.

2279. qx°S ecbda, ay'-khos; of uncert. affln.; a
loud or confused noise ("echo"), Le. roar; fig. a
rumor.-— fame, sound.



0aSSatos Tbaddaloa, thad-dah'-yos; of
uncert. or.; Thaddceus, one of the Apostles:— Thad-
dffius.

2281. OdXcunra tbalaaaa, thal'-as-sah; prob.
prol. from 231; the sea (gen. or spec.):— sea.

2282. 9AVir» tbalpo, thal'-po; prob. akin to
flaXXo) (hallo (to warm); to brood, I.e. (fig.) to /os-
ier.— feherish? ~~

2283.^&&JMp Tbamar, tham'-ar; of Heb. or.
[8559]; TAamar(i.e. Tamar), an Israelitess:— Thamar.
2284. eafipVc» tliambco. tham-beh'-o; from 2283;
to stupefy (with surprise), Le. astound:— amaze, as-
tonish.



log thambAa, tham'-bos; akin to an
obsol. t4^>» tapbo (to dumbfound); stupefaction
(by surprise), Le. astonishment:— X amazed, + as-
tonished, wonder.

2286. Oavda-iuos thanaalmAa, than-as'-ee-mos;
from 22<S?; fatal, i.e. poisonous;— deadly.

2287. 8avaT^<j>opos tbanatepbArAa, tftan-at-
ay'-for-os; from (the fem. form of) 2288 and 5341;
death-bearing. I.e. fatal: — deadly.

2288. 6dVaros thanatos, than'-at-os; from 2348:
(prop, an adj. used as a noun) death (lit. or fig.):—
X deadly, (be . . .) death.

2289. OavaTow tbanatAo, ffcan-at-3'-o; from
2288; to kill (lit. or fig.):— become dead, (cause to be)
put to death, kill, mortify.

6&vu tbano. See 2348.

2290. 8ditT» tbapto, fkap'-fo; a prim, verb; to
celebrate funeral rites, Le. inter;— bury.

2291. 0dpa Tbara, thar'-ah; of Heb. or. [8646]-,
Thara (i.e, Terach). the father of Abraham:— Thara.



Tharhreho
Eeos



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



2. Gappew tbarrheo, thar-hreh'-o; another
form for 2203; to exercise courage: — be bold, X bold-
ly, have confidence, be confident. Comp. 3111.

2293. Sapa-it* tharsed, thar-seh'-o; from 2294; to
have courage:— be of good cheer (comfort). Comp.

2202.

2294- O&po-os tliarsos, thar'-sos; akin (by transp.)
to 8pdo-os thrasAs (daring); boldness (subj.):—
courage.

£295. Oavjia ttaaiuna, thou'-mah; appar. from
a form of 2300; wonder (prop, concr. ; but by impl.
abstr.) :— admiration .

2296. 6av|i&(a> thanmazo, thou-mad'-zo; from
2203; to wonder; by impl. to admire:— admire, have
in admiration, marvel, wonder.

2297. 8avp.do-ios thanmaslos, thow-mas'-ee-os;
from 2203 ; wondrous, i.e. (neut. as noun) a miracle:—
wonderful thing.

2298. fl<u)jj.ao~ros tbnumasto*. thow-mas-tos' ;
from 2206; wondered at, i.e. (by impl.) wonderful:—
marvel (-lous).

2299. 8c6 thSa, theh-ah'; tern, of 231b; a female
deity:— goddess.

2300. 6cdou,ai tbeadmal, theh-ah'-om-ahee; a
prol. form of a prim, verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by
impl.) to perceive (lit. or flg.); by ertens. to visit:—
behold, look (upon), see. Comp. 3700.

2301. OcarpCgu tbf atrizo. theh-at-rid'-zo; from
2302; to expose as a spectacle:— make a gazing stock.

2302. 6farpov theatrftn, theh'-at-ron; from 2300;
a place for public show ('* theatre"), i.e. general
audience-room; by impl. a show itself (flg.):— spec-
tacle, theatre.

2303. Bciov tbelftn, thi'-on; prob. neut. of 2304 (in
Its or. sense of flashing); sulphur:— brimstone.

2304. fletos thelds, thi'-os; from 231b; godlike
(neut. as noun, divinity):— divine, godhead.

2306. 8tt6rn,s thelites, thi-ot'-ace; from 3304.;
divinity (abstr.):— godhead.

2306. fleKiStjs thelodes, thi-o'-dace; from 370.7
and w; sulphur-like, i.e. su2p/utrous.' — brimstone.

BeXew theleo. See 2309.

2307. 8«Xii|j.tt tbelema, thel'-ay-mah; from the
prol. form of 2300; a determination (prop, the thing),
i.e. (act.) choice (spec, purpose, decree; abstr. voli-
tion) or (pass.) inclination: — desire, pleasure, will.

2308. 8&i]0-is thelesls, thel'-ay-sis; from 2300;
determination (prop, the act), i.e. option:— will.

2309. 8&« theld, thel'-o; or iBflUt ethelo, efft-

el'-o; in certain tenses fleX&> theleo, thel-eh'-o;
and 48IX€» etbeleo, eth-el-eh'-o, which are other-
wise obsol. ; appar. strengthened from the alt. form
of 138; to determine (as an act. option from subj.
impulse; whereas 1014 prop, denotes rather a pass.
acquiescence in obj. considerations), i.e., choose or
prefer (lit. or fig.); by impl. to wish, i.e. be inclined
to (sometimes adv. gladly); impers. forthefut. tense,
to be about to; by Heb. to delight in: — desire, be dis-
posed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have
rather, (be) will (have, -ling, -ling [ly]).

2310. 0ep.tXi.os themellos, them-el'-ee-os; from a
der. oijoS?; something put down, i.e, a substruction
(of a building, etc.), (lit. or flg.):— foundation.

2311. BeucXidu theinelloo, them-el-ee-o'-o; from
2310; to lay a basis for, i.e. (lit.) erect, or (flg.) consoli-
date:— (lay the) found (-ation), ground, settle.
8812. BeoSISeiKTOs theddldaktos, theh-od-d'-
ak-tos; from 231b and J.72/; divinely instructed: —
taught of God.

$310. 9eoX6-yos thedlogda, theh-ol-og'-os; from
3?j6 and jav," a " theologian": — divine.

&1/3. 6t0M.ox«w theomacheo, theh-c-makh-
eh'-o; from 2314; to resist deity:— fight against God.
£^£4. 6c<Suaxos theomachon, theh-om'-akh-os;
from 37/6 and j/nVi' an opponent 0/ deity:— to fight
against God.

2315. 6«6irvewrros theopnenstos, theh-op'-
nvoo-stos; from 3776 and a presumed der. of 4154; di-
vinely breathed is:— given by inspiration of God,



2316. fleos theds, theh'-os; of uncert. affln.; a
deity, espec. (with 3588) the supreme Divinity; flg. a
magistrate; by Heb. very:— X exceeding, God, god
[-ly, -ward],

2317. fieoo-epeio, tb-Sdsebela, theh-os-eb'-i-ah;
from 3j/<?; detwutness, i.e. piety:— godliness.

2318. etoo-tPfc thedsebes, theh-os-eb-ace'; from
231b and 4y76, - reverent of God, i.e. pious:— worship-
per of God.

2319. Ofoirrvy^s th£Astngres, theh-os-too^ace' ;
from 231b and the base of #767; hateful to God, i.e.
impious:— hater of God.

0*80. 0£OTr,s ih.-otcs, fheh-ot'-ace; from 231b;
divinity (abstr.):— godhead.

2321. ©tocpiXos Tbeophilos, then-o^-ii-os; from
231b and 3384; friend of God; Theophilus, a Chr. :—
Tbeophilus.

2322. Btpaircla therapela, ther-ap-i'-ah; from
3737; attendance (spec, medical, i.e. cure); flg. and
collec. domestics:— healing, household.

2323. 8tpwne0a therapeno, ther-ap-yoo'-o; from
the same as 2324; to wait upon menially, i.e. (fig.) to
adore (God), or (spec.) to relieve (of disease):— cure,
heal, worship.

2324. Ocpdiruv therapon, ther-ap'-ohn; appar.
a part, from an otherwise obsol. der. of the base of
2330; a menial attendant (as if cherishing):— servant.

2325. OtpCJtt tb«rlao,fher-id'-«o; from 2330 (in the
sense of the crop); to harvest: — reap.

2326. 0«p«rp.6s tb8rlsm&a, ther-is-mos 1 '; from
232s; reaping, i.e. the crop:— harvest.

2327. Otpurrijs therlstea, ther-is-tace'; from
232s; a harvester:— reaper.

2328. 0«p|»aCv*> thermalno, ther-mah'ee-no;
from 2320; to heat (oneself) : — (be) warm (-ed, self).

2329. 6«p|M) therme, ther'-may; from the base of
3370; warmth: — heat.

0AJ0. Wpos theros, ther>-os; from a prim. 0«p»
thero (to heat); prop, heat, i.e. summer:— summer.

2331. Ociro-aXovuccirs Tbessalonlfeeus, thes-
sal-on-ik-yoos f ; from 2332; a Thessalonican, i.e. in-
hab. of Thessalonice:— Thessalonian.

2332. ©to-o-aXovticri Tbegsaldnlke, thes-sal-on-
ee'-kay; from 0«<nraX6s Th£ssalos (a Thessa-
lian) and .7/29; Thessalonice, a place in Asia Minor:—
Thessalonica.

2333. 0ev8ds Theudas, thyoo-das 1 ; of uncert.
or. ; Theudas, an Isr. :— Theudas.

8«n thSo. 8665087.
#&?.£. Scupcu theorSo, theh-o^reh'-o; from a der.
of 3700 (pern, by add. of 3708); to be a spectator of,
i.e. discern, (lit., flg. [experience] or intens. [acknowl-
edge]):— behold, consider, look on, perceive, see.
Comp. .7700.

2335. OcupCa theorla, theh-o-ree'-ah; from the
same as 2334; spectatorship, i.e. (concr.) a specta-
cle:— sight.

S^fi. 9t|KT| tbeke, thaK'-fcau; fromjoS?; a recep-
tacle, i.e. scabbard:— sheath.

2337. 8r|XdJo) thelazd, thay-lad'-zo; from BnXrfj
thele (the nipple) ; to suckle; by impl. to suck: —
(give) suck (-ling).

2338. BfjXvj tbelns, thay'-loos; from the same as
2337; female:— female, woman.

2339. 8*jpa tbera, thay'-rah; from 8<f|p ther (a
wild animal, as game); hunting, i.e. (flg.) destruc-
tion:— trap.

2340. Qi\\ptia> therguo, thay-ryoo'-o; from sjtTp,"
to hunt (an animal), i.e. (flg.) to carp at:— catch.
23^J. 0t)piouax^ therloniacheo, thay-ree-om-
akh-eh'-o; from a comp. of 2342 and j/oV,' to be a
beast-fighter (in the gladiatorial show), i.e. (flg.) to en-
counter (furious men):— flght with wild beasts.
2342. StjpCov tberiftn, thay-ree'-on; dimin. from
the same as 2339; a dangerow animal:— (venomous,
wild) beast.



2343. 8r(0-aup£i> tbesaarlzo, tfta»-soui.rid'-«o;
from 2344; to amass or reserve (lit. or flg.): — lay up
(treasure), (keep) in store, (heap) treasure (together,
up).

2344. 9i)0-oup6s tbesaurds, thay-soiiMros'; from
3087; a deposit, i.e. wealth (lit. or fig.):— treasure.

2345. Biyy&vu tblggano, thing-gan'-o; a prol.
form of an obsol. prim. 8Cy» tblgo (to finger); to
manipulate, i.e. have to do with; by impl. to injure:—
handle, touch.

2346. 8X100 thllbo, thlee'-bo; akin to the base of
SU7! to crowd (lit. or fig.):— afflict, narrow, throng,
suffer tribulation, trouble.

2347. BXtyis thllpsls, thlipr-sis; trom.2346; pres-
sure (lit. or flg.):— afflicted (-tion), anguish, burdened,
persecution, tribulation, trouble.

2343. 6W)(TKe> thnesko, thnay'-sko; a strength-
ened form of a simpler prim. 8dv» tbano, fhan'-o
(which is used for it only in certain tenses); to die
(lit. or fig.):— be dead, die.

2349. Bviyrfs tbnetfis, thnay-tosf; from 2348; lia-
ble to die:— mortal (-ity).

2350. 8opvpl» thorubeo, thor-oo-beh'-o; from
2331; to be in tumult, i.e. disturb, clamor:— make
ado (a noise), trouble self, set on an uproar.

2351. 86pv|3os tbArnbds, thor'-oo-bos; from the
base of 23bo; a disturbance:— tumult, uproar.

2352. 6pavu tbrauo, throw'-o; a prim, verb; to
crush:— bruise. Comp. 448b.

2353. 6ptp.u.a. thremma, threm'-mah; lromji4S;
stock (as raised on a farm):— cattle.

2354. flpT|W» thi-en^o, thray-neh'-o; from 2333; to
bewail:— lament, mourn.

2355. flpfjvos tbrenOs, thray'-nos; from the base
of 23bo; wailing: — lamentation.

2356. 8pT]0-KcCa tbresbela, thrace-ki'-ah; from a
der. of 2337; ceremonial obsemanee;— religion, wor-
shipping.

2357. 6pf|<rKOS tlir."sk« v »« thrace'-kos; prob. from
the base of 2300; ceremonious in worship (as demon-
strative), i.e. pious.-— religious.

2358. BpiauB/Cvu tbriambeno, three-am-byoo'-
o; from a prol. comp. of the base of 23bo and a der.
of bSo (mean, a noisy iambus, sung in nonor of Bac-
cbus) ; to make an acclamatory procession, i.e. (flg.)
to conquer or (by Hebr.) to gitie victory: — (cause) to
triumph (over).

2359. 8pCg thrix, threeks; gen. rpixos trlcbfts,
etc.; of uncert. der.; hair:— hair. Comp. 2864.

2360. flpot'w tkrdeo, thro-eh'-o; from 8pfou,ai
tbr.'ouinl (to wail); to clamor, i.e. (by impl.) to
frighten:— trouble.

2361. BpiuPos thrdmbds, throm'-bos; perh.
from 3142 (in the sense of thickening); a clot: — great
drop.

2362. 0p6vos tbrSnds, thron'-os; from Qp&a
tbrao (to sit) ; a stately seat (" throne") ; by impl.
power or (concr.) a potentate:— seat, throne.

2363. 0udrcipa Thuatelra, thoo-at'-i-rah; of
uncert. der.; Thyatira, a place in Asia Minor:— Thy
atira.

2364. 6uY<S.Ti]p thtigater, thoo-gat'-air; appar. a
prim, word [comp. " daughter"] ; a female child, or
(by Hebr.) descendant (or inhabitant): — daughter.

2365. flirydTpiov tbugatrion, thoo-gat'-ree-on;
from 23b4; a daughterling:— little (young) daughter.

2366. 6viKKa tbnella, thoo'-el-lah; from 3380 (in
the sense of blowing) a storm:— tempest.

2367. Mivos thnin&s, thoo'-ee-nos; from a der. of
2380 (in the sense of blowing; denoting a certain fra-
grant tree); made of citron -wood: — thyine.

2368. 0vu,(ap,a tbumlama, thoo-mee'-am-ah;
from 3770,- an aroma, i.e. fragrant potoder burnt in
religious service; by impl. the burning itself:— in-
cense, odour.

2369. 9v|iio<rr<ipiov thumlasterlSn, thoo-mee-
as-tay'-ree-on; from a der. of 2370; a place of fumi-
gation, i.e. the altar of incense (in the Temple):—
censer.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Tharhreho
Eeos



37



$370. 6vfu&*> thnraiaS, thoo-mee-ah'-o; from a
der. otijSo (in the sense of smoking); to fumigate,
Le. offer aromatic fumes:— burn incense.

2371. 6v|iL0|iax«» tbnmdmach6o, thoo-mom-
akh-eh'-o; from a presumed comp. of 2^72 and 3164;
to be in a furious fight, i.e. (fig.) to be exasperated:—
be highly displeased.

2372. flvpos thumds, thoo-mosf; from 2380; pas-
sion (as if breathing hard):— fierceness, indignation,
wrath. Comp. 3300.

2373. Ovpdu thnmdo, thoo-mo'-o; from 3773; to
put in a passion, i.e. enrage: — be wroth.

2374. Ovpa tliura. thoo'-rah; appar. a prim, word
[comp. "door"]; a portal or entrance (the opening or
the closure, lit. or fig.):— door, gate.

2375. 6vpcd$ thnr£ds, thoo-reh-os'; from 9374; a
large shield (as door-shaped):— shield.

2376. 9vp(s thuris thoo-rece 1 ; from 9374; an
aperture, i.e. window: — window.

2377. Svpwpds thuror 5s, thoo-ro-ros' ; from 9374
and ovpos onrfts (a watcher); a gate-warden:—
that kept the door, porter.

2378. 6uo-(a thusla, thoo-see'-ah; from sjjb;
socK/'ce [(the act or the victim, lit. or fig.):— sacrifice.

2379. dwrtao-rfjpiov tbuslasterlon, thoo-see-
as-tay'-ree-on; from a der. of 3378; a place of sacri-
fice, i.e. an altar (spec, or gen., lit. or fig.):— altar.

2380. 0vu tliuo thoo'-o; a prim, verb; prop, to
rush {breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by impl.) to
sacrifice (prop, by fire, but gen.); by extens. to immo-
late {slaughter for any purpose):— kill, (do) sacrifice,
slay.

2381. 0e>p,d$ Thomas tho-mas': of Chald. or.
[comp. 8380]; the twin; Thomas, a Chr.:— Thomas.

2382. 6upa£ thorax, tho'-rax; of uncert. affln.;
the chest (*' tfioras"), i.e. (by impl.).a corslet:— breast-
plate.



2383. 'Idtipos IaSlros, ee-ah'-i-ros; of Heb. or.

[8971] ; Jairus (i.e. Jair), an Isr. :— Jairus.

238 Jf. 'IaKiSP Iakob, ee-afc-ooe'; of Heb. or. [3290];

Jacob (i.e. Ja'akob), the progenitor of the Isr. ; also

an 1st.: — Jacob.

SS5.5. *I&KupV>$ Iakobds, ee-ak'-o-bos; the same

as 23X4 Graecized; Jacobus, the name of three Isr.:—

James.

2386. tapa lama ee'-am-ah; from 9300; a cure
(the effect):— healing.

2387. 'Iap(3pijs Iambres, ee-am-orace'; of Eg.
or. ; Jami>?-es, an Kg. :— Jambres.

2388. 'Iavvd lamia ee-an-nah'; prob. of Heb. or.
[comp. 3338]; Janna, anIsr.:^Janna.

2389. 'Iavvfjs Ianneg, ee-an-nace'; of Eg. or.;
Jannes, an Eg. :— Jannes.

2390. tdopcu iaomal, ee-ah'-om-ahee; mid. of ap-
par. a prim, verb; to cure (lit. or fig.):— heal, make
whole.

2391. 'IdptS Iarfd ee-ar'-ed; of Heb. or. [3382];
Jared (i.e. Jered), an antediluvian:— Jared.

2392. IWis lasts, ee'-as-is; from 3J90; curing (the
act):— cure, heal (-ing).

2393. Itunris laspls, ee'-as-pis; prob. of for. or.
[see 3471]; "jasper", a gem:— jasper.

2394. 'Idcrov Iason, ee-as'-oan; fut. act. part,
masc. of 2300; about to cure; Jason, a Chr. :— Jason.

2395. tarpds latros ee-at-ros'; from 2300; a phy-
sician: — physician.

2396. tSc Ids, id'-eh; second pers. sing, imper. act.
of 1402; used as interj. to denote surprise; lo!:— be-
hold, lo, see.

2397. tSfa ld£a, id-eh'-ah; from 1402; a sight
[comp. fig. " idea"], i.e. asperf. - — countenance.

2398. tSios ldlos, id'-ee-os; of uncert. affln.: per-
taining to self, I.e. one's own; by impl. private or
separate:— X bis acquaintance, when they were



alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several),
home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private
(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).

2399. t&ic&rns ldiotea, id-ee-o'-tace; from 2308; a
private person, i.e. (by impl.) an ignoramus (comp.
"idiot"):— ignorant, rude, unlearned.

2400. ISov Iddu, id-oo'; second pers. sing, imper.
mid. of 1492; used as imper. lo!:— behold, lo, see.

2401. 'ISovpaia Jddamala, id-oo-mah'-yah; of
Heb. or. [123] ; Idumcea (i.e. Edom), a region E. (and
S.) of Pal. :— Idumeea.

2402. i8pu$ hldros, ftid-roce'; a strengthened
form of a prim. t8os idos (sweat); perspiration:—
sweat.

2403. 'leiX^X Iezabel, ee-ed-zab-ale'; of Heb.
or. [348]; Jezabel (i.e. T ezebel), a Tyrian woman
(used as a synonym of a termagant or false teacher) :—
Jezabel.

2404. "ItpdiroXis HlSrapdlls, hee-er-ap'-ol-is;
from 2413 and 4172; holy city; Hierapolis, a place in
Asia Minor:— Hierapolis.

2405. tcparcCa hleratela, hee-er-at-i'-ah; from
2407; priestliness, i.e. the sacerdotal function: — office
of the priesthood, priest's office.

2406. Updraipa bl£rat€nma, hee-er-at'-yoo-
mah; from 2407; the priestly fraternity, i.e. a sacer-
dotal order (fig.):— priesthood.

2407. Uparcvo hterateuo^ee-er-at-j/oo'-o.-prol.
from 2400; to be a priest, i.e. perform his functions: —
execute the priest's office.

2408. 'IfpcpXas Hleremias, hee-er-em-ee'-as; of
Heb. or. [3414]; Hieremias (i.e. JermijaK), an Isr.: —
Jeremiah.



lepcvs bl£r6ns, hee-er-yooce 1 ; from 2413;
& priest (lit. or fig.):— (high) priest.

'. 'l€pix<S Hit'riobo. hee-er-ee-kho' ; of Heb.
or. [3405] ; Jericho, a place in Pal :— Jericho.

2411. Up6v hlerdn, hee-er-on'; neut. of 2413; a
sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas 3483
denotes the central sanctuarii itself) of the Temple (at
Jems, or elsewhere):— temple.

2412. Upoirpeirijs bl£rdpr£pes, hee-er-op-rep-
ace'; from 2413 and the same as 4241; reverent:— as
becometh holiness.



. Up6s hie>5a, hee-er-os'; of uncert. affln.;
sacred: — holy.

2414. 'Iepoo-dXvpa Hierftsoluma, ftee-er-os-oJ'-
oo-mah; of Heb. or. [3389]; Hierosolyma (i.e. Jeru-
shalaim), the capital of Pal. : — Jerusalem. Comp. 24/g.

2415. 'Icpoo-oXvpCTT|s H16r6sdlnmltes, 7iee-er-
os-ol-oo-mee'-tace; from 2414; a Hierosolymite, i.e.
Jnhab. of Hierosolyma:— of Jerusalem.

2416. Upo<ruX&o liUr6mil£d, hee-er-os-ooUeh'-o;
from 2417; to be a temple-robber (fig.):— commit sac-
rilege.

2417. UpdcruXos ht£rosrilos, hee-er-os 4 '-oo-los;
from 2411 and 4813; a temple-despoiler:— robber of
churches.

2418. Upovpyia hieroarged, hee-er-oorg-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 2411 and the base of 2041; to be a
temple-worker, i.e. officiate as a priest (fig.):—
minister.

2419. 'Iepovo-oX^n merdusalem, hee-er-oo-
sal-ame'; of Heb. or. [8389]; Hierusalem (i.e. Jerush-
alem), the capital of Pal. :— Jerusalem. Comp. 2414.

2420. UpwoTJvn hleroanne, hee-er-o-soo'-nay;
from 2413; sacredness, i.e. (by impL) the priestly of-
fice:— priesthood.

, 'IccroraC Iftssai, es-es-sah'ee; of Heb. or.

; Jessos (i.e. Jishai), an Irs. : — Jesse.
'. 'I«p9de Igpbthag. ee-ef-thah'-eh; of Heb.
or. [8316]; Jephthae (i.e. Jiphtach), an Isr.:— Jeph-
thab.

2423. 'IcxovCas ISchSntaa, ee-ekh-on-ee'-as; of
Heb. or. [3204]; Jechonias (i.e. Jekonjah), an Isr.: —
Jechonias.



Ii)o-ovs Iesouu, ee-ay-sooce' ; of Heb. or.
[3091] ; Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord
and tw» (three) other Isr.:— Jesus.

2425. ikov6s hlkands, hik-an-os 1 ; from Urn
hiko [ixdvu or IkWoiicu, akin to 2240] (to arrive):
competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in
amount) or fit (in character):— able, + content,
enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet,
much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.

2426. iKavoTi]s hikandtes, Mk-an-ot'-ace; from
2423; ability:— sufficiency.

2427. iKavoa blkan&o, hik-an-5'-o; from 2423; to
enable, i.e. qualify:— make able (meet).

2428. iKtrnpCa blketerla, hik-et-ay-ree'-ah; from
a der. of the base of 2423 (through the idea of ap-
proaching for a favor) ; intreaty:— supplication.

2429. ixuds hikmas, hik-mas'; of uncert. affln.;
dampness:— moisture.

2430. 'Ikoviov IkduiAn, ee-fcon'-ee-on; perh.
from 1304; image-like; Iconium, a place in Asia
Minor:— Iconium.

2431. tXapos lillards, hil-ar-os'; from the same
as 243b; propitious or merry {"hilarious"), Le.
prompt or willing: — cheerful.

2432. tXaponjs bllardtes, ftiZ-ar-ot'-oce; from

2431; alacrity:— cheerfulness.

2433. iXdo-Kouai hllaskomai, hil-as'-kom-ahee;
mid. from the same as 2436; to conciliate, te. (trans.)
to atone for (sin), or (intrans.) be propitious:— he
merciful, make reconciliation for.

2434. IXao-uds hllaam5s, hil-as-mos'; atone-
ment, i.e. (concr.) an expiator: — propitiation.

2435. EXao-Wjpiov bllasterldn, hil-as-tay'-ree-
on; neut. of a der. of 2433; an expiatory (place or
thing), i.e. (concr.) an atoning victim, or (spec.) the
lid of the Ark (in the Temple):— mercyseat, propitia-
tion.

2436. tXcus bllSog, hil'-eh-oce; perh. from the alt.
form of 138; cheerful (as attractive), le. propitious;
adv. (by Hebr.) God be gracious.', i.e. (in averting
some calamity) far be it:— be it far, merciful.

2437. "IXXvptKOV Illnrlkon, il-loo-ree-kon' ;
neut. of an adj. from a name of uncert. der.; (the)
lllyrican (shore), i.e. (as a name itself) Myricum, a re-
gion of Europe:— Myricum,

2438. tp.ds liiiuaw, hee-mas'; perh. from the same
as 260; a strap, i.e. (spec.) the tie (of a sandal) or the
lash (of a scourge):— latchet, thong.

2439. tjiaT£|(i) Iiimattzo, him-at-id'-zo; from
2440; to dress: — clothe.

2440. iu-driov hiinatidn, him-at'-ee-on; neut. of
a presumed der. of tvwpj. <* juiumt (to put on);
a dress (inner or outer):— apparel, cloke, clothes, gar-
ment, raiment, robe, vesture.

2441. ip.OTvo-p.6s blmatismos, him-aUis-mosr;
from 243q; clothing:— apparel (X -led), array, rai-
ment, vesture.

2442. lueCpoptu hlm£ir5mal, W?»-i'-rom-oftee;
mid. from tpcpos lilmfr 6s (a yearning; of uncert.
affln ); to long for:— be affectionately desirous.

2443. Tva blna, hin'-ah; prob. from the same as
the former part of 1438 (through the demonstrative
idea; comp. 3388) ; in order that (denotingthe purpose
or the result) :— albeit, because, to the intent (that),
lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Comp. 3363.

tva p/fj blna me. Seejydj.
2444- ivarl liinatl. hin-at-ee'; from 2443 and
Sior; for what reason 1 , i.e. whyf:— wherefore, why.
'. Ioinrn Ioppe, ee-op'-pay; of Heb. or.

Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place In Pal. :— Joppa.
IopSdvns ISrdanes, ee-or-dan'-ace; of
Heb. or. [3388] ; the Jordanes (i.e. Jarden), a river of
Pal. :— Jordan.

2447. U$ 15s, ee-os 1 ; perh. from dpi Mml (to go)
or tripit bleml (to send); rust (as if emitted by
metals); also-venom (as emitted by serpents) :- poison,
rust.



Qg Eeoodah

Katagnoomee



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



244S. 'IovSd louda ee-oo*lah'; of Heb. or. [3063
or perh. 8194] ; Judih (i.e. Jehudah or Juttah), a part
of (or place in) Pal.:— Judah.

2449. 'IovSata I5ndala, ee-oo-dah'-yah; tern, of
"453 (with 1003 impl.); the Judcean land (i.e. Judaea),
a region of Pal. .—Judaea.

2450. "IouSotJw Iduda'izd, eeoo-dahid'-zo;
from 24531 *° become a Judcean, i.e. " Judaize":—
live as the Jews.

2451. 'IovSaiicds IAadaikos, ee-oo-dah-ee-kos' ;
from 2453; Judaic, i.e. resembling a Judcean:—
Jewish.

2452. 'IovSaiKtes Idada'ikds, ee-oo-dah-ee-koce';
adv. from 245/,' Judatcally or iw a manner resem-
bling a JiKtoan:— as do the Jews.

2453. 'IovSatos Idudalds, ee-oo-dah'-yos; from
2448 (in the sense of 245s as a country); Judcean, i.e.
belonging to Jehudah:— Jew (-ess), of Judeea.
2454- 'IovSaurnos Idudalsmos, ee-oo-dah-is-
Tnos 1 ; from 2450; " Jttdatsm", i.e. the Jewish faith
and usages:— Jews' religion.

5. 'IovSds Idudas, ee-oo-das'; of Heb. or.
Judas (I.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Isr.;
also of the posterity of one of them and its region:—
Juda (-h, -s); Jude.

2456. "IouXto. Idulla, ee-oo-lee'-ah; fern, of the
same as 245T, Julia, a Chr. woman:— Julia.

2457. 'lovXios Idallds, ee-oo'-lee-os; of Lat. or.;
Julius, a centurion:— Julius.

2458. louvCas IAunlas, ee-oo-nee'-as; of Lat. or. ;
Juntas, a Chr.:— Junias.

2459. "Iovotos Idnstds, ee-ooce'-tos; of Lat. or.
("just"); Justus, the name of three Chr.: — Justus.

2460. tirircvs hlpp&ns, hip-yooce'; from 2462;
an equestrian, i.e. member of a cavalry corps: —
horseman.

2461. lirirucov blpplkAn, hip-pee-kon' ; neut. of
a der. of 2462; the cavalry force:— horse [-men].

2462. tmros hippos, hip'-pos; of uncert. affln. ; a
fcorse:— horse.

2463. tpis Iris, ee'-ris; perb. from 2046 (as a symb.
of the female messenger of the pagan deities); a
rainbow (" iris"):— rainbow.

2464. Io-adtt Isaak, ee-sah-ak'; of Heb. or. [3327];
Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:— Isaac.
&£65. Io-Ayy«Xos lsaggelfts, ee-sang'-el-los; from
2^70 and J2J like an angel, i.e. angelic:— equal unto
the angels.

2466. 'Lrax&p Isacbar, ee-sakh-ar 1 ; of Heb. or.

[3485] ; Isachar (i.e. Jissaskar), a son of Jacob (fig.

his desc.):— Issachar.

24S7. tcrT||u lieml, is'-ay-mee; assumed by some

as the base of cert, irreg. forms of H92 ;to know: —

know.

2468. fcrfli istbi, is'-thee; sec. pers. imper. pres. of
1310; be thou:— + agree, be, X give thyself wholly
to.

2469. "lo-KapiaTiis Iskarlotes, is-kar-ee-o'-tace;
of Heb. or. [prob. 377 and 7149]; inhdb. 0/ Kerioth;
tacariotes (i.e. Keriothite), an epithet of Judas the
traitor:— Iscariot.

2470. Icros lsos, eef-sos; prob. from /^oa (through
the idea of seeming); similar (in amount or kind):—
+ agree, as mucb, equal, like.

2471. t<roTT|s lsdtes, ee-sot'-ace; likeness (in con-
dition or proportion); by impl. equity:— equal (-ity).

2472. Jo-otiuos lsdtlmos, ee-sot'-ee-mos; from
2470 and J092; of equal value or ftonor.-— like pre-
cious.

2473. to"<5<|n>xos lsdpsncbds, ee-sop'-soo-khos;
from 2470 and 5300; of similar spirit: — likeminded.
2474- 'I<rpat}X Israel, is-rah-ale'; of Heb. or.
[8478]; Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of
Jacob, includ. his desc. (lit. or fig.):— Israel.

2475. Lrpa-nXJrns Israelites, is-rah-ale-ee'-tace;
from 247*; an " Israelite", I.e. desc of Israel (lit. or
fig.):— Israelite.

2476. t<rrn|n blsteml, hisf-tay-mee; a prol. form
of a prim, ordu stao. stah'-o (of the same mean..



and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (trans, or
intrans.), used in various applications (lit. or fig.):—
abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish,
hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by,
forth, still, up). Comp.jafr.

2477. loTOpfa hlst5reo, his-tor-eh'-o; from a
der. of 1492; to be knowing (learned), i.e. (by impl.)
to visit for information (interview):— see.

2478. ttrxvpos Isch urds, is-khoo-rosf ; from 2^70,"
forcible (lit. or fig.):— boisterous, mighty (-ier), pow-
erful, strong (-er, man), valiant.

2479. to-\\vs lscbus, is-khoos 1 ; from a der. of fc
Is (force; comp. i<r\\ov eschdn, a form of 2192);
forcefulness (lit. or fig.):— ability, might ([-ily]),
power, strength.

2480. Ur\\i<o lschno, is-khoo'-o; from 2479; to
have (or exercise) force (lit. or fig.): — be able, avail,
can do ([-not]), could, be good, might, prevail, be of
strength, be whole, + much work.

2481. Jcrws lsos, ee'-soce; adv. from 2470; likely,
i.e. perhaps: — it may be.

2482. 'IraXta Italia, ee-taUee'-ah; prob. of for.
or. ; Italia, a region of Europe:— Italy .

2483. 'ItoXikos Itallkds, ee-tat-ee-fcos'; from
2482; Italic, i.e. belonging to Italia:— Italian.

2484. 'Irovpata Itdurala, ee-too-rah'-yah; of
Heb. or. [8195] ; Iturcea (i.e. Jetur), a region of PaL :—
Ituraa.

2485. IxSvSiov lchthndldn, ikh-thoo'-dee-on;
dimin. from 248b; a petty fish:— little (small) flsh.

2486. tx8«s lcbtbus, ifcft-thoos'; of uncert. affln.;
a fish: — flsh.

2487. Ixvos lchnds, ikh'-nos; from IkWouxu.
IkneSmal (to arrive; comp. 2240) ; a track (flg.) :—
step.

2488. IodBctp, Ioattaam, ee-o-ath'-am; of Heb.
or. [3147] ; Joatham (i.e. Jotham), an Isr. :— Joatham.

2489. 'Iudwa Ioanna, ee-o-an'-naft; fern, of the
same as 2401; Joanna, a Chr.: — Joanna.

2490. Icoawds loannas, ee-o-an-nos\\ - a form of
2401; Joannas, an Isr. : — Joannas.

2491. Io>dwi)$ Ioannes, ee-o-an'^nace; of Heb.
or. [3110] ; Joannes (i.e. Jocfcanam), the name of four
Isr.:— John.

2492. 'I<jp I6b, ee-obe>; of Heb. or. [847]; Job (i.e.
Hob), a patriarch:— Job.

2493. *I«WjX loel, ee-o-ate'; of Heb. or. [3100];
Joel, an Isr. : — Joel.

24S4. Iwvdv Ionan, ee-o-nan'; prob. for 2401 or
2403; Jbnan, an Isr.: — Jonan.

2495. 'Itovds Idnas, ee-o-nas'; of Heb. or. [8124];
Jonas (i.e. Jonah), the name of two Isr.:— Jonas.

2496. 'Iupdp. Ioram, ee-o-ram'; of Heb. or. [3141];
Joram, an Isr. :— Joram.

2497. Icepctu Ioreim, ee-o-rime'; perh. for 2406;
Jorim, an Isr. :— Jorim.

2498. 'Icotra<f>aT Idsapbat, ee-o-saf-at' ; of Heb.
or. [3092]; Josaphat (i.e. Jehoshaphat), an Isr.: —
Josaphat.

2499. IaxHj lose, ee-o-say'; gen. of 2500; Jose, an
Isr.:— Jose.

2500. Iwcr-fis loses, ee-o-sace'; perh. for sjoi;
Joses, the name of two Isr.:— Joses. Comp. 2409.

2501. Iti»H)<|> Iogepb, ee-o-safe 1 ; of Heb. or.
[3130]; Joseph, the name of seven Isr.:— Joseph.

2502. I<oo-(as Ionian ee-o-see'-as; of Heb. or.
[2977], Josias (i.e. Joshiah), an Isr. :— Josias.

2503. tfiro lota, ee-o'-tah; of Heb. or. [the tenth
letter of the Heb. alphabet]; "iota", the name of
the ninth letter of the Gr. alphabet, put (fig.)
for a very small part of anything: — jot.






Kayta kago, kag-o>; from 1332 and 1473 (so
also the dat.

K&|io( kamdl, kam-oy'; and ace.

•cdui kamg, kam-eh 1 ); and (or also, even,
etc.) I, (to) me:— {and, even, even so, so) I (also, in
like wise), both me, me also.



2505. KdSd katlia, katfoah'; from 230b and the
neut. plur. of 3739; according to which things, Le.
just as:— as.

2506. KaOaCpco-is katbalresls, kath<eh'ee-res-is;
from 2507; demolition; flg. extinction:— destruc-
tion, pulling down.

2507. KaSaipica katbalrSS, kath-ahee-reh'-o\\
from 2396 and 13S (includ. its alt.) ; to ioioer (or with
violence) demolish (lit. or flg.):— cast (pull, put, take)
down, destroy.

2508. KaOaCpu bathalro, kath-ah'ee-ro; from
2313; to cteanse, i.e. (spec.) to prune; flg. to expiate:—
purge.

2509. KaSdircp kathaper, fcatn-ap'-er; from 1305
and ^007; exactly as: — (even, as well) as.

2510. KaBdirru kathapto, kath-ap'-to; from
250b and bSo; to seize upon:— fasten on,

2511. >ca9apU> katharlzo, kath-ar-id'-zo; from
2313; to cleanse (lit. or flg.):— (make) clean (-se),
purge, purify.

2512. Ka6apio-)i6s katharlsmSs, kath-ar-is-
mos'; from 2511; a washing oft, i.e. (cer.) ablution,
(mor.) expiation:— cleansing, + purge, purification,
(-fying).

2513. KaSapos kathar5s, kath-ar-os 1 ; of uncert.
affin.; clean (lit. or fig.):— clean, clear, pure.

2514. Ka0ap6rn,s katharotes, kath-ar-ot'-ace;

from 2313; cleanness (cer.):— purification.

2515. Ka6$pa katbedra, kath-ed'-rah; from
2396 and the same as 1476; a ftencA (lit. or flg.):— seat.

2516. KaMJouai kattaezomal, kath-ed'-zom-
ahee; from 2396 and the base of 147b; to sit down; —
sit.

2517. KaBtiffis kathixes, kath-ex-ace 1 ; from
2J96 and ^i??6,' (Aerea/ter, i.e. consecutively; as a
noun (by ell. of noun) a subsequent person or time: —
after (-ward), by (in) order.

2518. ko,8cv&» kathendo, kath-yoo'-do; from
25-96 and cv8» hi'udo (to sleep); to lie down to rest,
i.e. (by impl.) to /aft asleep (lit. or flg.):— (be a-) sleep.

2519. KaBirYTjiWjs katbegetes, kath-ayg-ay.
tace'; from a comp. of 2396 and 2233; a guide, i.e. (flg.)
a teacher: — master.

2520. Ka84)Ku katheko, kath-ay'-ko; from 259b
and 2240; to reacfc to, i.e. (neut. of pres. act. part.,
flg. as adj.) becoming: — convenient, fit.

2521. KdOnpcu katbemal, kath'-ay-mahee; from
239b and r)p.oi bemal (to sit; akin to the base of
147b); to sit down; flg. to remain, reside:— dwell, sit
(by, down).

m#. KaBnuepivos kathemerinds, kath-ay-
mer-ee-nos'; from 2596 and 2230; quotidian: — daily.

2523. Ka6Ci> kathlzo, kath-id'-zo; another (act.)
form for 251b; to seat down, i.e. set (fig. appoint);
intrans. to sit (down); flg. to settle (hover, dwell):—
continue, set, sit (down), tarry.

2524. Ka6ti)|H katbleml, kath-ee'-ay-mee; from
2396 and li)|u bleml (to send); to lower:— let down.

2525. Ko6to-TT||ii katblsteml, kath-is'-tay-mee;
from 2/96 and 2^76; to ptace down (permanently), i.e.
(flg.) to designate, constitute, convoy. - — appoint, be,
conduct, make, ordain, set.

2526. ko.96 katbo, kath-o'; from 25-90 and 3739;
according to which thing, i.e. precisely as, in propor-
tion as: — according to that, (inasmuch) as.

2526'. ko6o\\ikos, kath511k6s, fcatft-ol-ee-fcos';
from 2527; universal: — general.

2527. KaBdXov, katbol5a, kath-ol'-oo; from 2506
s.na3b3o; on the whole, i.e. entirely: — at all.

2528. Ka8oir\\(i> kathdpllzo, kath-op-lid'-zot
from 250b and J695; to equip fully with armor: — arm.

2529. KaSopdo) bathdrao, kath-or-ah'-o; from
259b and 3708; to behold fully, i.e. (flg.) distinctly ap-
prehend: — clearly see.

2530. KaBoVt kathdtl, kath-ot'-ee; from 259b
and 373Q and 5100; according to which certain thing,
i.e. as far (or inasmuch) as: — (according, forasmuch)
as, because (that).



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Eeoodah
Katagnoomee



39



2531. Kti9iis kntlios, kath-oce'; trom 2396 and
5613; just (or inasmuch) as, that: — according to, (ac-
cording, even) as, how, when.

2532. teal kal, kahee; appar. a prim, particle,
having a copulative and sometimes also a cu-
mulative force ; and, also, even, so, then, too,
etc. ; often used in connection (or composition)
with other particles or small words : — and, also,
both, but, even, for, if, indeed, likewise, more-
over, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yea, yet.



Ko'id(j>as Kaiaphas, kah-ee-af -as; of
Chald. or.; the dell; Caiapha'' (i.e. Cajepha), an
Isr.:— Caiaphas.

2534- kclIy* katgS, ka'hee-gheh; from as$s and
rod;; and at least (or even, indeed) : — and, at least.

2535. Ediv Kaiu kah'-in; of Heb. or. [7014];
Cain (i.e. Cajin), the son of Adam:— Cain.

2536. EaCvdv Kainan, kah-ee-nan'; of Heb. or.
[7018] ; Cainan (i.e. Kenan), the name of two patri-
archs:— Cainan.

2537. kcuvos kalnds, fcafee-nos'; of uncert. affln. ;
new (espec. in freshness; while 3501 is prop, so with
respect to age):— new.

2538. Kaivirns kalndtes, kahe¬'-ace; from
2337; renewal (fig.):— newness.

2539. KaCircp kalper, kah'ee-per; from 2532 and
4007; and indeed, i.e. nevertheless or notwithstand-
ing:— and yet, although.

25Jfi. Kcupos kairds, kahee-ros 1 ; of uncert. affln.;
an occasion, i.e. set or proper time: — X always, op-
portunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short,
while) time, a while. Comp. 5330.
2541. Kaicrap Kalsar, kah'ee-sar; of Lat. or.;
Cmsar, a title of the Eom. emperor:— Csesar.
25Jfi. Kttitrdptia Kalsargla, kahee-sar'-i-a;
from 2341; Ccesaria, the name of two places in Pal.:—
Csesarea.

2543. KaCroi kaltai, kah'ee-toy; from 2332 and
3104; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:— although.
2544- Kah-ouye kaitdige, kah'ee-toyg-eh; from
254.3 and 1063; and yet indeed, i.e. although really:—
nevertheless, though.

2545. Ka£» kaio, kah'-yo; appar. a prim, verb; to
set on fire, i.e. kindle or (by impl.) consume: — burn,
light.

254S. kcLkcI kakel, kak-i'; from 2532 and 1503;
likewise in that place:— and there, there (thither)
also.

2547. KOKel9ev kakf ithfn kak-i'-then; from
2332 and 1504; likewise from that place (or time)'. —
and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
254S. Kaxctvos kakelnds, kak-i' -nos; from 2332
and 1565; likewise that (or those): — and him (other,
them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.

2549. KOKia kakla, kak-ee'-ah; from 2336; bad-
ness, i.e. (subj.) depravity, or (act.) malignity, or
(pass.) trouble:— evil, malice (-iousness), naughtiness,
wickedness.

2550. KaKO^Scia kakðela, kak-o-ay'-thi-ah;
from a comp. of 2556 and 2239; bad character, i.e.
(spec.) mischievousness: — malignity.

2551. KaKoXoyia kakdldgeo, kak-ol-og-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 2336 and 3036; to revile: — curse,
speak evD of.

2552. KaKOird8»a kakSpathela, kak-op-ath'^i-
ah; from a comp. of 2356 andj&jd; hardship: — suffer-
ing affliction.

2553. KOKOiraMoi kakdpatheo, kak-op-ath-eh'-o;
from the same as 2352; to undergo hardship:— be af-
flicted, endure afflictions (hardness), suffer trouble.
$554- KOKOiroiio* kak6p61S5, kak-op-oy-eh'-o;
from 2333; to be a bad-doer, i.e. (obj.) to injure, or
(gen.) to sin:— do (-tog) evil.

2555. KdKOirouSs kakSpttltts, kak-op-oy-os' ;
from 2536 and 416a; a bad-doer; (spec.) a criminal: —
evil-doer, malefactor.

2556. kok6s kakds, fcafc-os'; appar. a prim, word;
vjorthless (intrinsically such; whereas 4100 prop, re-
fers to effects), i.e. (subj.) depraved, or (obj.) inju-
rious.'— bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.



#557. Ktueovpyos kakdnrgAs, kak-oor'-gos; from
2336 and the base of 2041; a wrong-doer, i.e. crim-
inal:— evil-doer, malefactor.

2558. KaKov\\4(i> kakducheo, kak-oo-kheh'-o;
from a presumed comp. of 233b and 2102; to mal-
treat:— -which suffer adversity, torment.

2559. kokoo kakSo, kak-o'-o; from 253b; to in-
jure; fig. to exasperate: — make evil affected, entreat
evil, harm, hurt, vex.

2560. k<j,kws kakoa, kak-oce'; adv. from 2336;
badly (phys. or mor.):— amiss, diseased, evil, griev-
ously, miserably, sick, sore.

2561. K&Koxris kakosis, kak'-o-sis; from 2539;
maltreatment: — affliction.

2562. Ko.Xdp.-n kalame, kal-am'-ay; fem. of 2563;
a stalk of grain, i.e. (collect.) stubble:— stubble.

2563. KaXapos kalamds, kal'-am-os; of uncert.
affln. ; a reed (the plant or its stem, or that of a sim-
ilar plant) ; by impl. a pen:— pen, reed.

2564. ko.X.&» kaleo, kal-eh'-o; akin to the base of
2733; to " call " (prop, aloud, but used in a variety of
applications, dir. or otherwise):— bid, call (forth),
(whose, whose sur-) name (was [called]).

2565. KaXXUXcuos kalllelaids, kal-le-el'-ah-yos;
from the base of 2566 and 163b; a cultivated olive
tree, i.e. a domesticated or improved one: — good olive
tree.

2566. xaXXCov kalH&n, kal-lee'-on; neut. of the
(irreg.) comp. of 2370; (adv.) better than many :— very
well.

2567. KaXoSiSdo-xaXos kalddldaskalds, kal-
od-id-as'-kal-os; from 2570 and 1320; a teacher of the
right:— teacher of good things.

2568. KaXol Aipives Kaldi Limenes, kal-oy'
lee-men' -es; plur. of 2370 and 3040; Good Harbors, i.e.
Fairhaven, a bay of Crete:— fair havens.

2569. KoXoiroicu kal5p61£o, kal-op-oy-eh'-o;
from 2570 and 4160; to do well, i.e. live virtuously:—
well doing.

2570. kccXos kalds, kaUoe'; of uncert. affln.; prop.
beautiful, but chiefly (fig.) good (lit. or mor.), i.e.
valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus
distinguished from 18, which is prop, intrinsic): —
X better, fair, good (-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.

2571. KaXvpLa kalnma, kal'-oo-mah; from 2372;
a cover, i.e. veil: — vail.

2572. KaXvirru kalnpto, kal-oop'-to; akin to
2S13 and 2928; to cover up (lit. or fig.):— cover, hide.

2573. KaXus kalds, kaUoce'; adv. from 2370: well
(usually mor.) :— (in a) good (place), honestly, + re-
cover, (full) well.

2574- kduvnXos kamelSs, kam'-ay-los; of Heb.
or. [1581]; a. "camel": — camel.
#575. K&|uvos kaminos, kam'-ee^nos; prob.
from 2545 ; a furnace:— furnace.

2576. KamLia kammno kam-moo'-o; foracomp.
of 2506 and the base 01346b; to shut down, i.e. ctose the
eyes: — close.

2577. icdu.v<i> kamno. kam'-no; appar. a prim,
verb; prop, to toil, i.e. (by impl.) to tire (fig. faint,
sicken):— faint, sicken, be wearied.

2578. icdu/irTO kamptd, kamp'-to; appar. a prim,
verb; to bend:— bow.

2579. k&v kan, kan; from 2332 and 1437; and (or
even) if:— and (also) if (so much as), if but, at the
least, though, yet.

2580. Eavd Kana, kan-ah'; of Heb. or. [comp.
7071]; Cana, a place in Pal.:— Cana.

2581. EavavCrns Kananites, kan-an-ee'-tace;
of Chald. or. [comp. 7067]; zealous; Cananites, an
epithet:— Canaanite [by mistake for a der. from 3477].

2582. EavSdin) Kandake, kan-dak'-ay; of for.
or.; Oandace, an Eg. queen: — Candace.

2583. KWit&v kanon, kan-ohn'; from ndvr| kane
(a straight reed, i.e. rod); a rute ("canon"), i.e. (fig.)
a standard (of faith and practice); by impl. a boun-
dary, i.e. (fig.) a sphere (of activity):^-line, rule.

2584. Eaircpvaovp. Kapi rnaouui. cap-er-nah-
00m'; of Heb. or. [prob. 3783 and 5151]; Capernaum
(i.e. Caphanachum), a place in Pal.:— Capernaum.



2585. tcaTrnXevo kapel£uo, kap-ale-poo'-o; from
xdirnXos kapelds (a Tiucfcster); to retail, i.e. (by
impl.) to adulterate (fig.) :— corrupt.



Kairvos kapnftg, kap-nos'; of uncert. affln.;
smoke:— smoke.

2587. EainraSoKCa Kappaddkla, kap^iad-ok-
ee'-ah; of for. or.; Cappadocia, a region of Asia
Minor:— Cappadocia.

2588. KapSCa kardla, kar-dee'-ah; prol. from a
prim. Kdp kar (Lat. cor, " heart ") ; the heart, i.e.
(fig.) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by anal.)
the middle:— (+ broken-) heart (-ed).

#559. KapSioYvutrrns kardl5gnostes, fcar-dee-
og-noce'-tace; from 2388 and 1097; a heart-knower: —
which knowest the hearts.

2590. Kapir6s karpos, kar-pos'; prob. from the
base of 726; fruit (as plucked), lit._or fig. :— fruit.

2591. Edpiros Karpds, kar'-pos; perh. for sjoo;
Carpus, prob. a Chr. : — Carpus.

2592. KapiroaSop^w karpSphdreo, kar-pof-or-
eh'-o; from 2503; to be fertile (lit. or fig.):— be (bear,
bring forth) fruit (-f ul).

2593. Kapiro4><5pos kacpdphdrdg, kar-pof-or 1 -
os; trom 2500 and J342; fruitbearing (fig.):— fruitful.
2594- KopTeplw karterSo, kar-ter-eh'-o; from a
der. of 2004 (transp.) ; to be strong, i.e. (fig.) steadfast
(patient):— endure.

2595. Kap<t>os karphfis, kar'-fos; from xdpcjio
tearplio (to wither); sb dry twig or straw: — mote.

2596. Kara kata, itat-aA',' a prim, particle; (prep.)
down (in place or time), in varied relations (accord-
ing to the case [gen., dat. or ace] with which it is
joined): — about, according as (to), after, against,
(when they were) X alone, among, and, x apart, (even,
like) as (concerning, pertaining to, touching), x aside,
at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, [charita-]
bly, concerning, + covered, [dai-] ly, down, every,
(-|- far more) exceeding, x more excellent, for, from
... to, godly, in (-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect
of), . . . by, after the manner of, + by any means,
beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X nat-
ural, of (up-) on (x part), out (of every), over
against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through
(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-) to (-gather,
-ward), X uttermost, where (-by), with. In composi-
tion it retains many of these applications, and fre-
quently denotes opposition, distribution or intensity.

2597. KarafiaCvo katakalno, fcat-a&-a7i'ee-mo;
from 239b and the base of 939; to descend (lit. or
fig.): — come (get, go, step) down, descend, fall (down).

2598. Karap'dXXo kataballo, fcai-a6-aZ'-to; from.
2596 and 906; to throw down: — cast down, de-
scend, fall (down).

2599. Karapapso) katabareo, kat-ab-ar-eh'-o;
from 2306 and 91b; to impose upon:— burden.

2600. Ko-Tdpao-is katabasls, kat-ab'-as-is; from
2597; a declivity:— descent.

2601. KoraPiPdJu katabibazo, kat-ab-ib-ad'-zo;
from 259b and a der. of the base of 039; to cause to go
down, i.e. precipitate: — bring (thrust) down.

2602. KttTttPoX^ katabdle, kat-ab-ol-ay' ; from
2598; a deposition, i.e. founding; fig. conception: —
conceive, foundation.

2603. KaTappajJevoj katabrabeuo, kat-ab-rab-
yoo'-o; from 239b and 1018 (in its orig. sense) ; to
award the price against, i.e. (fig.) to defraud (of sal-
vation):— beguile of reward.

2604. KarayyeXevs kataggeleus, Jfcat-ano-o:el-
yooce'; from 2605; a. proclaimer:— setter forth.

2605. KavraYveXXo kataggfllo, kat-ang-gel'-lo;
from 2396 and the base of 32; to proclaim, promul-
gate:— declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.

2606. KaTOYtXao katagelao, kat-ag-el-ah'-o; to
laugh down, i.e. deride: — laugh to scorn.

2607. KaTtryiVMo-KU kataginosko, kat-ag-in-o'-
sko; from 259b and 1097; to mote against, i.e. find
fault with: — blame, condemn.

2608. KardYvvux katagimmi, kat-ag'-noo^nee;
from 2-ro6 and the base of 448b; to rend in pieces, Le.
cracft apart: — break.



Katago



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Kard-ya katago, \\saUag 4 -o; from 2596 and
77; to lead down; spec, to moor a vessel:— bring
(down, forth), (bring to) land, touch.

2610. twaf <*v(j;o|MU katagonlzftmal, kat-ag-

O-nid'-zom-ahee; from 2306 and 73; to struggle
against, i.e. (by impl.) to overcome;— subdue.

2611. Kavraocu katadeo, kat-ad-eh'-o; from 259b
and 1213; to tie down, le. bandage (a wound): — bind
up.

2612. KO/rdSnXos katad. !«'.« kat-ad'-ay-los;
from 250b intens. and 1212; manifest:— lax more evi-
dent.

2613. KaraSi.K&|a katadikazo, kat-od-ik-ad'-
zo; from 2jg6 and a der. of 1349; to adjudge against,
I.e. pronounce guilty: — condemn.

2614. KttTttSi»K» katadioko, kat-ad-ee-o'-ko;
from 25*96 and 1377; to hunt down, i.e. search for: —
follow after.

2615. KaTuSovXio katad5al6o, kat-ad-oo-lo'-o;
from 2jgd and 1402; to enslave utterly:— bring into
bondage.

S626. KaraSuvasTtfa kntad imastfuo. fcat-od-
oo-nos-t!/oo'-o,■ from 2596 and a der. of 1413; to exer-
cise dominion against, i.e. oppress: — oppress.

2617. KaTanrxvv» katatsehund, kat-ahee-
skhoo'-no; from 2596 and 7j9," to shame down, i.e.
disgrace or (by impl.) put to tAe blusA:— confound,
dishonour, (be a-, make a-) shame (-d).

2618. KarcucaCa katakalo, kat-ak-ah'ee-o; from
230b and 2/457 to burn dovm (to the ground), i.e. con-
sume wholly:— burn (up, utterly).

2619. KaTcutaXvirrw katakalapto, Icat-ak-al-
oop'-to; from 2306 and 2372; to cover wholly, i.e.
veil:— cover, hide.

2620. KaTaKa«x ,io M- al katakauckaomal, kat-
ak-ow-khah'-om-ahee; from 2596 and 2744; to ezuft
against (I.e. over):— boast (against), glory, rejoice
against.

2621. Kar&Kciu,ai. katakeimal, kat-ak'-i-mahee;
from 230b and 2749; to lie down, i.e. (by impl.) be sick;
spec, to recline at a meal:— keep, lie, sit at meat
(down).

2622. KaraxXdu kataklao, kat-ak-lah'-o; from
250b and 280b; to break down, i.e. divide: — break.

2623. KarcucXcCa katakieid, kat-ak-li'-o; from
2^96 and 2808; to sftut down (in a dungeon), i.e. incar-
cerate:— shut up.

26££. KaraKXijpo&OTta kataklerdddteo, kat-
ak-lay-rod-ot-eh'-o; from 2J96 and a der. of acomp.
of 28ig and /J2y; to be o giver of lots to each, l.e. (by
impl.) to apportion an estate: — divide by lot.

2625. KaTaxXtvo kataklino, kat-ak-lee'-no;
from 2.596 and 2827; to recline down, i.e. (spec.) to
take a place at table:— (make) sit down (at meat).

2626. KaraicXvtu kataklazo, kat-ak-lood'-zo;
from 2J96 and the base of 2830; to dash (wash) down,
i.e. (by impl.) to deluge:— overflow.

2627. KaraxXvo-uds kataklusmoa, kat-ak-
looce-mos'; from 2626; an inundation:— flood.

2628. KarcucoXovO&a katukoloutkef., kat-ak-
ol-oo-theh'-o; from 230b and iqo; to accompany
closets:— follow (after).

2629. KaTcucoir™ katakopto, kat-ak-op'-to;
from 230b and 2<S^y; to chop down, i.e. mangle: — cut.

2630. KevraKpirjiivCtta katakremnlzo, fcat-ofc-
rame-nid'-zo; from 2506 and a der. of 2011; to pre-
cipitate down:— cast down headlong.

2631. Kar&Kpiu.a katakrlma, kat-aW-ree-mah;
from 2032; an adverse sentence (the verdict):— con-
demnation.

2632. tcaTcucptvu katakrino, fcot-ofc-ree'-no;
from 2jgb and 2979; to judge against, Le. sentence:—
condemn, damn.

2633. KaT&Kpio-is katakrlsls, kat-aW-ree-sis;
from 2632; sentencing adversely (the act):— condemn
(-ation).

263^. Karamipieua kataknriead, kat-ak-oo-
ree-yoo'-o; from 230b and zobr; to lord against, i.e.
control, subjugate: — exercise dominion over (lord-
>), be lord over, overcome.



KaraXaXea katalalgo, fcat-al-al-efc'-o;
from 2b37; to be a traducer, i.e. to slander:— speak
against (evil of).

2636. KttToXaXCa katalalia, feat-al-al-ee'-afc;
from 2b37; defamation: — backbiting, evil speaking.

2637 KardXaXog katalalds, kat-al'-al-os; from
2596 and the base of 2080; talkative against, I.e. a
slanderer:— backbiter.

2638. KaTaXau.f3dvo> katalambano, kat-al-am-
ban'-o; from 2jgb and 2083; to take eagerly, i.e. seize,
possess, etc. (lit. or flg.): — apprehend, attain, come
upon, comprehend, find, obtain, perceive, (over-)
take.

2639. KaToXeyw katalego, kat-al-eg'-o; from
239b and 3004 (in its orig. mean.); to lay down, i.e.
(flg.) to enrol:— take into the number.

2640. Ka.TaXei(iu.a katalelmma, kat-al'^me-
mah; from 2b4i; a remainder, i.e. (by impl.) a few:—
remnant.

2641. KaTaXefiTO katalSlpo, kat-al-i'-po; from
2596 and 3007; to leave down, i.e. behind; by impl. to
abandon, have remaining: — forsake, leave, reserve.
264$. KOToXiOAJu katalithazo, kat-aUth-ad' ■
zo; from 2596 and 3034; to stone down, i.e. to death:—
stone.

2643. KaToXXa-y^j katallage, kat-al-lag-ay 1 ;
from 2b44; exchange (flg. adjustment), i.e. restora-
tion to (the divine) favor:— atonement, reconciliation
(-ing).

2644- KaToXXdo-o-o katallaiso, .kat-al-las'-so;
from 230b and 2j6; to change mutually, i.e. (flg.) to
compound a difference: — reconcile.

2645. KaTdXoiiros kataldlpds, kat-al'-oy-pos;
from 2596 and 3062; left down (behind), i.e. remain-
ing (plur. the rest):— residue.

2646. KardXiipa katalnma, kat-al'-oo-mah;
from 2b47; prop, a dissolution (breaking up of a jour-
ney), i.e. (by impl.) a lodging-place:— guestchamber,
inn.

2647. KuraXva kataluo, kat-aUoo'-o; from 250b
0003089; to loosen down (disintegrate), i.e. (by impl.)
to demolish (lit. or flg.); spec. [comp. 20V6] to halt for
the night:— destroy, dissolve, be guest, lodge, come
to nought, overthrow, throw down.

2648. KaTO(xov9dv<i> katamanthano, kat-am-
an-than'-o; from 239b and 3129, to learn thoroughly,
i.e. (by impl.) to note carefully: — consider.

2649. Karajioprvplia katamartnrSo, kat-am-
ar-too-reh'-o; from 2506 and 3140; to testify
against: — witness against.

2650. KaTauivu kHlnm.'iio, kat-am-en'-o; from
2596 and 3306; to stay fully, I.e. reside:— abide.

2651. KO/rajidvas kataminaa, kat-am-on'-as;
from 230b and.ace. plur. fem. 013441 (with 33b/ impl.) ;
according to sole places, i.e. (adv.) separately: —
alone.

2652. Karavd0eu,a katanathema, kat-an-ath'-
em-ah; from 2306 (intens.) and 331; an impreca-
tion: — curse.

2653. KaTavaOe|iaTCJ<i> katanathematlzd,
kat-an-ath-em-at-id'-zo; from 230b (intens.) and 332;
to imprecate: — curse.

2654- KCLTavaXCo-Kco katanallskd, kat-an-al-is 1 -
ko; from 230b and 333; to consume utterly: — consume.

2655. Karavapicdu katanarkao, kat-an-ar-
kah'-o; from 230b and vopKda narkao (to be
numb); to grow utterly torpid, i.e. (by impl.) sloth-
ful (flg. expensive) :— be burdensome (chargeable).

2656. Karavtio kataneuo, kat-an-yoo'-o; from
230b and 330b; to nod down (towards), i.e. (by anal.)
to make signs to:— beckon.

2657. vavravola katanfieo, ftat-an-o-efc'-o; from
230b and 333g; to observe fully:— behold, consider,
discover, perceive.

2658. Ka.Ta.VTdw katantao, kat-an-tah'-o; from
230b and a der. of 473; to meet against, i.e. arrive at
(lit. or flg.):— attain, come.

2659. Kardw£is katanaxls, kat-an'-oox-is;
from 2660; a jtrickling (sensation, as of the limbs



asleep), i.e. (by impl. [peril, by some confusion with
330b or even with 3371]) stupor (letliargy):— slumber.

2660. KaTavvo-o-w katanusso, kat-an-oo>>-so;
from 2596 and 3372; to pierce thoroughly, i.e. (flg.)
to agitate violently (" sting to the quick"):— prick.

2661. KttTa|i6<i) kataxioo, kat-ax-ee-S'-o; from
2jco and 313; to deem entirely deserving:— (ac-) count
worthy.

2662. KO.TairaT&> katapateo, kat-ap-at-eh'-o;
from 230b and 3gbi; to trample down; flg. to reject
with disdain:— trample, tread (down, underfoot).
#663. Kttrdiravo-is katapausls, kat-ap'-6w-sis;
from 266^; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebr.) abode;—
rest.

2664. Kavrairavu katapano, fcat-ap-cV-o; from
2J06 and 3073; to settle doum, i.e. (lit.) to colonize, or
(flg.) to (cause to) desist:— cease, (give) rest (-rain).

2665. KaTaire'Tao-|±a. katapetasma, kat-ap-et'-
as-mah; from a comp. of 230b and a congener of
4072; something spread tlioroughly, i.e. (spec.) the
door screen (to the Most Holy Place) in the Jewish
Temple:— vail.

2666. KttTairCvu kataplno, kat-ap-ee'-no; from
230b and #>g57 to drink down, i.e. gulp entire (lit. or
flg.): — devour, drown, swallow (up).

2667. KaTairhrru kataplpto, kat-ap4p'-to;
from 230b and 4008; to fall down:— fall (down).

2668. KaTo.irX&i> kataplgo, fcat-ap-leJi'-o; from
230b and 412b; to sail down upon a place, i.e. to land
at:— arrive.

2669. KaTaicoWu kataponeo, fcat-op-on-ea'-o;
from 230b and a der. of 4192; to labor down, i.e. wear
with toil (flg. ftarass):— oppress, vex.

2670. KaTairovTC1> katapdnttzd, fcat-ap-on-
tid'-zo; from 230b and a der. of the same as 4103; to
plunge down, i.e. submerge: — drown, sink.

2671. Kardpa katara, fcat-ar'-aft; from 2,5-96 (in-
tens.) and b8s; imprecation, execration:— curse (-d,
•ing).

2672. KaTapdopai kataraamal, kat-ar-ah'-om-
ahee; mid. from 2b7i' j to execrate; by anal, to
doom: — curse.

2673. KaTap-y&o katargSo, kat-arg-eh'-o; from
230b and bgi; to 6e (render) entirely idle (useless), lit.
or flg. : — abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do
away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect,
fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down),
vanish away, make void.

2674. KarapiOjiio) katarlthmeo, kat-ar-ith-
meh'-o; from 230b and 703; to reckon among: — num-
ber with.

2675. KaTaprtgu katartlzo, kat-ar-tid'-zo; from
230b and a der. of 739; to complete thoroughly, i.e. re-
pair (lit. or flg.) or adjust:— fit, frame, mend, (make)
perfect (-ly join together), prepare, restore.

2676. KaTdprio-is katartisis, kat-ar'-tis-is; from
2b7s; thorough equipment (subj.) :— perfection.

2677. KaTaprio-u4s katartlsmfts, kat-ar-tis-
mos'; from 2675; complete furnishing (obj.):— per-
fecting.

2678. Karao-eCw kataselo, kat-as-i'-o; from 2506
and 4370; to sway downward, i.e. make a signal:—
beckon.

2679. KWraa-Kimro kataskapto, fcat-os-ftap'-toi
from 2J96 and ^626; to undermine, i.e. (by impl.) de.
stroy: — dig down, ruin.

2680. Karao-K€vd|<a kataekenazo, kat-ask-yoo,
ad'-zo; from 230b and a der. of 4b32; to prepare tfcor.
oughly (prop, by external equipment; whereas 2090
refers rather to internal fitness) ; by impl. to con-
struct, create:— build, make, ordain, prepare.

2681. KaTao-KTjvdu fcataskenfid, kat-as-kay-
no'-o; from 2/96 and 4637; to camp down, i.e. haunt;
flg. to remain:— lodge, rest.

2682. KaTOo-K^vuo-is katagkendsls, kat-as-
kay'-no-sis; from 2b8i; an encamping, i.e. (flg.) a
perch:— nest.

2683. KO.r<unaAXja katasklaso, kat-as-kee-ad'-
zo; from 2596 and a der. of 4639; to overshade, Le.
cover: — shadow.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Katago
Keramyooce



41



268 Jf. KOTao-Koir^w kataskopeo, kat-as-kop-
eh'-o; from 26^; to be a sentinel, I.e. to inspect in-
sidiously:— spy out.

2685. Kardo-Koirot katask6poa, fcat-as'-fcop-os;
Irons 2/96 (intens.) and 4649 (in the sense of a
watcher); a reconnoiterer:— spy.

2686. KOTa<ro(j)C5oiiai. kataadpblzdmai, fcat-
su-of-id'-zom-ahee; mid. from 2596 and 4679; to fie
cra/ty asai7Wt, i.e. circumvent:— deal subtilly with.

2687. ieaTCurr&X«> kata«t<<Ild, kat-as-tel'-lo;
from tsqb and #724; to put down, i.e. quell:— appease,
quiet.

2688. KttTdxmjjitt kataatema, kat-as'-tay-mah;
bom 2323; prop, a po»«t»o» or condition, Le. (subj.)
demeanor:— behaTiour.

2689. KaraoToX^ kataatdle, kat-as-tol-ay';
from 2687; a deposit, i.e. (spec.) costume:— apparel.
£690. KaTa<rrp&}>» kataatrepho, kat-as-tref'-o;
from 2/96 and 4762; to turn upside down, i.e. upset:—
overthrow.

^69i. KaTaerpi|via» katastreniao, kat-as-
tray-nee-ah'-o; from 2/96 and 4703; to become volup-
tuous against:— begin to wax wanton against.

2692. KOTOOTpo^ kataatrfipke, kat-as-trof-
ay'; from 2600; an overturn ("catastrophe"), i.e.
demolition; fig. apostasy:— overthrow, subverting.

2693. kotmtp<&WU|U katastronnaml, ftat-as-
trone'-noo-mee; from 2596 and ^766; to strew down.
I.e. (by impl.) to prostrate (slay):— overthrow.

2694. Karao-vpo katasnro. kat-as-oo'-ro; from
ajoo and #0//; to drag down, i.e. arrest judicially:—
hale.

2695. KttTO<rij>dTTw kataapkattd, kat-as- fat' -to;
from 2jc6 and ^969; to kill down, i.e. slaughter: — slay.

2696. Ka.Ta<r<ppo.-yCi;» kataapkraglzd, kat-as-
frag-id'-zo; from sjg6 and 4072; to seal closely:— seal.

2697. KttTCurx«<ris kataachesla, kat-as' -khes-is;
from 2722; a holding down, i.e. occupancy:— posses-
sion.

26*0?. KaraT(6T||U katatltkeml. kat-at-ith'-ay-
mee; from 2/96 and 5087; to ptoce down, i.e. deposit
(lit. or fig.):— do, lay, shew.

2699. KB/raTou^ katatdme, kat-at-om-ay'; from
a comp. of 2/06 and ripva temno (to cut); a cut-
ting down (off), i.e. mutilation (ironically):— conci-
sion. Comp. bog.

2700. KOTOTo|tvu katatdxeao, kat-at-ox-yoo'-o;
from 2306 and a der. of 5115; to shoot down with an
arrow or other missile:— thrust through.

2701. KOTaTp<x» katatrecko, kat-at-rekh'-o;
from 2jg6 and 3143; to run down, i.e. hasten from a
tower:— run down.

KdTatpdyu katapkag5. See 2719.

2702. KOTa<j>€pa> katapln ro kat-af-er'-o; from
sjo6 and Jj^2 (includ. its alt. ) ; to bear down, i.e. (flg.)
overcome (with drowsiness); spec, to cast a vote: —
fall, give, sink down.

2703. KaraiJMVYU katapkeugo, kat-af-yoo'-go;
from 239b and 3343; to ./tee down (away):— flee.

2704. KOTOip0€[p<i> kataphthelro, kat-af-thi'-
ro; from 2J06 and 5351; to spoil entirely, i.e. (lit.) to
destroy; or (flg.) to depraue.— corrupt, utterly perish.

2705. KaraiJHXiw katapklleo, kat-af-ee-leh'-o;
from 2J0O and ju6<y,' to fciss earnestly:— kiss.

2706. KorcKppove'oi katapkrdneo, kat-af-ron-
eh'-o; from 2506 and 342b; to think against, l.e. dis-
esteem:— despise.

2707. KaTH>povT^s katapkrontea, kat-af-ron-
tace'; from 2706; a contemner:— despiser.

2708. Karayjot katacheo, kat-akh-eh'-o; from
2jo6 and \\ia ckeo (to pour); to pour down (out):—
pour.

2709. KOTttx86vios katachthonloa, kat-dkh-
thon'-ee-os; from 2jo6 and \\iav cktkon (the
ground); subterranean, i.e. infernal (belonging to
the world of departed spirits):— under the earth.

2710. Karaxpaoiiai katachraomal, kat-akh-
rah'-om-ahee; from 2jgo and 3330; to overuse, i,e.
misuse.-— abuse.



2711. Kara-fyiyji) katapancko. kai-ap-soo'-kho;
from 2,596 SCDA3394; to cool down (off), i.e. refresh:—
cool.

2712. KttretSwXos kateldoloa, kat-i'-do-los;
from 2.596 (intens.) and 1497; utterly idolatrous:—
wholly given to idolatry.

KarcXcvvo kateI£utlio. See 2718.

2713. KOrevavTi katcuanti, kat-en'-an-tee;
from 230b and 172$; directly opposite:— betore, over
against.

KO.T€V€-yK<i> katenegko, 8662702.

2714. kotcviWiov katenoplon, kat-en-o '-pee-on;
from 2396 and 1799; directly in front of:— before (the
presence of), in the sight of.

2715. KO.Te£ovo-i,di> katexouslazo, kat-ex-oo-
see-ad'-zo; from 2,596 and 1830; to have (wield) full
privilege over: — exercise authority.

2716. KaTep-ydJo|iai katergazAmal, kat-er-
gad'-zom-ahee; from 2396 and 2038; to work fully, i.e.
accomplish; by impl. to finish, fashion:— cause, do
(deed), perform, work (out).

2718. KdT^pxonai katerckdmat, kat-er'-khom-
ahee; from 230b and 2064 (includ. its alt.) j to come (or
go) down (lit. or flg.):— come (down), depart, descend,
go down, land.

2719. KOT«r6tu kateatklo, kat-es-thee'-o; from
2/96 and sob8 (includ. its alt.); to eat down, i.e. devour
(lit. or flg.):— devour.

2720. Ka.Tcv6uva> kateutkano, kat-yoo-thoo'-no;
from 2.596 and 2116; to straighten fully, i.e. (flg.) di-
rect:— guide, direct.

2721. KaTKp£<rn|iH katepklateml, kat-ef-is'-
tay-mee; from 2596 and 2186; to stand over against,
i.e. rusft upon (assauK):— make insurrection against.

2722. ko,tcx<» fcaleehd. kat-ekh'-o; from 2306
and 2/92; to hold down (fast), in various applications
(lit. or flg.):— have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let,
X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take,
withhold.

2723. Karrryoplu kategdrgo, kat-ay-gor-eh'-o;
from 2723; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some
offence:— accuse, object.

2724. KcmryopCa kategorla, kat-aygor-ee'-ah;
from 2723; a complaint ("category"), i.e. criminal
charge:— accusation (X -ed).

2725. Ka-rij-yopos kategoros, kat-ay'-gor-os;
from 2306 and 38; against one in the assembly, i.e. a
complainant at law; spec. Satan:— accuser.

2726. Kar^cia katepk£la, kat-ay'-fUah; from a
comp. of 2300 and perh. a der. of the base of 3316
(mean, downcast in look); demureness, i.e. (by impl.)
sadness: —heaviness.

2727. Karnxe'w kateckeo, kat-ay-kheh'-o; from
2,596 and 2270; to sound down into the ears, i.e. (by
impl.) to indoctrinate (" catechize") or (gen.) to ap-
prise of :— inform, instruct, teach.

2728. Kanou kalloo. fcat-ee-6'-o; from 259b and a
der. of 2^7,' to rust down, i.e. corrode:— canker.

2729. ko.tutx'Uu katlackno, kat-is-khoo'-o; from
2306 and 2480; to onerpower:— prevail (against).

2730. KdTOiKt'w katMkeo, kat-oy-keh'-o; from
2J96 and 3611; to ftouse permanently, i.e. reside (lit.
or flg.):— dwell (-er), inhabitant (-ter).

2731. kotoIkiio-is katfilkeala, kat-oy'-kay-sis;
from 2770; residence (prop, the act; but by impl.
concr. the mansion):— dwelling.

2732. KaToi.KiiTrjpi.ov katdlketerlAn, kat-oy-
kay-tay'-ree-on; from a der. of 2770; a dwelling-
place:— habitation.

2733. KarotKCa katAlkla, kat-oy-kee'-ah; resi-
dence (prop, the condition; but by impl. the abode it-
self ):— habitation.

2734. KOTOTrrptEoiiov katdptrizoinai, kat-op-
trid'-zom-ahee; mid. from a comp. of 2J96 and a der.
of 3700 [comp. 2072] ; to mirror oneself, i.e. to see re-
flected (flg.):— behold as in a glass.

2735. KaT<jp8(oiia katorthoma, kat-or'-tho-
mah; from a comp. of 2/96 and a der. of 3717 [comp.
VS7]; something made fully upright, i.e. (flg.) rectifi-
cation (spec, good public administration):— very
worthy deed.



Kara kato, kat'-o: also (comp.)

KdTUTCpu katoti r<> kat-o-ter'-o [comp.

2737] ; adv. from 2300; downwards:— beneath, bottom,

down, under.

2737. KO,Tc&TCpos katoterda, kat-o'-ter-os; comp.
from 2776; inferior (locally, of Hades):— lower.

2738. Kavp,a kauma, kow'-mah; from 2345; prop,
a burn (concr.), but used (abstr.) of a glow:— heat.

2739. Kavu.aT(£<i> kaumatlzo, kow-mat-id'-zo;
from 2738; to burn:— scorch.

^7^0. Kavo-is kaaalB, kow'-sis; from 2343; burn-
ing (the act) :— be burned.

2741. Kttuo-dw kaiisAd, kow-so'-o; from 2740; to
set on fire:— with fervent heat.

2742. kovo-wv kanson, fcoui'-sone; from 2741; a
glare:— (burning) heat.

2743. KatiTT|pidJ(i> kanterlazo, kow-tay-ree-ad'-
20; from a der. of 2343; to brand (" cauterize"), i.e.
(by impl.) to render unsensitive (flg.): — sear with a
hot iron.

2744- Kavxdouat kauckadmal, kow-khah'-om-

ahee; from some (obsol.) base akin to that of o«x^ u
auck£o (to boast) and 2172; to vaunt (in a good or
a bad sense):— (make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.

2745. KavxT]u,a kaackema, kow'-khay-mah;
from 2744; a boast (prop, the object ; by impl. the act)
in a good or a bad sense:— boasting, (whereof) to
glory (of), glorying, rejoice (-ing).

2746. Kat)XT|0-is kanckeala, kow'-khay-sis; from
2744; boasting (prop, the act; by impl. the object), in
a good or a bad sense:— boasting, whereof I may
glory, glorying, rejoicing.

27^7. KryxP<a( Kegcbreal, keng-khreh-a'hee;
prob. from K«"YXP°S kegckrds (millet); Cenchreos,
a port of Corinth:— Cenchrea.

. KcSpi&v Kedron, fced-rone'; of Heb. or.
Cedron (i.e. Kidron), a brook near Jerus.:—
Cedron.

2749. Ketuai kfimal, ki'-mahee; mid. of a prim,
verb; to lie outstretched (lit. or flg.):— be (appointed,
laid up, made, set), lay, lie. Comp. 3087.

2750. Kapta keirla, ki-ree'-ah; of uncert. affln. ;
a swathe, i.e. winding-sheet: — graveclothes.

2751. Ktlpa kfiiro, ki'-ro; aprim.verb; tosftear;—
shear (-er).

2752. KeX«up,a kSlSnma, kel'-yoo-mah; from
27JC7.' a ory of incitement:— shout.

2753. K(\\tvo kelSuo, kel-yoo'-o; from a prim.
K&Xo k£115 (to urge on); "hail"; to incite by
word, i.e. order:— bid, (at, give) command (-menf).

2754. KevoSo£Ca. keiuAddzla, ken-od-ox-ee'-ah;
from 2733; empty glorying, i.e. self-conceit:— vain-
glory.

2755. Kev6So|os kenAdoxoa, ken-od'-ox-os; from
2756 and 1391; vainly glorifying, i.e. self-conceited:—
desirous of vain-glory.

2756. kcwSs kenda, ken-os'; appar. a prim, word;
empty (lit. or flg.):— empty, (in) vain.

2757. KevotpuvCa kenophonla, ken-af-o-nee'-ah;
from a presumed comp. of 273b and 543b; empty
sounding, i.e. fruitless discussion:— vain.

2755. K<v<5a> kendo, ken-o'-o; from 27/6; to make
empty, i.e. (flg.) to abase, neutralize, falsify:— make
(of none effect, of no reputation, void), be in vain.

2759. K*vrpov kentrom, fcen'-tron; from kjvt&>
kenteo (to prick); a point ("centre"), i.e. a sting
(flg. poison) or goad (flg. divine tmputse):— prick,
sting.

2760. KtvrvpCuv kentnrion, fcen-foo-ree'-oJm;
of Lat. or. ; a centurion, i.e. captain of one hundred
soldiers: — centurion.

#76.?. kcvus kenoa, ken-oce'; adv. from 273b;
vainly, i.e. to no purpose: — in vain.
2762. KcpaCa kerala, ker-ah'-yah; tern, of a pre-
sumed der. of the base of 27b8; something ftorn-Kfce,
i.e. (spec.) the apex of a Heb. letter (flg. the least par-
ticle):— tittle.



KEpaittvs kJramSiis, ker-am-yooce' ; from
sjbb; a potter.-— potter.



42



Keramikos



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



2764. KCpojuKOf keramlkAs, «e» -am-ifc-os\'
from 2766; made of clay, i.e. earthen: — of a potter.

3765. Kipijuov k&ramlAn. fcer-am'-ee-on; neut
of a presumed der. of zjbb; an earthenware vessel,
t e.jar:— pitcher.

^766. K-fpa}io$ k&ramds, ker'-am-os; prob. from
the base of 2767 (through the idea of mixing clay and
water); earthenware, i.e. a tife (by anal, a thin roof
or awning):— tiling.

£767. Kcpdvwut kirannnmi, fcer-an'-noo-mee;
a prol. form of a more prim. Kepdoi Itf rao. ker-
ah'-o (which is used in certain tenses); to mingle, i.e.
(by impl.) to pour out (for drinking) :— fill, pour out.
Oomp. 3306.

2768. Ktpas keras, ker'-as; from a prim. Kap kar
(the hair of the head); a horn (lit. or fig.):— horn.

276,9. Kcpdriov k£ratlAn, ker-at'-ee-on; neut of
a, presumed der. of zybS; something ftorfcgu ~e.
(spec.) the pod of the carob-tree:— husk.

Kcpou kerao. See 2767.
£770. KtpSaCvw kArdalno, ker-dah'ie.M, from
2777; to gain (lit. or fig.):— (get) gain, wt '
£771. K^pSos kerdAa, ker'-dos; of uneert afBn.;
gain (pecuniary or gen.):— gain, lucre.
2772. Keppa k&rma, fcer-tnah; from 275/, a clip-
ping (bit), i.e. (spec.) a coin/— money
£775. KCp|iaTurH)S kermatistea, ker-mat-is-
tace'; from a der. of 2772," a handler of coins, i.e.
money-broker: — changer of money.
£771. Ke$o\\<uov kAphalalAn, kef-al'-ah-yon;
neut. of a der. of 2776; a principal thing, i.e. main
point; spec, an amount (of money) :— sum.
£775. Kc^oXaiott kAphalalAo, kef-al-ahee-o'-o;
from the same as 1774; (spec.) to strike on the head:—
wound in the head.

5776. Ke<t>a\\-/j kephale, kef-al-ay'; prob. from
the prim, tcdirrw kapto (in the sense of seizing);
the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), lit.
or fig. :—head.

5777. Ke-poXts kApkalls, kef-al-is'; from 2776;
prop, a knob, i.e. (by impl.) a roll (by extens. from
the end of a stick on which the MS. was rolled):—
volume.

2778. Kflvo-os kensAs, kane'-sos; of Lat. or.;

prop, an enrolment (" census"), i.e. (by impl.) a tax:—

tribute.

S779. Kfjiros kepAa, kay'-pos; of uneert. affln.; a

garden:— garden.

2780. Kr,iro«pns kepAurAa, kay-poo-ros' '; from
2770 and ovpos AurAa (a warden); a garden-keeper,
i.e. gardener:— gardener.

2781. KijpCov kerlAn, kay-ree'-on; dimin. from
lends keAa (wax); a cell for honey, i.e. (collect.) the
comb:— [honey-] comb.

2782. idjpv-y|ia kerugma, kay'-roog-mah; from
S7S4; a proclamation (espec. of the gospel; by impl.
the gospel itself):— preaching.

2783. KT)pv£ kernx, kay'-roox; from 2784; a her-
ald, i.e. of divine truth (espec. of the gospel):—
preacher.

2784. Kqpvovo kernaao, kay-roos'-so; of uneert.
affln. *, to herald (as a public crier) , espec. divine truth
(the gospel):— preach (-er), proclaim, publish.

2785. Kf)ros ketAa, kay'-tos; prob. from the base
of 5400; a huge fish (as gaping for prey):— whale.

2786. Kn,<j>d$ Kephaa, kay-fas'; of Chald. or.
[comp. 8710] ; the Rock; Cephas (i.e. Kepha), a sur-
name of Peter:— Cephas.

£7£7. KipVris klbotAa, kib-o-tos'; of uneert.
der.; a box, i.e. the sacred ark and that of Noah:—
ark.

2788. Kiflapa klthara, kith-ar'-ah; of uneert.
affln.; a lyre:— harp.

2789. Ki8apC!> kltharlzo, kith-ar-id'-to; from
1788; to play on a lyre:— harp.

£790. KiSapcpSos kltharotdoa, kith-ar-o'-dos;
from 27.8? and a der. of the same as jdqj; a lyre-
stager (-player), i.e. harpist:— harper.



2791. KiXiKia tullkka, kilrik-ee'-ah; prob. of
for or.; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:— Cilicia.

2792. Kivd|U)|L0v kinamomos, cm-am- -o-mon;
of for. or. [comp. 7076]; cinnamon. — cinnamon.

2793. KivSw-ivu klndnnAno, ,Hn-aoon-yoo'-o;
from 2794; to undergo peril:— be in danger, be (stand)
in jeopardy.

2794. k(vSvvos klndunAa, kin'-doo^nos; of un-
eert. der. ; danger: — peril

2795. Kiv«'» klneo, kin-eh'-o; from kCu klo (po-
etic for «V l 61ml, to go) ; to stir (trans.), lit. or fig. :—
(re-) move (-r), wag.

2796. Kivryn.s kinesis, kin'-ay-sis; from 2705; a
stirring:— moving.

2797. Kb Kls, kis; of Heb. or. [7087]; Cis (i.e.
Kish), an Isr.:— Cis.

K'XPIr" klenreml. Seejjjr-

2798. kXoSos kladAa, klad'-os; from 2S06; a twig
or bough (as if broken off):— branch.

2799. KkaUa klalo, klah'-yo; of uneert. affln.; to
sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 114s is rather to cry si-
lently):— bewail, weep.

2800. kXcutis klaala, Has 1 4s; from 2806; fracture
(the act):— breaking.

2801. KXatrua klaama, klas'-mah; from 2&6; a
piece (bit);— broken, fragment.

2802. KXavS-n Klaude, klow'-day; of uneert.
der. ; Claude, an island near Crete:— Clauda.

2803. KXavSCa Klandla, klow-dee'-ah; fern, of
2804; Claudia, a Chr. woman:— Claudia.

2804. KXavSios KlaudlAa, klow'-dee-os; of Lat.
or. ; Claudius, the name of two Romans:— Claudius.

2805. KXavOues klaatkmAs, klowth-mos'; from
2700; lamentation: — wailing, weeping, X wept.

2806. nXdtt klao, klah'-o; a prim, verb; to break
(spec, of bread):— break.

2807. kXcCs kleia, Mice; from 2808; a key (as shut-
ting a lock), lit. or fig. :— key.

2808. k\\<U> klelo, Ui'-o; a prim, verb; to close
(lit. or fig.):— shut (up).

2809. KAiupa kl£mma, klem'-mah; from 2*y;
stealing (prop, the thing stolen, but used of the act) :—
theft.

2810. KXtdiras Kleftpaa, kleh-op'-as; prob.
contr. from KXediro/rpos KlSApatrAs (comp. of
2811 and 3962) ; Cleopas, a Chr.:— Cleopas.

£&/J. kXIos kl-SAs, kleh'-os; from a shorter form

012564; renown (as if being called):— glory.

£<W£. KX6irTt|s kleptea, klep'-tace; from afirj; a

stealer (lit. or fig.):— thief. Comp. ^037.

£&/,?. icX-i-irru klepto, klep'-to; a prim, verb; to

filch:— steal.

£SX£- kX-SJimi klema, klay'-mah; from 2&6; a
Km* or sftoo* (as if broken off): — branch.
2815. KXt|(it|s Klemea, klay'-mace; of Lat. or.;
merci/ul; Clemes (i.e. Clemens), a Chr. : — Clement.
££Z6. KXijpovo^o) klerAnAmSo, klay-ron-om-
eh'-o; from 2<Sr*," to k an heir to lit. or fig.):— be
heir, (obtain by) inherit (-ance).

2817. K\\ijpovou(a klerdnAmla, klay-ron-om-ee'-
ah; from 2S/8; heirship, i.e. (concr.) a patrimony or
(gen.) a possession.'— inheritance.

2818. KXnpovouos klerdndmds, klay-ron-om'-
os; from 28rq and the base of 3531 (in its orig. sense
of partitioning, i.e. [reflex.] getting by apportion-
ment); a sharer by lot, i.e. an inheritor (lit. or fig.);
by impl. a possessor:— heir.

2819. ic\\f)pos klerds, klay'-ros; prob. from 2*6
(through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the
purpose); a die (for drawing chances); by impl. a
portion (as if so secured); by extens. an acquisition
(espec. & patrimony, fig.):— heritage, inheritance, lot,
part.

2820. icXi)pd» klerAo, Uay-ro'-o; from afro; to
allot, i.e. (fig.) to assign (a privilege):— obtain an in-
heritance.

2821. kX^o-is kleala, klay'-sis; from a shorter
form of 3564; an invitation (fig.) : — calling, vocation.



'. K\\irrds kletAs, klay-tos'; from the same as

2821; invited, i.e. appointed, or (spec.) a saint: —
called.

2823. tcXtpam kllbands, kliV-anos; of uneert
der.; an earthen pot usei for baking in:— oven.

2824. k\\C|MI Kii ata.fclee' woft; trom2&7; a slope,
i.e. (spec.) a "ciime" 01 ioct of country:— part,
region.

2825. kXCvtj kllne, klee'-nay; from 2&7; a coucn
(for sleep, sickness, sitting or eating):— bed, table.

2826. kXiv(Siov kllnldlAn, Wn-id'-ee-on; neut
of a presumed der. of 282s; a pallet or little couch:—
bed.

£<?£7. kX(v» kllno, Uee'-no; a prim, verb; to
slant or slope, i.e. incline or recline (lit. or fig.): —bow
(down), be far spent, lay, turn to flight, wear away.

2828. xXurCa kllala, fclee-see'-ah; from a der. of
2827; prop, reclination, i.e. (concr. and spec.) a party
at a meal:— company.

2829. KX<rirfj klApe, Mop-as'; from *8i3i steal-
ing.*— theft.

2830. xkiSov kladon, ifcloo'^oftn; from kX*J«
klazo (to billow or dash over) ; a surge of the sea
(lit. or fig.):— raging, wave.

2831. icXvoWCgoiuu kludonlzAmal, hloo-do-
nid'-zom-ahee; mid. from 2830; to surge, i.e. (flg.) to
fluctuate:— toss to and fro.

2882. KXanros Klopaa, Mo-pas'; of Chald. or.

(corresp. to 2j6); Clopas, an Isr. :— Clopas.

2833. kW)6« knetho, knay'-tho; from a prim.

kvAw knao (to scrape); to scratch, i.e. (by impl.)

to ticfcle:— X itching.

£&% EvCSos KnldAa, fenee'-dos; prob. of for.

or.; Cnidus, a place in Asia Minor:— Cnidus.

2835. KoSpdvrns kAdrantea, fcod-ran'-toce; of
Lat. or. ; a quadrans, i.e. the fourth part of an as:—
farthing.

2836. KOtXCa kAllla, koy-lee'-ah; from KotXot
kAUAa ("hollow"); a cavity, i.e. (spec.) the abdo-
men; by impl. the matrix; flg. the heart;— belly,
womb.

2837. koiuAo kAlmao, koy-mah'-o; from 27^9;
to put to sleep, i.e. (pass, or reflex.) to slumber; flg,
to decease; — (be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.

2838. KotittTjo-is kAlmeala, koy'-may-sis; from
2837; sleeping, i.e. (by impl.) repose;— taking of rest

2839. Koivds kAinAa, koy-nos'; prob. from 4862;
common, i.e. (lit.) shared by all or several, or (cer.)
profane:— common, defiled, unclean, unholy.

2840. KOivbtt kAlnAo, koy-nd'-o; from 2^0; to
make (or consider) profane (cer.): — call common, de-
file, pollute, unclean.

2841. koivuvSu kAlnonAo, koy-no-neh'-o; from
2844; to share with others (obj. or subj.):— communi-
cate, distribute, be partaker.

2842. KOivoivta kAlnonla, Jtog-nohn-ee'-ah; from
2844; partnership^ i.e. (lit.) participation, or (social)
intercourse, or (pecuniary) bene/action;— (to) com-
municate (-ation), communion, (contrl-) distribution,
fellowship.

2843. KoivwiKis kAlnonlkAa, koy-no-nee-kos';
from 2844; communicative, i.e. (pecuniarily) liberal: —
willing to communicate.

2844. KOivuvos kAlnonAa, koy-no-nosf; from
2830; a sharer, i.e. associate.-— companion, x fellow-
ship, partaker, partner.

2845. koCtt] kAlte, koy'-tay; from 2749; a couch;
by extens. cohabitation; by impl. the male sperm:—
bed, chambering, x conceive.

2846. koit&v k Alton, koy-tone'; from 2845; abed-
room: — (- chamberlain.

2847. kokkivos kAkklnAs, kok'-kee-nos; from
2848 (from the fcemeJ-shape of the insect); crimson-
colored:— scarlet (colour, coloured).

2848. kjkkos kAkkAa, kdk'-kos; appar. a prim,
word; a kernel of seed:— corn, grain.

2849. KoXot<» kAlaxo, kol-ad'-zo; from KoXa«
kAloa (dwar/); prop, to curtail, i.e. (flg.) to chastise
(or reserve for infliction).— punish.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Keramikos
Ktahomahee



43



3850. KoXaiceCa kAlakAla, kol-ak-i'-ah; from a
der. of k6Xo£ kdlax (a fawner); flattery:— X flat-
tering.

2851. icoXao-is kAlaala, kol'-as4s; from 2849;
penal infliction; — punishment, torment.

2852. KoXa<|>0> kAlapblzo, kol-af-id'-zo; from
a der. of the base of 2849; to rap with the fist:—
buffet.

2858. icoXXdw kdllao, kol-lah'-o; from KiXXa
kdlla (" glue"); to ghte, i.e. (pass, or reflex.) to sticfc
(flg.):— cleave, join (self), keep company.

2854. KoXXovpiov kdlldnrldn, kol-loo'-ree-on;
neut. of a presumed der. of KoXXupa kdllara (a
cake; prob. akin to the base of 2853); prop, a poul-
tice (as made of or in the form of crackers), i.e. (by
anal.) a plaster: — eyesalve.

$855. KoXXvpW^s kAIlnbletea, kol-loo-bis-
tace'; from a presumed der. of k<SXXu|3os kdlln-
fods (a small coin; prob. akin to 2834); a coin-
dealer:— (money-) changer.

2856. KoXopoa kdldbdo, kol-ob-5'-o; from a der.
of the base of 2849; to dock, i.e. (flg.) abridge: —
shorten.

2857. KoXoo-o-aC KAlAssal, kol-os-sah'ee; appar.
fem. plur. of koXoo-o-6s kdlAsaA* ("colossal");
Colossoz, a place in Asia Minor:— Colosse.

2858. KoXoo-o-acvs KdldssaAus, kol-os-sayoos> ;
fr. zStf; a Colosscean,'i.e. inh. of Colossee: — Colossian.

2859. koXttos kdlpAa, kol'-pos; appar. a prim,
word; the bosom; by anal, a bay:— bosom, creek.

2860. KoXvp.j3do> kdlumbao, kol-oom-bah'-o;
from k6X«(iPos kAlnmbda (a diver); to plunge
into water:— swim.

2861. KoXup.pVj0pa kAIumbetbra, kol-oom-bay'-
thrah; from 2800; a diving-place, i.e. pond for bath-
tag (or swimming) :— pool.

2862. KoXuvIa kdldnta, kol-o-nee'-ah; of Lat.
or. ; a Eoman " colony" for veterans:— colony.

2863. KOp.au) kimao, kom-ah'-o; from aa^; to
wear tresses of hair:— have long hair.
££64. K^OT kdme, kom'-ay; appar. from the same
as 286s; the hair of the head (locks, as ornamental,
and thus differing from 2350, which prop, denotes
merely the scalp):— hair.

2865. KO|i(j)o kdmizo, kom-id'-zo; from a prim.
KOpc'u kAmeo (to tend, i.e. take care of) ; prop, to
provide tor, i.e. (by impl.) to carry off (as if from
harm; gen. obtain): — bring, receive.

2866. KO|j.\\|/<T«pov kAmpsAtdrAn, komp-sot'-er-
on; neut. compar. of a der. of the base of 2863 (mean,
prop, well dressed, i.e. nice); flg. convalescent: —
+ began to amend.

2867. Kovittw kdniao, kon-ee-ah'-o; from kovCo
kdnia (dust; by anal, lime); to whitewash: — whiten.

2868. KoviopTOs kAnlArtAa, kon-ee-or-tos' ; from
the base of 2867 and opvvpi Amumi (to "rouse");
pulverulence (as blown about):— dust.

2869. Koirdjja kApazo, kop-ad'-zo; from 2873; to
tire, i.e. (flg.) to relax: — cease.

2870. koimtos kdpetda, kop-et-os'; from 287s;
mourning (prop. by beating the breast):— lamentation.

2871. KOirfj kdpe, Imp-ay 1 ; from 287s; cutting, i.e.
carnage;— slaughter.

2872. Komda kAplao, kop-ee-ah'-o; from a der.
012873; to feel fatigue; by impl. to work hard: — (be-
stow) labour, toil, be wearied.

2878. koitos kApAa, kop'-os; from 287s; a cut, i.e.
(by anal.) totf (as reducing the strength), lit. or flg. ;
by impl. pains:— labour, + trouble, weariness.
287^. KOirpto kdprla, kop*ree'-ah; from Kiirpos
kAprAa (ordure; perh. akin to 287s); manure: —
dung (-hill).

2875. Kiwro kdpto, kop'-to; a prim, verb; to
" chop"; spec, to beat the breast in grief :— cut down,
lament, mourn, (be-) wail. Comp. the base of 5114.

2876. Kdpa| kdrax, kor'-ax; perh. from 2880; a
crote (from its voracity) :— raven.



2877. Kopdoiov kAraalAn, kor-as'-ee-o-i, neut. jf
a presumed der. of <°C\\ kAre (a maiden); a (little)
girl:— damsel, maid.

2878. Koppdv kdrban, kor-ban'; and
Koppavds kdrban as, kor -ban-as'; of Heb.

and Chald. or. respectively [7133] ; a votive offering
and the offering; a consecrated present (to the Tem-
ple fund); by extens. (the latter term) the Treasury
itself, i.e. the room where the contribution boxes
stood:— Corban, treasury.

2879. Kopi Kdre, kor-eh'; of Heb. or. [7H1];
Core (i.e. Korach), an Isr. :— Core.

2880. kooIvvdiu kdrennuml, kor-en'-noo-mee; a
prim, verb; to cram, i.e. glut or sate. 1 — eat enough,
full.

2881. KoptvOios KdrtnthiAs, kor-in'-thee-os;
from 2882; a Corinthian, i.e. inhab. of Corinth:— Co-
rinthian.

2882. KopivBos KdrlnthAs. kor'-in-thos; of un-
cert. der. ; Corinthus, a city of Greece:— Corinth.

2883. KopvT|Xios KArnellda, kor-nay'-lee-os; of
Lat. or. ; Cornelius, a Roman:— Cornelius.

2884. K4pos kArde, kor'-os; of Heb. or. [3734] ; a
cor, i.e. a specific measure:— measure.

2885. Koo-uiu kAamdo, kos-meh'-o; from 2880; to
put in proper order, i.e. decorate (lit. or fig.); spec,
to snuff (a wick): — adorn, garnish, trim.

2886. koo-uikos kAamlkAa, kos-mee-kos' ; from
288Q (in its secondary sense); terrene (" cosmic"), lit.
(mundane) or flg. (corrupt): — worldly.

2887. KO<r|iios kAsmlAa, kos'-mee-os; from 2880
(in its prim, sense); orderly, i.e. decorous: — of good
behaviour, modest.

2888. Koo-|ioKpdT<op kAamAkrator, kos-mok-
rat'-ore; from 2880 and 2002; a world-ruler, an epi-
thet of Satan:— ruler.

2889. Koo-u.05 kAamAa, kos'-mos; prob. from the
base of 2863; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration;
by impl. the world (in a wide or narrow sense, includ.
its inhab., lit. or flg. [mor.]):— adorning, world.

2890. Eovapros KAaartAa, koo'-ar-tos; of Lat.
or. (fourth) ; Quartus, a Chr. :— Quartos.

2891. kovux kAnmi,fcoo'-mee; of Chald. or. [6966];
cumi (i.e. rise!): — cumi.

2892. KotxrnoSCa kAnetodla. koos-to-dee'-ah; of
Lat. or. ; " custody", i.e. a Roman sentry: — watch.

2893. Kov<pCJ> kdnphlzo, koo-ftd'-zo; from
Koinpos kAnpb.de (light in weight) ; to unload:—
lighten.

2894. K(5<p'VOS kAphlnAs, kof-ee-nos; of uncert.
der. ; a (small) basket: — basket.

2895. Kpdppai-os krabbatAe, krab'-bat-os; prob.
of for. or. ; a mattress:— bed.

2896. Kpdijw krazo, krad'-zo; a prim, verb; prop,
to " croafc" (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (gen.) to call
aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):— cry (out).

2897. Kp<uirdXt| kraipale, krahee-pal'-ay; prob.
from the same as 726: prop, a headache (as a seizure
of pain) from drunkenness, i.e. (by impl.) a debauch
(by anal, a glut):— surfeiting.

2898. KpavCov kranlAn, kran-ee'-on; dimin. of a
der. of the base of 276*; a skull ("cranium"):— Cal-
vary, skull.

2899. KpcunreSov kraap&dAn, kras'-ped-on; of
uncert. der. ; a margin, i.e. (spec.) a fringe or tas-
sel:— border, hem.

2900. Kpo/raios kratalAa, krat-ah-yos' ; from
2004; powerful:— mighty.

2901. KparauSw kratalAo, krat-ah-yo'-o; from
2000; to empower, i.e. (pass.) increase in vigor:— be
straightened, be (wax) strong.

2902. Kparia krateo, krat-eh'-o; from 2004; to
use strength, i.e. seize or retain (lit. or fig.):— hold
(by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain,
take (by).

2903. tcp&Tio-ros kratlstAa, krat'-is-tos; snperl.
of a der. of 2004; strongest, i.e. (in dignity) very hon-
orable;— most excellent (noble).



Kpdros kratda, krat'-os; perh. a prim,
word; vigor ["great"] (lit. or fig.):— dominion,
might [-fly], power, strength.

2905. Kpairy&£<a krangazo, krow-gad'-zo; from
2006; to clamor:— cry out.

2906. Kpavy^j krange, krhw-gay'; from 2896; an
outcry (in notification, tumult or grief) :— clamour,
cry (-tag).

2907. Kpe'as kreaa, kreh'-as; perh. a prim, word;

(butcher's) meat:— flesh.

2908. Kpeto-ow kreiasAn, krice'-son; neut. of an
alt. form of 2000; (as noun) better, i.e. greater ad-
vantage;— better.

#909. Kpcfa-rav kreitton, krite'-tohn; compar.
of a der. of 2004; stronger, i.e. (fig.) better, i.e,
nobler:— best, better.

2910. Kpt u.dvwu.1 kremannuml, fcrem-an'-noo-
mee; a prol. form of a prim, verb ; to hang:— hang.

2911. Kpiip.v6s kremnos, fcrame-nos', - from 2910;
overhanging, i.e. a precipice;— steep place.

2912. Kpr|S Kree, fcrace; from 20/^,' a Cretan,
i.e. inhab. of Crete: — Crete, Cretian.

2913. Kp^o-KT)s Kreakea, krace'-kace; of Lat.
or.; growing; Cresces (i.e. Crescens), a Chr.:— Cres-
cens.

#9i4- Kp^JTi] Krete, kray'-tay; of uncert. der.;
Crete, an island in the Mediterranean:— Crete.

2915. KpiS'fj krithe, kree-thay 1 ; of uncert. der.j
barley: — barley.

2916. KpIBivos krlthlnAa, kree'-thee-nos; from
2QIS; consisting of barley:— barley.

2917. Kptjia krima, kree'-mah; from 20/0; a deci-
sion (the function or the effect, for or against
[" crime"]):— avenge, condemned, condemnation,
damnation, + go to law, judgment.

2918. KpCvov krlndn, fcree'-non; perh. a prim,
word; a lily:— lily.

2919. KpCvo krlnd, kree'-no; prop, to distinguish,
i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by impl. to fry,
condemn, punish: — avenge, conclude, condemn,
damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue
at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to,
think.

2920. Kpfarcs krisls, kree'-sis; decision (subj. or
obj., for or against); by extens. a tribunal; by impl.
justice (spec, divine law): — accusation, condemna-
tion, damnation, judgment.

2921. Kptinros KrlapAa, kris'-pos; of Lat. or.;
" crisp"; Crispus, a Corinthian:— Crispus.

2922. Kpirfjpiov krlterlAn, kree-tay'-ree-on;
neut. of a presumed der. of 2923; a rule of judging
(" criterion"), i.e. (by impl.) a tribunal:— to judge,
judgment (seat).

2923. Kpvrijs krltea, kree-tacef; from 2919; a
judge (gen. or spec.):— judge.

2924. Kpmicds kritikds, krit-ee-kos'; from 2923:
decisive ("critical "), i.e. discriminative: — discerner.

2925. Kpovoi krduo, kroo'-o; appar. a prim, verb:
to rap:— knock.

2926. Kpuirrfj krnpte, kroop-tay'; fem. of 2927; a
hidden place, i.e. cellar (" crypt "):— secret.

2927. KpvrrTos kruptda, kroop-tos'; from 2928;
concealed, i.e. private:— hid (-den), inward [-ly],
secret.

2928. Kpvirru krupto, fcropp'-to; a prim, verb;
to conceal (prop, by covering):— hide (self), keep se-
cret, secret [-ly].

2929. KpwrraXXCgo krnatalllzo, kroos-taUidf-
zo; from 2030; to make (i.e. intrans. resemble) ice
(" crystallize"):— be clear as crystal.

2930. KpwrraXXos krnatallAa, kroos'-taUlos;
from a der. of Kpvos kruAa (frost); ice, i.e. (by
anal.) rock " crystal ":— crystal.
2981. Kpwjnj krapbe, kroo-fay'; adv. from 2928;
privately:— in secret.

2932. KTdop,ai ktaAmal, ktah'-om-ahee; a prim-
verb; to get, i.e. acquire (by any means; own):— ob-
tain, possess, provide, purchase.



Ktaymah



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



KTfj|ia ktema, ktay'-mah; from 2032; an
acquirement, i.e. estate: — possession.

2934- ktijvos ktends, ktay'-nos; from 2932; prop-
erty, i.e. (spec.) a domestic animal:— beast.

2935. KTiJTWp ktetor, ktay'-tore; from 2032; an
owner:— possessor.

2936. KrlXfit ktlzo, ktid'-zo; prob. akin to 2032
(through the idea of the proprietorship of the manu-
facturer); to fabricate, i.e. found(form originally):—
create, Creator, make.

#937. ktCo-is ktlsls, ktis'Hs; from 2936; original
formation (prop, the act; by impl. the thing, lit. or
fig.):— building, creation, creature, ordinance.

S938. KTfo-jia ktlsma, ktis'-mah; from 203b; an
original formation (concr.), i.e. product (created
thing) :— creature.

2939. ktwtt^s ktlstcs, Mis-face'; from 2036; a
founder, i.e. God (as author of all things):— Creator.

2940. Kvfitla. knbela, koo-bi'-ah; from kvPos
kllbox (a " cube", i.e. die for playing); gambling,
i.e. (flg.) artifice or fraud:— sleight.

2941. K«|Kpvil<rts kubernesls, koo-ber' -nay-sis;
from KuPepvdw k u Ix-ruao (of Lat. or., to steer) ;
pilotage, i.e. (flg.) directorship (in the church):— gov-
ernment.

2942. KvPcpWJTiis knbernetes, koo-ber-nay'-
tace; from the same as 2941; helmsman, i.e. (by
impl.) captain:— (ship) master.

#9,43. Kvic\\<i0£v kukldthen, koo-kloth'-en; adv.
from the same as 204.5; from the circle, i.e. a22
around: — (round) about.

kvkXos knklds. See 29<?.
2944- k«kX6o» kukldo, koo-klo'-o; from the same
as 2o«t?,' to encircle, i.e. surround: — compass (about),
come (stand) round about.

2945. KitcXcp knklo,, fcoo'-fclo; as if dat. of *&-
kXos kuklfis (a rmg, "cycle"; akin to 2047); i.e. in
o circle (by impl. of 1722), i.e. (adv.) all around:—
round about.

2946. K«Xicr|j.o knllsma, koo'-lis-mah; from
2947; a wallow (the effect of rolling), i.e. /iltft: — wal-
lowing.

2947. kuXiou knllAo, koo-lee-o'-o; from the base
of 20#? (through the idea of circularity; comp. 204},
rjoj); to roll about:— wallow.

294S. kvXXos kullds, kool-los'; from the same as

2947; rocking about, i.e. crippled {maimed, in feet or

hands) : — maimed.

2949. Kvpa kama. koo'-mah; from Kia kuo

{to swell [with young], i.e. bend, curve); a billow {as

bursting or toppling):— wave.

#950. KvjifSaXov knmbalAn, fcoom'-bal-on,- from

a der. of the base of 2049; a " cymbal " (as hollow):—

cymbal.

2951. kvumiov knmln5n, hoc/ -min-on; of for. or.
[comp. 8646]; dill or fennel C" cummin"): — cummin.

2952. Kvvdpiov kunarlon, koo-nar'-ee-on; neut.
of a presumed der. of 2963; a puppy: — dog.

2953. Evirpios Kuprlos, koo'-pree-os; from
2954; a Cyprian {Cypriot), i.e. inhab. of Cyprus:— of
Cyprus.

2954- Kiirpos Ku pros koo'-pros; of uncert. or. ;

Cyprus, an island in the Mediterranean: — Cyprus.

#955. Kuirrw kupto, koop'-to; prob. from the base

of 2949; to Send forward:— stoop (down).

2956. Kvpuvaio? Kurenalug, koo-ray-nah'-yos;

from 2957,' a Cyrencean, i.e. inhab. of Cyrene:— of

Cyrene, Cyrenian.

2957- HLvpr\\vr\\ Knrene, koo-ray'-nay; of uncert.

der. ; Cyrene, a region of Africa:— Cyrene.

2958. Kvp^vios Knrenlftg. koo-ray'-nee-os; of
Lat. or.; Cyrenius (i.e. Quiriiius), a Roman:— Cy-
renius.

2959. Kvpfa Knrla, koo-ree'-ah; fem. of 2962;
Gyria, a Chr. woman;— lady.

2960. Kupuucis knrtakds, koo-ree-ak-os' ; from
2062; belonging to the Lord (Jehovah or Jesus): —
Lord's.



2961. Kvpievu kurifiuo, koo-ree-yoo'-o; from
2962; to rule:— have dominion over, lord, be lord of,
exercise lordship over.

2962. Kvpios knrids, koo'-ree-os; from Kupos
kurds {supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as
noun) controller; by impl. Mr. (as a respectful
title):— God, Lord, master, Sir.

2963. Kvpidri)$ kurldtes, koo-ree-ot'-ace; from
2062; mastery, i.e. (concr. and coll.) rulers: — domin-
ion, government.

2964. Kvpdco kurdo, koo-ro'-o; from the same as
2962; to make authoritative, i.e. ratify: — confirm.

2965. kvuv k 11 011 koo'-ohn; a prim, word; a. dog
[" hound "] (lit. or flg.) :— dog.

2966. kuXov kdldn, fco'-lon; from the base of
2849; a limb of the body (as if lopped):— carcase.

2967. kuXvu koluo, fco-loo'-o; from the base of
2849; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):— forbid,
hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.

2968. Ktiip/n, kdme, ko'-may; from 2749; a hamlet
(as if laid down): — town, village.

2969. Ko)(ioiroXis komdpolls, ko-mop'-ol-is;
from 2i?6<?and 4172; an unwalled city:— town.

2970. K«|i0S komfts, ko'-mos; from 2749; a ca-
rousal (as if a letting loose):— revelling, rioting.

2971. Kiivwi); konopg, ko'-nopes; appar. from a
der, of the base of 2739 and a der. 013700; a mosquito
(from its stinging proboscis):— gnat.

2972. K(is Koa, fcoce; of uncert. or.; Cos, an isl-
and in the Mediterranean:— Cos.

2973. K<uo-dp, Kosam, fco-sam',- of Heb. or.
[comp. 7081] ; Cosam (i.e. Kosam), an Isr. :— Cosam.

2974. K«xp<Ss kophds, ko-fos'; from 2873; blunted,
i.e. (flg.) of hearing (deaf) or speech {dumb):— deaf,
dumb, speechless.



2975. Xa7x£vo> lagchano, lano--ftftan'-o,' a prol.
form of a prim, verb, which is only used as an alt. in
certain tenses; to lot, i.e. determine (by impl. receive)
espec. by lot:— his lot be, cast lots, obtain.

2976. Adijapos Lazards, lad'-zar-os; prob. of
Heb. or. [499] ; Lazarus (i.e. Elazar), the name of two
Isr. (one imaginary):— Lazarus.

2977. Xd0pa lathra, lath'-rah; adv. from 2990;
privately:— privily, secretly.

2978. XaiXatj; lallapH. lah'ee-laps; of uncert. der.;
a whirlwind (squall):— storm, tempest.

#979. Xo,KT(t,<i> laktlzo, lafc-lid'-zo; from adv.

Xd£ lax (heelwise); to recalcitrate:— kick.

#95(7. XaXt'w lalfio, laUeh'-o; a prol. form of an

otherwise obsol. verb: to talk, i.e. utfler words: —

preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Comp.

3004.

2981. XaXid lalla, lal-ee-ah'; from 2980; talk:—
saying, speech.

2982. Xajid lama, lam-ah'; or

Xap.|j.d lamina lam-mah'; of Heb. or. [4100
with prep, pref.]; lama (i.e. why):— lama.

2983. Xap,(3dvw lamband, lam-ban'-o; a prol.
form of a prim, verb, which is used only as an alt. in
certain tenses; to take (in very many applications,
lit and flg. [prop. obj. or act., to get hold of; whereas
1209 is ratber suhj. or pass., to have offered to one;
while 138 is more violent, to seize or remove]):— ac-
cept, 4- be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I
call, catch, come on (x unto), + forget, have, hold,
obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).

Ad|i6X I>am£cli, lam'-ekh; of Heb. or.
; Lamech (i.e. Lemek), a patriarch:— Lamech.
Xa|i(j.d lamma. See 2982.

2985. Xap/irds lampas, lam-pas'; from 2989; a
" lamp" or flambeau:— iamp, light, torch.

2986. Xap/irpds lampros. lam-pros'; from the
same as 2085; radiant; by anal, limpid; flg. magnif-
icent or sumptuous (in appearance) :— bright, clear,
gay, goodly, gorgeous, white.

2987. Xap/irp6rr]s Iamprdtes, lam-prot'-ace;
from 2896; brilliancy:— brightness.



2988. Xap.irpus lampros, lam-proce'; adv. from
2986; brilliantly ,i.e. (fig.) luxuriously: — sumptuously.

2989. Xdjiirw lampo, lam'-po; a prim, verb; to
beam, i.e. radiate brilliancy (lit. or flg.):— give light,
shine.

2990. XavOdvw lantliiuio lan-than'-o; a proL
form of a prim, verb, which is used only as an alt. in
certain tenses; to lie hid (lit. or flg.); often used adv.
unwittingly:— be hid, be ignorant of, unawares.

2991. Xa£cvr6s laxeutos, lax-yoo-tos' ; from a
comp. of Xds las (a stone) and the base of 3384 (in
its orig. sense of scraping); rock-quarried: — hewn in
stone.

2992. Xa6s lads, lah-os 1 ; appar. a prim, word; a
people (in gen.; thus differing from 1218, which de-
notes one's own populace):— people.

2993. AaoSCxaa Laddlkeia, lah-od-ik'-i-ah;
from a comp. of 2992 and 1349; Laodicia, a place
in Asia Minor: — Laodicea.

2994. AaoSiKevs Laddlkeus, lah-od-ik-yooce' ;
from 2993; a Laodicean, i.e. inhab. of Laodicia:—
Laodicean.

2995. Xdpvyj; larugx, lar'-oongks; of uncert. der. ;
the throat (" larynx"):— throat.

2996. Aao-ala Iiasala, las-ah'-yah; of uncert.
or. ; Lascea, a place in Crete:— Lasea.

2997. Xd<rx» lascho, las'-kho; a strengthened
form of a prim, verb, which only occurs in this and
another prol. form as alt. in certain tenses; to crack
open (from a fall):— burst asunder.

2998. Xa/rou&a latdmeo, lat-om-eh'-o; from the
same as the first part of 2991 and the base of 5114; to
quarry: — hew.

2999. XarpeCa latrSla, lat-ri'-ah; from 3000; min-
istration of God, i.e. worship;— (divine) service.

3000. Xarptvw latreuo, laU-yoo'-o; from Xdrpis
la.tr Is (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e.
render religious homage:— serve, do the service, wor.
ship (-per).

3001. Xdxavov lachandn, lakh'-an-on; from
Xa\\aCvo> lachalnd (to dig) ; a vegetable:— herb.

3002. AtPPotos Lebbalds, leb-bah'-yos; of un-
cert. or.; Le&beeus, a Chr.: — Lebbseus.

3003. \\tytdv legeon, leg-eh-ohn'; of Lat. or.; a
" legion", i.e. Bom. regiment (fig.):— legion.

3004- X£y» lego, leg'-o; a prim, verb; prop, to
' lay" forth, i.e. (flg.) relate (in words [usually of sys-
tematic or set discourse; whereas 2036 and 534b gen-
erally refer to an individual expression or speech
respectively; while 4483 is prop, to break silence
merely, and 2980 means an extended or random har-
angue]); by impl. to mean: — ask, bid, boast, call, de-
scribe, give out, name, put forth, say (-ing, on), shew,
speak, tell, utter.

3005. Xap.p.0, lelmma, lime'-mah; from 3007; a
remainder: — remnant.

3006. Xetos 16ids, li'-os; appar. a prim, word;
smooth, i.e. " level ";— smooth.

3007. XtCiru l&lpo, li'-po; a prim, verb; to leave,
i.e. (intrans. or pass.) to fail or be absent:— be desti-
tute (wanting), lack.

3008. XeiToup-yeoi IMtftnrgeo, li-toorg-eh'-o; from
3011; to be a public servant, i.e. (by anal.) to perform
religious or charitable functions (worship, obey, re-
lieve) : —minister.

3009. XeiTovp-yCa lelt5nrgla, li-toorg-ee 1 -ah;
from 3008; public function (as priest [" liturgy"] or
almsgiver):— ministration (-try), service.

3010. XciTovpyiKiSs lgitonrgikdg, li-toorg-ik-os 1 ;
from the same as 3008; functional publicly (" litur-
gie"), i.e. beneficent: — ministering.

3011. Xei/roupyos I£lt5nrg5g, li-toorg-os' : from
a der. of 2992 and 2041; a public servant, i.e. a func-
tionary in the Temple or Gospel, or (gen.) a worship-
per (of God) or benefactor (of man):— minister (-ed).

3012. XivTtov 1< ntion. len'-tee-on; of Lat. or. ; a
"linen" cloth, i.e. apron: — towel.

3013. XeirCs Igpls, lep-is'; from X6ir» lepo (to
peel); a flake:— scale.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Ktaymah
Mathaytreeah



45



3014. Xiirpa lepra, lep'-rah; from the same as
wi$l scaliness, i.e. " leprosy".-— leprosy.

5015. Xcirpds l«'pr.*>». lep-ros'; from the same as
3014; scaly. I.e. leprous (a leper):— leper.

5016. Xcirrov leptAn, lep-ton'; neut. of a der. of
the same as 3013; something scaled (light), i.e. a
small coin:— mite.

SOU. AM Leui, lyoo-ee'; of Heb. or. [8878];
Levi, the name of three Isr. :— Levi. Comp. 3018.

5018. Anns IiSuiis, lyoo-is'; a form of 3017;
Lewis (i.e. Levi), a Chr.:— Levi.

5019. Acvtrns L£u'iteg, lyoo-ee'-tace; from 3017;
a Levite, i.e. desc. of Levi:— Levite.

50^(?. Aevi-riicos I<£aitlkAg, lyoo-it'-ee-kos; from

jaro; ieuittc, i.e. relating to the Levites:— Levitical.

8021. XcvicaCvu leukalno, lyoo-kah'ee-no; from

5022; to whiten:— make white, whiten.

50®?. X««kos lfukds, lyoo-kosf; from XvKt)

lake (" light "); white:— white.

50^5. Xt<Sv lesn, Jen-oftm'; a prim, word; a

"lion".'— lion.

3024- X^8t| leth.5, lay'-tliay; from 2090; forgetful-

ness: — h forget.

50^5. Xi|v6s lenAs, lay-nos 1 ; appar. a prim, word;

a trough, i.e. wtoe-»at: — winepress.

3026. X-fjpos lerAg, lay'-ros; appar. a prim, word;

twaddle, i.e. an incredible story:— idle tale.

8027. Xflo-rns le,stes, lace-tace'; from Xntjo(ioi
lelzdmal (to plunder); a brigand:— robber, thief .

8028. Xf)t|ns lepsls, lape'-sis; from 2083; receipt
(the act):— receiving.

8029. Xtov llan, Jee'-an; of uncert. affin. ; much
(adv.):— exceeding, great (-ly), sore, very (+ chiefest).

8030. Xtftavos llbanAs, lib'-an-os; of for. or.
0828] J the incense-tree, i.e. (by impl.) incense it-
self: — frankincense.

$(35i. Xi|3av«Tds UbanotAs, lib-an-o-tos'; from

5070; frankincense, i.e. (by eztens.) a censer for

burning it:— censer.

3032. AiP«pTivos IdbertlnAs, lib-er-tee'-nos; of

Lat. or. ; a Rom. freedman: — Libertine.

8083. Aif&rn ijibae, lib-oo'-ay; prob. from 3047;

Libye, a region of Africa:— Libya.

3084. Xieiju llthazo, lith-ad'-zo; from 3037; to

lapidate:— stone.

5055. Xfflivos lltblnAs, lith'-ee-nos; from 3037;
stony, i.e. made of stone:— of stone.

5056. Xi8op\\>Xta UtbAbAleo, Kta-oo-oi-eft'-o;
from a comp. of 3037 and 906; to throw stones, i.e.
lapidate.-— stone, cast stones.

5057. XC6os lltbAg, lee'-thos; appar. a prim, word;
a (tone (lit. or fig.):— (mill-, stumbling-) stone.
8038. XiSoo-rpuTOS lltbAstrotAg, lith-os'-tro-tos;
tTom.3037 and a der. of 470b; stone-strewed, i.e. a tes-
sellated mosaic on which the Bom. tribunal was
placed:— Pavement.
3039. XiKudu llkmao, lik-mah'-o; from OutpAc
llkmAg, the equiv. of XCkvov liknAn (a winnow-
ing fan or basket) ; to winnow, i.e. (by anal.) to tri-
turate:— grind to powder.

S04O. Xi|ifjv limen, lee-mane'; appar. a prim.

word; a harbor:— haven. Comp. 2308.

3041. X£uyr| llmne, lim'-nay; prob. from 3040

(through the idea of the nearness of shore); a pond

(large or small):— lake.

8042. Xifids IlmAs, lee-mos'; prob. from 3007

(through the idea of destitution); a scarcity of

food: — dearth, famine, hunger.

3043. XCvov llnAn, Zee'-non; prob. a prim, word;

flax, i.e. (by impl.) " linen"."— linen.

3044- Atvos LlnAs, leef-nos; perh. from 3043;

Linus, a Chr.: — Linus.

3045. Xiirapos llparAg, Kp-ar-os'; from Xliros

lipAs (grease); fat, i.e. (fig.) sumptuous:— dainty.

8046. Xtrpa litra, Jee'-troA,- of Lat. or. [libra]; a
pound in weight:— pound.

8047. Xtyi Up», leeps; prob. from Xttp\\» lelbo
(to pour a '• libation"); the south (-west) wind (as



bringing rain, i.e. (by eztens.) the south quarter:—
southwest.

3048. XoyCa ldgla, log-ee'-ah; from 3056 (in the
commercial sense) ; a confribuKon.^-collection, gath-
ering.

3049. XoyCjjopat lAgizAmal, log-id'-zom-ahee;
mid. from 3056; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate
(lit. or fig.): — conclude, (ac-) count (of), + despise,
esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, sup-
pose, think (on).

8050. Xoyixos ldgikAs, log-ik-os'; from 3036; ra-
tional (" logical "):— reasonable, of the word.

3051. Xoyiov lAglAn, log'-ee-on; neut. of 3031; an
utterance (of God):— oracle.

3052. Xdyios lAglAs, log'-ee-os; from 3036; fluent,
i.e. an orator: — eloquent.

3053. Xoyurpos lAglsmAg, log-is-mos 1 ; from
304Q; computation, i.e. (flg.) reasoning (conscience,
conceit):— imagination, thought.

3054. Xoyopax&t lAgAmachSo, log-om-akh-
eh'-o; from a comp. of joj6 and 3104; to be disputa-
tious (on trifles) :— strive about words.

3055. Xoyop.a\'a lAgAmachla, log-om-akh-ee'-
ah; from the same as 3054; disputation about trifles
(" logomachy") :— strife of words.

3056. Xoyos lAgAs, log'-os; from 3004; something
said (including the thought) ; by impl. a topic (subject
of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or
motive; by extens. a computation; spec, (with the
art. In John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ): —
account, cause, communication, X concerning, doc-
trine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth,
preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say
(-tog), shew, x speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none
of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance,
word, work.

3057. Xiyxn lAgcbe, long'-khay; perh. a prim,
word; a " lance": — spear.

3058. XotSope'ci) loldorio, loy-dor-eh'-o; from
3060; to reproach, i.e. vilify: — revile.

3069. XoiSopCa lAldArla, loydor-ee'-ah; from
3000; slander or vituperation;— railing, reproach
[-fully].

3060. XoCSopos lAldArAs, loy'-dor-os; from
Xoi86s 1 Aid As (mischief); abusive, Le. a black-
guard;— rafter, revfler.

3061. XoLU.6s lAlmAs, loy-mos'; of uncert. affin.;
a plague (lit the disease, or fig. a pest):— pesti-
lence (-t).

3062. XoiiroC lAlpAy, loy-poy'; masc. plur. of a
der. of 3007; remaining ones: — other, which remain,
remnant, residue, rest.

3063. Xoiirov lAlpAn, loy-pon'; neut. sing, of the
same as 3062; something remaining (adv.):— besides,
finally, furthermore, (from) henceforth, moreover,
now, + It remaineth, then.

3064. Xoiirov loipdu. loy-poo'; gen. sing, of the
same as 3062; remaining time: — from henceforth.

3065. Aovkos LAukas, loo-kasf; contr. from
Lat. Lucanus; Lucas, a Chr.:— Lucas, Luke.

3066. Aovkios LAnklos, loo'-kee-os; of Lat. or.;
illuminative; Lucius, a Chr.: — Lucius.

3067. Xovrpdv lAntrAn, loo-tron'; from 306S; a
bath, i.e. (flg.) baptism:— washing.

3068. Xovu lAno, loo'-o; a prim, verb; to bathe
(the whole person ; whereas 3338 means to wet a
part only, and 4150 to wash, cleanse garments exclu-
sively):— wash.

3069. AvSSa Ladda, lud'-dah; of Heb. or.
Lydda (i,e. Lod), a place in Pal.:— Lydda.

3070. AvSCa Ijudla, loo-dee'-ah; prop. fern, of
AvSios LndlAs [of for. or.] (a Lydian, in Asia
Minor); Lydia, a Chr. woman:— Lydia.

3071. AuKOOvIa LnkaAnla, loo-kah-on-ee'-ah;
perh. remotely from 3074; Lycaonia, a region of
Asia Minor: — Lycaonia.

3072. AvKOoyurrC LukaAnlstl, loo-kah-on-is-
tee'; adv. from a der. of 3071; Lycaonistically, i.e.
to the language of the Lycaonians:— in the speech of
Lycaonia.



3078. AvxCa Lukla, loo-kee'-ah; prob. remotely
from 3074; Lycia, a province of Asia Minor:— Lycia.

3074. Xvkos Ink As, loo'-kos; perh. akin to the base
of 3022 (from the whitish hair); a wolf:— wolf.

3075. Xu|ia(vou,ai lumalnAmat, Zoo-maft'ee-
nom-ahee; mid. from a prob. der. of 3089 (mean.
filth); prop, to soil, i.e. (flg.) insult (maltreat):—
make havock of.

3076. Xuirfa) lupeo, loo-peh'-o; from J077; to dis-
tress; reflex, or pass, to be sad:— cause grief, grieve,
be in heaviness, (be) sorrow (-f ul), be (make) sorry.

3077. Xvirn lupe, loo'-pay; appar. a prim, word;
sadness:— grief, grievous, + grudgingly, heaviness,
sorrow.

3078. Avo-avCas Lnsanias, loo-san-ee'-as; from
ja5bandovloanla(trou6ie); grief -dispelling; Ly
sanias, a governor of Abilene:— Lysanias.

3079. Auo-las Kiaslas, loo-see'-as; of uncert. af-
fin.; Lysias, a Rom.:— Lysias.

3080. Xio-vs lnsls, loo'-sis; from 3089; aloosening,
i.e. (spec.) divorce:— to be loosed.

3081. Xv<riTtX«t lusUelel, loo-sit-el-i' ; third pere.
sing. pres. indie, act. of a der. of a comp. of 3080 and
3036; impers. it answers the purpose, i.e. is advan-
tageous:— it is better.

3082. Awrrpo, Lustra, loos'-trah; of uncert. op.;
Lystra, a place to Asia Minor:— Lystra.

3083. XvTpov lutrAn, loo'-tron; from 3080; some-
thing to ioosen with, i.e. a redemption price (flg.
atonement): — ransom.

. Xvrpott) lntr&o, loo-tro'-o; from 3083; to
ransom (lit. or flg.):— redeem.

3085. XvTpuo-is lutrosls, loo'-tro-sis; from 3084;
a ransoming (fig.) : — h redeemed, redemption.

3086. Xvrperrfis lntrotes, loo-tro-tace 1 ; from
3084; a redeemer (fig.): — deliverer.

3087. Xv\\vta lnchnla, lookh-nee'-ah; from 3088;
a Jom-p-stand (lit. or flg.):— candlestick.

3088. Xuxvos lncbada, lookh'-nos; from the base
of 3022; a portable lamp or other illuminator (lit. or
fig.):— candle, light.

3089. \\ialuo, loo'-o; a prim, verb; to "loosen"
(lit. or fig.):— break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-) loose,
melt, put oft. Comp. 4486.

8090. Auts Lois, lo-ece'; of uncert. or.; Lots, a
Chr. woman:— Lois.

3091. A<St tot, lote; of Heb. or. [8876]; Lot, a pa-
triarch:— Lot.

M

3092. Made Maath, mah-ath'; prob. of Heb. or.;

Maath, an Isr. : — Maath.

3093. MaySaXd Magdale, mag-daUih'; of
Chald. or. [comp. 4086]; the tower; Magdala (i.e
Migdala), a place to Pal.:— Magdala.
3094- Ma-y8oXi)Wj Magdalene, mag-dal-ay-
nay'; tern, of a der. 013003; a female Magdalene, i.e.
inhab. of Magdala:— Magdalene.

8095. pa-ycCa magMa, mag-i'-ah; from 3006;
" magic":— sorcery.

8096. uayevo) magSno, mag-yoo'-o; fromjooy; to
practice magic: — use sorcery.
3097. [tdyos magAs, mag'-os; of for. or. [7248]; a
Jfagz'an, i.e. Oriental scientist; by impl. a magi-
cian. - — sorcerer, wise man.

8098. May^y Magog, mog-ogue'; of Heb. or.
[4081]; Magog, a for. nation, i.e. (fig.) an Antiehris-
tian party:— Magog.

8099. MaSidv Madlan, mad-ee-an'; of Heb. or.
[4080]; Madian (i.e. Midian), a region of Arabia:—
Madian.

3100. uaOijTevu mathetSno, mathrayt-yoo'-o;
from 3101; fatrans. to become a pupil; trans, to dis-
ciple, Le. enrol as scholar:— be disciple, instruct,
teach.

3101. p.a6iyHis mathetes, mathray-tes 1 ; from
3/29; a learner, i.e. pupil.-— disciple.

3102. uatWjrpia matbetrla, math-ay'-tree-ah;
J fem. from 3101; a female pupiJ.-— disciple.



46



Mathoosalah
Metoykeseeah



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



\\



3103. Ma6owdXa Mathdusala, math-oo-sal'-
ah; of Heb. or. [4968] ; Mathusala (i.e. Methushelach),
an antediluvian:— Mathusala.

3104. Ma'iv&v llunan, maftee-nan',' prob. of
Heb. or.; Mainan, an Isr.:— Hainan.

S105. jj.ttivojj.av main6mai, mah'ee-nom-ahee;
mid. from a prim, p.d<o mad (to long for; through
the idea of insensate craving); to rave as a " ma-
niac":— be beside self (mad).

3106. u,aicapt£« makarlzo, mak-ar-id'-zo; from
3107; to beatify, i.e. pronounce (or esteem) fortu-
nate:— call blessed, count happy.

3107. iMLK&pios makarl5s, mafc-ar'-ee-os; a
prol. form of the poetical p.dicapmakar (mean, the
same); supremely blest; by extens. fortunate, well
off.— blessed, happy (X -Ier).

3108. uaxapuruds makarismis, mak-ar-is-
mos'; from 3106; beatification, i.e. attribution of
good fortune: — blessedness.

3109. MttKtSovta Mak&dGnla, mak-ed-on-ee'-
ah; from 3110; Macedonia, a region of Greece: —
Macedonia.

3110. MaKcSi&v Ulak fdo 11 , mak-ed'-ohn; of un-
cert. der. ; a Macedon (Macedonian), i.e. inhab, of
Macedonia: — of Macedonia, Macedonian.

3111. (idiccXAov makelloii, mak'-el-lon; of Lat.
or. [macellum]; a. butcher's stall, meat market or
provision-shop: — shambles.

3112. uaKpdv nialtran, mak-ran'; tern. ace.
sing. 013117 (3SQ8 being implied) ; at a distance (lit.
or fig.):— (a-) far (off), good (great) way off.

3113. uoxpoScv makrStheh, mak-roth'-en; adv.
from 31 it, from a distance or afar: — afar off, from
far.

3114. uo.Kpo8up.4e> makrAthnmeo, mak-roth-
oo-meh'-o; from the same as 311b; to be long-spirited,
l.e. (obj.) forbearing or (subj.) patient:— bear (suffer)
long, be longsuffering, have (long) patience, be pa-
tient, patiently endure.

3115. p.aKpo8v|x£tt makrfithumla, mak-roth-
oo-mee'-ah; from the same as 3/16; longanimity, i.e.
(obj.) forbearance or (subj.) fortitude:— longsuffer-
ing, patience.

3116. |uucpo8uu<fc makrithnmos, mofc-rota-
oo-moce'; adv. of a comp. of 3117 and 3372; with long
{enduring) temper, i.e. leniently: — patiently.

3117. uaicpos makrAs, mak-ros'; from 3372; long
(in place [distant] or time [neut. plur.]): — far, long.

3118. uxucpoxpovios makrdchrdnldg, mak-
rokh-ron'-ee-os; from 3117 and 3550; long-timed, i.e.
long-lived: — live long.

3119. uoXcucIa malakla, mal-ak-ee'-ah; from
3120; softness, i.e. enervation (debility): — disease.

3120. uaXaKos malakos, mal-ak-os'; of uneert.
affln.j soft, i.e. fine (clothing); flg. a catamite:— ef-
feminate, soft.

3121. MaXeXrijX Maleleel, mal-el-eh-ale' ; of
Heb. or [4111] ; Maleleel (i.e. Mahalalel), an antedilu-
vian:— Maleleel.

3122. (idXto-Ta mallgta, mal'-is-tah; neut. plur.
of the superl. of an appar. prim. adv. udXa mala
(very); (adv.) most (in the greatest degree) or par-
ticularly:— chiefly, most of all, (e-) specially,

3123. udXXov mallAn, mal'-lon; neut. of the
compar. of the same B&3122; (adv.) more" (in a greater

degree) or rather: 1- better, x far, (the) more (and

more), (so) much (the more), rather.

3124. MdX\\os Malchos, mal'-khos; of Heb. or.
[4429] ; Malchus, an Isr. :— Malchus.

3125. u,du|rn Diamine ■mam! -may; of nat. or.
[" mammy"] ; a grandmother:— grandmother.

3126. ji.auu.ovds mammonas, mam-mo-nas'; of
Chald. or. (confidence, i.e. flg. wealth, personified);
mammonas, i.e. avarice (deified): — mammon.

3127. Mava'fjv manaen, man-ah-ane'; of uneert.
or.; Manaen, a Chr.: — Manaen.

3128. Mavatrarrjs Manasses, man-as-sace' ; of
Heb. or. [4519] ; Manasses (i.e. Menashsheh), an Isr.:—
Manasses.



3129. uavSdvu manthano, man-than'-o; prol.
from a prim, verb, another form of which, uaBeu
mathed, is used as an alt. in cert, tenses; to learn
(in any way):— learn, understand.

3130. uavta mania, man-ee'-ah; tioms'oj; cra-
ziness:— [+ make] x mad.

3131. udvva manna, man'-nah; of Heb. or.
[4478]; manna (i.e. man), an edible gum:— manna.

3132. p.avT€vop,ai mantfluomal, mant-yoo'-om-
ahee; from a der. of 310s (mean, a prophet, as sup-
posed to rave through inspiration); to divine, i.e.
utter spells (under pretence of foretelling):— by sooth-
saying.

3133. uapaCvo) maraino, mar-ah'ee-no; of un-
eert. affln. ; to extinguish (as Are), i.e. (flg. and pass.)
to pass away:— fade away,

3134. uapdv d0a maron atha, mar'-an ath'-
ah; of Chald. or. (mean, our Lord has come); maran-
atha, i.e. an exclamation of the approaching divine
judgment: — Maran-atha.

3135. uap-yaph-ns margarites, mar-gar-ee'-tace;
from p.dp'yapos margaros (a pearl-oyster); a
pearl:— pearl.

3136. MdpOa Martha, mar'-thah; prob. of
Chald. or. (mean, mistress); Martha, a Chr. woman: —
Martha.

3137. MapCa Maria, mar-eef-ah; or

Mapidu Mariam, mar-ee-am'; of Heb. or.
[4813]; Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of
six Chr. females:— Mary.

3138. Mdpras MarkAs, mar'-fcos; of Lat. or.;
Marcus, a Chr. :— Marcus, Mark.

3139. jj.app.apos marmaiis, mar'-mar-os; from
uapuaCpa marmalro (to glisten); marble (as
sparkling white): — marble.

udprup mart up. See 3144.

3140. uapTvpto niarturfio, mar-too-reh'-o; from
3144; to be a witness, i.e. testify (lit. Or flg.): — charge,
give [evidence], bear record, have (obtain, of) good
(honest) report, he well reported of, testify, give
(have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.

3141. uupTvpCa martnria, mar-too-ree'-ah;
from 3144; evidence given (judicially or gen.):—
record, report, testimony, witness.

3142. uaprvpiov niartnrlon, mar-too' -ree-on;
neut. of a presumed der. of 3144; something eviden-
tial, i.e. (gen.) evidence given or (spec.) the Decalogue
(in the sacred Tabernacle):— to be testified, testi-
mony, witness.

3143. uaprvpoucu marttiromai, mar-too'-rom-
ahee; mid. from 3144; to be adduced as a witness, i.e.
(flg.) to obtest (in affirmation or exhortation):— take
to record, testify.

3144- udprvs mart (I * mar'-toos; of uneert. affln. ;
a witness (lit. [judicially] or flg. [gen.]) ; by anal, a
" martyr";— martyr, record, witness.

3145. u,ao-o-dop.at massadmal, mas-sah'-om-
ahee; from a prim. pAnrw maaso (to handle or
squeeze); to chew: — gnaw.

3146. ado-n^du mastlgdo, mas-tig-o'-o; from
314S; to flog (lit. or fig.):— scourge.

3147. p-aoTiiJeo mastlzd, mas-tid'-zo; from 3149;
to whip (lit.):— scourge-

3148. udo-rij; mastlx, mas'-tix; prob. from the
base of 3145 (through the idea of contact); a whip
(lit. the Soman flagellum for criminals; fig. a dis-
ease):— plague, scourging.

3149. uao-rds mastos, mas-tos 1 ; from the base of
3145; a (prop, female) breast (as if kneaded up):—
pap.

3150. uaraioXo-yCa mataldldgla, mat-ah-yoU
og-ee'-ah; fromj/yr; random falfc, i.e. babble:— vain
jangling.

3151. |iaT<uoX4yos mataldldgos, mat-ah-yol-
og'-os; from 3152 and 3004; an idle (i.e. senseless or
mischievous) talker, i.e. a wrangler. - — vain talker.

3152. uaTcuos mataifts, mat'-ah-yos; from the
base of 3/33; empty, i.e.(lit.) profitless, or (spec.) an
idol: — vain, vanity.



3153. uaTaidrns matalotes, mat-ah-yoP-uce:
tram 3132; inutility; flg. transientness; mor. deprav-
ity: — vanity.

3154. uarauSu matal&d, mat-ah-yo'-o; from
3152; to render (pass, become) foolish, i.e. (mor.)
tuiefced or (spec.) idolatrous:— become vain.

3155. udrijv maten, mat'-ane; accus. of a der. of
the base of 3143 (through the idea of tentative ma-
nipulation, i.e. unsuccessful search, or else of punish-
ment); folly, i.e. (adv.) to no purpose:— in vain.

3156. MorOatos Matthal&s, mat-thah'-yos; a
shorter form of 3161; Matthceus (i.e. Matthitjah), an
Isr. and Chr. :— Matthew.

3157. MoT0dv Matthan, mat-than'; of Heb. or.
[4977] ; Matthan (i.e. Maltan), an Isr. :— Matthan.

3158. MovrfldT Matthat, mat-that'; prob. a
shortened form of 3161; Matthat (i.e. Mattithjah),
the name of two Isr.:— Mathat.

3159. Mar6£as Matthias, mat-thee'-as; appar. a
shortened form of 3161; Matthias (i.e. Mattithjah),
an Isr. :— Matthias.

3160. MarraBd Mattatha, mat-tath-ah'; prob.
a shortened form of 3/61 [comp. 499;!]; Mattatha
(i.e. Mattithjah), an Isr.: — Mattatha.

3161. Marra61a$ Mattathlas, mat-tath-ee'-as;
of Heb. or. [4993]; Mattathias (i.e. Mattithjah), an
Isr. and Chr.:— Mattathias.

3162. udxaipa machalra, makh'-ahee-rah;
prob. fem. of a presumed der. of 3163; a knife, i.e.
dirk; flg. war, judicial punishment: — sword.

3163. p-dxi) mache, makh'-ay; from 3164; a bat-
tle, i.e. (flg.) controversy:— fighting, strive, striving.
3164- ndxouai machdmal, makh'-om-ahee;
mid. of an appar. prim, verb; to tuar, i.e. (flg.) to
quarrel, dispute:— fight, strive.

3165. pi m8, meh; a shorter (and prob. orig.) form
of ibqi; me:— I, me, my.

3166. u«KaXavx6» mfigalaucheo, meg-al-ow-
kheh'-o; from a comp. of 3173 and aix*" anch6o
(to boast; akin to 837 and 2744); to talk big, i.e. be
grandiloquent (arrogant, egotistic):— boast great
things.

3167. iMYoXetos megal£l$s, meg-aUi'-os; from
3173; magnificent, i.e. (neut. plur. as noun) a con-
spicuous favor, or (subj.) perfection:— great things,
wonderful works.

3168. ue7aXeidTi]s megaleldtea, nteo-al-i-ot'-
ace; from 3167; snperbness, i.e. glory or splendor: —
magnificence, majesty, mighty power.

3169. p-t-yaXo/irpeirifc megal&prepes, meg-al-
op-rep-ace'; from 3173 and 4241; befitting greatness
or magnificence (majestic):— excellent.

3170. ptyakiva megalnno, meg-al-oo'-no; from
3173; to make (or declare) great, i.e. increase or (flg.)
extol:— enlarge, magnify, shew great.

3171. pFydXus megalos, meg-al'-oce; adv. from
3173; muefc. - — greatly.

3172. p.6YaXtto-vvi] megalosnne, meg-aUo-soo'-
nay; from 3173; greatness, i.e. (flg.) divinity (often
God himself):— majesty.

3173. uiyas megag, meg'-as [includ. the proL
forms, fem. ueYdXr] mSgale, plur. p?yaXoi mg.
galftl, etc.; comp. also .7/76,,?/,^]; big (lit. or flg., in
a very wide application):— ( + fear) exceedingly,
great (-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore
(afraid), strong, X to years.

3174. ui7«9os m£g£th5g, meg'-eth-os; fromjjTj;
magnitude (fig.):— greatness.

3175. |MYMrrdves meglstaneg, meo-is-fa»'-e»;
plur. bom 3176; grandees:— great men, lords.

3176. |U-yurTOS meglst5s, meg'-is-tos; superl. of
3'73t greatest or very great:— exceeding great.

3177. |u8cpp.i)veuo mSthermeneno, metft-er-
mane-yoo'-o; from 3326 and 2030; to explain over,
i.e. translate:— (by) interpret (-ation).

3178. ui8r) m.Hl»e. meth'-ay; appar. a prim,
word; an intoxicant, i.e. (by impL) intoxication.-—
drunkenness.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Mathoosalah
Metoykeseeah



47



3179. [tc6(0TT))U methisteml, meth-is'-tay-mee;
or(l Cor. 13:2)

(leflioTovs) m£tblstano, meth-is-tan'-o;
from 332b and 3476; to (rojis/er, i.e. earn/ away, de-
pose or (fig.) exchange, seduce:— put out, remove,
"translate, turn away.

S180. ptSoScCa ntt tbodfia, meth-od-i'-ah; from
a comp. 01332b and 3303 [qomp. " method "] ; travel-
ling over, i.e. travesty (trickery):— wile, lie in wait.

3181. |ie86pios mi'tlio rlos, meth-or'-ee-os; from
332b and 372s; bounded alongside, i.e. contiguous
(neut. plur. as noun, frontier):— border.

818%. |u9v(TK<a mBtbusko, meth-oos'-ko; a prol.
(trans.) form 0I3184; to intoxicate:— be drunk (-en).

Si&l pe"0uo-os 111 ft tiu *<:>*, meth'-oo-sos; from

5/<5V; tipsy, i.e. (as noun) a sot.-— drunkard.

&?&£. ps6vi» method, meth-oo'-o; from another

form of 3178; to drink to intoxication, i.e. get

drunk.-— drink well, make (be) drunk (-en).

3AS5. petijov inflzon, mide'-zon; neut. of ^/.Sy,-

(adv.) in a greater degree:— the more.

3186. liei^OTtpos melzfttSrAs, mide-zot'-er-os;
continued compar. 0I3187; still larger (fig.):— greater.

3187. pefijwv mflzon, mide'-zone; irreg. compar.
0(3173; larger (lit. or fig., spec, in age):— elder, great-
er (-est), more.

3188. p&av melan, mel'-an; neut. of 31&) as
noun; ink: — ink.

8189. fi«\\as nifliij, mel'-as; appar. a prim, word;
block:— black.

&/90. McXfds IHSlSas, mel-eh-as'; of uncert. or.;
jtfefeos, an Isr. : — Meleas.

uiXci melSi. See 3100.

3191. uAerau mSletao, mel-et-ah'-o; from a
presumed der. ot3igo; to take care of, i.e. (by impl.)
reuojee in the mind:— imagine, (pre-) meditate.

3192. |i«Xi mill, mel'-ee; appar. a prim, word;
honey:— honey.

3193. aeXCo-o-ios {melisglds, mel-is'-see-os; from
5102: relating to honey, i.e. bee (comb): — honeycomb.
S194- MtMrn, MSllte, mel-eef-tay; of uncert. or.;
Melita, an island in the Mediterranean: — Melita.

3195. uiWo miHlo. mel'-lo; a strengthened form
of 3100 (through the idea of expectation); to intend,
i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of per-
sons or things, espec. events; in the sense of pur-
pose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesi-
tation):— about, after that, be (almost), (that which
is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to
(be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + re-
turn, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, after-
wards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would,
he yet.

3196. pAos melds, mel'-os; of uncert affln.; a
limb or part of the body:— member.

3197. MtXx' JH&lcbl, mel-khee'; of Heb. or. [4428
with pron. suf., my king] ; Melchi (i.e. Malki), the
name of two Isr. : — Melchi.

3198. McXxm&K MelchisSdek, mel-khis-ed-
eV; of Heb. or. [4442]; Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek),
a patriarch: — Melchisedec.

3199. uiXu mSlo, mel'-o; a prim, verb; to 6e of
interest to, i.e. to concern (only third pers. sing. pres.
indie, used hnpers. it matters):— (take) care.
SHOO. ptp|3pdva iiitjiilirana. mem-bran'-ah; of
Lat. or. ("membrane"); a (written) sheep-skin:—
parchment.

3201. ui(i<j>o(ifu memphdmal, mem'-fom-ahee;
mid. of an appar. prim, verb; to blame: — find fault.
S20S. pEp.il/Epoipos mempslmAlrAs, mem-psim'-
oy-ros; from a presumed der. of 3201 and potptt
mdlra (fate; akin to the base of 3313); blaming
fate, i.e. querulous (discontented): — complainer.
3303. |Uv men, men; a prim, particle; prop, indie,
of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually fol-
lowed by a contrasted clause with 1161 (this one, the
former, etc.):— even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily.
Often compounded with other particles in an inten-
sive or asseverative sense.



S8O4. pEvoSv^e mendnngS, men-oon'-geh; from
3303 and 3767 and 1063; so then at least:— nay but, yea
doubtless (rather, verily).

3305. fievroi mtiitoi, men'-toy; from 3303 and
5104.; indeed though, i.e. houietier.— also, but, how-
beit, nevertheless, yet.

3306. pevio mend, men'-o; a prim, verb; to stay
(in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):—
abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain,
stand, tarry (for), x thine own.

3307. p£pt!> merlzo, mer-id'-zo; from 3313; to
part, i.e. (lit.) to apportion, bestow, share, or (fig.) to
disunite, differ:— deal, be difference between, dis-
tribute, divide, give part.

3308. jj.epip.va merlmna, mer'-im-nah; from
33°7 (through the idea of distraction); solicitude: —
care.

3309. pEpipvdu merlmnao, mer-im-nah'-o; from
3308; to be anxious about:— (be, have) care (-ful),
take thought.

3310. pepts merls, mer-ece'; fem. of 3313; a por-
tion, i.e. province, share or (abstr.) participation:—
part (X -akers).

3311. pEpicrpos mSrlsmAs, mer-is-mos'; from
3307; a separation or distribution: — dividing asun-
der, gift.

3312. pcpurWjs mediates, mer-is-tace'; from
3307; an apportioned (administrator): — divider.

3313. pipes merAs, mer'-os; from an obsoL but
more prim, form of pcCpopai mclromal (to get as
a section or allotment); a division or share Git. or
fig., in a wide application):— behalf, coast, course,
craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion,
respect, side, some sort (-what).
3314- pco-npPpIa mesembria, mes-ame-bree'-ah;
from 3310 and 2230; midday; by impl. the south:—
noon, south.

3315. ueo-ircio mesltAuo, mes-it-yoof-o; bom
3316; to interpose (as arbiter), i.e. (by impl.) to ratify
(as surety):— confirm.

3316. pEo-Crnt mesftes, mes-ee'-tace; from 3319; a
go-between, i.e. (simply) an internunciator, or (by
impl.) a reconciler (intercessor): — mediator.

3317. peo-ovvKTiov mSsftnuktlAn, mes-on-ook'-
tee-on; neut. of a comp. of 3310 and 3371; midnight
(espec. as a watch):— midnight.

3318. Mco-oirorapCa Mesopotamia, mes-op-ot-
am-ee'-ah; from 33/g and 4215; Mesopotamia (as ly-
ing between the Euphrates and the Tigris; comp. 763),
a region of Asia:— Mesopotamia.

3319. pe'eros mSsds, mes'-os; from 3326; middle
(as adj. or [neut.] noun):— among, x before them, be-
tween, + forth, mid [-day, -night], midst, way.

3320. peo-OTOix°v niesOtdicbdn, mes-ot'-oy-
khon; from 3319 and J/oo; apartition (fig.):— middle
wall.

3321. pEQ-ovpdvnpa meainranema, mes-oo-
ran'-ay-mah; from a presumed comp. of 331Q and
3772; mid-sky:— midst of heaven.

3322. pecrou mesdd, mes-o'-o; tromjjio; to form
the middle, i.e. (in point of time), to be half-way
over:— be about the midst.

3323. Mcavlas messias, mes-see'-as,' of Heb. or.
[4899]; the Messias (i.e. Mashiach), or Christ:—
Messias.

3324. peo-rds mSstds, mes-tos'; of uncert. der.;
replete (lit. or fig.) :— f ull.

3325. ptoroa mestdo, mes-to'-o; from 3324; to
replenish, i.e. (by impl.) to intoxicate:— fill.

3326. psrd mSta, met-ah'; a prim. prep, (often
used adv.); prop, denoting accompaniment; "amid"
(local or causal); modified variously according to the
case (gen. association, or ace. succession) with which
it is joined; occupying an intermediate position be-
tween S7s or IS37 and rj/o or 4314; less intimate
than 1722, and less close than 4S62):— after (-ward),
X that he again, against, among, X and, -f- follow,
hence, Tiereafter, in, of, (up-) on, + our, X and set-
ting, since, (un-) to, + together, when, with (+ -out).
Often used in composition, in substantially the same



relations of participation or proximity, and transfer
or seguence.

3327. p«raj3a£v(i> metnbaluo, met-ab-ah'ee-no;
from 332b and the base of gjg; to change place:— de-
part, go, pass, remove.

3828. pprapdMo) metaballo, met-ab-al'-lo;
from 332b and 906; to throw over, i.e. (mid. fig.) to
turn about in opinion:— change mind.



pera.'yw metago, met-ag'-o; from jjsb and
71; to lead oner, i.e. transfer (direct): — turn about.
3330. pETaSCScopi mStadldoml, met-od-id'-o-
mee; from 332b and 1323; to give over, i.e. share: —
give, impart.

3831. perdBco-is mStathegis, met-ath'-es4s;
fxoTa.334b; transposition, i.e. transferred (to heaven),
disestablishment (of a law):— change, removing,
translation.

3332. pETdCpu mStalro, met-afc'ee-ro; from 3326
and 142; to betake oneself, Le. remove (locally); —
depart.

3333. pETaKoX^u mStakaleo, metak-al-eh'-o;
from j^a6 and 2364; to call elsewhere, i.e. summoii;-
call (for, hither).

3334. pETdKivEu mtHablneo, met-ak-ee-neh'-o;
from 332b and S79J," to stir to a place elsewhere, i.e.
remove (fig.): — move away.

^555. peraXttppdvo) metalambano, met-al-am-

ban'-o; from .2J26 and 293?; to participate; gen. to

accept (and use):— eat, have, be partaker, receive,

take.

3336. pEToVnipis mgtalepsls, met-al'-ape-sis;

fromja , j , j; participation: — taking,

8337. p€TaA\\d<ro-<i> metallassd, met-aMas'-so,"

from 332b and 23b; to exchange: — change.

3338. peTap&Xopax metamelldmal, met-am-
el'-lom-ahee; from 332b and the mid. of 3100; to care
afterwards, i.e. regret:— repent (self).

3339. peTapoptpoo) m£tamdrpb.fto, met-am-or-
fo'-o; from 332b and 3445; to transform (lit. or fig.
"metamorphose' 1 ):— change, transfigure, transform.
SSJfl. petclvoew metanded, met-an-o-ehf-o; from
332b and 3S3q; to t7ii»7i; differently or afterwards, i.e.
reconsider (mor. /eel compunction): — repent.
&%.'• pETdvoia jiietaiioia, met-an' -oy-ah; from
o^#o; (subj.) compunction (for guilt, includ. reforma-
tion) ; by impl. reversal (of [another's] decision):—
repentance.

3342. pEToiju metaxn, met-ax-oo 1 ; from 332b and
a form of 4862; betwixt (of place or person); (of
time) as adj. intervening, or (by impl.) adjoining:—
between, mean while, next.

3343. pETttirEpiru metapempo, met-ap-emp'-o;
from 332b and 3qq2; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (mid.)
to summon or invite: — call (send) for.

3344. furaa-rpi^a mitastrSpUo, met-as-tref-o;
from 332b and 47b2; to turn across, i.e. transmute 01
(fig.) corrupt:— pervert, turn.

3345. pETCurxnpaTCJtt mStascbematlzo, met-
askh-ay-mat-id'-zo; from 332b and a der. of 4970; to
transfigure or disguise; fig. to apply (by accommo-
dation) : — transfer, transform (self) ; to change.

3346. pETaTCOnpi nit rati tin ml, met-at-ith'-ay-
mee; from 332b and 3087; to transfer, i.e. (lit.) trans-
port, (by impl.) exchange, (reflex.) cftange sides, or
(fig.) pervert:— carry over, change, remove, trans-
late, turn.

3347. psteVeito, meitepelta, met-ep'-i-tah; from
332b and /*09, - thereafter:— afterward.

3348. pete'x<» m£t£eho, met-ekh'-o; from 3326
and 2792; to share or participate; by impl. belong to,
eat (or drinfc):— be partaker, pertain, take part, use.

3349. p£TE<i>pCt<i> mfitSorlzo, met-eh-o-rid'-zo;
from a comp. of 332b and a collat. form of 142 or perh.
rather of tog (comp. " meteor"); to raise in mid-air,
i.e. (fig.) suspend (pass, fluctuate or be anarfous):— be
of doubtful mind.

3350. pEToiKEO-la m£t51h£sla, met-oy-kes-ee'-ah;
from a der. of a comp. of 332b and 3624; a change of
abode, i.e. (spec.) expatriation:— x brought, carried
(-ying) away (in-) to.



48



Metoykidzo



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



S351. |mtouc((u metdiklzd, met-oykid'-zo;
from the same as 3350; to transfer as a settler or
captive, ie. colonize or exile:— carry away, remove
into.

3352. imtox^ metoclie, met-ofch-aa'; from jg,*?;
portieipoiion, i.e. intercourse:— fellowship.

3358. piTOXOS metdclids, met'-okh-os; from 3348;
participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by impl. an asso-
ciate;— fellow, partaker, partner.

3354- (i*rp&» metreo, met-reh'-o; from 335S; to
measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard);
by impl to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule) ; fig. to esti-
mate— measure, mete.

5355. ncTprjrijs metretes mepray-tace'; from
3354; a measurer, i.e. (spec.) a certain standard meas-
ure of capacity for liquids:— firkin.

5356. (MTpioiraStM m&tri&patheo, met-ree-qp-
ath-eh'-o; from a comp. of the base of 3337 and 380b;
to be moderate in passion, i.e. gentle (to treat indul-
gently):— have compassion.

3357. (icrplus mfitrios, mei-ree'-oce; adv. from a
der. ot33jS; moderately, i.e. slightly:— a little.

3358. |i£rpov matron, met'-ron; an appar. prim,
word; a measure ("metre"), lit. or fig.; by impl. a
limited portion (degree):— measure.

3359. uironrov metopdn, met'-o-pon; from 3326
and &fy ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite
the countenance):— forehead.

3360. u^XP 1 mechii, mekh'-ree; or

|i«XP's mecbrls, mekhns'; from .2372; as
/ar as, i.e. up to a certain point (as prep, of extent
[denoting the terminus, whereas Sqr refers espec. to
the space of time or place intervening] orconj.):—
till, (un-) to, until.

3361. u.'ft me, may; a prim, particle of qualified
negation (whereas 3736 expresses an absolute denial);
(adv.) not, (conj.) test; also (as interrog. implying a
neg. answer [whereas 3736 expects an affirm, one])
whether:— any, but (that), X forbear, + God forbid,
+ lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor,
[can-] not, nothing, that not, un [-taken], without.
Often used in compounds in substantially the same
relations. See also 5362, 33(3, 3364, 3312, 3373,3373'
3378.

5862. lav uvfj San me, eh-an' may; I.e. 1437 and

3361; if not, i.e. unless:— X before, but, except, if

no, (if, + whosoever) not.

3363. fva p,V) ulna me, hin'-ah may; i.e. 2443 and

3361; in order (or so) that not:— albeit not, lest, that

no (-t, [-thing]).

3364- oi pd) dame, 00 may; 1.0.3736 and 3361;

a. double neg. strengthening the denial; not at all:—

any more, at all, by any (no) means, neither, never,

no (at all), in no case (wise), nor ever, not (at all, in

anywise). Oomp.3373.

3365. |U)Sau.us medamos, may-dam-oce' ; adv.

from a comp. of 3361 and o-uos a m5s (somebody);

by no means:— not so.

$366. (11)81 medS, may-deh'; from 3361 and ubi;

but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor: —

neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).

3367. unSeCs medeis, may-dice'; includ. the irreg.
fern. u*|ocuXa medemla, may-dem-ee'-ah, and the
neut. (inoiv meden, may-den'; from 3361 and 1320;
not even one (man, woman, thing) :— any (man, thing),
no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), noth-
ing, + without delay.

3368. u,t]S£itote inedepotS, may-dep'-ot-eh; from
336b and 4218; not even ever:— never.

3369. u,i)S£ma med&po, may-dep'-o; from 3366
and 4432; not even yet:— not yet

3370. MfjSos Stedoa, may'-dos; of for. or. [comp.
4074]; a Median, or inhab. of Media:— Mede.

3371. u,i)k£ti meketl, may-ket'-ee; from 3361 and
aoSby no further:— any longer, (not) henceforth, here-
after, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any
more.

3373. (ifJKOS mekds, may'-kos; prob. akin to 3173;
length (lit or fig.):— length.



3373. iinKvvu meknnd, may-koo'-no; from 3372;
to lengthen, i.e. (mid.) to enlarge:— grow up.

3374. (HiWrq melote, may-lo-tay'; from (tfjXov
melon (a sheep); a sheep-skin: — sheepskin.

3375. udjv men, mane; a stronger form of 3303; a
particle of affirmation (only with 2220); assuredly;—
■+- surely.

3376. udjv men, mane; a prim, word; a month:—
month.

3377. |it)Vvo> menno, may-noo'-o; prob. from the

same base 883143 and 3413 (i.e. u.o.» mao, to strive) ;
to disclose (through the idea of mental effort and thus
calling to mind), i.e. report, declare, intimate: —
shew, tell.

3378. (iii °" K me 6 nit, may 00k; i.e. 3361 and
373b; as interrog. and neg. is it not that?:— neither
(followed by no), + never, not Comp. 3^4.

3379. uvfjirOTt mepdte, may'-pot-eh; or

u,dj irOTe me pott-, may pot'-eh; from 33b!
and 4218; not ever; also if (or lest) ever (or per-
haps):— if peradventure, lest (at any time, haply), not
at all, whether or not.

3380. (i/fjirw mepo, may'-po; from 3361 and 4432;
not yet:— not yet

3381. uyfjirus mepds, may'-poce; or

(Vq itus me pds, maypoce; from .jjo/and
^5-.?; Jest somehow:— lest (by any means, by some
means, haply, perhaps).

3382. unpos meros, may-ros'; perh. a prim, word;
a thigh:— thigh.

35&1 uvrfj-re mete, may'-teh; from 33bi and J0J7;
not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor;
also, not e«en;— neither, (n-) or, so much as.

3384. (t^Ti]p meter, may'-tare; appar. a prim,
word; a " mother" (lit. or fig., immed. or remote):—
mother.

3385. uWjti metl, mayf-tee; from 3361 and the
neut. otsioo; whether at all:— not [the particle usu-
ally not expressed, except by the form of the ques-
tion],

3386. uipvyc metlsS, may'-tig-eh; from 338s and
robs; not at all then, i.e. not to say (the rather
still):— how much more.

3387. |i^Tts metis, may'-tis; or

u/fj TlS me tls, may fis; from 33b! ami 3100;
whether any: — any [sometimes unexpressed except by
the simple interrogative form of the sentence].
S388. jrrJTpa metra, may'-trah; from 3384; the
matrix: — womb.

3389. |»|TpaX</as metralo,as, may-tral-af-as;
from 3384 and the base of 237; a mother-thresher, i.e.
matricide.-— murderer of mothers.

3390. (jn]Tp6iroXis metropolis, may-trop'-ol-is;
from 3384 and 4172; a mother city, l.e. " metropo-
lis":— chiefest city.

8391. uCa luia, mee'-dh; irreg. fern, of 1320; one
or first:— a (certain), + agree, first, one, x other.

3392. (ualvu mlalno, me-osh'ee-no; perh. a prim,
verb; to sully or taint, i.e. contaminate (cer. or
mor.):— defile.

3393. u,(ao-u,a miasma, mee'-as-mah; from 35302
("miasma"); (mor.) foulness (prop, the effect):—
pollution.

3394. jiiao-uos mlasmds, mee-as-mos'; from
jtW2," (mor.) contamination (prop, the act):— unclean-
ness.

3595. u.(yua mlgma, mig'-mah; fromjjjofi; a com-
pound:— mixture.

3396. u.C-yw|u mlgnnmi, mig'^noo-mee; a prim,
verb; to mix:— mingle.

3397. |UKp6v mUtrdn, mik-ron'; masc. or neut.
sing, of 3308 (as noun); a small space of time or de-
cree.-— a (little) (while).

3398. (jiKpos mlkros, mik-ros'; includ. the comp.
|UKp6r<pos mUcroteros, mik-rot'-er-os;

appar. a prim, word; small (in size, quantity, number
or (fig.) dignity):— least, less, little, small.

3399. MfArrros MUetds, mil'-ay-tos; of uncert
or.; Miletus, a city of Asia Minor:— Miletus.



3400. plXiov ml If on, mil'-ee-on; of Lat. or.: a
thousand paces, i.e. a " mile".-— mile.

3401. u,iuio|tcu mlm£omai, mim-eh'-om-ahee;
mid. from 1<£|MS mlmds (a "mimic"); to imi-
tate:— follow.

340S. p.iu.'n'Wjs mlmetes, mim-ay-tace' ; from

3401; an imitator:— follower.

3403. (Ugiv^o-KW mlmnetko, mim-nace'-ko; a

prol. form cS.3415 (from which some of the tenses are

borrowed); to remind, i.e. (mid.) to recoil to mind:—

be mindful, remember.

8404. |uo-&> miseo, mis-eh'-o; from a prim, uto-os

mlsds (hatred); to detest (espec. to persecute); by

extens. to love less:— bate (-ful).

3405. |uo-eairo8oo-(a mlsthap5d6sla, mis-
thap-od-os^e'-ah; from 3406; requital (good or
bad):— recompence of reward.

3406. (jno-8airoS6Ti]s mlstnapoddtes, mis-thap-
odrot'-ace; from 3400 and sqr; a remunerator: — re-
warder.

3407. jjXo-Bios mlsthl5s, mis'-thee-os; from 3408;
a wage-earner:— hired servant.

3408. |ucr86$ mlsthds, mis-thos 1 ; appar. a prim,
word; pay for service (lit. or flg.), good or bad:—
hire, reward, wages.

3409. |uo-66<i> mistlioo, mis-tho'-o; trom.3408; to
let out for wages, i.e. (mid.) to hire:— hire.

3410. uCo-vaua mlsthoma, mis'-fho-mah; from
34og; a rented building: — hired house.

3411. (mHtoros mlsthot&s, mis-tho-tos 1 ; from
340Q; a wage-worker (good or bad):— hired servant,
hireling.

341S. MiTvMjvn Mltnlene, mit-oo-layi-nay; for
|limMjvi) mntllene (abounding in shell-fish); Mir
tylene (or Mytilene), a town in the island Lesbos:—
Mitylene.

3413. Mixa<|\\ KUcuael, mifch-ah-ole'; of Heb.
or. [4317]; Michael, an archangel:— Michael.

3414. P-va mna, mnah; of Lat. or.; a mna (te,
mina), a certain weight:— pound.

3415. (ivoouai mnadmal, mnah'-om-ahee; mid.
of a der. of 330b or perb. of the base of 3143 (through
the idea of fixture in the mind or of mental prasp);
to 6ear in mind, i.e. recollect; by impl. to reward or
punish:— be mindful, remember, come (have) in re-
membrance. Comp. 1407.

3416. Mvdcruv Itlnason, mnah'-sohn; of uncert
or. ; Mnason, a Chr.:— Mnason.

8417. (ivtCa mneia, mni'-ah; from 3413 or 3403;
recollection; by impl. recital: — mention, remem-
brance.

3418. u.v%0. mnema, mnay'-mah; from 3413; a
memorial, i.e. sepulchral monument (burial-place):—
grave, sepulchre, tomb.

3419. urnuetov mnem£lon, mna»-mi'-on; from
3420; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of inter-
ment):— grave, sepulchre, tomb.

3420. |±VTj|iT) mneme, mnay'-may; from 3403;
memory.-— remembrance.

3421. p,VT]|iovttitt mnemdneuo, mna»-mon-
Koo'-o; from a der. of 3420; to exercise memory, ie.
recollect; by impl. to punish; also to rehearse:—
make mention, be mindful, remember.

34£S. avniwoTivov mnemosun5n, mnay-mos'-
oo-non; from 3421; a reminder (memorandum), i.e.
record:— memorial.

3423. |ivi)o-T€V(i) mnesteuo, mnace-tyoo'-o; from
a der. of 34V! to give a souvenir (engagement pres-
ent), i.e. betroth: — espouse.

3424. iio-yiXdAas mogllalos, moo-«-al'-os; from
3423 and 2080; hardly talking, i.e. dumb (tongue-
tied):— having an impediment in his speech.

3425: udyis mogls, mog'-is; adv. from a prim.
(16-yos mAgfis (toil); with difficulty, ,-— hardly.

3426. (xoSios mddlfts, mod'-ee-os; of Lat. or.; a
modius, i.e. certain measure for things dry (the quan-
tity or the utensil):— bushel.

3427. uoC mJl, moy; the simpler form of rbgS; to
me:— I. me, mine, my.



GEEEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Metoykidzo
Naytho



49



from



from



poixoXCs mAtchalls, moy-khaUis'; a prol.
form of the fern, of 3432; an adulteress (lit. or fig.):—
adulteress (-ous, -y).

3429. potx&u mAlcha5,mo2/-fcfcafc'-o;fromj«?;?;
(mid.) to commit adultery:— commit adultery.
$430. fioixcCa niolcheia, moy-khi'-ah;
3431; adultery:— adultery.
8431. |U»x<v(» mAleliSuo, moy-khyoo'-o;
3432; to commit adultery: — commit adultery.
3If32, )10ix6s mAlchAs, moy-khos'; perh. a prim,
word; a (male) paramour; fig. apostate:— adulterer.
S433, udXis molls, mol'-is; prob. by var. for
3425; with difficulty:— hardly, scarce (-ly), + with
much work.

3434. MoXox Moldcll mol-okh'; of Heb. or.
[4488]; Moloch (i.e. Molek), an idol:— Moloch.

3435. \\u>\\4va niolnno, mol-oo'-no; prob. from
3180; to soil (flg.):— defile.

3436. p.oXv<rp.ds mAlnsmAs, mol-oos-mos'; from
3433; a stain, i.e. (fig.) immorality:— filthiness.

3437. pop,<p^ mAmphe, mom-fay'; from J20/;
btame, i.e. (by impl.) a fault:— quarrel.

545S. uwf] mAne, mon-ay'; from jjo6; a staying,
te. residence (the act or the place) :— abode, mansion.
5439. (J.ovoy«v^s mAndgenes, mom-og-en-ace';
from 3441 and /096; onJ»-oorre, i.e. sote;— only (begot-
ten, child).

3440. [idvov mAnAn, mon'-on; neut. of 3441 as
adv.; meretj/;— alone, but, only.
8441- |>^ v0 * mAnAs, mon'-os; prob. fromjtjoo; re-
maining, i.e. sote or single; by impl. mere; — alone,
only, by themselves.

8442. p,ov6<j>6aXp.o$ moiiAphthalmAs, mon-
of'-thal-mos; from 3441 and 37SS; one-eyed:— with
one eye.

&£13. povdo mAnAo, mon-o'-o; bora 3441; to iso-
late, i.e. bereave: — be desolate.
3444- r V0 P$'h mArphe, mor-fay'; perh. from the
base of ,j?.y (through the idea of adjustment of
parts); shape; fig. nature:— form.
#4^5. |iop4"5o> mArphAo, mor-fo'-o; from the
same 033444; to fashion (fig.):— form.
544S. (i6p<|>0Hris mArphogfg, mor'-fo-sis; from
$#j; /ormation, i.e. (by impl.) appearance (sem-
blance or [concr.] formula):— form.
5447. |xo<rxoiroila> mAschApAleo, mos-khop-oy-
eh'-o; from j#<Sand .^roo; to fabricate the image of
a buZfocfc:— make a calf.

£14$. p,<5o-xos mAschAs, mos'-khos; prob.
strengthened for ooxos AschAs (a shoot); a young
ftuIJocfc:— calf.

3449. |i6x8os mAchthos, mokh'-thos; from the
base of 342s; toil,l.e. (by impl.) sadness:— painful-
ness, travail.

3450. jiov mAn, moo; the simpler form of /7<x>;
of me:— I, me, mine (own), my.

3451. iaouo-ikos mAnslkAs, moo-sik-os'; from
Movo-tt MAusa (a lf«se); "musicai", i.e. (as
noun) a roinstreZ:— musician.

3452. (ivtXos mnAlAs, moo-el-os 1 ; perh. a prim,
word; the marrow:— marrow.

5453. |ive<i> mneo, moo-eh'-o; from the base of
j#56; to tniKate, i.e. (by impl.) to teacfc:— instruct.
S454- [JuSBos muthAs, moo'-thos; perh. from the
same as Jj(£? (through the idea of tuition); a tale, i.e.
fiction ("mi/tft"):— fable.

3455. u-vicdojiai makaAmai, moo-kah'-om-ahee;
from a presumed der. of H^Jw mnzo (to "moo");
to bellow (roar):— roar.

3456. u,VKrnpC|u nmkterlzo, modk-tay-rid'-zo;
from a der. of the base of 3453 (mean, snout, as that
whence iotoino proceeds); to mafce moutfts at, i.e. ridi-
cule; — mock.

3457. puXucds mullkAs, moo-Ue-kos'; from 345S;
belonging to a mil!:— mill [-stone].

3458. pvXos mulds, moo'-los; prob. ultimately
from the base of 3433 (through the idea of hardship);
a "mill", i.e. (by impl.) a grinder (millstone):— mill-
stone.



3459. (ivXuv malon, moo'-lone; from 343s; a
mill-house: — mill.

3460. Mvpa Blura, moo'-rah; of uncert. der.;
Myra, a place in Asia Minor:— Myra.

3461. uvptas murias, moo-ree'-as; from 3463; a
ten-thousand; by extens. a " myriad " or indefinite
number:— ten thousand.

3462. uvp(£<o murizo. moo^rid'-zo; from 3464; to
apply (perfumed) unguent to:— anoint.

3463. pvpioi muriol, moo'-ree-oi; plur. of an ap-
par. prim, word (prop. mean, very many); ten thou-
sand; by extens. innumerably many:— ten thousand.
3464- nipov mnrAn, moo'-ron; prob. of for. or.
[comp. 4753, 4606]; "myrrh", i.e. (by impl.)per/umed
oil:— ointment.

3465. Muo-Ca Musla, moo-see'-afc; of uncert. or.;
Mysia, a region of Asia Minor:— Mysia.
SIfiS. pAiorTJpiov musterlAn, moos-taj/'-ree-on;
from a der. of V-vo mud (to shut the mouth); a se-
cret or " mystery" (through the idea of silence im-
posed by initiation into religious rites):— mystery.

3467. |Hi«ird£« mnopazo, moo-ope-ad'-zo; from
a comp. of the base of 3466 and H* ops (the face:
from 3700); to shut the eyes, i.e. blink (see indistinct-
ly):— cannot see afar off.

3468. p.(iX(in|/ molops, mo'-lopes; from u-wXos
molds (" moil "; prob. akin to the base 013433) and
prob. &1» ops (the face; trom370o); amoie ("black
eye") or blow-mark:— stripe.

3469. |M>|Ldo|MU niomaomal, mo-mah'-om-ahee;
from 3470; to carp at, l.e. censure (discredit):—
blame.

547°. (jiuh.os momAs, mo'-mos; perh. from jao/;
ayiau) or blot, i.e. (fig.) disgraceful person:— blemish.

3471. (j.wpa(v<a moraino, mo-rah'ee-no; from
J47./,' to become insipid; fig. to mate (pass, act) as a
simpleton;— become fool, make foolish, lose savour.

3472. pupta moria. mo-ree'-ah; from j^; silli-
ness, i.e. absurdity: — foolishness.

3473. (iupoXo-yCa morAlAgla, mo-rol-og-ee'-ah;
from a comp. 013474 and 3004; silly talk, i.e. buffoon-
ery:— foolish talking.

5474. u-wpds morAs, mo-ros 1 ; prob. from the base
of J#56; dull or stupid (as if sftut up), i.e. heedless,
(mor.) blockhead, (appar.) absurd;— fool (-ish, X -isb-
ness).

3475. Maxrevs Hfoseus, moce-yoos'; or
Mwo-fjs Moses, mo-sace'; or

Mwiio-Tjs MoiiseB, mo-oo-sace'; of Heb. or.;
[4872] ; Moseus, Moses or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the
Heb. lawgiver;— Moses.

N

3476. Naa«ro-wv Naassou. nafc-as-sone'; of Heb.
or. [5177]; JTaosson (i.e. JTacftsfton), an Isr.:— Naas-
son.

3477. NayyoC Naggal, nanj-gan'ee; prob. of
Heb. or. [comp. 5052]; Nangcs (i.e. perh. Nogach), an
Isr. :— Nagge.

3478. NagapIO Nazareth, nad-zar-eth' '; or
NaiJapeT Nazaret, nad-zar-et'; of uncert.

der. ; Nazareth or Nazaret, a place in Pal. :— Nazareth.

3479. Najjapnvds Nazarends, nad-zar-ay-nos' ;
from 347S; a Nazarene, i.e. inhab. of Nazareth:— of
Nazareth.

3480. Na^upatos Nazorafos, nad-zorah'-yos;
from 3478; aNazorozan, i.e. inhab. of Nazareth; by
extens. a Christian:— Nazarene, of Nazareth.

3481. Na8dv Nathan, nath-an',- of Heb. or.
[5416]; Nathan, an Isr.:— Nathan.

8482. NaOavarjX Nathanael, nath-an-ah-ale' ;
of Heb. or. [5417] ; JVafftanaet (i.e. JVafftaneJ), an Isr.
and Chr.: — Nathanael.

3483. vaC nal, nahee; a prim, particle of strong
affirmation; yes:— even so, surely, truth, verily, yea,
yes.

3484. Natv Na'in, nah-im'; prob. of Heb. or.
[comp. 4999] ; Na'in, a place in Pal.:— Nain.



3485. vaos naos. nah-os'; from a prim. vaCtt
natO (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple;— shrine,
temple. Comp. 2411.

3486. Naovp. Naoam, nah-oom'; of Heb. or.
[5151]; Naum (i.e. Nachum), an Isr.:— Naum.

3487. vap80s.nard.As, nar'-dos; of for. or. [comp.
5873]; " nard ":— [spike-] nard.

8488. NdpKio-o-os NarkissAs, nar'-kis-sos; a
flower of the same name, from vapKtj narke (stu-
pefaction, as a " narcotic"); Narcissus, a Roman:—
Narcissus.

3489. vavayia nanageo, now-ag-eh'-o; from a
comp. of 3491 and 71; to be shipwrecked (stranded,
" navigate"), lit. or fig.:— make (suffer) shipwreck.

3490. vatPKXi|pos nauklerAs, noW-klay-ros;
from 34Q1 and zSig (" clerk"); a captain;— owner of a
ship.

3491. vavs nans, nowce; from vdu nao or via
neo (to float) ; a boat (of any size):— ship.

3492. vavrns nantes, mow'-face; from 341)1; a
boatman, i.e. seaman: — sailor, shipman.

3493. Naxc&p Nachor, nafcft-ore'; of Heb. or.
[5152]; Nachor, the grandfather of Abraham:—
Nachor.

3494. v«av(os nSanlas, meft-an-ee'-as; from a
der. of 3501; a youth (up to about forty years):—
young man.

3495. veavfo-Kos neanlskAs, neft-an-fs'-fcos;
from the same 033404; a youth (under forty):— young
man.

8496. NcdiroXvs NeapAUs, neft-op'-ol-is; from
3501 and 4172; new town; Neapolis, a place in Mace-
donia:— Neapolls.

3497. Neeudv Neeman, neh-eh-man'; of Heb. or.
[5283] ; iVeeman (i.e. JTaaman), a Syrian:— Naaman.

3498. veKpds nekrds, nek-rosf; from an appar.
prim. v€kus nekus (a corpse); dead (lit. or fig.; also
as noun):— dead.

3499. v£Kp6w nekrAo, nefc-ro'-o; from 3408; to
deaden, i.e. (fig.) to subdue:— be dead, mortify.
3600. Wxpuo-is nekrosls, nek'-ro-sis; from 3409;
decease; fig. impotency:— deadness, dying.

3501. veos nAAs, neA'-os; includ. the comp.
vct&TEpos neotArAs, neh-o'-ter-os; a prim.

word; "new", i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of
things) fresh; fig. regenerate:— new, young.

3502. vcoo-o-os nAAssAs, neh-os-sos'; from 3301; a
youngling (nestling):— young.

3503. vc6rqs nAAtes, neft-ot'-ace; ttomssoi; new-
ness, i.e. youfhfulness:— youth.

3504. vc6<potos nAAphntAs, neft-o/'-oo-to»; from
3S°' and a der. of s*S3! newly planted, i.e. (fig.) a
young convert (" neophyte"):— novice.

3505. Ncpuv Neron, ner'-ohn; of Lator.; Aeron
(i.e. Jfero), a Rom. emperor:— Nero.

3506. vri» neno, nyoo'-o; appar. a prim, verb; to
" nod ", i.e. (by anal.) to signal:— beckon.

3507. vcip&i) nephele, nef-el'-ay; from 3300;
prop, cloudiness, i.e. (concr.) a cloud:— cloud.
350S. Ne+eoXetp, Nephthalelm, nef-thal-ime';
of Heb. or. [5321]; Nephthaleim (i.e. Naphthali), a
tribe in Pal :— Nephthalim.

3509. vOpos nephAs, nef-os; appar. a prim,
word; a cloud: — cloud.

3510. voppis nephrAs, nef-ros 1 ; of uncert. affln.;
a kidney (plur.), i.e. (fig.) the inmost mind:— reins.

3511. veuKdpos neokoros, neh-o-kor>-os; from a
form of 3483 and K0p&> kAreo (to sweep); a fempte-
servant, i.e. (by impl.) a votary:— worshipper.
8512. vcorepiKds neoterlkAs, neft-o-fer'-ifc-os;
from the comp. of 3301; appertaining to younger
persons, i.e. juuenile:— youthful.

vscJ-rtpos neotArAs. 8003301.

3513. vf\\ ne, nay; prob. anintens. form of 3483; a
particle of attestation (accompanied by the object in-
voked or appealed to in confirmation); as sure as;— I
protest by.

3514. v4j8» netho, nay'-tho; from via n«o (of
like mean.); to spin: — spin.



50



Naypeeadro



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



3515. vniridl,*) neplazo, nay-pee-ad'-so; from
3516; to act as a babe, i.e. (fig.) innocently:— be a
child.

3516. Wjmos iieplos, nay'-pee-os; from an obsol.
particle Vl|- nS- (implying negation) and 2ojj; not
speafcing, Le. an infant (minor) ; flg. a simple-minded
person, an immature Christian:— babe, child (+ -ish).

35 17. Nijpeis NerSns, nare-yoos'; appar. from a
der. of the base of 3491 (mean, wet) ; Nereus, a Chr. :—
Nereus.

3518. Nijp' Neri, nay*ee", of Heb. or. [5874];
Neri (i.e. Nerijah), an Isr.:— Neri.

5529. vt)<r£ov iieslon, nay-see'-on; dimin. 013320;
an islet,-— island.

55^0. vfjeros nes5s, nay'sos; prob. from the base
0(3401; an island:— island, isle.
J5&Z. vrjOTtta nesteia, nace-ti'-ah; from jysa;
abstinence (from lack of food, or voluntary and relig-
ious); spec, the fast of the Say of Atonement: —
fast (-ing.)

$522. vqoTtvB nesteuo, vace-tyoo'-o; from 3333;
to abstain from food (religiously):— fast.
#5.23. v^otis nestls, nace'-tis; from the insep.
neg. particle Vtj- ne- (not) and 2068; not eating, i.e.
abstinent from food (religiously) :— fasting.
852Jf. vn<|>d\\*os nepbaleos, nay-faV -eh-os; or

vt)<j>aXs.os nephalios, nay-fal'-ee-os; from
y53y» softer, i.e. (flg.) circumspect — sober, vigilant.

3525. vt\\$a nephd, nay'-fo; of uncert. aflln.; to
abstain from wine (keep sober), i.e. (fig.) be discreet:—
be sober, watch.

3526. Nl-ytp Niger, neeg'-er; of Lat. or.; btocfc;
Niger, a Chr.:— Higer.

35#7. Nindvup Nikanor, nift-an'-ore; prob. from
3528; victorious; Nicanor, a Chr.:— Nicanor.

3528. viK&u nlkao, nifc-ah'-o; from .3520; to sub-
due (lit. or flg.):— conquer, overcome, prevail, get the
victory.

3529. vJiei) nike, nee 1 -hay; appar. a prim, word;
conquest (abstr.), i.e. (flg.) the means of success:—
victory.

3530. Nik68i)|A0s Nikodemds, nik-od'-ay-mos;
from 3S34 and 1218; victorious among his people;
Nicodemus, an Isr. :— Nicodemus.
8531. NiieoX.atTi)s Nlkdlaiiteg, nifc-ot-ah-ee'-toce;
from 3532; a Nicolaite, i.e. adherent of Nicolaiis:—
Nicolaitane.

3532. NucdXaos Nikfilads, nik-ol'-ah-os; from
3534 and 9092; victorious over the people; Nicolaiis, a
heretic :— Nicola us.

3533. NuciiroXis Nlkdpolls, nik-op'-ol-is; from
J334 and 4172; victorious city; Nicopolis, a place in
Macedonia :— Nicopolis.

3534-. vikos nikSs,nee'-feos; fromj[j2p;aconguesl
(concr.), i.e. (by impl.) triumph: — victory.

3535. Niveut Nlnem, nin-yoo-ee'; of Heb. or.
[5210]; Ninevi (i.e. Nineveh), the capital of Assyria:—
Nineve.

3536. Niv«vtnis Mncuites, nivyyoo-ee'-toxe;
from jtay; a JFineuite, i.e. inhab. of Nineveh:— of
Nineve, Ninevite.

3537. viimfjp nlpter. nip-tare'; from 3338; a
ewer:— bason.

3538. vCirf «» nlpto, nip'-to; to cleanse (espec. the
hands or the feet or the face); cer. to perform ablu-
tion:— -wash. Comp. 3068.

8539. voilo n&leo, noy-eh'-o; fromjjjoj; to exer-
cise the mind (observe), i.e. (fig.) to comprehend,
heed: — consider, perceive, think, understand.
3540. v&iyux ndema, no'-ay-mah; from 3330; a
perception, i.e. purpose, or (by impl.) the intellect,
disposition, itself .-—device, mind, thought.
35Jfl. v60os ndthos, noth'-os; of uncert. afirn.; a
spurious or illegitimate son: — bastard.
3542. voji-i) udme, nom-ay'; fem. from the same
as 3331; pasture, i.e, (the act) feeding (fig. spreading
of a gangrene), or (the food) pasturage:— x eat, pas-
ture.



vojj.it"' nomisso, nom-id'-zo; from J5J/;
prop, to do by iato (usage), i.e. to accustom (pass, be
usual); by extens. to deem or regard:— suppose,
think, be wont.

3544. vO|ukos nomlb<>s. nom-ik-os'; from 3351;
according (or pertaining) to law, i.e. legal (cer.); as
noun, an expert in the (Mosaic) Jam;— about the law,
lawyer.

vou.Cp.us nomlmos, noni-im'-oce; adv.
from a der. of 3331; legitimately (spec, agreeably to
the rules of the lists):— lawfully.

3546. v<5u.uru.a nomisma, nom'-is-mah; from
3543; what is reckoned as of value (after the Lat.
numisma), i.e. current coin:— money.

3547. vopoSiSdo-KaXos ndmodldaskalos,

nom-od-id-as'-kajros; from 3331 and 1320; an ex-
pounder of the (Jewish) law, l.e. a Rabbi:— doctor
(teacher) of the law.

3548. vopo6co-Ca ndmdthesla, nom-oth-es-ee'-
ah; from 3330; legislation (spec, the institution of
the Mosaic code):— giving of the law.

3549. vo|M>0ct&> nomotheteo, nom-oth-et-eh'-o;
fromjsjo; to legislate, i.e. (pass.) to have (the Mosaic)
enactments injoined, be sanctioned (by them):— es-
tablish, receive the law.

3550. vopo96rn,s ndmdthStes, nom-oth-et'-ace;
from 3331 and a der. 013087; a legislator:— lawgiver.

3551. vojios ndmds, nom'-os; from a prim, vfyue
nemo (to parcel out, espec. food or grazing to an-
imals); tow (through the idea of prescriptive usage),
gen. (regutation), spec, (of Moses [includ. the vol-
ume]; also of the Gospel), or flg. (a principle):— law.

3552. vooria nisei, nos-eh'-o; from 3554; to be
sick, i.e. (by impl. of a diseased appetite) to hanfcer
after (flg. to harp upon):— dote.

3553. v6oT)(j.a ndsema, nos'-ay-ma; fromjay*; an
ailment:— disease.

8554- vdo-os nosds, nosf-os; of uncert. aflln.; a
malady (rarely flg. of mor. disability): — disease, in-
firmity, sickness.

3555. voo-o-id. n&ssia, nos-see-oft'; from 3302; a
brood (of chickens):— brood.

3556. voovrtov ndssidn, nos-see'-on; dimin. of
3302; a birdling:— chicken.

3557. voo-<p(£opai nosphlzdmai, nos-fid'-zom-
ahee; mid. from voo-ijiC nosphl (apart or clandes-
tinely); to sequestrate for oneself, i.e. embezzle:— keep
back, purloin.

3558. votos ndtds, not'-os; of uncert. aflln. ; the
south (-west) wind; by extens. the southern quarter
itself :— south (wind).

3559. vovSco-Ca ndntbesia, noo-thes-ee'-ah; from
jyOj and a der. of jaSy; calling attention "to, i.e. (by
impl.) mild rebufte or warning:— admonition,
8560. vovflcTta nftutheteo, noo-thet-eh'-o; from
the same as 3339; to put in mind, i.e. (by impl.) to
caution or reprove gently :— admonish, warn.

3561. vovpnvCa nonmenla, noo-may-nee'-ak;
fem. of a comp. 0I3301 and 3376 (as noun by impL of
2230); the festival of new moon: — new moon.

3562. vowcx&S nounechos, noon-ekh-oce'; adv.
from a comp. of the ace. of 3363 and 2/02; in a mind-
having way, i.e. prudently:— discreetly.

3563. vovs n5ns, nooce; prob. from the base of
1007; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in
thought, feeling, or will); by impl, meaning:— mind,
understanding. Comp. 3300.

3564. Nvpcpds Nnmphas, noom-fas 1 ; prob.
contr. for a comp. of 3363 and 1433; nymph-given (i.e.
-born); Nymphas, a Chr. :— Nymphas.

3565. vvpijvn nnmphe, noom-fay 1 ; from, a prim,
but obsol. verb vvirre* nupto (to veil as a bride;
comp. Lat. "nupto," to marry); a young married
woman (as veiled), Includ. a betrothed girl; by impl.
a son's wife:— bride, daughter in law.
8566. wpipCos nnmpblos, noom-fee'-os; from
3363; a bride-groom (lit. or fig.):— bridegroom.
3567. vupijxuv nnmplion, noom-fohn'; from
jbO/; the bridal room:— bridechamber.



3568. vvv nun, noon; a prim, particle of present
time; "now" (as adv. of date, a transition or empha-
sis) ; also as noun or adj. present or immediate: —
henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this
(time). See also 3s6g,3S7o.

3569. tovvv tanan, tan-oon'; or

to v8v ta nun, tah noon; from neut. plur.
of 3588 and 3368; the things now, i.e. (adv.) at pres-
ent:— {but) now.

3570. vavl nnnl, noo-nee'; a proL form of 3368 for
emphasis; just now: — now.

3572. vv£ nm, noox; a prim, word; "night" (Ut.
or fig.):— (mid-) night.

3572. vwo-w nnsso, noos'-so; appar. a prim, word;
to prick (" nudge"):— pierce.

3573. vwrd£ci> nustazo, noos-tad'-zo; from a
presumed der.ofj^oo; to nod, i.e. (by impl.) to fall
asleep; flg. to delay:— slumber.

3574- wxB4l'' c P v nuchthemSrftn, nookh-

thay'-mer-on; from 3371 and 2230; a day-and-night,
i.e. full day of twenty-four hours:— night and day.

3575. N«6 N06, no'-eft: of Heb. or. [B146]; Noe,
(i.e. Nodch), a patriarch:— Noe.

3576. vaflpos nothr&s, no-thros/; from a der. of
3341; sluggish, i.e. (lit.) lazy, or (fig.) stupid:— dull,
slothful.

3577. vwtos ndtds, no'-tos; of uncert. aflln. ; the
back:— back.

H

3578. gtvCa xSnla, xen-ee'-ah; from 3581; hospi-
tality, i.e. (by impl.) a place 0/ entertainment:— lodg-
ing.

3579. !«vfi> xenlzd, xen-id'-zo; from^j-ar; to be
a host (pass, a guest) ; by impl. be (make, appear)
strange:— entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.

3580. gevoSox&o x£ndddcheo, xemod-okh-eh'-o;
from a comp. of jj& and 1200; to be hospitable;—
lodge strangers.

3581. |evos x£nos, xen'-os; appar. a prim, word;
foreign (lit. alien, or flg. novel); by impl. a guest or
(vice-versa) entertainer:— host, strange (-r).

3582. ^oths xestes, xes'-tace; as if from ^« /
xS6 (prop, to smooth; by impl. [of friction] to boil
or heat); a vessel (as fashioned or for cooking) [or
pern, by corruption from the Lat. sextarius, the
sixth of a modius, i.e. about a pint], i.e. (spec.) a
measure for liquids or solids, (by anal, a pitcher):—
pot.

3533. gnpaCvu xeralno, xay-rah'ee-no; from

jjfi^; to desiccate; by impl. to shrivel, to mature;—

dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).

3584- £i)p6s zeros, xay-ros 1 ; from the base of

3582 (through the idea of scorching); arid; by impl.

shrunken, earth (as opposed to water):— dry, land,

withered.

3585. |iiXivos xnllnds, xoo'-lin-os; from 3386;

wooden:— of wood.

3536. |vXov xnI5n, xoo'-lon; from another form

of the base of 3382; timber (aB fuel or material) ; by

impl. a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or

substance:— staff, stocks, tree, wood.

3587. £vpiu> xnrao, xoo-rah'-o; from a der. of the

same as 3386 (mean, a razor); to shave or " shear"

the hair:— shave.






j



3588. o ho, ho; includ. the fem.
1 he, hay; and the neut.

T<5 to, to, in all their inflections; the def . ar
tide ; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted
in English idiom)-.— the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.

o h8. See 373Q.

3589. o\\So<jkovto ftgdoekdnta, ogdo-ay'-kon-
tah; troTa.3300; ten times eight: — fourscore.

3590. 67800s AgdoAs, og'^o-os; from 3638; the
eighth:— eighth.

8591. 07x09 ogkds, ong'-kos; prob. from the
same as 43; a mass (as bending or bulging by ite
load), i.e. burden (hindrance):— weight.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Naypeeadzo

Homoyomah



51



8592. SSt bAd£, hod- -eh; lnclad. the fern.

rj8c bedS, hay'-deh; and the neut.

Td8« tAdA, tod'-e; from 35SS and nbi; the
same, i.e. this or that one (plur. these or those); often
used as pers. pron.:— he, she, such, these, thus.

S593. dSevw bAdeuo, hod-yoo'-o; from jgQf; to
travel:— journey.

559^. d8iry*«» bAdegeo, hodrayg-eh'-o; tromjsos;
to show the teas (lit. or flg. [teach]):— guide, lead.

S595. dStryds bAdegAs, hod-ayg-os' ; from ^w*

and 2233; a conductor (lit. or flg. [teacher]):— guide,

leader.

3596. dSoiiroplu bAdAlpArAo, hod-oy-por-eh'-o;

from a oomp. of 3308 and #/o£; to be a wayfarer, i.e.

travel.-— go on a journey.

55.97. dSoitropttt bAdAlpArla, hod-oy-por-ee'-ah;

from the same as 350b; travel:— journey (-ing).

5595. dSds bAdAs, hod-os'; appar. a prim, word;
a road,' by impl. a progress (the route, act or dis-
tance); flg. a mode or means;— journey, (high-) way.

5599. oSovs AdAus, od-ooce ; perh. from the base
of 206*; a " tooth":— tooth.

5600. dSvv&o> Adunao, od-oo-nah'-o; from 3601;
to oriewe:— sorrow, torment.

3601. d8vvt| Adune, od-oo'-nay; from 1416; grief
(as dejecting) : — sorrow.

3602. dSvppds Sdnrmii, od-oor-mos 1 ; from a
der. of the base of 1416; moaning, i.e. lamentation: —
mourning.

56*05. o €OTi bA esti, ho es-tee'; from the neut. of
3730 and the third pers. sing. pres. tad. of 1310; which
is:— called, which is (make), that is (to say).
S6O4. 'OJCas dzlas, od-zee'-as; of Heb. or. [5818];
Ozias (i.e. Vzzijah), an Isr. :— Ozias.

3605. oJ« Azo, od'-zo; a prim, verb (in a strength-
ened form) ; to scent (usually an ill " odor' ') :— stink.

3606. O0tv bAtb8n, hoth'-en; from 3731} with the
directive enclitic of source; from which place or
source or cause (adv. or con].):— from thence, (from)
whence, where (-by, -fore, -upon).

5607. dfldvn AthAne, oth-on'-ay; of uncert. affln. ;
a linen cloth, i.e. (espec.) a sail:— sheet.

3608. dfliviov AthAmlAn, oth-on'-ee-on; neut. of
a presumed der. of 3607; a linen bandage. 1 — linen
clothes.

3609. olicctos AlbSlAs, oy-ki'-os; from 3624; do-
mestic, i.e. (as noun), 1 relative, adherent: — (those)
of the (his own) house (-hold).

S610. a\\x&rvfi AikSttis, oy-ket'-ace; from jcV/; a

fellow resident, i.e. menial domestic:— (household)

servant.

3611. oticlu AlkSo, ay-keh'-o; from 3624; to occupy

a house, i.e. reside (flg. inhabit, remain, inhere); by

impl. to cohabit: -dwell . See also 3623.

36 15. obrniia Alkeiiia, oy'-kay-mah; from 3611;
a tenement, i.e. (spec.) Hjail:— prison.

56A?. olKTjrrfipiov AiketeriAlt, oy-kay-tay>-ree-
on; neut. of a presume! der. of jo// (equiv. to jore);
a residence (lit. or flg.): -habitation, house.

5614. oIkUl Alkfa, oy-kee'-ah; from 3624; prop.
residence (abstr.), but usually (concr.) an abode (lit
or flg.); by impl. a family (espec. domestics):— home,
house (-hold).

5615. oIkumcos AfklakAs, oy-kee-ak-os 1 ; from
3614; familiar, i.e. (as noun) relatives:— they (them)
of (his own) household.

3616. olKoSeonrorlw AikAd£spAteo, oy-kod-es-
pot-eh'-o; from .76/7; to oe the head of (i.e. ruie) a
family:— guide the house.

5677. oUoSto-irerns AlkAdAspAtes, oy-kod-es-
pot'-ace; from jfe* and raoj; the head of a family:—
goodman (of the house), householder, master of the
house.

S618. olKoSouia AlkAdAmSo, oy-kod-om-eh'-o;
from the same as 3619; to he a house-ouiider, i.e. con-
struct or (flg.) confirm:— (be in) build (-er, -ing, up),
edify, embolden.



3619. o!koSo[J.t) AlkAdAme, oy-kod-om-ay' ; fern,
(abstr.) of a comp. 0I3624 and the base of 1430; archi-
tecture, i.e. (concr.) a structure; flg. confirmation:—
building, edify (-ication, -ing).

3620. olKoSouia AlkAdAmla, oy-kod-om-ee'-ah;
from the same as 361a; confirmation: — edifying.

3621. olxovouiw AlkonAm£o, oy-kon-om-eh'-o;
from 3623; to manage (a house, i.e. an estate):— be
steward.

3622. olKOvouio. AlkAnAmla, oy-kon-om-ee'-ah;
from 3623; administration (of a household or estate);
spec, a (religious) " economy": — dispensation, stew-
ardship.

3623. olKOvdfios AlkAnAmAs, oy-konom'-os;
from 3624 and the base of 3331; a house-distributor
(i.e. manager), or overseer, i.e. an employee in that
capacity; by extens. a fiscal agent (treasurer) ; fig. a
preacher (of the Gospel):— chamberlain, governor,
steward.

3624. oIkos AikAs, oyt-kos; of uncert. affln.; a
dwelling (more or less extensive, lit. or flg.); by impl.
a family (more or less related, lit. or flg.):— home,
house (-hold), temple.

3625. olKovpivn AlkAnmSne, oy-kou-men'-ay;
tern. part. pres. pass, of 36// (as noun, by impl. of
1003); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; spec,
the Roman empire: — earth, world.

3626. oixovpos AikAnrAs, oy-koo-ros 1 ; from 3624
and ovpos AnrAs (a guard; be"ware"); astayer
at home, i.e. domestically inclined (a " good house-
keeper"):— keeper at home.

3627. otKTcCpu Aiktelro, oyk-ti'-ro; also (in cer-
tain tenses) prol.

olKTtpta AlkterAo, oyk-ter-eh'-o; from
oIktos Alkt As (pity) ; to exercise pity:— have com-
passion on.

3628. ot.KTipu.os AlktlrmAs, oyk-tir-mos' ; from
3627; pity:— mercy.

3629. olKT(p|M>v Alktlrmon, oyk-tir'-mone;
from 3627; compassionate.'— merciful, of tender
mercy.

otu,ai Almal. See 3633.

3630. olwirirfis AlnApAtes, oy-nop-ot'-oce;
trom3b3i and a der. of the alt. of 4003; a tippler.—
winebibber.

3631. otvos AlnAs, oy>-nos; a prim, word (or
perh. of Heb. or. [8196]); " mine" (lit. or flg.):— wine.

3632. olvo<pX.vy'a AlnAphlngla, oy-nof-loog-ee'-
ah; troTO.3031 and a form of the base of 3307; an
overflow (or surplus) of wine, i.e. vinolency (drunk-
enness):— excess of wine.

3633. otouai AtAmat, oy'-om-ahee; or (shorter)
ot|uu Almal, oy'-mahee; mid. appar. from

3634; to make like (oneself), i.e. imagine (be of the
opinion):— suppose, think.

3634. otos bAlAs, hoy'-os; prob. akin to 33SS,
3739, and 3743; such or what sort of (as a cor-
rel. or exclamation) ; espec. the neut. (adv.) with neg.
not so:— so (as), such as, what (manner of), which.

ot» Alo. See 3342.

3635. okWu Akneo, ok-neh'-o; from okvos Ak-
nAs (hesitation); to be slow (flg. loath): — delay,

3636. oKvupos AknerAe, ok-nay-ros'; from 3633;
tardy, i.e. indolent; (flg.) irksome:— grievous, sloth-
ful.

3637. OKTa<j|i£pos AktaemerAs, ok-tah-ay'-mer-
os; from 3638 and 2230; an eight-day old person or
act:— the eighth day.

3638. oktcS Akto, ols-to'; a prim, numeral;
"eight":— eight.

3639. oMpos AlAtbrAs, o"'-eih-r<w,' from a prim.
dXXvu.1 ollnml (todestroy; a prol. form); ruin, i.e.
death, punishment:— destruction.

S64O. dXi-ydinoTOS AligAplstAs, ol-ig-op'-is-tos;
from 3641 and 4x02; incredulous, i.e. lacking confi-
dence (in Christ):— of little faith.
3641. oXtyos AUgAs, ol-ee'-gos; of uncert. affln. ;
puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value);
espec. neut. (adv.) somewhat: — |- almost, brief [-ly],
few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.



S642. dX.i-y<S<|n>x o s AllgApsuchAs, ol-ig-op'-
soo-khos; from 364/ and 3300; little-spirited, i.e. faint.
hearted.'— feebleminded.

3643. o\\i'yup&!> AllgorSo, oUig-o^reh'-o; from a
comp. of 364/ and «pa 6ra (" care") ; to have little
regard for, i.e. to disesteem:— despise.

3644. d\\o8peurfjs AlAtbreutes, oUoth-ryoo-
tace'; from 3643; a ruiner, i.e. (spec.) a venomous
serpent: — destroyer.

3645. o\\o8pev«a AlAtbrSno, ol-oth-ryoo'-o; from
3t>39; to spoil, i.e. slay:— destroy.

3646. oXoKavrufia bdlAkautoma, hol-ok-ow'-
to-mah; from a der. of a comp. of 3630 and a der. of
2545; a wholly-consumed sacrifice ("holocaust"):—
(whole) burnt offering.

3647. d\\oK\\i)pCa bAlAklerla, hol-ok-lay-ree'-ah;
fromjo^J; integrity, i.e. physical wholeness:— perfect
soundness.

3648. dXiKVnpos hAlAklerAs, hol-ok'-lay-ros;
from 3630 and 28iq; complete in every part, l.e. per-
fectly sound (in body):— entire, whole.

3649. dX.o\\vj> AlAlnzo, oZ-oi-ood'-jo; a redupl.
prim, verb; to "howl" or "halloo", i.e. shriefc;—
howl.

3650. oXos bAlAs, hol'-os; a prim, word; "whole"
or " all ", i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time of
degree), espec. (neut.) as noun or adv.:— all, al-
together, every whit, + throughout, whole.

3651. o'Xot«X^s bAlAt£len, hot-ot-ei-ace',' from
3630 and 3036; complete to the end, i.e. absolutely
perfect:— wholly.

3652. OXii|iirds Olnmpas, o*-oom-pas'; prob.
a contr. from 'OX«(i.iri68o>pos OlnmplAdorAs
(Olympian-bestowed, i.e. heaven-descended); Olym-
pas, a Chr. :— Olympas.

3653. dXuvSos AlnntbAs, ol'-oon-thos; of uncert.
der. ; an unripe (because out of season) ^.'—untimely
flg.

8654- oXus bAlos, hol'-oce; adv. from 3030; com-
pletely, i.e. altogether; (by anal.) euerj/tohere; (neg.)
not by any means: — at all, commonly, utterly.
3655. o|ij3pos Ambr As, om'-bros; of uncert. affln. ;
a thunder storm:— shower.

8656. 6\\u\\ia bAmllAo, hom-il-eh'-o; from 3638;
to be in company with, i.e. (by impl.) to converse;—
commune, talk.

3657. o|uX(a bAmllla, hom-itee'-ah; from 3638;
companionship ("homily"), i.e. (by impl.) inter-
course:— communication.

5655. ouxXos hAmllAs, hom'-Uos; from the base
of 3674 and a der. of the alt. of 138 (mean, a crowd);
association together, i.e. a multitude:— company.
8659. ou.|xa Amma, om'-mah; from 3700; a sight,
i.e. (by impl.) the eye:— eye.

3660. opvvo Amnuo, om-noo'-o; a prol. form of a
prim, but obsol. o|u» Amo, for which another prol.
form (o|i6tt AmAo, omro'-o) is used in certain
tenses; to swear, ie. take (or declare on) oath:—
swear.

3661. d|U>0v|JLCiS6v bAmAthumadAn, hom-oth-
oo-mod-on'; adv. from a comp. of the base of 3674
and 2372; unanimously:— with one accord (mind).

3662. d|«Ha|o) bAmAlazo, hom-oy-ad'-zo; from
3664; to resemble:— agree.

3668. duoioiraSfc bAmAlApatbes, Jwm-oy-op-
ath-oce'; front 3664 and the alt. of 3038; similarly af-
fected:— of (subject to) like passions.
8664. 5|ioios bAmAlAs, hom'-oy-os; from the base
of 3074; similar (in appearance or character):— like,
4. manner.

3665. d|ioi6Ti|s bAmAlAtes, hom-oy-ot'-ace;
from 3664; resemblance:— -like as, similitude.

8666. ouoidu bAmAlAo, hom-oy-o'-o; from 3664;
to assimilate, i.e. compare; pass, to become sim-
ilar:— he (make) like, (in the) liken (-ess), resemble.

8667. d|M>[o>|Mi bAmAloma, oom-o^'-o-mah;

from366b; a. form; abstr. resemblance:— made like to,
likeness, shape, similitude.






52



Homoyoce



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



dpoCcos hAmoioa, hom-oy'-oce; adv. from
$664; similarly:— -likewise, so.

SG69. ojtolaxris hAnaAiosls, hom-oy'-o-sis; from
3666; assimilation, i.e. resemblance:— similitude.

3670. o|j.o\\oy&o bAmAlAgSo, hom-ol-og-eh'-o;
from a comp. of the base of 3674 and 303b; to assent,
i.e. co«enom(, acknowledge:— con- (pro-) fess, confes-
sion is made, give thanks, promise.

8671. dfioXo-yta bomologla, hom-ol-og-ee'-ah;
from the same as 3670; acknowledgment:— con- (pro-)
fession, professed.

3672. dp.oXo-yovp,ev<i>s bomologonmeiios,

iwm-ol-ogow-men'-oce; adv. of pres. pass. part, of
3670J confessedly:— without controversy.

8673. d(i6Ttxvos homotechnds, hom-ot'-ekh-
nos; from the base of j67^and jro7<?.' a/eHow-orWJl-
cer:—ot the same craft.

567^. djiov bAmon, hom-oo'; gen. of opx5s
taAmos (the same; akin to 260) as adv.; at the same
place or time:— together.

8675. d(id<j)pii>v hAmAphron, hom-of-rone;
from the base of 3674 and 5424; like-minded, i.e. har-
monious: — of one mind.

djj.6» » 11160. Seej66o.

8676. ojuds bomos, hom'-oce; adv. from the base
of 3674; at the same time, i.e. (conj.) notwithstand-
ing, yet still:— and even, nevertheless, though but.

3677. ovap onar, on'-ar; of uncert. der.; a
dream: — dream.

3678. dvdpiov onarldn, on-ar'-ee-on; neut. of a
presumed der. of 3688; a little ass:— young ass.

dvdo) Anao. SeesMs-
8679. dvei8£i> AnMdlzo, on-i-did'-zo; from 36S1;
to defame, i.e. rail at, chide, taunt: — cast in teeth,
(suffer) reproach, revile, upbraid.
3680. dveiSwrpds Oiifidisiiios, on-i-dis-mos' ;
fromj^o,' contumely: — reproach.

8681. dvaSos AneldAs, on'-i-dos; prob. akin to
the base of 36S6; notoriety, i.e. a taunt (disgrace):—
reproach.

8682. 'OWjo-i|ios dneslmAg, on-ay'-sim-os; from
3683; profitable; Onesimus, a Chr.: — Onesimus.

3683. 'Ovno-tyopos dneslpbArAs, on-ay-sif-
or-os; from a der. of 3683 and 3411; profit-bearer;
Onesiphorus, a Chr.:— Onesiphorus.

3684. ovikos AnlbAg, on-ik-os'; from 368S; belong-
ing to an ass, i.e. large (so as to be turned by an
ass):— millstone.

3685. ovCvt|[h oninemi, on-in'-ay-mee; a prol.
form of an appar. prim, verb

(ovopm inimal, to slur); for which an-
other prol. form (ovdco 6nao) is used as an alt. in
some tenses [unless indeed it be identical with the base
of 308b through the idea of notoriety] ; to gratify, i.e.
(mid.) to derive pleasure or advantage from:— have
joy.

3686. ovoua AnAma, on'-om-afc; from a presumed
der. of the base of 1007 (comp. 368s); a " name" (lit.
or fig.) [authority, character] :— called, (4- sur-) name
(-d).

3687. ovofM/a AnAmazo, on-om-ad'-zo; from
3686; to name, i.e. assign an appellation,' by extens.
to utter, mention, profess:— call, name.

3688. ovos 6 11 As, on'-os; appar. a prim, word; a
donkey: — ass.

3689. dVrttS Autos, on'-toce; adv. of the oblique
cases of 3607; really:— certainly, clean, indeed, of a
truth, verily.

3690. dfjos AxAs, oti-os', from 36Q1; vinegar, i.e.
sour wine:— vinegar.

3691. dg«s Axus, ox-oos'; prob. akin to the base of
188 p aciti "] ; keen; by anal, rapid:— sharp, swift.

3692. oiri] ope, op-ay'; prob. from 5700; a ftoZe (as
ff for light), i.e. cavern; by anal, a spring (of
water):— cave, place.

3693. 3mo-8«v Aplsthen, op'-is-then; from dins
Apis (regard; from 3700) with enclitic of source;
from the rear (as a secure aspect), i.e. at the 6acfc



(adv. and prep, of place or time):— after, backside,
behind.

otrUra Aplsd, op-is'-o; from the same as
3603 with enclitic of direction; to the 6acfc, i.e. aback
(as adv. or prep, of time or place; or as noun):—
after, back (-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.

3695. dirXt£<0 hoplizo, hop-lid'-zo; from 3606; to
eguip (with weapons [mid. and flgj):— arm self.

3696. dirXov boplon, hop'-lon; prob. from a
prim, ei™ h£po (to be busy about); an implement
or utensil or tool (lit. or fig., espec. offensive for
war):— armour, instrument, weapon.

3697. dirotos hopAlAg, hop-oy'-os; from 3739 and
4ibq; of what kind that, i.e. how (as) great (excellent)
(spec, as indef. correl. to anteced. def. 3/08 of qual-
ity):— what manner (sort) of, such as, whatsoever.

3698. dirdre bopote, hop-ot'-eh; from 3739 and
4218; what (-ever) then, i.e. (of time) as soon as:—
when.

3659. dirov hApAu, hop'-oo; from 3730 and 4223;
whatever) where, i.e. at whichever spot: — in what
place, where (-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).
8700. dirrdvopai Aptaiiomai, op-tan' -om-ahee;
a (mid.) prol. form of the prim, (mid.)

truTojuu Optomai, op'-tom-ahee, which is
used for it in certain tenses; and both as alt. of 3708;
to gaze (i.e. with wide-open eyes, as at something re-
markable; and thus differing from qqi, which denotes
simply voluntary observation; and from 141)2, which
expresses merely mechanical, passive or casual
vision; while 2300, and still more emphatically its in-
tens. 2334, signifies an earnest but more continued in-
spection; and 4648 a watching from a distance):—
appear, look, see, shew self.

3701. dirrao-Ca optasia, op-tas-ee'-ah; from a
presumed der. of 3700; visuality, i.e. (concr.) an ap-
parition : — vision.

dirTojiOU. optomal. See .3700.
8702. dirrds AptAs, op-tos'; from an obsol. verb
akin to cipu bepgo (to "steep"); cooked, i.e.
roosted:— broiled.

3703. oircSpa Apora, op-o'-rah; appar. from the
base 0I3706 and jdio; prop, even-tideot the (summer)
season (dog-days), i.e. (by impl.) ripe fruit:— fruit.
3704- dirws hApos, hop'-oce; from 3739 and 4459;
what (-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adv. or
conj. of coincidence, intentional or actual):— because,
how, (so) that, to, when.

3705. dpapa bdrama, hor'-am-ah; from 3708;
something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (espec. super-
nat.):— sight, vision.

3706. dpaors li 6 ranis hor'-as-is; from 3708; the
act of gazing, i.e. (external) an aspect or (intern.) an
inspired appearance: — sight, vision.

3707. dpards horat&s, hor-at-os'; from 3708;
gazed at, i.e. (by impl.) capable of being seen.—
visible.

3708. dpdw b&rao, ftor-aft'-o; prop, to stare at
[comp. 3700], i.e. (by impl.) to discern clearly (phys.
orment.); byextens. to attend to; by Hebr. to ex-
perience; pass, to appear:— behold, perceive, see, take
heed.

3709. opyf) &rge, or-gay'; tiOTa.3713; prop, desire
(as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e.
(by anal.) violent passion (ire, or [justifiable] abhor-
rence); by impl. punishment:— anger, indignation,
vengeance, wrath.

3710. dp-yCJw Arglzo, or-gid'-zo; from 3709; to
provoke or enrage, i.e. (pass.) become exasperated:—
be angry (wroth).

3711. op'yCX.os orgil&s, org-ee'-los; from J700;
irascible:— soon angry.

3712. dpyvid Argnla, org-wee-ah'; from 3713;
a stretch of the arms, i.e. & fathom: — fathom.

3713. op£yop.ai oregomai, ar-eg 1 -om-ahee; mid.
of appar. a prol. form of an obsol. prim. [comp. 3735] ;
to stretch oneself, i.e. reach out after (Jong for): —
covet after, desire.

3714- opeivos AreinAs, or-i-nos 1 ; from 3733;
mountainous, i.e. (fern, by impl. of 3361) the High-
lands (of Judaea):— hill country.



3715. dpe£is or6xis, or'-ex-is; from 3713; excite-
ment of the mind, i.e. longing after: — lust.

3716. opfioiroSe'oi ortbopodeo, or-tftop-od-eft'-o;
from a comp. of 3717 and 4228; to be straight-footed,
i.e. (fig.) to go directly forward:— walk uprightly.

3717. dp6ds ArtbAs, or-thos'; prob. from the base
ot373S; right (as rising), i.e. (perpendicularly) erect
(fig. honest), or (horizontally) level or direct:—
straight, upright.

3718. dpBoTOpAn ArtbAtAmeo, or-thot-om-eh'-o)
from a comp. 013717 and the base of 3114; to make »
straight cut, i.e. (fig.) to dissect (expound) correctly
(the divine message):— rightly divide.

3719. dpflptjw Artbrlzo, or-thrid'-zo; from 3722,
to use the dawn, i.e. (by impl.) to repair betimes:—
come early in the morning.

3720. dpflpivds ArtbrinAs, or-thrin-os 1 ; from
3722; relating to the dawn, i.e. matutinal (as an epi-
thet of Venus, espec. brilliant in the early day):—
morning.

8721. dpOpios ArtbrlAs, or'-three-os; from 3722;
in the dawn, i.e. up at day-break:— early.

3722. dpflpos orthros, or'-thros; from the same
as 3735; dawn (as sun-rise, rising of light); by ex-
tens, morn.— early in the morning,

37#3. op8u$ Artbos, or-thoce'; adv. from 3717;
in a straight manner, i.e. (flg.)correc%(alsomor.):—
plain, right (-ly).

3724. dpCj> bArizo, hor-id'-zo; from 3723; to
mark out or bound (" horizon"), i.e. (fig.) to appoint,
decree, specify:— declare, determine, limit, ordain.

37^5. dpiov bArlAn, hor'-ee-on; neut. of a der. of
an appar. prim, dpos bArAs (a bound or limit); a
6o«ndan/-line, i.e. (by impl.) a frontier (region):—
border, coast.

3726. dpKii> bArklzo, hor-kid'-zo; from 3727; to
put an oath, i.e. make swear; by anal, to solemnly
enjoin:— adjure, charge.

3727. dpKOS bArkAs, hor'-kos; from cpKos bSr-
kSs (a fence; perh. akin to 3723); a limit, i.e. (sa-
cred) restraint (spec. oatA):— oath.

3728. dpKoijioo-ttt bArbomAsla, hor-ko-mos-eef-
ah; from a comp. 013727 and a der. of 3660; assever-
ation on oath: — oath.

3729. dppdu hormad. fcor-mafc'-o; from 3730; to
start, spur or urge on, i.e. (reflex.) to dash or
plunge: — run (violently), rush.

3730. dp|jrfj bonne, har-may'; of uncert. affln.;
a violent impulse, i.e. onset: — assault.

3731. dppnpa hormema, hor'-may-mah; from
3730; an attack, i.e. (abstr.) precipitancy: — violence*

3732. dpvcov ArnAAn, or'-neh-on; neut. of a pre-
sumed der. 013733; a birdling:— bird, fowl.

3733. opvis Arnls, or'-m's; prob. from a prol.
form of the base 013733; a bird (as rising in the air),
i.e. (spec.) a hen (or female domestic fowl):— hen.

3734. dpo8«rta bArAtbesla, 7ior-otfc-es-ee'-aft;
from a comp. of the base of 3723 and a der. of 3087;
a limit-placing, i.e. (coner.) boundary-line:— bound.

3735. opos ArAs, or'-os; prob. from an obsol. Spa
Aro (to rise or "rear"; perh. akin to 142; comp.
3733) ', a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain): —
hill, mount (-ain).

8736. opiia-a-a Arnsgo, or-oos'-so; appar. a prim,
verb; to " burrow" in the ground, i.e. dig:— dig.

3737. opcjmvos ArpbanAs, or-fan-os'; of uncert
affln.; bereaved (" orphan"), i.e. parentless: — com-
fortless, fatherless.

3738. opxeouat orcheomat, or-kheh' -om-ahee;
mid. from op\\os ArcbAs (a row or ring); to dance
(from the ranklike or regular motion):— dance.

3739. ds bos, ftos; includ. fem.
t) lie, %ay,' and neut.
o ho, ho; prob. a prim, word (or perh. a

form of the art. 3388) ; the rel. (sometimes demonstra-
tive) pron., who, which, what, that: — one, (an-, the)
other, some, that, what, which, who (-m, -se), etc.
See also,j7j7.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Homoyoce
Pagece



53



3740. do-dms hosakls, hos-<ik'-is; multiple adv.
from 3739; how (i.e. with 302, so) many times as:— as
oft (-en) as.

8741. dVios Uosios, hos'-ee-os; of uncert. affln.;
prop, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus dis-
tinguished from 1342, which refers rather to human
statutes and relations; from 3413, which denotes
formal consecration; and from 40, which relates to
purity from defilement), i.e. hallowed (pious, sacred,
sure):— holy, mercy, Shalt be.

374S. do-ifrrns hdsldtes, hos-ee-ot'-ace; from
3741; piety:— holiness.

3748. oVCus Uonlos, hos-ee-oce'; adv. from 3741;
piously :— holily.

3744- oo"|i<j 6ame, os-may'; from 3605; fragrance
(lit. or eg.):— odour, savour.

8745. ocros U«s«s, hos'-os; by redupl. from 3730;
as (much, great, long, etc.) as:— all (that), as (long,
many, much) (as), how great (many, much), [in-] as-
much as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those
things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, where-
withsoever, which, x while, who (-soever).

374S. oVwp hosper, hos'-per; from 3739 and

4007; who especially:— whomsoever.

3747. oorfov dst6on, os-teh'-on; or contr.

oo-tovv ustoun, os-toon'; of uncert. affln. ;
a bone:— bone.
S748. ootis hostls, hos'-tis; includ. the fern.

tJtis betls, hay'-tis; toad, the neut.

o,ti lio,tl, hot'-ee; from 3730 and 5100;
which some, i.e. any that; also (def.) which same:—
X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they,
what (-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who (-so-
ever). Comp. 3754.

3749. otrrpdKLvos Sstraklnos, os-tra'-kin-os;
from oo-rpoKOV dstrakAn [" oyster"] (a tile, i.e.
terra cotta); eartften-ware, i.e. clayey; by impl.
frail;— ot earth, earthen.

3750. oV+pno-is dsphresis, os'-fray-sis; from a
der. 0I3C05; smell (the sense):— smelling.

3751. dcr<j>vs dgphns, os-foos'; of uncert. affln.;
the loin (extern.), i.e. the hip; intern, (by extens.)
procreative power;— loin.

3752. orav liotan, hot' -an; from 3733 and 302;
whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncer-
tainty); also caus. (conj.) inasmuch as;— as long
(soon) as, that, + till, when (-soever), while.

3753. ore bote, hot'-eh; from j7jo and 5037; at
which (thing) too, i.e. when:— after (that), as soon as,
that, when, while.

o ( tc h5,te, ho,t'-eh; also fern.

T|,Te ne,te\\ hay'-teh; and neut

t6,t* t fi,t6, tot'-eh; simply the art. 3588 fol-
lowed by 3037; so written (in some editions) to distin-
guish them from 3752 and 511Q.
3754- on lidti. hot'-ee; neut. of 374S as conj.;
demonst. that (sometimes redundant); caus. be-
cause:— as concerning that, as though, because (that),
for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.

3755. otou li<H6u. hot'oo; for the gen. of 3748
(as adv.) ; during which same time, i.e. whilst .'—whiles.

3756. oi 6n, 00; also (before a vowel)

ovk dnk, ooh; and (before an aspirate)
ovx ftnch, ookh; a prim, word; the absol.
neg. [comp. 3361] adv.; no or not: — f- long, nay,
neither, never, no (x man), none, [can-] not,
+ nothing, + special, un ([-worthy]), when, + with-
out, + yet but. See also 3364, 3372,

3757. ov hSn, hoo; gen. 0I3730 as adv. ; at which
place, i.e. where:— where (-in), whither ([-soever]).

8758. o4A Sua, oo-ahf; a prim, exclamation of
surprise; "ah":— ah.

8759. ouaC Anal, oo-oh'ee; a prim, exclamation of
grief: "woe":— alas, woe.

8760. o£8a|u»s indamos, oo-oam-oae 1 ; adv.
from (the fem.) 013762; by no means:— not.

8761. oiH ftudS, oo-deh'; from 3736 and 1161; not
however, i.e. neither, nor. not even:— neither (indeed).



never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then)
not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.

3762. ovSe£s dudels, oo-dice 1 ; includ. fem.
ovSfpfa dudejnia, oo-dem-ee'-ah; and neut.
oioiv ttuden, oo-den'; from 3761 and 1520;

not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, no-
body, nothing:— any (man), aught, man, neither any
(thing), never (man), no (man), none (4- of these
things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.

3763. ouS&rore 5udep5t6, oo-dep'-ot-eh; from
3761 and 4218; not even at any time, i.e. never at
all:— neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
3764- oioiiea dudepo, oo-dep'-o; from 3761 and
44S2; not even yet;—aB yet not, never before (yet),
(not) yet.

3765. ovk^ti duketi ook-et'-ee; also (separately)
o«k en Suit StI, ooh et'-ee; from 3736 and

zoSg; not yet, no longer;— after that (not), (not)
any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer
(more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet
(not).

3766. ovkovv oukoun. ook-oon'; from 375b and
3767; is it not therefore that, i.e. (affirm.) hence or
so:— then.

3767. ovv Sun, oon; appar. a prim, word; (adv.)
certainly, or (conj.) accordingly:— and (so, truly),
but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore,
verily, wherefore.

3763. owire> 5upo, oo'-po; from 373b and 4432; not

jet;— hitherto not, (no . . .) as yet, not yet.

3769. oipd dura, oo-rah'; appar. a prim, word; a

tail:— tail.

377C. ovpdvios duranldg, oo-ran'-ee-os; from

3772; celestial, i.e. belonging to or coming from the

sky:— heavenly.

3771. oipovdflcv duranothen, oo-ran-oth'-en;
from 3772 and the enclitic of source; from the sky:—
from heaven.

3772. oipavds onranos, oo-ran-os 1 ; perh. from
the same as 373s (through the idea of elevation);
the sky; by ertens. heaven (as the abode of God); by
impl. happiness, power, eternity; spec, the Gospel
(Christianity):— -air, heaven ([-ly]),'sky.

3773. OipPavos durbandg, oor-ban-os'; of Lat.
or.; Urbanus (of the city, "urbane"), aChr.:— Ur-
banus.

3774. OipCas durlas, oo^ree'-as; of Heb. or.
[283]; Urias (i.e. Urijah), a Hittite:— Urias.

3775. ovs 6us, ooce; appar. a prim, word; the ear
(phys. or ment.):— ear.

3776. ovo-Ca ftusla, oo-see'-ah; from the fem. of
3607; substance, i.e. property (possessions):— goods,
substance.

3777. ovrt oute. oo'-teh; from 373b and 3037; not
too, i.e. neither or nor; by anal, not even:— neither,
none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.

3773. ovtos houtos, hoo'-tos; includ. nom. masc.
plur.

ovroi IioutoX hoo'-toy; nom. fem. sing.

ovitt) haute, how'-tay; and nom. fem. plur.

ovTai liiiutal. how'-tahee; from the art.
3588 and 84b; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often
with art. repeated):— he (it was that), hereof, it, she,
such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, wo-
man), which, who.

3779. oiitu bduto, hoo'-to; or (before a vowel)
ovT«is hdutog, hoo'-toce; adv. from 3778;

in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):—
after that, after (in) this maimer, as, even (so), for all
that, like (-wise), no more, on this fashion (-wise), so
(in like manner), thus, what.

3780. o4\' 6«chl, oo-khee'; intens. of 3736; not
indeed:— nay, not.

3781. o(j>»X£rn$ opb&tlSteg, of4-leV-ace; from
3784; an ower, i.e. person indebted; fig. a delinquent;
mor. a transgressor (against God) :— debtor, which
owed, sinner.

3782. o<j>ei\\T] oph£lle, of4-lay'; from 3784; in-
debtedness, i.e. (concr." a sum owed; tig. obligation,
i.e. (conjugal) duty:— debt, due.



3783. o<pe£Xti(ia AphSUema, of-i'-lay-mah; from
(the alt. of) 3784; something owed, i.e. (fig.) a due;
mor. a fault:— debt.

8784. d«j>£f\\» dpheilo, of-i'-lo; or (in cert, tenses)
its prol. form
0<j>Ei\\&i> opUelleo. of-i-leh'-o; prob. from
the base of 378b (through the idea of accruing); to
owe (pecuniarily); fig. to be under obligation (ought,
must, should); mor. to fail in duty:— behove, be
bound, (be) debt (-or), (be) due (-ty), be guilty (in-
debted), (must) need (-s), ought, owe, should. See
also 378s.

3785. CKpeXov opbeldn, of-el-on; first pers. sing,
of a past tense 013784; I ought {.wish), i.e. (interj.) oh
that!:— would (to God.)

3786. ocpcXos ttpnelAs, of-eUos; from d<j>eXXo>
opbfello (to heap up, i.e. accumulate or benefit);
gain.-— advantageth, profit.

8787. d<p6a\\H.o8ov\\E(a opbtbalmodduleta,

of-thal-mod-oo-li'-ah; from 3788 and 1307; sight-
labor, i.e. that needs>watching (remissness):— eye-ser-
vice.

3788. o<j>eoX|i6s ophthalmog, of-ihaUmoi?;
from 3700; the eye (lit. or fig.); by impl. vision; fig.
envy (from the jealous side-glance):— eye, sight,

3789. 0<|>iS dpbls, of -is; prob. from 3700 (through
the idea of sharpness of vision) ; a snake, fig. (as a
type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person,
espec. Satan: — serpent.

3790. o<j>pv$ Spurns, ofroos'; perh. from 3700
(through the idea of the shading or proximity to the
organ of vision); the eye-" brow" or forehead, i.e.
(fig.) the brink of a precipice:— brow.

379X o\\\\ia ftchleo, okh-leh'-o; from 3703; to
mob, i.e. (by impl.) to harass:— vex.

3792. i\\\\omUa 6chl5p51eo, okh-lop-oy-eh'-o;
from 37Q3 and 4ibo; to make a crowd, ie. raise a pub-
lic disturbance:— gather a company.

3793. oxXos dchlds, okh'-los; from a der. of
2iq2 (mean, a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by
impl. the rabble; by extens. a class of people; fig. a
riot:— company, multitude, number (of people), peo-
ple, press.

379^. dx<lp(i>|j.a iiclionlraa. okh-oo'^ro-mah;
from a remote der. of 2192 (mean, to fortify, through
the idea of holding safely); a castle (fig. argument):—
stronghold.

3795. dxJHXpiov dpgarlon, op-sar'-ee-on; neut. of
a presumed der. of the base of 3702; a reKsft to other
food (as if cooked sauce), i.e. (spec.) fish (presumably
salted and dried as a condiment):— fish.

3796. otyi dpsS, op-seh'; from the same as 3604
(through the idea of backwardness); (adv.) late in the
day; by extens. after the close of the day:— (at)
even, in the end.

3797. ctytu-os opslmos, op'-sim-os; from 3706;
later, i.e. vernal (showering):— latter.

8798. oi|>Cos ttpsifts, op'-see-os; from 3706; late;
fem. (as noun) afternoon (early eve) or nightfall
(later eve):— even (-ing, [-tide]).

3799. o<|»is 6psis, op'-sis; from 3700; prop, sight
(the act), i.e. (by impl.) the visage, an external
show:— appearance, countenance, face.

3800. o<|nbviov dpgonldn, op-so'-mee-on; neut. of
a presumed der. of the same as 3703; rations for a
soldier, i.e. (by extens.) his stipend or pay:— wages.

3801. 6 &v Ka£ d ijv icaC d £pxd|MVOS lid on kal
nd en kal h5 erchomends, ho own kahee ho
ane kahee ho er-khom'-enos; a phrase combining
jj<R?with the pres. part, and imperf. of 1310 and the
pres. part, of 2064 by means of 2332; the one being
and the one that was and the one coming, i.e. the
Eternal, as a divine epithet of Christ:— which art (is,
was), and (which) wast (is, was), and art (is) to come
(shalt be).



iro^iSevw pagfd£no, pag-id-yoo'-o; from
3803; to ensnare (fig.) : — entangle.

ira-yCs pasta, pag-ece'; from 4078; a trap



54



Pathaymah



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



(as fastened by a noose or notch); fig. a trick or
stratagem (temptation): — snare.
Ild-yas Pagos. See 657.

3804. irdfliuia pathema, path'-ay-mah; from a
presumed der. of 3806; something undergone, i.e.
hardship ot pain; subj. an emotion or influence:—
affection, affliction, motion, suffering.

3805. irafltjTOS patbetds, path-ay-tos 1 ; from the
same as 3804; liable (i.e. doomed) to experience
pain;— suffer.

3806. irdflos pathos, path'-os; from the alt. of
3038; prop, suffering (" pathos""), i.e. (subj.) a pas-
sion (espec. concupiscence) :— (inordinate) affection,
lust.

irdflw patbo. SeejojS.

3807. wai8a-Y«ryos paldagdgde, pahee-dag-o-
gas 1 ; from 3S16 and a redupl. form of 71; a boy-leader,
i.e. a servant whose office it was to take the children
to school; (by impl. [flg.] a tutor £" pcedagogue"]):—
instructor, schoolmaster.

3808. ircuo&piov paldari&n, pahee-dar'-ee-on;
neut. of a presumed der. of 381b; a little boy;— child,
lad.

3809. waifitla paldeia, pahee-di'-ah; from 3811;
tutorage, i.e. education or training; by impl. disci-
plinary correction: — chastening, chastisement, in-
struction, nurture.

3810. waiBorrfis paldeutes, pahee-dyoo-tace' ;
from 3811; a trainer, i.e. teacher or (by impl.) disci-
pliner:— which corrected, instructor.

3811. iraiScvu paldeud, pahee-dyoo'-o; from
3816; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by impl.)
discipline (by punishment):— chasten <-ise), instruct,
learn, teach.

3812. ircuSidflev paldidthen, pahee-dee-oth'-en;
adv. (of source) from 3S13 ; from infancy:— ot a child.

3813. iraiSCov paldl&n, pahee-dee'-on; neut. di-
min. 013816; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (prop.) an
infant, or (by extens.) a half -grown boy or girl; fig.
an immature Christian:— (little, young) child, damsel.
S814- irtuSCo-KT) paldiske, pahee-dis'-lcay; fern,
dimin. of 3816; a girl, i.e. (spec.) a female slave or
servant:— bondmaid (-woman), damsel, maid (-en).

3815. iraC£<a palzo, paheed'-zo; from 3810; to
sport (as a boy):— play.

3816. irats pals, paheece; perh. from ^J/7, # a boy
(as often beaten with impunity), or (by anal.) a girt,
and (gen.) a child; spec, a slave or servant (espec. a
minister to a king; and by eminence to God)-,— child,
maid (-en), (man) servant, son, young man.

3817. irafo) paid, pah'-yo; a prim, verb; to hit (as
if by a single blow and less violently than 5180); spec,
to sting (as a scorpion):— smite, strike.

3818. IlaKOTiaWi Pakatlane, pak-at-ee-an-ay' ;
(em. of an ad], of uncert. der. ; Pacatianian, a sec-
tion of Phrygia:— Pacatiana.

3819. ir&Xai palal, pal'-ahee; prob. another form
tor 382s (through the idea of retrocession); (adv.)
formerly, or (by rel.) sometime since; (ellipt. as adj.)
ancient:— any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in
time past.

3820. -raXaios palalds, pal-ah-yos 1 ; from 38/g;
antique, i.e. not recent, worn out: — old.
3801. iro\\ai6TT]s palaldteg, pal-ah-yot'-ace;
1x0x03820; antiquatedness: — oldness.

3822. iraXtudu palaioo, pal-ah-yo'-o; from
3820; to make (pass, become) worn out, or declare ob-
solete:— decay, make (wax) old.

3823. itoXti pale, pal'-ay; from irdXXw pallo
(to vibrate; another form for 006); un-esflingv—
+ wrestle.

8824. au\\i-yYCV«r(d paliggenesia, paling-
ghen-es-ee'-ah; from 3825 and 1078; (spiritual) rebirth
(the state or the act), i.e. (fig.) spiritual renovation;
spec. Messianic restoration:— regeneration.
3825. irdXtv paiiu. pal'-in; prob. from the same
as 3813 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition);
(adv.) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more,
or (conj.) furthermore or on the other hand:— again.



iro|iirXi]8eC pampletbSl, pam-play-thi' ;
dat. (adv.) of a comp. of 305b and 4128; in full multi-
tude, te. concerfedly or simultaneously:— all at once.

382 7. irduiroXvs pampolus, pom. -poUooce; from
305b and 4183; full many, i.e. immense:— very great.

3828. IlaiKfniXta Pamphulla, pam-fool-ee'-ah;
from a comp. 013036 00x13443; every-tribal, i.e. ftefer-
ogeneous (33b/ being impl.); Pamphylia, a region of
Asia Minor :— Pamphylia.

3829. iravSoxefov pandochgldn, pan-dokh-i'-
on; neut. of a presumed comp. o£ 393b and a der. of
i2oq; all-receptive, i.e. a public lodging-place {cara-
vanserai or khan):— inn.

3830. iravSoxevs panddcheus, pan-dokh-yoos' ;
from the same as 3829; an innkeeper (warden of a
caravanserai):— host.

3831. awriftvpis pancgurls, pan-ay 1 -goo-ris;
from 3036 and a der. of ;8; a mass-meeting, i.e. (fig.)
universal companionship:— general assembly.

8832. iravoucC pandlkl, pan-oy-kee'; adv. from
3036 and 3624; with the whole family:— with all his
house.

8833. iravoirXta pandplla, pan-op-lee' -ah; from
a comp. ot 3036 and 3606; full armor (" panoply"):—
all (whole) armour.

3834. iravoupYla pandurgla, pan-oorg-eef-ah;
from 3833; adroitness, i.e. (in a bad sense) trickery
or sophistry:— (cunning) craftiness, subtilty.

3835. iravovpyos panourgds, pan-oor'-gos,
from 303b and 2041; all-working, i.e. adroit
(shrewd) : — crafty.

3836. iravrax<S0EV pantacbotben, pan-takh-
oth'-en; adv. (of source) from 3837; from all direc-
tions:— from every quarter.

3837. irovraxov pantachou, pan-takh-oo' ;
gen. (as adv. of place) of a presumed der. of 3036;
universally: — in all places, everywhere.

3838. irovTtX^s pantiles, pan-telace'; from
3036 and 3036; full-ended, i.e. entire (neut. as noun,
completion): \\- in [no] wise, uttermost.

3839. irdvnj panto, pan'-tay; adv. (of manner)
from 303b; wholly:— always.

3840. iravr<58«v pantdthen, pan-toth'-en; adv.
(of source) from 3036; from (i.e. on) all sides:— on
every side, round about.

3841. iravTOKpdrop pantdkrator, pan-tok-rat'-
ore; from 3q3b and 3004; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as
absolute and universal sovereign) :— Almighty, Om-
nipotent.

3842. irdvTOTS pant5tS, pan'-tot-eh; from 3036
and 3733; every when, i.e. at all times:— alway (-s),
ever (-more).

3843. irdvTWs pantos, pan'-toce; adv. from 3956;
entirely; spec, at all events, (with neg. following) in
no event:— by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no
doubt, in [no] wise, surely.

3844- iropa para, par-ah'; a prim. prep. ; prop.
near, i.e. (with gen.) from beside (lit. or fig.), (with
dat.) at (or in) the vicinity of (obj. or subj.), (with
ace.) to the proximity with (local [espec. beyond or
opposed to] or causal [on account of]): — above,
against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend,
from, + give [such things as they], + that [she] had,
X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save,
side . . . by, in the sight of, than, [there-] fore, with.
In compounds it retains the same variety of applica-
tion.

3845. irapa(3a£v<» parabalno, par-ab-ak'ee.no;
from 3844 and the base 0I030; to go contrary to, i.e.
violate a command:— (by) transgress (-ion).

3846. irapapdXXo pura hallo, par-ab-al'-lo;
from 3844 and 906; to throw alongside, i.e. (reflex.)
to reach, a place, or (fig.) to liken:— arrive, compare.

3847. irapdpWis parabasls, par-ab'-as-is;
from 384s; violation:— breaking, transgression.
8848. irapafSdrns parabates, par-ab-at'-ace;
from 3845; a violator;— breaker, transgress (-or).
3849. Trapapid{o)iai parablazomai, par-ab-ee-
ad'-zom-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of 07/; to
forcecontrary to (nature), i.e. compel (by entreaty):—
constrain.



3850. irapapoX^ p&iabdle, par-ab-ol-ay' ; from
I similitude ("parable"), i.e. (symbol.) fictitious

narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apo-
th gm or adage;— comparison, figure, parable, prov-
erb.

3851. irapapVniXevouat parabdulgndmal,
par-ab-ool-yoo'-om-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of
ion; to misconsuW, i.e. disregard:— not (to) regard
(-ing).

3852. irapayyeXia paraggeiia, par-ang-gel-ee'-
ah; from 3833; a mandate;— charge, command.

3853. irapayy&Xci) paraggello, par-ang-gel'-lo;
110x0.3844 and the base of 32; to transmit a message,
i.e. (by impl.) to enjoin;— (give in) charge, (give)
command (-ment), declare.

3854- vapa.'yCvop.ai paraglnomal, par-ag-in'-
om-ahee; troxa.3844 and loqb; to become near, i.e. ap-
proach (have arrived) ; by impL to appear publicly.—
come, go, be present.

3855. irap&yu parago, par-ag'-o; from 3844 and
71; to lead near, i.e. (reflex, or intrans.) to go along
or away;— depart, pass (away, by, forth).

3856. iro.pa8tiYti.aTlj> paradelgmatlzo, par-
ad-igue-mat-id'-zo; from 3844 and 1163; to show
alongside (the public), i.e. expose to infamy;— tasks
a public example, put to an open shame.

3857. irapdScuros paradeisds, par-ad' -i-sos;
of Oriental or. [comp. 6508] ; a park, i.e. (spec.) an
Eden (place of future happiness, "paradise"):—
paradise.

3858. irapa8^x°l'' al paradgcbdmal, par-od-
ekh'-om-ahee; 1x0023844 and i2oq; to accept near, i.e.
admit or (by impl.) delight in:— receive.

3859. irapaSuvrpifHj paradlatrlbe, par-ad-ee-
at-ree-bay'; from a comp. of 3844 and 1304; misem-
ployment, i.e. meddlesomeness; — perverse disputing.

3860. irapaSCSuui paradldoml, par-ad-id'-o-
mee; from 3844 and 1323; to surrender, i.e. yield up,
intrust, transmit:— betray, bring forth, cast, commit,
deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison,
recommend.

8861. irapoSo|o; parad5x5g, par-ad' -ox-os;
from 3844 and 13QZ (in the sense of seeming) ; contrary
to expectation, i.e. extraordinary ("paradox"):—
strange.

3862. irapd8oo-is paradAsls, par-ad'-os-is; from
3800; transmission, i.e. (concr.) a precept; spec, the
Jewish traditionary law: — ordinance, tradition.

3863. irapafnXow parazeldo, par-ad-zay-lo'o;
from 3844 and 22«6; to stimulate alongside, i.e. excite
to rivalry:— provoke to emulation (jealousy).
3864- irapaBaXdcro-ios paratbalasslds, par-
ath-al-as'-see-os; from 3844 and 2281; along the sea,
i.e. maritime (lacustrine):— upon the sea coast.

3865. irapaStupcci) paratbeoreo, par-ath-eh-o
reh'-o; from 3844 and 2334; to overlook or disregard:—
neglect

3866. iraptt8rJKt) paratbeke, par-ath-ay'-kay;
from 3008; a deposit, i.e. (fig.) trust:— committed
unto.

8867. irapaivio paraineo, par-ahee-neh'-o; from
3844 and 134; to mispraise, i.e. recommend or advise
(a different course):— admonish, exhort.

8868. irapai«'o(j.ai paraltComal, par-ahee-teh'-
om-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of 154; to beg off,
i.e. deprecate, decline, shun: — avoid, (make) excuse,
intreat, refuse, reject.

3869. irapaKaSCgci) parakatbizo, parak-ath-M'-
zo; from 3844 and 2323; to sit down near:— sit.

3870. irapaicaX&> parakaleo, par-afc-al-eh'-o;
from 3844 and 2364; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke
(by implorafion, hortation or consolation):— beseech,
call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort
(-ation), intreat, pray.

3871. irapaKaXvirra parakalnpto, par-afc-al-
oop'-to; from 3844 and 2372; to cover alongside, Lb.
veil (fig.):— hide.

3872. irapaKOTae^Kri parakatatbeke, par-ale-
at-ath-ay'-kay; from a comp. 013844 and 2608; some-
thing put down alongside, i.e. a deposit (sacred
trust):— that (thing) which is committed (un-) to
(trust).



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Pathaymah
Paroymeeah



55



3873. irapdiceiuai parakMmai, par-ak'-i-mahee;
1^0013844 and 2749; to lie near, i.e. be at hand (fig. be
prompt or easy):— be present.

3874- irap&KXt]<ris paraklesis, par-aid -lay-sis;
f rom 3870; imploration, hortation, solace:— comfort,
consolation, exhortation, intreaty.

3875. irapa.KXt]Tos parakletos, par-ak'-lay-tos;
an intercessor, consoler:— advocate, comforter.

3876. irapaKo^j parakoe, par-ak-o-ay' ; from
3878; inattention, i.e. (by impl.) disobedience: — dis-
obedience.

3877. irapaKoXovflt'co parakdlduthed, par-ak-
ol-oo-theh' -o : from 3844 and rqo; to follow near, i.e.
(fig.) attend (as a result), trace out, conform to:— at-
tain, follow, fully know, have understanding.



3898. irapairXr|o'£a>s parapiesios, par-ap-lay-
see'-oce; adv. from the same as 3807; in a manner
near by, i.e. (fig.) similarly: — likewise.



irapairopcvop.ai p;irapvrtuouial. par-
ap-or-yoo' -om-ahee; from 3844 and 4/08; to travel
near:— go, pass (by).



irapaKovo parakduo, par-ak-oo'-o; from
$844 and 191; to mishear, i.e. (by impl.) to disobey: —
neglect to hear.

3879. irapaKiirTO) parakupto, par-ak-oop'to;
from 3844 and 2033; to bend beside, i.e. lean over (so
as to peer within):— look (into), stoop down.

3880. irapaXap.(3dv<i> paralambano, par-al-am-
ban'-o; from 3844 and 2983: to receive near, i.e. asso-
ciate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or
relation); by anal, to assume an office; fig. to learn: —
receive, take (unto, with).

3881. irapaXeyopai paralegdmal, par-al-eg'-
om-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of 3004 (in its orig.
sense); (spec.) to lay one's course near, i.e. sail
past: — pass, sail by.

3882. irapdXios paralius. par-al'-ee-os; from
3844 and 231 ; beside the salt (sea), i.e. maritime: — sea
coast.

3883. irapaXXaY^j parallage, par-al-lagay';
from a cotnp. of 3844 and 23b; transmutation (of
phase or orbit), i.e. (fig.) fickleness: — variableness.

3884- irapaXoYttopai paralogizomal, par-al-
og-id'-zom-ahee; from 3844 and 3040: to misreckon,
i.e. delude:— beguile, deceive.

3885. -rrapaXvTiKos paralutlkos, par-al-oo-tee-
kos'; from a der. of 388b; as if dissolved, i.e. "para-
lytic":— that had (sick of) the palsy.

3886. irapaXvu paralno, par-al-oo'-o; from 3844
03103089; to loosen beside, i.e. relax (perf. pas. part.
paralyzed or enfeebled):— feeble, sick of the (taken
with) palsy.

3887. irapapivw parameno, par-am-en'-o; from
3844 and 330b; to stay near, i.e. remain (lit. tarry; or
fig. be permanent, persevere):— abide, continue.

S888. 1ropap.vW011.01 paramuthedmai, par-
am-oo-theh' -om-ahee; from 3844 and the mid. of a
der. of 3454; to relate near, i.e. (by impl.) encourage,
console: — comfort.

3889. irapap.v6Ca paramuthia, par-am-oo-
thee'-ah; from 3888; consolation (prop, abstr.):—
comfort.

3890. 1rapap.ii8i.ov parauiutliton, par-am-oo'-
thee-on; neut. of 388q; consolation (prop, concr.): —
comfort.

3891. iropavopi<i) parantfnieo. par-an-om-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 3844 and 3531; to be opposed to law,
i.e. to transgress: — contrary to law.

8892. irapavouCa parandmla. par-an-om-ee'-
ah; from the same as 3801; transgression:— iniquity.
3893. irapairiKpaCvoi parapikralnd, par-ap-ik-
rah'ee-no; ivOTO.3844 and 4087; to embitter alongside,
i.e. (fig.) to exasperate:— provoke.

8894. irapairiKpatrpos parapikrasmds, par-
ap-ik-ras-mos' ; from^ty; irritation: — provocation.

8895. irapairtirro parapipto, par-ap-ip'-to;
from 3844 and 4og8; to fall aside, i.e. (fig.) to aposta-
tize:— fall away.

3896. irapairXeoi paraplfio, par-ap-leh'-o; from
3844 and 4126; to sail near:— sail by.

3897. irapairX'fja-iov paraplesion, par-ap-lay'-
see-on; neut. of a comp. of 3844 and the base of 4139
(as adv.); close by, i.e. (fig.) almost:— nigh unto.



TrapaiTTtafia paraptoma, par-ap'-to-mah:
from 3893; a side-slip [lapse or deviation), i.e. (unin-
tentional) ei-ror or (wilful) transgression:— fall, fault,
offence, sin, trespass.

3901. irapappWo) pararrhued, par-ar-hroo-
eh'-o; from 3844 s,n& the ait. of 4482; to flow by, i.e.
(fig.) carelessly pass (miss):— let slip.

59&2. irapdo-npos parasemds, par-as'-ay-mos;

from j,Kfc! and the base of 4301; side-marked, i.e.

labelled (with a badge [figure-head] of a ship):—

sign.

3903. irapao~KCvd£a> paraskeuazo, par-ask-

yoo-ad'-zo; from 3844 and a der. of 4032; to furnish

aside, i.e. oei ready:— prepare self, be (make) ready.

3904- irapao"K«t)rj paraskeue, par-ask-yoo-ay' ;
as if from 3003; readiness:— preparation.

3905. irapareCvo) paratelno, par-at-i'-no; from
3844 and TtCvo) telno (to stretch); to extend along,
i.e. prolong (in point of time):— continue.

3906. irapaTqpew paratered, par-at-ay-reh'-o;
from jcS^jt and .503?; to inspect alongside, i e. noJe
insidiously or scrupulously:— observe, watch.

5907. irapaT^pniris parateresls, par-at-ay' -ray-
sis; from j'ooo; inspection, i.e. ocuZar evidence: —
observation

3908. irapaT(0ijp.i paratitlieml, par-at-ith'-ay-
mee; from j<?^ aud 50^,' to place alongside, i.e.
present (food, truth); by impl. to deposit (as a trust
or for protection):— allege, commend, commit (the
keeping of), put forth, set before.

3909. irapaTuYxdvw paratugchano, par-at
oong-khan' -o; from 3844 and J/77; ^JO chance near, i.e.
/aM m with;— meet with.

39.Z0. irapaDTCKa parautlka, par-ow-tee'-kah;
from .?<££/ and a der. of 846; at the very instant, i.e.
momentary:— but for a moment.

59/i. irapa<plpo> paraphero, par-af-er'-o; from
j<S« and 3342 (includ. its alt. forms) ; to bear along or
aside, i.e. carry off (lit. or fig.); by impl. to avert:—
remove, take away.

3912. irapaippoveu paraplironeo, par-af-ron-
eh'-o; from 3844 and 3426; to misthink, i.e. be insane
(silly):— as a fool.

3913. irapacj>povCa paraphrenia, par-af-ron-
ee'-ah; from J0/2; insanity, i.e. foolhardiness:— mad-
ness.

39X4. irapax«p.dj;<i> paracheimazo, par-akh-i-
mad'-zo; from j^v and 5^02,* towinter near, i.e. stay
with over the rainy season : —winter.

3915. irapax«4*acr£a parachelmasla, par-akh-
i-mas-ee f ~ah; from 3014; & wintering over: — winter
in.

8916. irapaxpiip.a parachrema, par-akh-ray'-
mah; from 3844 and 333b (in its orig. sense) ; at the
thing itself, i.e. instantly: — forthwith, immediately,
presently, straightway, soon.

3917. irdpSaXis pardalis, par'-dal-is; leva, of
irdpSos pardon (a panther) ; a leopard:— leopard.

3918. irdpeipi parelml, par'-i-mee; from 3844'a.ud
T310 (includ. its various forms); to be near, i.e. at
hand; neut. pres. part, (sing.) time being, or (plur.)
property:— come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here)
present.

3919. irapcura'ytt par£isago, par-ice-ag'-o; from
3844 and 1321; to lead in aside, i.e. introduce surrep-
titiously:— privily bring in.

3920. irapetoraKTOs parCIsaktos, par-ice'-ak-
tos; from 3Q19; smuggled in:— unawares brought in.



irapeicrSvvu pareisduno, par-ice-doo'-no;
from 3844 and a comp. of 1319 and 1416; to settle in
alongside, i.e. lodge stealthily: — creep in unawares.



irap€icr^pxop.ai pareiserchfimal, par-ice-
er'-khom-ahee; from 3844 and 1323; to come in along-
side, i.e. supervene additionally or stealthily: — come
in privily, enter.

3923. irapeicrcpEpw parelspherd, par-ice-fer'-o;
from 3844 and 1333', to bear in alongside, i.e. intro-
duce simultaneously: — give.

3924. irapEKTds parektds, par-ek-tos'; from 3844
and ib22; near outside, i.e. besides: — except, saving,
without.

3925. irapcpPoXr] parembole, par-em-bol-ay' ;
from a comp. 0^3844 and ib83; a throwing in beside
(juxtaposition), i.e. (^oec.) battle-array, encampment
or barracks (tower Antonia):— army, camp, castle.

3926. irapevoxXew parendchleo, par-en-okh-
leh'-o; from 3844 and 1776; to harass further, i.e.
annoy:— trouble.

3927. irapcrrCStiuos parepldgmds, par-ep-id'-
ay-mos; from 3844 and the base of IQ27; an alien
alongside, i.e. a resident foreigner:— pilgrim,
stranger.



iraptpxopai parercliomai, par-er'-khom-
ahee; from 3844 and 2064; to come near or aside, i.e.
to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (fig.) perish or
neglect, (caus.) overt:— come (forth), go, pass (away,
by, over), past, transgress.



irapco-is paresis, par'-es-is; from 3935!
pretermission, i.e. toleration: — remission.

3930. irap4x<o parficho, par-ekh'-o; from 3844
and 2JQ2; to hold near, i.e. present, afford, exhibit,
furnish occasion:— bring, do, give, keep, minister,
offer, shew, + trouble.

3931. irapr|YOp£a paregdrla, par-ay-gor-ee'-ah:
from a comp of 3S44 and a der. of 38 (mean, to har-
angue an assembly); an address alongside, i.e. (spec.)
consolation: — comfort.

3932. irapBcvta parthenta, par-then-ee'-ah; from
3033; maidenhood: — virginity.

3933. irapSevos parthends, par-then 1 -os; of un-
known or.: a maiden; by impl. an unmarried daugh-
ter: — virgin.

ITapSos ParthOs, par'-thos; prob. of for.
a Parthian, i.e. inhab. of Parthia: — Parthian.
irapiT|jj,i partem!, par-ee' -ay-mi; from

3844 and 'iTip,i liieini (to send); to let by, i.e.
relax:— hang down.

3936. irapto-TT|pi parlsteml, par-is' -tay-mee; or
prol. irapioravu parlstano, par-is-tan'-o; from
jcSV^and 247b; to stand beside, i.e. (trans.) to exhibit,
proffer, (spec.) recommend, (fig.) substantiate; or
(intrans.) to be at hand (or ready), aid: — assist,
bring before, command, commend, give presently,
present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here,
up, with), yield.

3937. IlapUEvds Parmenas, par-men-as'; prob.
by contr. for IIapu.evi8»]s Parmenldes (a der.
of a comp. of 3844 and 3300); constant; Parmenas, a
Chr.;— Parmenas.

3938. irdpoSos parodos, par'-od-os; from 3844
and 3308; a by-road, i.e. (act.) a route: — way.

8939. irapoiKCu paroiked, par-oy-keh'-o; from
3844 and 3011; to dwell near, i.e. reside as a for-
eigner:— sojourn in, be a stranger.

3940. irapoixCa pardlkla, par-oy-kee'-ah; from
3941; foreign residence:— sojourning, x as strangers.



irapoiKOs pardikos, par'-oy-kos; from 3844
and 3b24; having a home near, i.e. (as noun) a by-
dweller (alien resident):— foreigner, sojourn,
stranger.



irapoipCa pardimia, par-oy-m.ee '-ah; from
a comp. of 3844 and perh. a der. of 3633; appar. a
state alongside of supposition, i.e. (concr.) an adage;



56



Paroynos



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



spec, an enigmatical or fictitious illustration:— par-
able, proverb.

3943. irdpoivos parAlnAs, par'-oy-nos; from
3844 and 3031; staying near wine, ie. tippling (a
toper):— given to wine.

£&££. irapoXxopcu parAlcbAmal, par-oy'-khom-
ahee; from ,J<8# and otx.o|MH AlcbAmal (to
depart); to eocope along, i.e. be gone;— past.

S945. irapO|JLOid|u parAmAlazo, par-om-oy-ad'-
zo; from 3g.fi; to resemble:— he like unto.

59^6. irapi|M>ios parAmAlAs, par-om'-oy-os;

tiotn.3844 and 3664; alike nearly, i.e. similar:— like.

#9.47. ««po|«vc» parAxnno, par-ox-oo'-no; from
;<5& and a der. of j6o/; to sharpen alongside, i.e.
(flg.) to earasperafe:— easily provoke, stir.

3948. irapo|vo-|i.6s parftxnsmfts, par-ox-oos-
mos'; trom3Q47 ("paroxysm") ; incitement (to good),
or dispute (in anger): — contention, provoke unto.

3949. irapopYCt" parArglzo, par-oi-g^'d'-zo;
from 3844 and J7.ro, - to anger alongside, i.e. enrage: —
anger, provoke to wrath.

3950. irapopYio-uos parArglsmAs, parorg-is-
mosf; from.yw ; rage:— wrath.

3951. irapoTpvv«> pardtrano, par-ot-roo'-no;
from 3844 and orpvvo* Atruno (to spur); to urge
along, i.e. stimulate (to hostility): — stir up.

3952. irapowrta parousla, par-oo-see'-ah; from
the pres. part, of 3918; a being near, Le. advent
(often, return; spec, of Christ to punish Jerusalem, or
finally the wicked); (by impl.) phys. aspect:— coming,
presence.

3953. irapoi|/Cs par Apsis, par-op-sis'; from 3844
and the base of 379s; a side-dish (the receptacle):—
platter.

395If. irajipT|crlo, parrbesla, par-rhay-see'-ah;
from 305b and a der. of 4483; all out-spofceramess, l,e.
frankness, bluntness, publicity; by impl. assurance: —
bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence,
X freely, X openly, x plainly (-ness).

3955. irap^i)<ri&£o|UU parrbeslazAmal, par-
hray-see-ad'-zom-ahee; mid. from 3034; to be frank
in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:— be
(wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly.

3956. iros pas, pas; includ. all the forms of de-
clension; appar. a prim, word; all, any, every, the
whole:— all (manner of, means), alway (-s), any (one),
X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no
(-thing), X throughly, whatsoever, whole, whoso-
ever.

3957. ir&irxa. pascba, pas'-khah; of Chald. or.
[comp. 6463] ; the Passover (the meal, the day, the
festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):—
Easter, Passover.

3958. te&ir\\o pascbA, pas'-kho; includ. the forms
ir&8w (patbo, path'-o) and

irfv8» (p£ntho, pen'-tho), used only in cer-
tain tenses for it; appar. a prim, verb; to experience
a sensation or impression (usually painful):— feel,
passion, suffer, vex

3959. n&rapa Patara, pat'-ar-ah; prob. of for.
or. ; Patara, a place in Asia Minor:— Patara.

3960. iroTdctrw patasso, pat-as'-so; prob. prol.
from 3817; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fa-
tally):— smite, strike. Comp.j/<5b.

S961. •na.ria patSo, pat-eh'-o; from a der. prob.
of 3817 (mean, a "path"); to trample (lit. or flg.):—
tread (down, under foot).

89b2. irttrfip pater, pat-ayr 1 ; appar. a prim,
word; a "father" (lit. or flg., near or more re-
mote):— father, parent.

3963. II&T|ios PatmAs, pat'-mos; of uncert.
der.; Patmus, an Met in the Mediterranean:— Pat-
mos.

3964. irorpoXipas patralo t as, pa*-ra!-o'-as;
from 3962 and the same as the latter Jpart of 338a; a
parricide:— murderer of fathers.



3965. irarpid patrla, pat^ree-ah'; as if fem. of a
der. of 3962; paternal descent. Le. (concr.) a group of
families or a whole race (nation):— family, kindred,
lineage.

3966. iraTpi&pxiS pat>*larcbes, pat-ree-arkh'-
ace; from 3903 and 737; a progenitor (" patriarch"):—
patriarch.

3967. irarpucos patrlkAs, pat-ree-kos 1 ; from
3962; paternal, i.e. ancestral: — of fathers.

3968. irarpCs patrls, pat-rece'; from 3962; a
father-land, i.e. native town; (flg.) heavenly
home:— (own) country.

3969. IlaTpopas Patrobag, pat-rob'-as; perh.

contr. for IlaTpopios PatrAblAg (a comp. of
3962 ami 079); father's life; Patrobas, aChr.:— Pat-
robas.

3970. irarpoiraoaSoTos patrAparadAtAs, pat-
rop-ar-ad'-ot-os; from 3062 and a der. of 3800 (in the
sense of handing over or down); traditionary: —
received by tradition from fathers.

3971. irarpioos patrd,As, pat-ro'-os; from 3962;
paternal, i.e. hereditary:— of fathers.

3973. IIovXos Paul As, p6w'4os; of Lat. or.;
(little; but remotely from a der. of 3073, mean, the
same); Paulus, the name of a Bom. and of an
apostle:— Paul, Paulus.

3973. iratico patio, pow'-o; a prim, verb ("pause");
to stop (trans, or intrans.), l.e. restrain, quit, desist,
come to an end: — cease, leave, refrain.

3974- llanos PapbAs, paf-os; of uncert. der.;
Paphus, a place in Cyprus:— Paphos.

3975. ira\\\\Pvo» pacbuno, pakh-oo'-no; from a
der. of 4078 (mean, thick); to thicken, i.e. (by impl.)
to fatten (fig. stupefy or render callous) :— wax gross.

#976". irffir) pgde, ped'-ay; ultimately from 4228; a
shackle for the feet:— fetter.

3977. ireSivos pAdlnAg, ped-ee-nos'; from a der.
of 4228 (mean, the ground); level (as easy for the
feet):— plain.

3978. mXfiim pezeno, ped-zyoo'-o; from the same
6133079; to foot a journey, i.e. travel by land:— go
afoot.

3979. irt£j) pfeze,, ped-zay"; dat. fem. of a der. of
4228 (as adv.); foot-wise, i.e. by walking:— a- (on)
foot.

3980. irei8apx&» peltbarcbeo, pi-tharkh-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 3982 and 737; to be persuaded by a
ruler. I.e. (gen.) to submit to authority; by anal, to
conform to advice:— hearken, obey (magistrates).

398 1. ireiSos pAltbAs, pi-thos 1 ; trom.3982; persua-
sive:— enticing.

3982. irc(8o> p<bo, pi'-tho; a prim, verb; to con-
vince (by argument, true or false); by anal, to pacify
or conciliate (by other fair means); reflex, or pass,
to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by in-
ward certainty) :— agree, assure, believe, have confi-
dence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade,
trust, yield.

8983. irciv&u p81uao,pt-naft'-o; from the same
as 3993 (through the idea of pinching toil; "pine");
to famish (absoL or comparatively); flg. to craue:—
be an hungered.

3984- irctpo p81ra,pi'-rafc; from the base of 4008
(through the idea of piercing); a test, i.e. attempt,
experience:— assaying, trial

3985. itup&tfa pglrazo, pi-rod'-zo; tcom.3984; to
test (obj.), ie. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, disci-
pline:— assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt (-er),
try.

3986. Tre1pa.0-5j.6s peirasmAs, pi-ros-mos'; from
3985; a putting to proof (by experiment [of good],
experience [of evil], solicitation, discipline or provo-
cation); by impl. adversity:— temptation, X try.

3987. impdco peirao, pi-rah'-o; from 3084; to
test (subj.). i.e. (reflex.) to attempt:



3988. treto'ji.ovij pAlsmAne, pice^mon-ay 1 ; from
a presumed der. of 3982; persuadableness, i.e. cre-
dulity;— persuasion.

3989. irAa-yos pelagAg, pel'-ag-os; of uncert.
affin. ; deep or open sea, i.e. the main;— depth, sea.

3990. ireXsK£Jw peleklzo, pel-ek-id'-zo; from a
der. of 4141 (mean, an axe); to chop off (the head), i.e.
truncate:— behead.

8991. irlpin-os pSmptAs, pemp'-tos; from 4002;
fifth.-— fifth.

3992. it^(j.ir<i> pgmpo, pem'-po; appar. a prim,
verb; to dispatch (from the subj. view or point of de-
parture, whereas Inn* hlemi [as a stronger form
of et|i* <*liul refers rather to the obj. point or ter-
minus ad quern, and 4724 denotes prop, the orderly
motion involved), espec. on a temporary errand; also
to transmit, bestow, or wield: — send, thrust in.

3993. irivns penes, pe»'-ace; from a prim, triva
peno (to toil for daily subsistence); starving, i.e.
indigent:— poor. Comp. 4434.

3994. irev6tpd penthera, pen-ther-ah'; fem. of
3993; a wife's mother:— mother in law, wife's mother.

3995. ircvBcpos pentberAs, pen-ther-os>; of un-
cert, affin.; a wife's fatlier;— father in law.

3996. irev6cci> p£ntbeo, pen-theh'-o; fTova.3097; te-
grieve (the feeling or the act):— mourn, (be-) wail.

3997. irlvBos p£nthAs, pen'-thos; strengthened
from the alt. 013938; grief:— mourning, sorrow.

3998. irtvTixpos pentlcbrAs, pen-tikh-ros- ; prol.
from the base 013903; necessitous: — poor.

3999. irevTaicts p£ntakls, pen-tak-ece' ; mult,
adv. from 4002; five times: — five times.

4000. iKVTa.Kur\\l\\ioi pentaklscblUAi, pen-

tak-is-khil'-ee-oy; from 3999 and 3507; five times a
thousand: — five thousand.

4001. irevroKOo-ioi pentakAslAl, pen-tafcos'-ee-
oy; from 4002 and 1340; five hundred:— five hundred.

4002. vivrt piiitt-, pen'-teh; a prim, number;

"five": — five.

4003. irevTenaiSe'icaTos pent£kald£katAs, pen-
tek-ahee-dek' -at-os; from 4002 and 2332 and 1182; five
and tenth:— fifteenth.

4004. irevnfjicovra pentekAnta, pen-taj/./ion-
faft; mult, of 4002; fifty:— fifty.

4005. ireVTTiKOcrrti pentekAste, pen-tay-kos-
tay'; fem. of the ord. of 4004; fiftieth (2230 being im-
plied) from Passover, i.e. the festival of "Pente-
cost ": — Pentecost.

4006. ireiroCenois pepAitherfs, pep-oy'-thay-sis;
from the perf. of the alt. of 3038; reliance:— confi-
dence, trust.

4007. ircp pSr, per; from the base of 4008; an en-
clitic particle significant of abundance (thorough-
ness), i.e. emphasis; much, very or ever:— [whom-]
soever.

4008. iWpav peran, per'-an; appar. ace. of an ob-
sol. der. of iretpoi p.'-iro (to "pierce"); through (as
adv. or prep.), i.e. across:— beyond, farther (other)
side, over.

4009. tripas p£ras, per 1 -as; from the same as 4008;
an extremity: — end, ut- (ter-) most part.

4010. IIep-ya|j.os P£rgamAg, per'-gam-os; from
4444; fortified; Pergamus, a place in Asia Minor:—
Pergamos.

4011. IKpYn PSrge, perg'-ay; prob. from the
same as 4010; a tower; Perga, a place In Asia
Minor:— Perga.

4012. irept perl, per-eef; from the base of 4008;
prop, through (all over), i.e. around; flg. with respect
to; used in various applications, of place, cause or
time (with the gen. denoting the subject or occasion
or superlative point; with the ace. the locality, cir-
cuit, matter, circumstance or general period):—
(there-) about, above, against, at, on behalf of, x and



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Paroynos
Paylos



57



bis company, which concern, (as) concerning, for,
X how it will go with, ([there-, where-]) of, on, over,
pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-) state, (as) touching,
[where-] by (in), with. In comp. it retains substantially
the same mean, of circuit (around), excess (beyond),
or completeness (through).

4013. iKpid-yw perlago, per-ee-ag'-o; from 4012
and 71; to take around (as a companion) ; reflex, to
walk around;— compass, go (round) about, lead
about.

4014- ir€piaip€<i> perlalr£o, per-ee-ahee-reh'-o;
from 4012 and 138 (incl. its alt.); to remove all around,
i.e. unveil, cast off (anchor); flg. to expiate;— take
away (up).

4015. 1ttp1a.1rroa.VTi>> pgriastrapto, per-ee-as-
trap'-to; from 4012 and 707; to flash all around, i.e.
envelop in light:— shine round (about).

4016. irepvpdXXw pSrlballo, per-ee-bal'-lo; from
4012 and gob; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a
palisade or with clothing):— array, cast about, clothe
(-d me), put on.

4017. iKpiPXfir» pfirlblCpo, per-ee-blep'-o; from
4012 and ggi; to look all around:— look (round) about
(on).

4018. irtpi|36Xaiov peribolalon, per-ib-ol'-ah-
yon; neut. of a presumed der. of 401b; something
thrown around one, i.e. a mantle, veil: — covering,
vesture.

4019. ircpiSlu pgrideo, per-ee-deh'-o; from 40/2
and «^o; to bind around one, i.e. enwrap; — bind
about.

iKpiSpcpo p£rldr£mo. See,»4?.
irepUXXu perlello. See 4014,
irtpiA8<a perleltho. See 4022.

4020. 1rcpup7d.toii.ai pgrie>gaz6mat, per-ee-
er-gad'-zom-ahee; from 4012 and 2038; to wwfc all
around, i.e. bustle about (meddle):— be a busybody.

4021. ircphp'yos p£ri3rgds, per-ee'-er-gos; from
^oj« and 2041; working all around, i.e. officious (med-
dlesome, neut. plur. magic):— busybody, curious arts.

4022. irepiipxou,ai p£rlerchftmal, per-ee-er 1 -
khom-ahee; from 4012 and 206^ (includ. its alt.); to
come all around, I.e. stroll, vacillate, veer;— fetch a
compass, vagabond, wandering about.

40&?. ir£pitx<» pfiriScb.5, per-ee-ekh'-o; from
^0/2 and 2102; to Aotd all around, i.e. include, clasp
(fig.): f- astonished, contain, after [this manner].

4024. irepiJ<5vW|U, ptrizoiiuumi, per-id-zone'-
noo-mee; from 4012 and 2224; to gird all around, i.e.
(mid. or pass.) to fasten on one's belt (lit. or flg.):—
gird (about, self).

4025. ircp(6eo-is pSrlthfisIs, per-ith'-es-is; from
4060; a putting all around, i.e. decorating oneself
with:— wearing.

4026. ircpi'to-rnu* p6rilstemi,per-ee-is'-ta»-mee, -
from 4012 and 247b; to stand all around, i.e. (near) to
be a bystander, or (aloof) to keep away from:— avoid,
shun, stand by (round about).

4027. ircpiKd6app,a p< rlkatluiriiia per-ee-
kath'-ar-mah; from a comp. of 4012 and 2308; some-
thing cleaned off all around, i.e. refuse (flg.):— filth.

4028. ittpiKaXiirro perikalupto, per-ee-kal-
oop'-to; from 4012 and 2372; to cover all around, i.e.
enitreJu (the face, a surface):— blindfold, cover, over-
lay.

4029. iKptKEipav pgrikelmal, per-ik'-i-mahee;
from 40/2 and 2740,* to lie all around, i.e. inclose, en-
circle, hamper (lit. or flg.) :— be bound (compassed)
with, hang about.

40S0. mpiKtfyaXala p£rikephalaia, per-ee-kef-
al-ah'-yah; fem. of a comp. of 4012 and 2776; encir-
clement of the head, i.e. a helmet; — helmet.

4031. irepiKpaTTjs pfrikrates, per-ee-krat-ace' ;
from 4012 and 29a?; strong all around, i.e. a master
(manager): f- come by.

4032. irepiKpvirru pgrikrupto, per-ee-kroop'-to;
from 40/2 and 2028; to conceal all around, i.e. en-
tirely:— hide.

<£&?<?. ircpiKVKXdu pgrikukloo, per-ee-fcoo-
klo'-o; from #>/2 and 29^; to encircle all around, i.e.
blockade completely:— compass round.



irepi.Xdu.irti) pSrllampo, per-ee-lam'-po;
from #V2 and 20.?o; to illuminate all around, i.e. in-
vest with a halo:— shine round about.

4035. irepiXetirw pgrll&lpo, per-ee-Ji'-po; from
#j/2 and J007; to leave all around, i.e. (pass.) sur-
vive—remain.

4036. iKpCXviros perilupds, per-il'-oo-pos; from
4012 and 3077; grieved all around, i.e. intensely sad: —
exceeding (very) sorry (-owful).

4037. irtpiuivu perimend, per-ee-men'-o; from
^0/2 and 330b; to s<ay around, i.e. await: — wait for.

4038. irtpiij perlx, per'-ix; adv. from 4012; all
around, i.e. (as adj.) circumjacent;— round about.

4039. irepioiKta p£ri6ik£d, per-ee-oy-keh'-o;
from 40/2 and joj/; to reside around, i.e. be a neigh-
bor:— dwell round about.

■£&£0. ircpCoiKos perldlkfis, per-ee'-oy-kos; from
40^2 and jo2^; housed around, i.e. neighboring (ellipt.
as noun) :— neighbour.

4&£.Z. irepiowrios pSrlduslds, per-ee-oo'-see-os;
from the pres. part. fem. of a comp. of 4012 and ijio;
being beyond usual, i.e. special (one's own):— pe-
culiar.

404%. ir«piox^ pgrldche, per-ee-okh-ay' ; from
4023; a being Tield around, i.e. (concr.) a passage (of
Scripture, as circumscribed): — place.
4043. irtpnraria perlpat£o, per-ee-pat-eh'-o;
from 4012 and J967; to tread all around, i.e. waZfe at
large (espec. as proof of ability); flg. to live, deport
oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):— go, be
occupied with, walk (about).

4044- irepiir«Cp» pfiripgiro, per-ee-pi'-ro; from
4012 and the base of 4008; to penetrate entirely, i.e.
transfix (fig.):— pierce through.

4045. irepiirtirrw perlpipto, per-ee-pip'-to; from
4012 and 4008; to fall into something that is all
around, i.e. light among or upon, be surrounded
with:— tall among (into).

4046. iMpi.iroiiou.ai. peilpAlcjdmal, per-ee-poy-
eh'-om-ahee; mid. from 4012 and 4100; to mote
around oneself, i.e. acquire (buy):— purchase.

4(?47. irtpnToCipTis pfiripolesls, per-ee-poy'-ay-
sis; from 4046; acquisition (the act or the thing) ; by
extens. preservation:— obtain (-tag), peculiar, pur-
chased, possession, saving.

404S. irepipp^-yvvfii pgrlrrhegnumt, per-ir-
hrayg'-noo-mee; from 4012 and 448b; to tear all
around, i.e. completely away: — rend off.

4049. iKpunrdai perlspad, per-ee-spah'-o; from
4012 and <(6<Jf ; to drag all around, i.e. (fig.) to distract
(with care):— cumber.

4050. ircpicrorcCa pgrisggla, per-is-si 1 -ah; from
4032: surplusage, i.e. superabundance; — abundance
(-ant, [-ly]), superfluity.

4051. irfpbrorevua pe>lgs£uma, per-is'-syoo-
mah; from 4032; a surplus, or superabundance-
abundance, that was left, over and above.

4052. ir€pur<rcvci> pgrisg&ud, per-is-syoo'-o; from
^yj; to superabound (in quantity or quality), be in
excess, be superfluous; also (trans.) to cause to super-
abound or excel: — (make, more) abound, (have, have
more) abundance, (be more) abundant, be the better,
enough and to spare, exceed, excel, increase, be left,
redound, remain (over and above).

4053. ir€pi<ro-6s perlssds, per-is-sos'; from 4012
(in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity)
or superior (in quality); by impl. excessive; adv.
(with 1337) violently; neut. (as noun) preeminence:—
exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, ad-
vantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure,
more, superfluous, vehement [-ly].

4054- irepuro-drepov perissdtgrdn, per-is-sot'-
er-on; neut. of 4055 (as adv.); in a more superabun-
dant way:— more abundantly, a great deal, far more.

4055. irepuro-tircpos pSrissdtSros, per-is-sot'-
er-os; comp. of 4033; more superabundant (in num-
ber, degree or character): — more abundant, greater
(much) more, overmuch.

4056. irepio-o-OT€pcos p£rlss6t£rds, peris-sot-
er'-oce; adv. from 4055; more superabundantly:—



more abundant (-ly), X the more earnest, (more) ex-
ceedingly, more frequent, much more, the rather.
4057. ircpurcrws perissos, per-is-soce' ; adv. from
4053; superabundantly: — exceedingly, out of meas-
ure, the more.

58. irepio-i-epd p£rist£ra, per-is-ter^M; ofun-
cert. der.; a pigeon:— dove, pigeon.

4059. irept/re'u,v<» peritemno, per-ee-tem'-no;
from 4012 and the base of 3114; to cut around, i.e.
(spec.) to circumcise: — circumcise.

4060. irepi/rtenui peritlthemi, per-ee-tith'-ay-
mee; from 4012 and 3087; to place around; by impl.
to present;— bestow upon, hedge round about, put
about (on, upon), set about.

4061. ircpiTOuJj perltdme, per-it-om-ay'; from
40J0; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the peo-
ple, lit. or fig.):— X circumcised, circumcision.

4062. ircpirpcirci) p£rltr£po, per-ee-trep' -0; from
4012 and the base otjijT, to turn around, i.e. (ment.)
to craze: [- make mad.

4063. irepiTpexu perltreeho, per-ee-frefcfe'-o;
from 4012 and 5143 (includ. its alt.); to run around,
i.e. traverse:— run through.

4064- irepKpepo* p£rlph£ro, per-ee-fer'-o; from
4012 and 3342; to convey around, i.e. transport hither
and thither:— bear (carry) about.

4065. irepuppsv&D p&rlphrdneio, per-ee-/ron-
eh'-o; from 4012 and 542b; to think beyond, i.e. depre-
ciate (contemn):— despise.

4066. ircpCxopos perlcbords, per-ikh'-o-ros;
from 4012 aodjjbi; around the region, i.e. circumja-
cent (as noun, with 1003 impl. vicinity):— country
(round) about, region (that lieth) roundabout.

4067. irtph|ni>u,a perlpsoma, per-ip'-so-mah;
from a comp. of 4012 and <|<d» psao (to rub) ; some-
thing brushed all around, i.e. off-scrapings (flg.
scum) :— off scouring.

4068. ircpirepEvo|iai p6rp3r6«dmai, per-per-
yoo'-om-ahee; mid. from irtpirepos pcirperfts
(braggart; perh. by redupL of the base of 4008) ; to
boast:— vaunt itselr.

4069. Ilepo-Cs P&rsls, per-sece'; a Persian wo-
man; Per sis, a Chr. female:— Persis.

4070. irepvo-i pernsl, per'-oo-si; adv. from 4000;
the by-gone, i.e. (as noun) tost year: f- a year ago.

ircrdop,ai pjtaomai. See 4072.

4071. irercivdv p£tgln£n, pet-i-non'; neut. of a
der. of 4072; a, flying animal, i.e. bird;— bird, fowl. /

4072. ircVouxu pitomai. pet'-om-ahee; or pro].

irei-douai p£tadmal, pet-ah'-om-ahee; or

contr. irrdop.ai ptadmal, ptaA'-om-aAee; mid. of
a prim, verb; to fly:— fly (-tag).

4073. irtVpa. pStra, pet'-ra; fem. of the same as
4074; a (mass of) rocfc (lit. or flg.):— rock.

4074. IKrpos Petros, pet'-ros; appar. a prim,
word; a (piece of) rock (larger than 3037); as a name,
Petrus, an apostle:— Peter, rock. Comp. 27.95.

4075. ir6Tpw8i)9 pStrodes, petro'-dace; from
4073 and 1401; rock-like, i.e. rocky:— stony.

4076. irtfjyavov peganon, pay'-gan-on; from
^07*; rue (from its thick or fleshy leaves):— rue.

4077. irri7<i pege, pay-gay'; prob. from 4078
(through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount
(lit. or flg.), i.e. source or supply (of water, blood, en-
joyment) (not necessarily the original spring) :— foun-
tain, well.

4078. irij-ywu.1 pegnnmi, payg'-noo-mee; a prol.
form of a prim, verb (which in its simpler form op
curs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to fix ("peg"),
i.e. (spec.) to set up (a tent):— pitch.

4079. irnSdXiov pedalion, pay-dal'-ee-on; neut,
of a (presumed) der. of irnSov peddn (the blade of
an oar; from the same as ^076); a "pedaJ", Le.
helm:— rudder.

4080. irnXCicos pellkAs, pay-lee' -kos; a quantita-
tive form (the fem.) of the base of 422s; how much (as
tadef .), i.e. in size or (flg.) dignity:— how great (large).

4081. irnXos pel5s, pay-los'; perh. a prim, word;
clay:— clay.



Payrah
Potidzo



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



4082. irrfjpa pera, pay'-rah; of uncert. affln. ; a
wallet or leather pouch for food:— scrip.

4083. irfjxvs pectus, pay'-khoos; of uncert
affln.; the fore-arm, i.e. (as a measure) a cubit:—
cubit.

4&££. inat,» plazo, pee-ad'-zo; prob. another
form of 071; to squeeze, i.e. seize (gently by the hand
[press], or officially [arrest], or in hunting [cap-
ture]):— apprehend, catch, lay hand on, take. Comp.
408s.

4085. irifjw plezo, pee-ed'-zo; another form for
4084; to pack:— press down.

4<2£6. -mOavoXoyla plthandldgla, pith-an-ol-
og-ee'-ah; from a comp. of a der. of 3082 and 3050;
persuasive language:— enticing words.

4087. inKpaCvo plkralnd, pik-rah'ee-no; from
4089; to embitter (lit. or flg.):— be (make) bitter.

4088. iriKpia plkria, pik-ree'-ah; from 4080; ac-
ridity (espec. poison), lit. or flg.:— bitterness.

4089. iriKpds plkrdg, pik-ros 1 ; perb. from 4078
(through the Idea of piercing); sharp (pungent), i.e.
acrid (lit. or flg.):— bitter.

4090. mKpws plkros, pik-roce'; adv. from 4089;
bitterly, i.e. (flg.) violently:— bitterly.

4091. IIiXdTOS Pllatos, pil-at'-os; of Lat. or.;
close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Bom.:— Pilate.

irC|iirXi)}u plmpleml. See 4130.

4092. irCuirpr]|U pimpremi, pim'-pray-mee;
a redupl. and prol. form of a prim.

irp&» preo, preh'-o (which occurs only as an
alt. in certain tenses) ; to fire, i.e. burn (Sg. and pass,
become inflamed with fever):— be (X should have)
swollen.

4093. irivaxCSiov plnakldldn, pin-ak-id'-ee-on;
dlmin. of 4004; a tablet (for writing on) :— writing
table.

4094- irtva| plnax, pin'-ax; appar. a form of
4109; e. plate:— charger, platter.

4095. wtv<» plno, pee'-no; a prol. form of

irto plo, pee'-o, which (together with another
form ir6» poo, po'-o) occurs only as an alt. in cert,
tenses; to imbibe (lit. or flg.): — drink.

4096. moTijs piotes, pee-ot'-ace; from irtwv
plon (fat; perh. akin to the alt. of 4095 through the
idea of repletion); plumpness, i.e. (by impl.) rich-
ness (oiliness):— fatness.

4097. irurpdo-KW plprasko, pip-rasf-ko; a redupl.

and pro], form of
irpdu pr ad, prah'-o (which occurs only as an
cBt. in cert, tenses); contr. from irepdw perao (to
traverse; from the base of 4008); to traffic (by travel-
ling), i.e. dispose of as merchandise or into slavery
(lit. or flg.):— sell.

4098. irCirr«» plptd, pip' -to; a redupl. and contr.
form of irirw petd, pet'-o (which occurs only as an
alt. in cert, tenses) ; prob. akin to 4072 through the idea
of alighting; to fall (lit or flg,):— fail, fall (down),
light on.

4099. Ilio-iSCa Plsfdla, pis-id-ee'-ah; prob. of
for. or.; Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor:— Pisidia.

4100. irurreiitt plstend, pist-yoo'-o; from 4102;
to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person
or thing), i.e. credit; by lmpl. to entrust (espec. one's
spiritual well-being to Christ):— believe (-r), commit
(to trust), put in trust with.

4101. iriOTiKos pistlkds, pis-tik-os'; from 4102;
trustworthy, i.e. genuine (unadulterated): — spike-
nard],

410S. irbrris plstls, pis'-tis; from 3082; persua-
sion, i.e. credence; mor. conviction (of religious
truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious
teacher), espec. reliance upon Christ for salvation;
abstr. constancy in such profession; by extens. the
system of religious (Gospel) truth itself :— assurance,
belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
4103. irurros plstds, pis-tos'; from 3082; obj.
trustworthy; subj. trustful:— believe (-ing, -r), faith-
ful (-ly), sure, true.



4104. iturria plstdo, pis-to'-o; from 4103; to as-
sure;— assure of.

4105. irXavuu) planad, plan-ah'-o; from 4106; to
(prop, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or vir-
tue) :— go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out
of the way.

4106. irX&vij plane, plan'-ay; fern, of 4108 (as
abstr.); obj. fraudulence; subj. a straying from or-
thodoxy or piety:— deceit, to deceive, delusion, error.

4107. irXa-WiTns planetes, plan-ay'-tace; from
4108; a rover ("planet"), i.e. (flg.) an erratic
teacher : — wandering.

4108. irXdvos pianos plan'-os; of uncert. affln. ;
roving (as a tramp), i.e. (by impl.) an impostor or
misleader:— deceiver, seducing.

4109. irX&fj plax, plax; from 4111; a moulding-
board, i.e. flat surface ("plate", or tablet, lit. or
flg.):— table.

4110. irXdo-pa plasma, plas'-mah; from 4111;
something moulded:— thing formed.

4111. irX&mrw plassd, plas'-so; a prim, verb; to
mould, i.e. shape or fabricate: — form.

4112. irXeurros plastos, plas-tos 1 ; from 4111;
moulded, i.e. (by impl.) artificial or (flg.) fictitious
(false):— feigned.

4113. irXareta plat&la, plat-i'-ah; fern, of 4116; a
wide "plat " or "place", i.e. open square:— street.

4114. irXoros platds, plat'-os; from 4116;
width:— breadth.

4115. irXorilvw platnnd, plat-oo'-no; from 4116;
to widen. (lit. or flg.):— make broad, enlarge.

41 16. irXa/rus j>latufi, plat-oos' ; from 4111; spread
out "flat " (" plot "), i.e. broad:— wide.

4117. irX£y|ia plegma, pleg'-mah; fiom 4120; a
plait (of hair):— broidered hair.

irXetov pl£ldn . See 4irg.

4118. irXeto-TOS pleistds, plice'-tos; irreg. superl.
01 4183; the largest number or very large:— very
great, most.

4119. irXcfuv pleion, pli -own; neut
irXeiov plcidn, pli'-on; or

irXfov pl£An, pleh'-on; compar. of 4183;
more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plur.)
the major portion;— x above, + exceed, more ex-
cellent, further, (very) great (-er), long (-er), (very)
many, greater (more) part, -f- yet but.

4120. itXIko pleko, plek'-o; a prim, word; to
twine or braid: — plait.

irXs'ov pleon. See 4119.

4121. irXeovdJw plednazo, pleh-on-ad'-zo; from
4tiq; to do, make or be more, i.e. increase (trans, or
intrans.); by extens. to superabound:— abound,
abundant, make to increase, have over.

4122. irXeoveKTlw pl«6nekted, pleh-on-ek-teh'-o;
from 4123; to be covetous, i.e. (by impl.) to over-
reach:— get an advantage, defraud, make a gain.

4123. irXeoveKTijs plednektes, pleh-on-ek'-tace;
from 4iig and 21Q2; holding (desiring) more, i.e.
eager for gain (avaricious, hence a defrauder):—
covetous.

4124. irXeove£ta plednexla, pleh-on-ex-ee'-dh;
from 4123; avarice, i.e. (by impl.) fraudulency, ex-
tortion:— -covetous (-ness) practices, greediness.

4125. irXcvpd plgnra, plyoo-rah'; of uncert. af-
fln. ; a rib, i.e. (by extens.) side:— side.

4126. irXio pled, pleh'-o; another form for
irXevu pleno, plyoo'-o, which is used as an

alt. in certain tenses; prob. a form of 4130 (through
the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a
vessel:— sail. See also 4130.

4127. irXTflr/) plege, play-gay'; from 4T41; a stroke;
by impl. a wound; flg. a calamity.-— plague, stripe,
wound (-ed).

4128. irXfjflos plethos, play'-thos; from 4130; a
fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, ponulace: — bun-
dle, company, multitude.

4129. irXnOilvw plethnno, play-thoo'-no; from
another form of 4128; to increase (trans, or in-
trans.):— abound, multiply.



4130. irX^Su plethd, play'-tho; a prol. form of a
prim. irX&» pled, pleh'-o (which appears only as an
alt. in certain tenses and in the redupl.form irlnirXnjJti
plmpleml); to "fill" (lit. or flg. [imbue, influence,
supply]); spec, to fulfil (time):— accomplish, full
(. . . come), furnish.

4131. irX-fJKTiis plektes, plake'-tace; from 4141;
a smiter, i.e. pugnacious (quarrelsome): — striker.

4132. irXijuu-vpa plemmnra, plame-moo'-rah;
prol. from 4130; flood-tide, i.e. (by anal.) a freshet:—
flood.

4133. is\\{\\v plen, plane; from 4iig; moreover
(besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet: — but
(rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save,
than.

4134. irX'/jprp pleres, play'-race; from 4130; re-
plete, or covered over; by anal, complete:— full.

4135. irXi)po<j>opeai pleroplioreo, play-rof-or-
eh'-o; from 4134 and 3400; to carry out fully (in evi-
dence), i.e. completely assure (or convince), entirely
accomplish:— most surely believe, fully know (per-
suade), make full proof of.

4136. irXnpo<j>op(a plerdphdrla, play-rof-or-ee'-
ah; from 4133; entire confidence:— (full) assurance.
41S7. irXnpow plerdd, play*6'-o; from 4134; to
make replete, i.e. (lit.) to cram (a net), level up (a hol-
low), or (flg.) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence),
satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task),
verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:— accom-
plish, X after, (be) complete, end, .expire, fill (up),
fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect,
supply.

4138. Tr\\T)p«(ia plerdma, play'-ro-mah; from
4137; repletion or completion, i.e. (subj.) whatsis (as
contents, supplement, copiousness, multitude), or
(obj.) what is filled (as container, performance, pe-
riod):— which is put in to fill up, piece that filled up,
fulfilling, full, fulness.

4139. irXqo-bv pleslAn, play-see'-on; neut. of ft
der. of 1WX0S pelas (near); (adv.) close by ; as noun,
a neighbor, i.e. fellow (as man, countryman, Chr. or
friend):— near, neighbour.

4140. irXn<r|ioWj plesmdne, place-mon-ay' ; from
a presumed der. of 4130; a filling up, i.e. (flg.) grati-
fication:— s&tlstjlag.

4141. irX^)o-<r» plesso, place'-so; appar. another
form of 4111 (through the idea of flattening out); to
pound, i.e. (fig.) to inflict with (calamity) :— smite.
Comp. 5180.

414®. wXoidpiov pldlarl6l»,pIo^-ar'-ee-on, - neut.
of a presumed der. of 4143; a boat:— boat, little
(small) ship.

4143. irXotov pldldn, ploy'-on; from 4126; a
sailer, i.e. vessel:— ship (-ping).

4144. «Xoos plods, pl5'-os; from 412b; a sail, i.e.
navigation:— course, sailing, voyage.

414°"- irXowrios plAnslds, ploo'-see-os; from 4141)',
wealthy; flg. abounding with:— rich.

4145. irXovo-tws plAuslos, ploo-see'-oce; adv. from
4145; copiously:— abundantly, richly.

4147. irXovr&i pi&nteo, ploo-teh'-o; from 4148;
to be (or become) wealthy (lit. or flg.):— be increased
with goods, (be made, wax) rich.

4148. irXovrtgo pldntizd, ploo-tid'-zo; from
414Q; to make wealthy (flg.):— en- (make) rich.
4I4S. irXoOros plout 6s, ploo'-tos; from the base
of 4130; wealth (as fulnesx), i.e. (lit.) money, posses-
sions, or (flg.) abundance, richness, (spec.) valuable
bestowment: — riches.

4150. irXvvu piano, ploo'-no; a prol. form of an
obsol. irXvw plud (to "flow"); to "plunpe", I.e,
launder clothing:— wash. Comp. 3068, 3338.

4151. irv(0(i.o pnenma, pnyoo'-mah; from 4134;
a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by
anal, or fig. a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul,
(by impl.) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or
(superhuman) an angel, dmmon, or (divine) Bod,
Christ's spirit, the Holy Spirit:— ghost, life, spirit
(-ual, -ually), mind. Comp.j^^o.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Payrah
Potidzo



59



IflBS. im«(«iTiK<Ss pn£nmatlk&B, pnyoo-mat-
ik-os 1 ; from 4151; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal
(as opposed to gross), or (demoniacally) a spirit
(coner.), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, re-
ligious.-— spiritual. Comp. 3391.

Ifl53. wvcvpaTiKUS pneumatlkos, pnyoo-mat-

ik-oce'; adv. from 4152; non-physically, i.e. divinely,
figuratively:— spiritually.

4.154. irW» pnSo, pneh'-o; a prim, word; to
breathe hard, i.e. breeze:— blow. Comp. 3394.

4155. irvfry** pnlgo, pnee'-go; strengthened from
4134; to wheeze, i.e. (caus. by impl.) to throttle or
strangle (drown):— choke, take by the throat.

4156. irviKTos pnlktdg, pnik-tos'; from 4155;
throttled, i.e. (neut. concr.) an animal choked to
death (not bled):— strangled.

4157. irvo^ pnAe, pno-ay 1 ; from 4154; respira-
tion, a breeze: — breath, wind.

4158. iroS^pris pdderes, pod-ay'race; from 4228
and another element of uncert. affln. ; a dress (2066
implied) reaching the ankles:— garment down to the
foot.

4159. ir6Qev jiotlirii. poth'-en; from the base of
4213 with enclitic adv. of origin; from, which (as
interrog.) or what (as rel.) place, state, source or
cause: — whence.

4160. iroU» pAleo, poy-eh'-o; appar. a prol. form
of an obsol. prim. ; to make or do (in a very wide ap-
plication, more or less direct):— abide, + agree, ap-
point, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + be-
wray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + con-
tent, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do
(ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold,
X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship,
make X mean, 4- none of these things move me, ob-
serve, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, pur-
pose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, x shoot out,
spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield.
Comp. 4138-

4161. wolniia pAlema, poy'-ay-mah; from 4160;
a product, i.e. fabric (lit. or fig.):— thing that is made,
workmanship.

4162. irohnris pdlegls, poy'-ay-sis; from 4100:
action, i.e. performance (of the law):— deed.

4163. ironrrljs pAletea, poy-ay-tace' ; from 4100:
aperformer; spec, a "poet"; — doer, poet.

4164- iroilcCXos pAlkllAs, poy-kee'-los; of uncert.
der. ; motley, i.e. various in character:— divers, mani-
fold.

4165. irOi|iatv«» pAlmalno, poy-mah'ee-no; from
4166; to tend as a shepherd (or fig. superviser):—
feed (cattle), rule.

4166. iroin^v pAlmen, poy-mane'; of uncert.
affln. ; a shepherd (lit. or fig.):— shepherd, pastor.

4167. iroC|ivi] pAlmne, poym'-nay; contr. from
416s; a flock (lit. or fig.):— flock, fold.

4168. irot|J.viov pAlmnlAn, poym'-nee-on; neut.
of a presumed der. of 4107; a. flock, i.e. (fig.) group (of
believers):— flock.

4169. irotos pAlAs, poy'-os; from the base of 422b
and 3634; individualizing interrog. (of character)
what sort of, or (of number) which one:— what (man-
ner of), which.

4170. iroXcpiw pAIAmeo, pol-em-eh'-o; from 4171;
to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. to battle (lit. or flg.):—
fight, (make) war.

4171. ir6X«|ios pAlSmAs, pol'-em-os; from ir&o-
|iOi pAlAmal (to bustle); warfare (lit. or fig.; a
single encounter or a series):— battle, fight, war.
417S. irfXis pdlls, pol'-is; prob. from the same as
4171, or peril, from 4183; a town (prop, with walls, of
greater or less size):— city.

4173. iroXirdpxns pAUtarcbes, pdUt-ar'-khace;
from 4172 and 7/7; a fou>ri-o/Rcer, i.e. magistrate: —
ruler of the city.

4174. iroXlTtto pAltteta, pol-ee-ti'-ah; from 4177
{"polity"): citizenship; concr. a community: — com-
monwealth, freedom.



4175. iroMT«iu,a pAlitAuma, pol-it'-yoo-mah;
from 4170; a community, i.e. (abstr.) citizenship
(fig.):— conversation.

4176. iro\\iTevou.<u pAlit6uAmai,poW«-jK>o'-om-
ahee; mid. of a der. of 4177; to behave as a citizen
(fig.):— let conversation be, live.

4177. iroX£Tt|S pAUtes, pol-ee'-tace; from 4172; a
townsman:— citizen.

4178. iroXXdxis pAUakls, pol-laW-is; mult. adv.
from 4183; many times, i.e. frequently:— oft (-en, -en-
times, -times).

4179. iroXXairXao-Cuv pAllaplaslon, pol-lap-
las-ee'-ohn; from 4183 and prob. a der. of 4120; man-
ifold, i.e. (neut. as noun) very much more: — manifold
more.

4180. iroXuXcyia pAluIAgla, pol-oo-log-ee'-ah;
from a comp. of 4183 and 3036; loquacity, i.e. prolix-
ity:— much speaking.

4181. iroXvuipus pAlnmeroB, pol-oo-mer'-oce;
adv. from a comp. of 4183 and 3313; in many portions,
i.e. variously as to time and agency (piecemeal):— at
sundry times.

4182. -iroXuirobciXos pdlupAikllAs, pol-oo-poy'-
kil-os; from 4183 and 4164; much variegated, i.e.
multifarious:— manifold.

4183. iroXvs pAlus, pol-oos'; lnclud. the forms
from the alt. iroXXos polios; (sing.) much (in any
respect) or (plur.) many; neut. (sing.) as adv. largely;
neut. (plur.) as adv. or noun often, mostly, largely: —
abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed,
spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long,
many, much, oft (-en [times]), plenteous, sore, strait-
ly. Comp. 4118, 4T10.

4184. iroXvcnrXa7XV09 pAlusplagchnAi., pol-
oo'-splankh-nos; from 4183 and 4698 (fig.) ; extremely
compassionate: — very pitiful.

4185. iroXvreX^js pAluteles, pol-oo-tel-ace' ;
from 4183 and 3056; extremely expensive: — costly,
very precious, of great price.

4186. iroXvTiu,os pAlutlmAs, pol-oot'-ee-mos;
from 4183 and 5092; extremely valuable:— very costly,
of great price.

4187. iroXwrpdircDS polutr Apos, pol-oot-rop'-oce;
adv. from a comp. of 4183 and 3138; in many ways,
i.e. variously as to method or form:— in divers man-
ners.

4188. ir«S|j.a puma, pom'-ah; from the alt. of 4003;
a beverage: — drink.

4189. irovnpCa pAnerla, pcm-ay-ree'-ah; from
4100; depravity, i.e. (spec.) malice; plur. (concr.)
plots, sins:— iniquity, wickedness.

4190. irovT]p6s pAnerAs, pon-ay^ros'; from a der.
of 4102; hurtful, i.e. evil (prop, in effect or influence,
and thus differing from 233b, which refers rather to
essential character, as well as from 4530, which indi-
cates degeneracy from original virtue); flg. calami-
tous; also (pass.) ill, i.e. diseased; but espec. (mor.) cul-
pable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neut. (sing.)
mischief, malice, or (plur.) guilt; masc. (sing.) the
devil, or (plur.) sinners:— bad, evil, grievous, harm,
lewd, malicious, wicked (-ness). See also 4191.

4191. irovnpoT«pos pAnerAterAs, pon-ay-rot'-er-
os; compar. of 4190; more evil: — more wicked.

4192. iroVos pAnAs, pon'-os; from the base of
3003; toil, i.e. (by impl.) anguish:— pain.

4193. IIovtik6s PAntlkAs, pon-tik-os'; from
4103; a Pontican, i.e. native of Pontus:— born in
Fontus.

4194. IKvtios PAntl A», pon'-tee-os; of Lat. or.;
appar. bridged; Pontius, a Eom.:— Pontius.

4195. IKvtos Pout As, pon'-tos; a sea; Pontus, a
region of Asia Minor:— Pontus.

4196. IloirXios PApUAs, pop'-lee-os; of Lat. or. ;
appar. "popular"; Poplius (i.e. Publius), a Rom.:—
Publius.

4197. iropeta pArela, por-i'-dh; from 4108; travel
(by land); flg. (plur.) proceedings, i.e. career:— Jour-
ney [-tag], ways.

4198. iropEvou,<u pArAnAmal, por-yoo'-om-ahee;
mid. from a der. of the same 8,33084; to traverse, i.e.
travel (lit. or fig.; espec. to remove [flg. die], live,



etc.) ;— depart, 40 (away, forth, one's way, up), (make
a, take a) journey, walk.

4199. irop8e'u> pArthSo, por-theh'-o; prol. from
ir^pSu pfirtho (to sack); to ravage (flg.):— destroy,
waste.



iropio-u,6s pArismAs, por-is-mos'; from a
der. of iropos pAr As (a way, i.e. means) ; furnish-
ing (procuring), i.e. (by impl.) money-getting (acqui-
sition):— gain.

4201. Ildpiaos PArklAs, por'-fcee-os; of Lat. or.;
appar. swinish; Porcius, a Eom.:— Porcius.

4202. wopveia pAraAia, por-ni'-ah; from 4203;
harlotry (includ. adultery and incest); flg. idol-
atry:— fornication.



iropvcvo pAraguo, porn-yoo'-o; 170104204;
to act the harlot, i.e. (lit.) indulge unlawful lust (ot
either sex), or (flg.) practise idolatry:— commit (for-
nication).

4204. iropvi] pArne, por'-nay; fem. of 4203; a
strumpet; flg. an idolater:— harlot, whore.

4205. iropvos pArnAa, por'-nos; from irlpvt]|u
pernemi (to sell; akin to the base of 4007); a (male)
prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by anal.) a debauchee (lib-
ertine):— fornicator, whoremonger.

4206. w<Spp<o pArrho, por'-rho; adv. from 4233;
forwards, i.e. at a distance; — far, a great way off.
See also 4207.

4207. Tr<ppo6ev pArrbotb£n, por'-rho-then;
from 4206 with adv. enclitic of source; from far, or
(by impl.) at a distance, i.e. distantly:— afar off.

4208. irobfruripa pArrbotero, por-rho-ter'-o;
adv. compar. of 4206; farther, i.e. a greater dis-
tance:— further.

4209. irop4>vpa pArpbnra, por-foo'-rah; of Lat.
or.; the "purple" mussel, i.e. (by impl.) the red-blue
color itself, and finally a garment dyed with it:—
purple.

4210. irop<j>upovs pArpbnrAns, por-foo-rooce' ';
from 4200; purpureal, i.e. bluish red:— purple.
4$11. irop^vpouoiXis pArphurApolls, por-foo-
rop'-o-lis; fem. of a comp. of 4200 and 4433; a. female
trader in purple cloth:— seller of purple.

4212. «wd,Kis pdsakls, pos-ak'-is; mult, from
4214; how many times: — how oft (-en).

'. irocris p Asia, pos'-is; f rom'the alt. of 4003:

drinking (the act), i.e. (concr.) a draught:— drink.

. ir6o-os pAsAa, pos'-os; from an obsol. iro$

■p6a(who, what) and 3739; interrog. pron. (of amount)

how much (large, long or [plur.] many) :— how great

(long, many), what.

4215. irerau6s pAtamAs, pot-anils'; prob. from
a der. of the alt. of 4003 (comp. 4224) ; a current, brook
or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:— flood
river, stream, water.

4216. irOTO(io<p6pijTos pAtamAphAretAs, pot-
am-of-or'-ay-tos; from 4215 and a der. of 3409; river-
borne, i.e. overwhelmed by a stream:— carried away
of the flood.

4217. irorairos pAtapAs, pot-ap-os'; appar. from
4219 and the base of 422b; interrog. whatever, i.e. of
what possible sort: — what (manner of).

42 18. irori pAtfi, pot-eh'; from the base of 4223
and 5037; indef. adv., at some time, every- afore- (any,
some-) time (-s), at length (the last), (+ n-) ever, in the
old time, in time past, once, when.

4219. ir&rt pAtS, pot'-eh; from the base of 422b
and 3037; interrog. adv., at what time: — (- how long,
when.

4220. irortpov pAterAn, pot'-er-on; neut. of a
compar. of the base of 422b; interrog. as adv., which
(ot two), i.e. is it this or that:— whether.

4221. iro'rijpiov pAterlAn, pot-ay 1 -ree-on; neut.
of a der. of the alt. of 4093; a drinking-vessel; by ex-
tens, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught);
flg. a lot or fate:— cup.

4222. irorCgo pAtizo. pot-id'-zo; from a der. of
the alt. of 4093; to furnish drink, irrigate:— give
(make) to drink, feed, water.



Poteeoloy



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



?. IIotCoXoi PStioloi, pot-ee'-ol-oy; of Lat.
or.; little wells, i.e. mineral springs; Potioli (i.e.
Puteoli), a place in Italy:— Puteoli.

4224. itotos pdt&s, pot'-os; from the alt. of 4095;
a drinking-bout or carousal:— banqueting.

4225. irov pda, poo; gen. of an indef. pron. iris
pSs (some) otherwise obsol. (comp. 4214) ; as adv.
of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:— about, a certain
place.

4226. irov pda, poo; gen. of an interrog. pron.
iris pfls (ojfta<) otherwise obsol. (perb. the same as
4225 used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adv. of
place; at (byimpl. io)«j7ia*locality:— where, whither.

Ift27. IIov8i]S Poudcs, poo'-dace; of Lat. or.;
modest; Pudes (i.e. Pudens\\ a, Chr.:— Pudens.
{$28. irovs pirns, pooce; a prim word; a," foot"
(flg. or lit.):— foot (stool).

4229. irpd^jjia pragma, prag'-mah; from 4138; a
deed; by impl. an affair; by extens. an object (ma-
terial):— business, matter, thing, work.

4^30. ■KpayfLarda pragmatela, prag-mat-i'-ah;
from 4231; a transaction, i.e. negotiation:— aSair.

4231. irpa7|i,aT€VO|j.ai pragmateudmal, prag-
mat-y 00' -om-ahee; from ^229; to busy oneself with,
1.6. to trade:— occupy.

J$32. irpai/nipiov praltorl&n, prahee-to'-ree-
on; of Lat. or. ; the prostorium or governor's court-
room (sometimes includ. the whole edifice and
camp):— (common, judgment) hall (of judgment),
palace, prsetorium.

4%33. 7rp&KT(i>p praktor, prdk'-tore; from a der.
014238; apractiser, i.e. (spec.) an official collector:—
Officer.

JJ234- irpo£is praxis, prax'-is; from 4238; prac-
tice, i.e. (concr.) an act; by extens. a function:—
deed, office, work.

4235. irpdos pra,8s, prah'-os; a form of 423a, used
in cert, parts; gentle, i.e. humble:— meek.

4236. irpaoTns prajdtes, prah-ot'-ace; from 4233;
gentleness; by impl. humility:— meekness.

4237. irpcurid prasla, pras-ee-ah'; perh. from
•jrpdurov prasdn (a leek, and so an onion-patch) ; a
garden-plot, i.e. (by impl. of regular beds) a row (re-
peated in plur. by Hebr. to indicate an arrange-
ment):— in ranks.

4238. irpd<r<r(» prasso, pras'-so; a prim, verb; to
" practise", i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually
(thus differing from 4760, which prop, refers to a
single act); by impl. to execute, accomplish, etc.;
spec, to collect (dues), fare (personally):— commit,
deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.

4239. irpavs praiis. prah-ooce'; appar. a prim,
word; mild, i.e. (by impl.) humble:— meek. See also
4233-

4240. irpODTtjs praiit.es, prah-oo'-tace; from
4230; mildness, i.e. (by impl.) humility: — meekness.

4241. irp£ir<a prepo,prep'-o; appar. a prim, verb;
to tower up (be conspicuous), i.e. (by impl.) to be suit-
able or proper (third pers. sing, pres. indie , often
used tapers., it is fit or right):— become, comely.

4242. irpeo-peCa presbeia, pres-bi'-ah; from 4243;
seniority (eldership), i.e. (by impl.) an embassy
(concr. ambassadors):— ambassage, message.

4243. irpeo-fitia pr£sbeuo, pres-byoo'-o; from
the base of 4243; to be a senior, i.e. (by impl.) act as
a representative (flg. preacher): — be an ambassador.

4244. Trpjo-pvT^ptov presbuterion, pres-boo-
ter'-ee-on; neut. of a presumed der. of 4243; the
order of elders, i.e. (spec.) Isr. Sanhedrim or Chr.
"presbyter y" .'—(estate of) elder (-s), presbytery.

4245. irpe<rP«T«pos presbuterds, pres-boo'-ter-
os; compar. of irpeVPus presbus (elderly); older;
as noun, a senior; spec, an Isr. Sanhedrist (also flg.
member of the celestial council) or Chr. "pres-
byter":— elder (-est), old.

4246. wp«rP«T!)s presbutes, pres-boo'-tace;
from the same as 4245; an old man;— aged (man), old
man.



. irpeo-ptiTis presbutls, pres-boo'-tis; tern.
of 4246; an old woman: — aged woman.
irpi\\6a pretho. See 4002.

424S. irpmvfjs prenes, pray-nace'; from 4233;
leaning (falling) forward ("prone"), i.e. head fore-
most:— headlong.

4249. irpiijw prlzo, prid'-zo; a strengthened form
of a prim. irp(o> prio (tosate); to saw in two:— saw
asunder.

4250. irpCv prln, prin; adv. from 4233; prior,
sooner:— before (that), ere.

4251. npto-Ka Priska, pris'-kah; of Lat. or.;
fem. of Priscus, ancient; Priska, a Chr. woman:—
Prisca. See also 4252.

4252. IIpCcKiWa Prlscilla, pris'-cil-lah; dimin.
of 4231; Priscilla (i.e. little Prisca), a Chr. woman:—
Priscilla.

4253. irp6 prft, pr5; a prim, prep.; "fore", i.e. in
front of, prior (flg. superior) to:— above, ago, before,
or ever. In comp. it retains the same significations.

4254. irpodY« proago. prb-ag'-o; from 4233 and
71; to lead forward (magisterially); intrans. to pre-
cede (in place or time [part, previous]):— bring (forth,
out), go before.

4255. irpoaipfopat. prdairedmai, pro-ahee-reh'-
om-ahee; from 4233 and 138; to choose for oneself
before another thing ( prefer), i.e. (by impl.) to pro-
pose (intend):— purpose.

4256. irpoaiTidopai pr5altlaomal, pro-ahee-
tee-ah' -om-ahee; from 4233 and a der. of 13b; to ac-
cuse already, i.e. previously charge:— prove before.

4257. irpomcovw proak&no, pro-ak-oo'-o; from
4233 and igi; to hear already, i.e. anticipate: — hear
before.

4258. irpoap,apT&v«> proamartano, prb-am-
ar-tan'-o; from 4233 and 264; to sin previously (to
conversion) :— sin already, heretofore sin.

4259. irpoavXiov prtfaulion, pro-ouY-lee-on;
neut. of a presumed comp. of 4233 and 833; a fore-
court, i.e. vestibule (alley-way):— porch.

4260. irpoPa(vci) probalno, prob-ah'ee-no; from
4233 and the base of ojo; to walk forward, i.e. ad-
vance (lit. or in years): (- be of a great age, go

farther (on), be well stricken.

4261. irpopdAXto proballo, prob-al'-lo; from
4233 and qo6; to throw forward, i.e. push to the front,
germinate:— put forward, shoot forth.

4262. irpoPa/riKOs prdbatlkog, prob-at-ik-os' ;
from 4203; relating to sheep, i.e. (a gate) through
which they were led into Jerusalem:— sheep (market).

4263. irpopaTov pro baton, prob'-at-on; prop,
neut. of a presumed der. of 4260; something that
walks forward (a quadruped), i.e. (spec.) a sheep (lit.
or fig.):— sheep ([-fold]).

4264. irpopipdjd) probtbazo, prob-ib-ad'-zo;
from 4233 and a redupl. form of 971; to force for-
ward, i.e. bring to the front, instigate: — draw, be-
fore instruct.

4265. irpopXeVw problepo, prob-lep'-o; from
4233 and qgi; to look out beforehand, i.e. furnish in
advance:— provide.

4266. irpoy(von<H prdglndmal, prog-in'-om-
ahee; from 4233 and toqb; to be already, i.e. have
previously transpired:— be past.

4267. irpOYiv<i<rK0> prdglnoskd, prog-in-oce'-ko;
from 4233 and logy; to know beforehand, i.e. fore-
see:— foreknow ( ordain), know (before).

4268. irpo-yviDcris prognosis, prog'-no-sis; from
4267; forethought:— foreknowledge.

4269. irpd-yovos progoiids, prog'-on-os; from
4266; an ancestor, (grand-) parent:— forefather,
parent.

4270. irpoypd(p<D prdgrapho, prog-raf'-o; from
4233 and 1123; to write previously; flg. to announce,
prescribe:— before ordain, evidently set forth, write
(afore, aforetime).

4271. irpoSnXos prddelos, prod'-ay-los; from
4233 and i2!2; plain before all men, i.e. obvious:—
evident, manifest (open) beforehand.



4272. irpoStSa>|U prddldoml, prod-id'-o-mee;
from 4233 and 1323; to give before the other party has
given:— first give.

4273. irpoSoTns proddtes, prod-ot'-ace; from
4272 (in the sense of giving forward into another's
[the enemy's] hands); a surrender:— betrayer, traitor.

irpo8pe(iu prodremo. See 4300.

4274. irpdSpop.os prodromes, prod'-rom-os;
from the alt. of 4300; a runner ahead, i.e. scout (fig.
precursor):— forerunner.

4275% irpoeCSw prdeldo, pro-i'-do; from 4233 and
1492; foresee: — foresee, saw before.

irpociptto prdelreo. See^o.
4276. irpoe\\ir(£<D proelplzo, pr6-el-pid'-zo; from
4233 and ib7q; to hope in advance of other confirma-
tion: — first trust.

4277- irpoe'irw prdepo, pro-ep'-o; from 4233 and
203b; to soy already, to predict;— forewarn, say
(speak, tell) before. Comp. 4280.

4278. irpoevdpxou.a> proenarclidnial, pro-en-
ar'-khom-ahee; from 4233 and 1728; to commence al-
ready:— begin (before),

4279. irpoeira/yy&Xonat proepaggellomal,
pro-ep-ang-ghel '-lom-ahee; mid. from 4233 and iSbi;
to promise of old: — promise before.

4280. irpocpe'u prdereo, pro-er-eh'-o; from 4233
and 2046; used as alt. of 4277; to say already, pre-
dict:— foretell, say (speak, tell) before.

4281. irpo«'pX ( ial prderchomal, pro-er'-fcftom-
ahee; from 4233 and 2064 (includ. its alt.); to go on-
ward, precede (in place or time): — go before (farther,
forward), outgo, pass on.

4282. irpo€Toip.d|(D proetdlmazo, pro-et-oy-
mad'-zo; from 4233 and 2oqo; to fit up in advance (lit.
or fig.):— ordain before, prepare afore.

4283. irpocva'Y'ycX^op.aL proeuagg£llz6mal,
pro-yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zom-ahee; mid. from 4233 and
2007; to announce glad news in advance: — preach
before the gospel.

4284- irpoexo|*<u proechomai, pro-ekh -om-
ahee; mid. from 4233 and 2192; to hold oneself before
others, i.e. (flg.) to excel:— be better.

4285. irpoi]7Cop,at prdegeomal, pro-ay-geh'-
om-ahee; from 4233 and 2233; to lead the way for
others, i.e show deference: — prefer.

4286. irpo6«ris prdtbesis, proth'-es-is; from
4388; & setting forth, i.e. (flg.) proposal (intention);
spec, the sftow-bread (in the Temple) as exposed be-
fore God: — purpose, shew [-bread],

4287. irpoSicriuos prdtliesmids, proth-es'-mee-
os; from 4233 and a der. of 50*7; fixed beforehand.
i.e. (fem. with 2230 impl.) a designated day :— time ap-
pointed.

4288. irpo6u|j.Ca protbumia, proth-oo-mee'-afc;
from 4289; predisposition, i.e. alacrity: — forward-
ness of mind, readiness (of mind), ready (willing)
mind.

4289. irp60v|ios prothumos, proth'-oo-mos;
from 4233 and 2372; forward in spirit, i.e. predis-
posed," neut. (as noun) alacrity:— ready, willing.

4290. Trpo8vu.us prothumos, proth-oo'-moce;
adv. from 428Q; with alacrity:— willingly.

4291. irpotcrTijpi proisteml, pro-is' -tay-mee;
from 4253 and 2470; to stand before, i.e. (in rank) to
preside, or (by impl.) to practise: — maintain, be over,
rule.

4292. irpOKaXlopai, prokaledmal, prok-al-eh'-
om-ahee; mid. from 4233 and 2364; to call forth to
oneself (challenge), i.e. (by impl.) to irritate:— pro-
voke.

4293. irpoKaTayy&Xco prokataggello, prok-
at-ang-ghel'-lo; from 4233 and 26057 to aimoimce be-
forehand, i.e. predict, promise:— foretell, have notice
(shew) before.

4294. irpoicaTapTCiJw prAkatartlzo, prok-at-ar-
tid'-zo; from 4233 and 2673; to prepare in advance:—
make up beforehand.

4295. irpdKap.ai prdketmal, prok'-i-mahee,
from 4233 and 2749; to lie before the view, i.e. (flg.) to
be present (to the mind), to stand forth (as an exam-
ple or reward):— be first, set before (forth).



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Poteeoloy
Prospinos



61



4296. irpoKTipOinro prAkeriiMo, prok-ay-rooce'-
eo; from 4253 and 2784; to herald (i.e. proclaim) in
advance:— before (first) preach.

4297. irponoirfj prAkdpe, profc-op-asr'; from 4208;
progress, i.e. advancement (aubj. or obj.):— further-
ance, profit.

4298. irpOK6irru prAkApto, proh-op'-to; from
4253 and 2875; to drive forward (as if by beating), i.e.
(fig. and intrans.) to advance (in amount, to grow; in
time, to be well along) :— increase, proceed, profit, be
far spent, wax.

4299. irpoKpijid prAkrlma, proW-ree-mah; from
a comp. of 4253 and 2qiq; a prejudgment {prejudice),
1.6. prepossession; — prefer one before another.

4200. irpoKvpow prfikurAo, prok-oo-ro'-o; from
^2£? and 2004; to ratify previously: — confirm before.

4301. irpoXanP&vu prAlambano, proUam-
ban'-o; from ^jj and 29<??; to /afce in adva7ice, i.e.
(lit.) eat before others have an opportunity ; (fig.) to
anticipate, surprise: — come aforehand, overtake,
take before.

4302. irpoXfyw prAlego, prol-eg'-o; from #23
and 3004; to saj/ beforehand, i.e. predict, forewarn:—
foretell, tell before.



irpojj.a.pTvpojj.a.1 prAmartnr&mal, prom-
«r-4oo'-rom-ahee; from 4233 and j/<y; to 6e a witness
in advance, i.e. predict:— testify beforehand.
4304- wpO|w\\*rA» prAliafiletao, prom-el-et-ah'-o;
from #2.£? and j/o/; to premeditate:— meditate be-
fore.

4.305. irpoucpiu.va«> pr&merlmnao, prom-er-
im-nah'-o; from 4233 and j^oo; to care (anxiously) in
advance:— take thought beforehand.

4306. irpovo&» prAnAgo, pron-6-eh'-o; from 4253
and 3539) to consider in advance, i.e. Joofc out for be-
forehand (act. by way of maintenance for others;
mid. hy way of circumspection for oneself):— provide
(for).

4307. irpdvoia proiiola, pron'-oy-ah; from 4306;
forethought, i.e. provident care or supply:— provi-
dence, provision.

4305. irpoopda prAArao, pro-or-ah'-o; from ^25^
and J70(SV to behold in advance, i.e. (act.) to notice
(another) previously, or (mid.) to fteep in (one's own)
view:— foresee, see before.

4309. irpooptja prAArlzo, prb-or-id'-zo; from
4253 and J724,' to limit in advance, i.e. (fig.) prede-
termine: — determine before, ordain, predestinate.

4310. irpoiraVxw prApasebo, prop-as'-kho;
from 4233 and 305 8; toundergohaxdshippreviously:—
suffer before.

4311. irponiu,ir«» prApSmpo, prop-em'-po; from
4553 and 3QQ2; to send forward, i.e. escort or aid in
travel:— accompany, bring (forward) on journey
(way), conduct forth.

43i#. irpoireWjs prAp£tes, prop-et-ace' ; from a
comp. of 4253 and 4008; falling forward, i.e. ftead-
long (fig. precipitate):— heady, rash [ly].
4313. trpoiropevopcu prApArguAmal, prop-or-
yoo'-om-ahee; from 4233 and 4108; to precede (as
guide or herald):— go before.

4314- irpos prAs, pros; a strengthened form of
4253I * prep, of direction; forward to, i.e. toward
(with the genit. ffte side of, i.e. pertaining to; with
the dat. 62/ the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the
accus. the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is
the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for
which it is predicated):— about, according to, against,
among, at, because of, before, between, ([where-]) by,
for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of,
which pertain to, that, to (the end that), + together
to ([you]) -ward, unto, with (-in). In comp. it denotes
essentially the same applications, namely, motion to-
wards, accession to, or nearness at.

4315. irpoo-d|3|3aTOV pr Asabbat An, pros-ao'-6at-
on; from 4253 and 4521; a fore-sabbath, i.e. the Sab-
bath-eve: — day before the sabbath. Comp. 3004.

4316. irpoero/yopevci) prAsagArSuo, pros-ag-or-
yoo'-o; from 4314 and a der. of 58 (mean, to har-
angue); to address, i.e. salute by name:— call.



4317. irpoco/yw prAsago, pros-ag'-o; from 4314
and 71; to lead towards, i.e. (trans.) to conduct near
(summon, present), or (intrans.) to approach:— bring,
draw near.

4318. irpoo-aywY^i prAsagoge, pros-ag-ogue-ay' ;
from 4317 (comp. 72); admission: — access.

4319. irpoo~aiT€<i» prAsalt£o pros-ahee-teh'-o;
from 4J14 and 154; to ask repeatedly (importune), i.e.
solicit:— beg.

4320. irpoo-avaf3atvw prAsanabalno, pros-an-
ab-ah'ee-no; from 4314 and 305; to ascend farther,
i.e. 6e promoted (take an upper [more honorable]
seat):— go up.

4321. irpoo-avaXCo-Ku prftsanallsko, pros-an-
al-is'-ko; from 4314 and 355; to expend further:—
spend.

4322. irpotravairXnpow prAganaplerAo, pros-
an-ap-lay-ro'-o; from 4314 and 378; to Jill up further,
i.e. furnish fully :— supply.

4323. irpo<ravar(8ii|u prAsanatltheml, pros-
an-at-ith'-ay-mee; from 4314 and j^,* to lay up in
addition, i.e. (mid. and fig.) to impart or (by impl.) to
consult. - — in conference add, confer.

4324. irpoo-aiKiXiai prAsapgllSo, pros-ap-i-
leh'-o; from 4?.^ and JV6; to menace additionally: —
threaten further.

4325. irpo<rSairava<i> prAsdapanao, pros-dap-
an-ah'-o; from 4314 and 1150; to eapend additional-
ly:— spend more.

4326. irpoo-Seo|iai [>r<>sd< omul, pros-deh'-om-
ahee; from 4314 and //<?<?,' to require additionally,
i.e. want further:— need.

•4^7. irpocr8€XO(iai prosdechamal, pros-dekh'-
om-ahee; from 4?/./ and /20O; to admit (to inter-
course, hospitality, credence or [fig.] endurance); by
impl. to await (with confidence or patience): — accept,
allow, look (wait) for, take.

4328. irpoo-SoKau prAsdAkao, pros-dok-ah'-o;
from 4314 and ooKtw dAkAud (to luafcft); to an-
ticipate (in thought, hope or fear); by impl. to
await:— (be in) expect (-ation), look (for), when
looked, tarry, wait for.

4329. irpoo-SoKta prdsddkla, pros-dok-ee'-ah;
from 4328; apprehension (of evil); hy impl. infliction
anticipated:— expectation, looking after.

irpotrSpe'jiio prAsdr£mo. See 4370.

4330. irpocredo prosead, pros-eh-ah'-o; from
4314 and i43g; to permit further progress:— suffer.

4331. irpo<r£YyCt,ci> prAsgggtzo, pros-eng-ghid'-
zo; from 4314 and 1448; to approach near:— come
nigh.

4332. irpo<re8pEV(o prosfidreuo, pros-ed-ryoo'-o;
from a comp. of 4314 and the base of 1476; to sit near,
i.e. attend as a servant: — wait at.

4333. irpo<repY&£o|i.ai prAse>gazAmal, pros-er-
gad'-zom-ahee; from 4314 and 2038; to work addition-
ally, i.e. (by impl.) acquire besides;— gain.

4$&l. irpo<ripxou,<n prAserchAmal, pros-er'-
khom-ahee; from 4314 and 2064 (includ. its alt.); to
approach, i.e. (lit.) come near, visit, or (fig.) worship,
assent to;— (as soon as he) come (unto), come there-
unto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).

4335. irpoo-cvx^j prAsAuche, pros-yoo-khay' ;
from 4336; prayer (worship); by impl. an oratory
(chapel) :— x pray earnestly, prayer.

4336. irpoo-cuxo|iai prAsAncbAmat, pros-yoo'
khom-ahee; from 4314 and 2172; to pray to God, i.e
supplicate, worship:— pray (X earnestly, for), make
prayer.

4337. , n , po<rix < » prAsAcho, pros-ekh'-o; from ^/^
and 2z<p2; (fig.) to hold the mind ( 3563 impl.) towards,
i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply one-
self to, adhere to:— (give) attend (-ance, -ance at,
-ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed
(to, unto) have regard.

4338. irpo<rn\\6(i> prAselfto, pros-ay-lo'-o; from
4314 and a der. of 2247; to peg to, i.e. spifce fast:— nail
to.

4?59. irpo<Wj\\uTos prAaelntAs, pros-ay 1 -loo-tos;
from the alt. of 4334; an arriver from a foreign re-



gion, i.e. (spec.) an acceder (convert) to Judaism
(" proselyte"):— proselyte.

4340. irpoo-KCupos prAskalrAs, pros'-fcaTiee-ros,"
from 4314 and 2540; for the occasion only, i.e. tempo-
rary:— dur- [eth] for awhile, endure for a time, for
a season, temporal.

4341. irpoo-KaXc'o|iai prAskalAAmal, pros-kaU
eh'-om-ahee; mid. from 43/4 and 2564; to caiJ toward
oneself, i.e. summon, invite:— call (for, to, unto).

43^2. irpoo-KapTepe'w prdskarterSo, pros-kar-
ter-eh'-o; from 4314 &nd 2594; to be earnest towards,
i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent,
or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises,
or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):—
attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, in-
stant in, with), wait on (continually).

4343. irpo<TKopT^pt]o-is prdskarterests, pros-
kar-ter' -ay-sis; from 4342; persistency:— persever-
ance.

4344- irpo<rKe<j>A\\oiov prdskephalaldn, pros-
kef -al'-ahee-on; neut. of a presumed comp. of 4314
and 277b; something for the head, i.e. a cushion:—
pillow.

4345. irpo<rK\\T|p6« prdsklerdo, pros-klay-ro'-Oj
from 4314 and 2820; to give a common lot to, i.e. (fig.)
to associate with:— consort with.

4346. irpdo-KXuris prdskllsls, pros' '-klis-is; from
a comp. of 4314 and 2827; a leaning towards, i.e. (fig.)
proclivity (favoritism) : — partiality.

4347. irpoo-KoXXdw pr5sk61Iao, pros-kol-lah'-o;
from 4114 and afy; to oiite to, i.e. (fig.) to adhere:—
cleave, join (self).

4348. irp6o-K0(ip.a prftgkdmma, pros'-kom-
mah; from 4350; a stub, i.e. (fig.) occasion of apos-
tasy:— offence, stumbling (-block, [-stone]).

^5^9. irpoo-Koirf) prAskdpe, pros-kop-ay'; from
4250,' a stumbling, i.e. (fig. and concr.) occasion of
sin:— offence.

^550. irpoo-K6irra> prdskdpto, pros-fcop'-to;
from 4?/4< and 2875; to strike at, i.e. surge against (as
water); spec, to stw& on, i.e. trip up (lit. or fig.):—
beat upon, dash, stumble (at).

4351. irpoo-KvXCw prdskullo, pros-koo-lee'-o;
from 4314 and 2047; to roK towards, i.e. oiocft
against:— roll (to).

4352. trpoo-Kvyfo rprftskaned, pros-ftoo-nefc'-o;
from 4314 and a prob. der. of 2065 (mean, to kiss, like
a dog licking his master's hand); to fawn or crouch
to, i.e. (lit. or fig.) prostrate oneself in homage (do
reverence to, adore); — worship.

4353. irpoo-KVKnr(js prdskumetes, pros-fcoo-
nay-tace'; from 4352; an adorer:— worshipper.

4354. irpoo-XaXe'u prdslaleo, pros-lal-eh'-o;
from 4314 and apito, - to talk to, i.e. conuerse with;—
speak to (with).

4355. vpoa-Xaufiavu pr&slambano, pros-lam-
ban'-o; from 4314 and 2083 ; to tafce to oneself, i.e. use
(food), lead (aside), admit (to friendship or hospital-
ity):— receive, take (unto}.

4356. irp6o-XTn|»tSj prdslepsls, pros'-lape-sis;
from 4355; admission:— receiving.

4357. irpoo"uiv» prAsmeno, pros-men'-o; from
4374 and 3306; to stay further, i.e. remain in a place,
with a person; fig. to adhere to, persevere in: — abide
still, be with, cleave unto, continue in (with).

4358. irpoo-opu.Cr,a> prAsArmlzo, pros-or-mid'-
zo; from 4314 and a der. of the same as 3730 (mean,
to tie [anchor] or lull); to moor to, i.e. (by impl.)
land at:— draw to the shore.

4359. irpoo-odSeCXw prAsAphello, pros-of-i'4o;
from 4314 and 3784; to be indebted additionally:—
over besides.

4360. irpoo-oxeCJffl prAsAcbthlzo, pros-oWi-
thid'-zo; from <?/^ and a form of oxB&o Achtb£5
(to 6e vexed with something irksome); to feel indig-
nant at:— be grieved with.

4361. irpoo-imvos prAspelndg, pros'-pi-nos;
from 4314 and the same as 3083; hungering further*
i.e. intensely hungry:— -very hungry.



Prospaygnoomee



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



irpo<nriJY vv l"' prdspegnuml, pros-payg 1 -
rtoo-mee; from 4314 and 4078; to fasten to, i.e. (spec.)
to impale (on a cross):— crucify.

4363. irpocnrtirra pr&splpto, pros-pip'-to; from
4314 and 4098; to fall towards, i.e. (gently) prostrate
oneself (in supplication or homage), or (violently) to
rush upon (in storm):— beat upon, fall (down) at (be-
fore).

4364. irpo(nroUo(iai prospdiedmai, pros-poy-
eh'-om-ahee; mid. from 4314 and 4160; to do forward
for oneself, i.e. pretend (as if about to do a thing):—
make as though.

4365. irposirop£wo(i.ai prosp5r£uomal, pros-
por-yoo'-om-ahee; from 4314 and 4198; to journey to-
wards, i.e. approach [not the same as 4313]:— go
before.

4366. irpo(Tfrij7VU(H. prdsregnaml, pros-rayg'-
noo-mee; from 4314 and 448b; to tear towards, i.e.
burst upon, (as a tempest or flood) :— beat vehemently
against (upon).

4367. irpoordoTra) prdstasso, pros-tas'-so;
from 4?/.* and jos/; to arrange towards, i.e. (fig.) en-
join: — bid, command.

4368. irpotrrdTis prdstatls, pros-tat'-is; tern.
of a der. of 4291; a patroness, i.e. assistant:— suc-
courer.

4369. irpoortBuui prostltbeml, pros-tith'-ay-
mee; from 4314 and 3087; to place additionally, i.e.
toy beside, annex, repeat:— add, again, give more,
increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any
more.

4370. irpQcrrp!x« prdstrecbo, pros-trekh'-o;
from 4314 and 3143 (includ. its alt.); to run towards,
i.e. hasten to meet or join:— run (thither to, to).

4371. irpoo-oSd-yiov prdspfaaglon, pros-fag'-ee-
on; neut. of a presumed der. of a comp. of 4314 and
5313; something eaten in addition to bread, i.e. a
relish (spec, fish; comp. 3703):— meat.

4#7#. irp6o-«|)OTOS prdgphatds, prob'-fat-os;

from 130 and a der. of 4069; previously (recently)

slain ( fresh), i.e. (flg.) lately made:— new.

^575. irpoir<j>dT<«s prospbatog, pros-/at'-oce, -

adv. from 4772; recently:— lately.

^74. irpo<r<|>^pc» prdspbero, pros-fer'-o; from

rt?Z0t and jj 1 ^ (includ. its alt.); to bear towards, i.e.

lead to, tender (espec. to God), treat:— bring (to,

unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto,

put to.

4375. irpocnjuX^js progphlleg, pros-fee-lace';
from a presumed comp. of 4314 and 3308; friendly
towards, i.e. acceptable:— lovely.

4376. irpoo-<J>opd prdgpbdra, pros-for-ah'; from
4374; presentation; concr. an oblation (bloodless) or
sacrifice: — offering (up).

4377. irpoo-cpavlu prospboneo, pros-fo^neh'-o;
from 4314 and 3433; to sound towards, i.e. address,
exclaim, summon:— call unto, speak (un-) to.

4378. irp6o-\\wis proscbusls, pros' '-khoo-sis;
from a comp. of 4314 and X^° cbeo (to pour); a
shedding forth, i.e. affusion:— sprinkling.

4379. wpooTJraio* prdgpgauo, pros-psow'-o; from
«!?/#and <|raiPco psaao (to touch); to impinge, i.e.
tot/ a finger on (in order to relieve):— touch.

4##0. irpoo-wiroXiyirWu prdgopdlepteo, pros-o-
pol-ape-teh'-o; from 4?<?/," to favor an individual,
i.e. sftoto partiality:— have respect to persons.
4&M. irpoo-uiroX'rfjimis prdsopoleptes, pros-o-
pol-ape'-tace; from <(?<& and 20&; an accepter of a
/ace (individual), i.e. (spec.) one exhibiting partial-
tty:— respecter of persons.

4382. irpoo-a>iroXi)i r 'Ca prdsopdlepsla, pros-o-
pol-ape-see'-ah; from 4381; partiality, i.e. favorit-
ism:— respect of persons.

tf383. -irpio-wirov prdsopen, pros'-o-pon; from
^74! and "Xr" ops (the visage; from 3700); the /ront
(as being towards view), i.e. the coMnfenance, aspect,
appearance, surface ; by imp], presence, person:—
(outward) appearance, x before, countenance, face,
Fashion, (men's) person, presence.



;. irpOTdo-o-u protasso, prot-as'-so; from
4233 and 3021; to pre-arrange, i.e. prescribe:— before
appoint.

4385. irpoTEtvw prottino, prot-i'-no; from 4253
and xetvu teluo (to stretch); to protend, i.e. tie
prostrate (for scourging):— bind.

43S6". irpdrcpov prdt€ron, prof'-er-on; neut. of
<?<S7 as adv. (with or without .the art); previously: —
before, (at the) first, former.

4387. irportpos prdterds, prof-er-os; compar. of
4333; prior or previous: — former.

4388. vpori&tjiai prdtlthemal, prot-ith'-em-
ahee; mid. from 4253 and 3087; to ptoce before, i.e.
(for oneself) to exhibit; (to oneself) to -propose (de-
termine): — purpose, set forth.

4389. irpoTp£irop,ai prdtrepomal, prot-rep'-om-
ahee; mid. from 4233 and the base of 5157; to turn
forward for oneself, i.e. encourage: — exhort.

4390. vporpA\\a protrecbo, prot-rekh'-o; from
^zjjand 3143 (includ. its alt.); to run forward, i.e.
outstrip, precede: — outrun, run before.

4391. irpovirapxM prdiipai-chd, pro-oop-ar'-
kho; from 4233 and 5223; to exist before, i.e. (adv.) to
be or do something previously: — I- be before (time).
439S. irpo<|>ao-is prdphasls, prof'-as-is; from a
comp. of 4233 and.33/6; an outward showing, i.e. pre-
text:— cloke, colour, pretence, show.

4393. irpo(f>epa> propbSro, prof-er'-o; from 4233
a.nas342; to bear forward, i.e. produce:— bring forth.
-£?9.£. irpocjnyreta prdpbetela, prof-ay-ti'-ah;
from 4796 ("propftecy"); prediction (scriptural or
other):— prophecy, prophesying.

4395. vpotyiyreva propbeteuo, prof-ate-yoo'-o;
from 4396; to foretell events, divine, speak under in-
spiration, exercise the prophetic office:— prophesy.

4396. irpoc r "/JTns propheteg, prof-ay'-tace; from
a comp. of 4233 and jj^6; a foreteller ("prophet ");
by anal, an inspired speaker; by extens. a poet:—
prophet.

^597. irpo<j>i)Ti.K<5s prSphet«koB,pro/-ajy-tifc-os';
from 4196; pertaining to a foreteller (" prophetic") : —
of prophecy, of the prophets.

4398. irpo<j><)Tt$ prdpbettg, prof-ay'-tis; fern, of
4396; a female foreteller or an inspired woman:—
prophetess.

4399. irpoijiSdvai propbtbano, pro/-i7ian'-o;
from 4233 and 3348; to get an earlier start of, i.e. an-
ticipate: — prevent.

4400. ffpox«p(?,op,(n proclielrizomal, prokh-i-
nd'-zom-ahee ; mid. from 4233 and a der. of 3403; to
handle for oneself in advance, ie. (flg.) to purpose: —
choose, make.

4401. irpoxeipOTOvsw pr5cbeirdtdn£d, prokh-
i-rot-on-eh'-o; from 4233 and 3300; to elect in ad-
vance: — choose before.

440S. npdxopos Proeboros, prokh'-or-os; from
4233 and. 3323; before the dance; Prochorus, a Chr.:—
Prochorus.

4403. irpvuva prumna. proom'-nah; fern, of
irp«|ivvs prumnns (hindmost); the stern of a
ship:— hinder part, stern.

4404- wpwt proi,pro-ee', - adv. from^j^, - atdawn, -
byimpl. the day-break watch:— early (in the morn-
ing), (in the) morning.

4405. irputa proia, pro-ee'-ah; fem. of a der. of
4404 as noun; day-dawn:— early, morning.

4406. irpuiuos proimos, pro'-ee-mos; from 4404;
dawning, i.e. (by anal.) autumnal (showering, the
first of the rainy season):— early.

4407. irpa'Cvog proinds, pro-ee-nos'; from 4404;
pertaining to the dawn, i.e. matutinal:— morning.

4408. irpiJpa prora, pro>-ra; fem. of a presumed
der. of 4233 as noun; the prow, i.e. forward part of a
vessel:— forepart (-ship).

4409. irpwTtva proteno, profe-j/oo'-o; from 4413;
to be first (in rank or influence):— have the preemi-
nence.

4410. irpuTOKaeeSpCa protdkatbedrla, pro-tok-
ath-ed-ree'-ah; from 4413 and 2313; a sitting first (in



the front row), i.e. preeminence in council :— cluef
(highest, uppermost) seat.

4411. trpuroKXio-Ca protdkllsla, pro-tok-Us-eef-
ah; from 4413 and 2828; a reclining ^irst (in the place
of honor) at the dinner-bed, i.e. preeminence at
meals:— chief (highest, uppermost) room.

441S. irpwTov proton, pro' -ton; neut. of 4413 as
adv. (with or without 3588); firstly (in time, place,
order, or importance):— before, at the beginning,
chiefly, (at, at the) first (of all).

4413. irpwros protos, pro'-tos; contr. superl.
of 4233; foremost (in time, place, order or impor-
tance):— before, beginning, best, chief (est), first (of
all), former.

4414- irpamxrrdrris protdstates, pro-tos-tat'-
ace; from 4413 and 247b; one standing first in the
ranks, i.e. a captain (champion):— ringleader.

4415. -irpuToroKia protdtokla, pro-fot-ofc'-ee-
ah; from 441b; primogeniture (as aprivilege):— birth-
right.

4416. irpMTOTOKOS prototdkds, pro-tot-ok'-os;
from 4413 and the alt. of 3088; first-born (usually as
noun, lit. or fig.):— firstbegotten (-born).

4417 • irrata ptalo, ptah'-yo; a form of 4098; to
trip, i.e. (fig.) to err, sin, fail (of salvation):— fall, of-
fend, stumble.

4418. irx^pvo pterna, pter'-mafc,* of uncert. der.;
the heel (fig. y— heel.

4419- TCpu'Yiov pteruglon, pter-oog'-ee-on;

neut. of a presumed der. of 4420; a winglet, i.e. (flg.)

extremity (top corner): — pinnacle.

4420. irrepv| pterux, pter'-oox; from a der. of

4072 (mean. & feather); a wing:— wing.

4481. irrnviv ptendn, ptay-non'; contr. for

4071; a bird:— bird.

4422. -maia pt5eo, pto-eh'-o; prob. akin to the
alt. of 4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to
4072 (through that of causing to fly away); to scare. 1 —
frighten.

4423. irr6n,cris ptoesls, pto'-ay-sis; from 4422;
alarm: — amazement.

4424. nroXeuots Ptolemals, ptoUem^ah-is';
from H/roXtnatos Ptdl§maids (Ptolemy, otter
whom it was named) ; Ptolemais,& place in PaL: —
Ptolemals.

44%5. imiov ptnon, ptoo'-on; from 4429; a toot-
nowing-fm-k (as scattering like spittle):— fan.
4426. irrbpa pturo, ptoo'-ro; from a presumed
der. of 4429 (and thus akin to 4422); to frighten:—
terrify.

44%7. irriierjia ptusma, ptoos'-mah; from 4429;

saliva: — spittle.

44^3. irrwa-o) ptnsso, ptoos'-so; prob. akin to

•fferdwuiu petanntmni (to spread; and thus ap-

par. allied to 4072 through the idea of expansion, and

to 4429 through that of flattening; comp.jpo/); to

fold, i.e. furl a scroll:— close.

44%9- irrioj ptud. ptoo'-o; a prim, verb (comp.

4428); to spit:— spit.

4430. irrw(j,a ptoma, pto'-mah; from the alt. of
4098; a ruin, i.e. (spec.) lifeless body (corpse, car-
rion): — dead body, carcase, corpse.

4431. irrwo-is ptosis, pto'-sis; from the alt. of
4098; a crash, i.e. downfall (lit. or flg.):— fall.

4432. ttts>x«Co ptocbela, pto-khi'-dh; from 4433;
beggary, i.e. indigence (lit. or fig.):— poverty.
.fl&9. irrwxrfa ptocbeno, pto-khyoo'-o; from
(S^; to be a beggar, i.e. (by impl.) to become indigent
(fig.):— become poor.

4434- itmxos ptocbos, pto-khosf; from irr&-
o-o-o) ptosso (to crouch; akin to 4422 and the alt. of
4098); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly de-
noting absolute or public mendicancy, although also
used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas 3093
prop, means only straitened circumstances in pri-
vate), lit. (often as noun) or flg. (distressed):— beggar
(-ly), poor.

4435. iroyuij pngme, poog-may'; from a prim.
iriiS pux(the./isf as a weapon); the clenched hand.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Prospaygnoomee
Hroopareeah



63



le. (only in flat, as adv.) with the fist (hard scrub-
bing):— oft.

4436. IIvBuv Pnthdn, poo'-thone; from IIiiOiJ
Putho (the name of the region where Delphi, the
seat cf the famous oracle, was located) ; a Python,
i.e. (by anal, with the supposed diviner there) inspi-
ration {soothsaying):— divination.

4437. iruKVOs puknds, pook-nos'; from the same
SS46JS! clasped (thick), i.e. (fig.) frequent; neut. plur.
(as adv.) frequently: — often (-er).

4438. iruKT&tf pukt£o, pook-teh'-o; from a der. of
the same as 443s; to 60a: (with the fist), i.e. contend
(as a boxer) at the games (flg.):— fight.

4439. irvXn pale, poo'-lay; appar. a prim, word ;
a gate, i.e. the leaf or wing of a folding entrance (lit.
or flg.)-.— gate.

4440- iruX<Sv pulon, poo-lone'; from 4430; a gate-
way, door-way of a building or city; by impl. a portal
.or vestibule:— gate, porch.

4441- iruv8dvo|iai punthandmal, poon-than'-
om-ahee; mid. prol. from a prim. irv8o> pntho
(which occurs only as an alt. in certain tenses); to
question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of in-
formation merely; and thus differing from sobs,
which prop, means a request asafavor; andfrom/54,
which is strictly a demand of something due; as well
as from 2212, which implies a search for something
hidden; and from 1189, which involves the idea of
urgent need); by impl. to learn (by casual intelli-
gence): — ask, demand, enquire, understand.

4442 • 1r 'P pur, poor; a prim, word; "fire" (lit. or
flg., spec, lightning): — fiery, fire.
444$- i™p* pura, poo-rah'; from 4442; a fire
(concr.):— Are.

4444- irwp'yos purgos, poor'-gos; appar. a prim,
word (" burgh"); a tower or castle: — tower.

4445- irupeV<ri» puressd, poo-res'-so; from 4443;
to be on fire, i.e. (spec.) to have_a fever: — be sick of a
fever.

444@' irvptr6s pnr£tds, poo-ret-os'; from 444s;
inflamed, i.e. (by impl.) feverish (as noun, fever): —
fever.

4447- irfipivos purines, poo'-ree-nos; from 4443;
fiery, i.e. (by impl.) flaming:— of fire.
444%' irup6w purdo, poo-ro'-o; from 4442; to
kindle, i.e. (pass.) to be ignited, glow (lit.), be refined
(by impl.), or (fig.) to be inflamed (with anger, grief,
lust):— burn, fiery, be on fire, try.
444^- iruppdja) purrliazo, poor-hrad'-zo; from
4450; to redden (intrans.):— be red.
4450. iruppds purrhds, poor-hros'; from 4442;
fire-like, i.e. (spec.) flame-colored: — red.
4451- irvpuo-is porosis, poo'-ro-sis; from 4448;
ignition, i.e. (spec.) smelting (fig. conflagration, ca-
lamity as a test):— burning, trial.
44&%- ■*■<* "po, po; another form of the base of
4458; an enclitic particle of indefiniteness; yet, even;
used only in comp. See 3369, 3380, 3704,3708, 44SS-
4453. iroXf'w polSo, po-leh'-o; prob. ultimately
from ir«Xo(ioi peldmai (to be busy, to trade); to
b-~ter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:— sell, whatever is
sold.

4454- irwXos polos, po'4os; appar. a prim, word;
a "foal " or "filly", i.e. (spec.) a young ass:— colt.

4455. iriiirore popotS, po'-pot-e; from ##2 and
4218; at any time, i.e. (with neg. particle) at no
time:— at, any time, + never (. . . to any man), -f yet
never man.

4456. iriopoiD porSo, po-ro'-o; appar. from irwpos
pords (a kind of stone); to petrify, i.e (fig.) to in-
durate (render stupid or callous):— blind, harden.

4457. iriSpowts porosis, po'-ro-sis; from 4436;
stupidity or callousness: — blindness, hardness.
4458* -wins *pos, pace; adv. from the base of 4223;
an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner;
somehow or anyhow; used only in comp.:— haply, by
any (some) means, perhaps. See 1313,3381, Comp.
4459-

4459. wws pos, poce; adv. from the base of 422b;
an intorrog. particle of manner; in what wayt (some-



times the question is indirect, how?); also as excla-
mation, how much I:— how, after (by) what manner
(means), that. [Occasionally unexpressed in Eng-
lish.]



4460. 'Padp Bhaab, hrah-ab'; of Heb. or. [7343];
Baab (i.e. Bachab), a Canaanitess:— Rahab. See also
4477-

4461. pappC rhabbl, hrab-bee'; of Heb. or. [7227
with pron. suffix] ; my master, i.e. Rabbi, as an offi-
cial title of honor:— Master, Rabbi.

4462. pappovt rhabbonl. hrab-bon-ee' ; or
pafjpouvC rhabbounl, hrab-boo-nee' ; of

Chald. or. ; corresp. to 4461:— Lord, Rabboni.

4463. papSCiJw rhabdizo, hrab-did'-zo; from
4464; to strike with a stick, i.e. bastinado: — beat (with
rods).

4464- pdP&os rhabdds, hrab'-dos; from the base

of 4474; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a

baton of royalty):— rod, sceptre, staff.

4465. pap8ov\\os rhabddnchds, hrab-doo'-

khos; from 4464 and 5/92; a rod- (the Lat. fasces)

holder, i.e. a Rom. iictor (constable or executioner):—

Serjeant.

4^66. 'Pa^oB Rhagan, hrag-ow'; of Heb. or.

[7466]; Ragau (i.e. Beii), a patriarch:— Ragau.

4467. pa.SiovpY'1N La rba t dldurgema, hrad-ee-
oorg'-ay-mah; from a comp. of pg.81.os rha,di6s
(easy, i.e. reckless) and 2041; easy-going behavior, i.e.
(by extens.) a crime: — lewdness.

4468. paSioup-yta rha,di<5urgla, hrad-ee-oorg-
ee'-a; trom the same as 4467; recklessness, i.e. (by
extens.) malignity: — mischief.

4469. pttKtt rhaka. rhak-ah'; of Chald. or. [comp.
7386] ; O empty one, i.e. thou worthless (as a term of
utter vilification):— Raca.

4470. pdicos rhak6s, hrakf-os; from 4486; a
" raa," i.e. piece of cloth: — cloth.

4471- 'Pau-d Rliama. hram-ah'; of Heb. or.
[7414]; Bama (i.e. Bamah), a place in Pal.:— Rama.
447%. pavrtjw rhantlzo, hran-tid'-zo; from a
der. of patvui rhalno (to sprinkle); to render fce-
sprinkled, i.e. asperse (cer. or fig.):— sprinkle.
.4.47t?. pavTi<T|i<5s rhantismos, hran-tis-mos';
from <£#2, - aspersion (cer. or fig.):— sprinkling.
4474- pairtjw rhaplzo, /i-rap-id'-so; from a der.
of a prim. P^iru rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to
slap:— smite (with the palm of the hand). Comp.
5180.

4475. pdiri(ru,a rhaplsma, hrap'-is-mah; from
4474; a slap:— (+ strike with the) palm of the hand,
smite with the hand.

4476. pa<j>Cs rbaphls, hraf-ece'; from a prim,
pdirrw rbaptd (to se?ii; perh. rather akin to the
base of 4474 through the idea of puncturing); a
neea7e:— needle.

4477. 'Pa\\dp Rhachab, hrakh-ab'; from the
same as 4460; Bachab, a Canaanitess: — Rachab.

4478. 'Pax^X Rhachel, hrakh-ale'; of Heb. or.
[7354]; Bachel, the wife of Jacob:— Rachel.

4479. 'P«P&cica Rheb£kka, hreb-bek'-kah; of
Heb. or. [7259]; Bebecca (i.e. Bibka h), the wife of
Isaac: —Rebecca.

4480. pe'Sa rlifda, hred'-ah; of Lat. or. ; a rheda,
i.e. four-wheeled carriage (wagon for riding):—
chariot.

•445-7. 'P«u.<j>dv Rlx "niplian hrem-fan'; by in-
correct transliteration for a word of Heb. or. [3594];
Bemphan (i.e. Kijun), an Eg. idol:— Remphan.
^.fSS. piv> rb.60, hreh'-o; a prim, verb; for some
tenses of which a prol. form

pcil(i> rhfino, hryoo'-o, is used; to flow
("run", as water):— flow.

•44&?. p«o> rheo, hreh'-o; for certain tenses of
which a prol. form

lp£u> £r£d, er-eh'-o, is used; and both as alt.
for 203b; perh. akin (or ident.) with 4482 (through the



idea of pouring forth); to utter, i.e. speak or say: —
command, make, say, speak (of). Comp. 3004.

4484- 'P^Yiov Rhegion, hrayg'-ee-on; of Lat,
or.; Bhegium, a place in Italy:— Rhegium.

4485. pf)Y|ia rhegma, hrayg'-mah; from 4486;
something torn, i.e. a fragment (by impl. and abstr.
a fall) :— ruin.

4486. pTJYW|u rhegnnml, hrayg'-noo-mee; or
pijcrt™ rhessd, hrace'-so; both prol. forms

of jrf\\K» rheko (which appears only in certain
forms, and is itself prob. a strengthened form of
d-yvvin agnumt [see in 2608]); to " break",
" wreck" or " crack", i.e. (espec.) to sunder (by sep-
aration of the parts; 2608 being its intensive [with
the prep, in comp.], and 2332 a shattering to minute
fragments; but not a reduction to the constituent
particles, like 3o8g) or disrupt, lacerate; by impl. to
convulse (with spasms); fig. to give vent to joyful
emotions: — break (forth), burst, rend, tear.

4487. p'fjp.ct rhema, hray'-mah; from 4483; an ut-
terance (individ., collect, or spec); by impl. a matter
or topic (espec. of narration, command or dispute);
with a neg. naught whatever: — \\- evil, -+- nothing,
saying, word.

4488. 'Pijo-d Rhesa, hray-sah'; prob. of Heb. or.
[appar. for 7509]; .Resa (i.e. Bephajah), an Isr.: —
Rhesa.

4489. pr)Twp rhetor, hray'-tore; from 4483; a
speaker, i.e. (by impl.) a forensic advocate:— orator.

4490. pt)T»s rhetos, hray-toce'; adv. from a der.
of 4483; outspokenly, i.e. distinctly: — expressly.

4491. p(Jtt rhlza, hrid'-zah; appar. a prim, word;
a "root" (lit. or fig.):— root.

4495. piljoio rhlzdo, rhid-zo'-o; from 441)1; to
root (flg. become stable): — root.

4493. piirij rhlpe, hree-pay 1 ; from ^96; a jerk (at
the eye, i.e. [by anal.] an instant) :— twinkling.
4494- piir(Jo> rblplzo, hrip-id'-zo; from a der.
of 4#>6 (mean, a/an or bellows); to breeze up, i.e. (by
anal.) to agitate (into waves) :— toss.
■£4°5. piirr&a rhlptfio, hrip-teh'-o; from a der. of
^96; to toss up:— cast off.

4496. p(irT(i> rblpto, hrip'-to; a prim, verb (perh.
rather akin to the base of 4474, through the idea of
sudden motion); to fling (prop, with a quick toss,
thus differing from 006, which denotes a deliberate
hurl; and from retvw t£ino [see in 1614], which in-
dicates an extended projection); by qualification, to
deposit (as if a load); by extens. to disperse:— cast
(down, out), scatter abroad, throw.

44^7. 'PoPodp. Rhoboam, hrob-o-am'; of Heb.
or. [7346]; Boboam (i.e. Bechabam), an Isr.:— Rob-
oam.

4498. 'PdSii Rhode, hrod'-ay; prob. for po8<j
rhdde (a rose) ; Bode, a servant girl:— Rhoda.

4499. 'PdSos Rhddds, hrod'-os; prob. from
pdSov rhoddn (a rose); Rhodus, an island of the
Mediterranean : —Rhodes.

4500. poignSov rholzeddn, hroyd-zay-don' ; adv.
from a der. of pottos rhdlzos (a whir); whizzingly,
i.e. with a crash: — with a great noise.

4501. pop.(pa(a rbdmphala, hrom-fah'-yah;
prob. of for. or. ; a sabre, i.e. a long and broad cutlass
(any weapon of the kind, lit. or fig.):— sword.

4502. "PouP'fjv Rhduben, hroo-bane'; of Heb. or.
[720S]; Buben (i.e. Beuben), an Isr. :— Reuben.

4503. 'Pov9 Rhdnth, Zirootft; of Heb. or. [7327];
ifrrfA, a Moabitess:— Ruth.

4504. "Pow|>os Rhduphds, ftroo'-Zos; of Lat. or.;
red; Bufus, a Chr.:— Rufus.

4505. pvp.11 rhume, hroo'-may; prol. from #00
in its orig. sense; an alley or avenue (as crowded):—
lane, street.

4506. pvou.al rhaSmal, rhoo'-om-ahee; mid. of
an obsol. verb, akin to 4482 (through the idea of a
current; comp. 4311) ; to rush or draw (for oneself),
i.e. rescue:— deliver (-er).

4507. puirapta rim part a hroo-par-ee'-ah; from
4508; dirtiness (mor.):— filthlness.



Rhooparos



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



4608. pAmapos rbuparAs, rhoo-par-os' ; from
4300; dirty, i.e. (reU cheap or shabby; mor. wicked;—
Tile.

4609. pviros rbnpAg, hroo'-pos; of uncert, affln. ;
dirt, i.e. (mor.) depravity .'—filth.

4610. pvirow rhupAo, rhoo-p&'-o; from ^joo; to
aofi, i.e. (intrans.) to become dirty (mor.):— be filthy.

4511. pvtris rim sis, hroo'-sis; from ^3-06 in the
sense of its congener ^&; a flux (of blood) :— issue.

4512. pvrCs rbutis, hroo-tece'; from «ycx5; a /oW
(as drawing together), i.e. a wrinkle (espec. on the
face):— wrinkle.

4513. Po>(ia'iK<5s Rboma'ifeAs, rho-mah-ee-kos' ;
from 4514! Romaic, i.e. Latin:— Latin.

4514. P«|iatos RbomalAs, hro-mah'-yos; from
((5-^6; flomcean, i.e. Soman (as noun):— Roman, of
Rome.

4515. 'PwiiaurrC Rbomaistl, hro-mah-is-tee' ;
adv. from, a presumed der. of 4516; Romaistically,
i.e. in the Latin language:— Latin.

4516. 'P(ip,T| Bhime, hro'-may; from the base of
4317; strength; Soma, the capital of Italy:— Rome.

4517. p<»wu|H rbonnnmi, hrone'^noo-mee; prol.
from p»0|«u. rboAmai (to dart; prob. akin to
4306); to strengthen, i.e. (imper. pass.) have health
(as a parting exclamation, good-bye):— farewell.

2

4618. o-aPaxSavC sabacbtbanl, sab<ikh-than-
ee'; of diald. or. [7663 with pron. suff .] ; thou hast
left me; sabachthani (i.e. shebakthani), a cry of dis-
tress:— sabachthant

4619. o-tt(3a<J>9 sabaoth, sab-ah-owtR'; of Heb.
or. [6635 in fern, plur.]; armies; sabaoth (i.e. tseba-
oth), a military epithet of God: — sabaoth.

4520. o-aPPaTi<rp.6s sabbatlsmAs, sab-bat-is-
mos'; from a der. of 4521; a " sabbatism", i.e. (fig.)
the repose of Christianity (as a type of heaven):—
rest.

4521. o-dppaTov sabbatAn, sab'-bat-on; of Heb.
or. [7676] ; the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of
weekly repose from secular avocatious (also the ob-
servance or institution itself) ; by extens. a se'nnight,
i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the
plur. in all the above applications:— sabbath (day),
week.

4522. ira-y/jvi) sagene, sag-ayf-nay; from a der.
of <rd.TT« gatto (to eguip) mean, furniture, espec.
a pack-saddle (which in the East is merely a bag of
netted rope); a " seine" for fishing:— net.

4523. SaSSovxatos SaddAakalAs, sad-doo-
kah'-yos; prob. from 4524; a Sadduccean (i.e. Tsado-
kian), or follower of a certain heretical Isr.:— Saddu-
cee,

4524. SaSwK Saddle, sad-dke'; of Heb. or. [6659];
Sadoc (i.e. Tsadok), an Isr. : — Sadoc.

4625. <ra£vo> salno, sah'ee-no; akin to 4570: to
wag (as a dog its tail f awningly), i.e. (gen.) to shake
(fig. disturb):— move.

4626. o-Akkos sakkAs, sak'-kos; of Heb. or. [8248];
" sack"-cloth, i.e. mohair (the material or garments
made of it, worn as a sign of grief):— sackcloth.
4521. SoXd gala, sal-afc ; of Heb. or. [7974]; Sola
(i.e. Shelach), a patriarch:— Sala.

4528. 2aXa8i-fi.X Salathiel, sal-ath-ee -ale'; of
Heb. or. [7697]; Salathiel (Le. Shealtiel), an Isr.:—
Salathiel.

4529. ScXafiCs Sal amis, sal-am-sce'; prob. from
4S3S (from the surge on the shore); Salamis, a place
in Cyprus:— Salamis.

4630. 2a\\e£n SalAlm, sal-ime'; prob. from the
same as 41?/; Salim, a place in Pal. :— Salim.

4531. 0-aXeva salAno, sal-yoo'-o; from ,-«•#,• to
wa»er, I.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by impl.) destroy;
flg. to dtst«r6, incite;— move, shake (together), which
can [-not] be shaken, stir up.

4532. SaXf> Salem, sal-ame 1 : of Heb. or. [8004];
Salem (i.e. Shalem), a. place in Pal.:— Salem.



'. ZaX-ju&v Salmon, sal-mone 1 ; of Heb. or.
[8013] ; Salmon, an Isr. :— Salmon.

4534. 2aX(i»VT] Salmone, sal-mo'-nay; perh. of
similar or. to 4520; Salmone, a place in Crete: — Sal-
mone.

4535. o-dXos salds, sal'-os; prob. from the base of
4525; a vibration, i.e. (spec.) billow:— wave.

4636. o-dXiri/yi; galplgx, sal'-pinx; perh. from
4S3S (through the idea of quavering or reverberation):
a trumpet; — trump (-et).

4637. <roXiriJ» salpizo, sal-pid'-zo; from 4536; to
trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (lit. or flg.): — (which are
yet to) sound (a trumpet).

4538. <raXirurrijs salplstes, sot-pis-foee'; from
4537! a trumpeter:— trumpeter.

4639. ZaXt&p] Salome, sal-o'-may; prob. of Heb.
or. [f em. from 7965] ; Salome (i.e. Shelomah), an Is-
raeli tess:— Salome.

4640. Sajiapeia SmnarSii, sam-ar'-i-ah; of
Heb. or. [8111]; Samaria (i.e. SAomeron), a city and
region of Pal.:— Samaria.

4541. Sanapetrns Samar'Hts. sam-ar-i'-tace;
from ^ry^o; a Samarite, i.e. inhab. of Samaria:— Sa-
maritan.

4542. Safiapitris SamarAltls, sam-ar-i'-tis;
fern, of 4J.#7 a Samaritess, i.e. woman of Samaria: —
of Samaria.

4543. 2a|M>9p<-uc-i| Sam5tbra|ke, sam-oth-rak'-
ay; from #<«£ and ®paicn Thra,ke (Thrace);
Samo-thrace (Samos of Thrace), an island in the Med-
iterranean :— Samothrac-'

46 '44- Sdp.os Sam As, sam'-os; of uncert. affln.;
Samus, an island of the Mediterranean:— Samos.
4545. Sa|«>vf|\\ SamAnel, sam-oo-ale'; of Heb.
or. [8050]; Samuel (i.e. Shemuel), an Isr.:— SamueL
454S. 2ap|«iv Sampson, samp-sone'; of Heb.
or. [8123]; Sampson (i.e. Shimshon), an Isr.:— Sam-
son.

^547. <ravSdXiov sandallAn, san-dal'-ee-on;
neut. of a der. of <rdvBaXov gandalAn (a " san-
dal"; of uncert. or.); a. slipper or sole-pad:— sandal.

4548. <rov£s sanls, san-ece'; of uncert. affln. ; a
plank:— board.

4549. SaovX SaAal, sah-ooV; of Heb. or. [7S86];
Saul (i.e. Shaill), the Jewish name of Paul: — Saul.
Comp. 4360.

4550. o-awpos sap P As, sap-ros'; from ^j'; rotten,
i.e. worthless (lit. or mor.):— bad, corrupt. Comp.
4190.

4651. Sair<)»CpT| SapphAtre, sap-fi'-ray; tern, of

4SS2; Sapphire, an Israelitess:— Sapphira.

4552. <rdir<p«pos sapphAlrAs, sap'-fi-ros; of

Heb. or. [5601]; a "sapphire" or lapis-lazuli gem: —

sapphire.

4563. a-aoydvi) sargane, sar-gan'-ay; appar. of

Heb. or. [8276] ; a basket (as TOteraoren. or wicker-

work):— basket.

4664. SdpSeis SardAls, sar'-diee; plur. of un-
cert. der.; Sardis, a place in Asia Minor:— Sardis.

4555. o-dpSivos sardlnAs, sar'-dee-nos; from the
same as 455b; sardine (3037 being impl.), i.e. a gem,
so called:— sardine.

4556. cdpSios sardlAs, sar'-dee-os; prop. adj.
from an uncert. base; sardian (3037 being impl.), ie.
(as noun) the gem so called:— akin to the base

Of #<?<S7; a funereal receptacle (urn, coffin), i.e. (by

anal.) a bier:— bier.

4674- vis sfis, sos; from 477/; thine:— thine (own),

thy (friend).

4675. crov g5u, soo; gen. of 4771; of thee, thy:—
X home, thee, thine (own), thou, thy.

4676. o-ov8dpiov gdadarldn, soo-dar'-ee-on; of
Lat. or.; a sudarium (sweat-cloth), i.e. towel (for
wiping the perspiration from the face, or binding the
face of a corpse):— handkerchief, napkin.

^677. Sowrdvvtt Sousaima, soo-san'-nah; of
Heb. or. [7799 fern.]; lily; Susannah (Le.Shoshannah),
an Israelitess:— Susanna.

467S. <ro<pCa gttpbia, sof-ee'-ah; from 4680; wis-
dom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual) :— wisdom.

4679. a-od^Cf/a gdpblzo, sof-id'-zo; from 4680; to
render wise; in a sinister acceptation, to form "soph-
isms", i.e. continue plausible error: — cunningly de-
vised, make wise.

4680. cro<pos sopb«5s, sof-os'; akin to cracks
sapbes (clear); icise (in a most gen. application):—
wise. Comp. 542a.

4681. Siravla Spaiila, span-ee'-ah; prob. of for.
or.; Spania, o region of Europe:— Spain.

4682. jnrap&nrM gparaggo, spar-as'-so; prol.
from inraCpw spalro (to gasp; appar. strengthened
from 468s through the idea of spasmodic contraction) ;
to mangle, i.e. convulse with epilepsy.— rend, tear.

4683. <nrap-yavd<i> gparganfid, spar-gan-5'-o;
from inrdp'YOVOv gpargan&n (a strip; from a
der. of the base of 4082 mean, to strap or wrap with
strips); to swathe (an infant after the Oriental cus-
tom):— wrap in swaddling clothes.

4684. inroToXdu gpatalao, spat-aUah'-o; from
(nrardXi) gpatale (luxury); to be voluptuous:—
Bve in pleasure, be wanton.

4685. <rerd» gpao, spah'-o; a prim, verb; to
draw:— draw (out).

4686. <nre!pa spStra, sp?-rah; of immed. Lat.
or., but ultimately a der. of 138 in the sense of its
cogn. 1507; a coil (spira, " spire"), >-e. (fig.) a mass of
men (a Horn, military cohort; also [by anaL] a squad
ot Levitical janitors):— band.

4657. <nrtCp«) gpglro, spi'-ro; prob. strengthened
from 4685 (through the idea of extending); to scatter,
i.e. sow (lit. or fig.):— sow (-er), receive seed.

4688. (TireKOtiXoTwp gp&kdnlator, spek-oo-lat'-
ore; of Lat. or.; a speculator, i.e. military scout (spy
or [by extens.l life-guardsman) : — executioner.

4689. cnrsv8e> sp&ndo, spen'-do; appar. a prim,
verb; to pour out as a libation, i.e. (fig.) to devote
(one's life or blood, as a sacrifice) (" spend ");— (be
ready to) be offered.



4690. crire'p|xa spSrina, sper'-mah; from 4687;
something sown, i.e. ceed (includ. the male " sperm");
by impl. offspring ; spec, a remnant (fig. as if kept
over for planting):— issue, seed.

4691. o-jrcpiioXd-yos spermologdg, sper-moJ-og'-
os; from 4bgo and 3004; a seed-picker (as the crow),
i.e. (fig.) a sponger, loafer (spec, a gossip or trifler in
talk):— babbler.

4692. o-iretiSca gpgndo, spyoo'-do; prob. strength-
ened from 4228; to " speed " (" study"), i.e. urge on
(diligently or earnestly); by impl. to await eagerly :—
(make, with) haste unto.

4693. arirfjXcuov spelaiftn, spay'-lah-yon; neut.
of a presumed der. of o-irs'os spfios (a grotto); a
cavern; by impl. a hiding-place or resort:— cave,
den.

4694. <nriXds spilas, spee-Ias"; of uncert. der.; a
ledge or reef of rock in the sea:— spo* [by confusion
with 4bqb\\.

4695. o-irtXdo) gpllftd, spee-lo'-o; from 4606; to
stain or soil (lit. or fig.): — defile, spot.

4696. (rirCXos gpilos, spee'-los; of uncert. der. ; a
stain or blemish, i.e. (fig.) defect, disgrace:— spot.

4697. o-irXa-yxv'tonai splagcbnizomai,
splangkh-nid'-zom-ahee; mid. from #V?,' to have the
boivels yearn, i.e. (fig.) /eej sympathy, to pity:— have
(be moved with) compassion.

4695. orrXd'Yxvov gplagcbnon, splangkh'-non;
prob. strengthened from o-irX^jv splen (the
"spleen"); an intestine (plur.); fig. pity or sympathy: —
bowels, inward affection, + tender mercy.

4699. trtrdyyoi gpdggds, spong'-gos; perh. of for.
or.; a " sponge" :— spunge.

4700. o-iroSds gpddds, spod-os'; of uncert. der.;
ashes: — ashes.

4701. orropd spora, spor-ah'; from 4687; a soto-
ing, i.e. (by impl.) parentage:— seed.

470#. o-ir6pi(j.os gpdrim&g, spor'-ee-mos; from
<<7q?; sown, i.e. (neut. plur.) a planted field:— corn
(-field).

47&?. o-iropos gpdrdg, spor'-os; from <r6<57; a scai-
ieriwfir (of seed), i.e. (concr.) seed (as sown):— seed
(X sown).

4704. (TirovSdija) spoudazd, spoo-dad'-zo; from
4710; to use speed, i.e. to make effort, be prompt or
earnest:— do (give) diligence, be diligent (forward),
endeavour, labour, study.

4705. tnrovSaios gpoudaios, spoo^iah'-yos;
from 4710; prompt, energetic, earnest: — diligent.

4706. o-irovScud-rtpov gp5ndal5t£r5n, spoo-
dah-yot'-er-on; neut. of 4707 as adv. ; more earnestly
than others), i.e. very promptly: — very diligently.

4707. o-irovSauSrcpos gpdudaidtSrdg, spoo-
dah-yot'-er-os; compar. of 4703; more prompt, more
earnest:— more diligent (forward).

4708. o-irovSaiOT«'pws gpoadaifttSrog, spoo-
dah-yot-er'-oce; adv. from 4707; more speedily, i.e.
sooner than otherwise:— more carefully.

4709. O'ttouScuus gpoudaios, spoo-dah'-yoce;
adv. from 4703; earnestly, promptly:— diligently, in-



47i0. tnrovS^ gpdnde, spoo-day 1 ; from 4002;
" speed ", i.e. (by impl.) despatch, eagerness, earnest-
ness:— business, (earnest) care (-fulness), diligence,
forwardness, haste.

4711. orrupte gpnrlg, spoo-rece'; from 4687 (as
woven); a hamper or iunch-receptacZe:— basket.

4712. oraSiov gtadldn, stad'-ee-on; or masc. (in
plur.) ordSios gtadlds, stad'-ee-os; from the base
of 2476 (as fixed); a stade or certain measure of dis-
tance; by impl. a stadium or race-course:— furlong,
race.

4713. ordfivos gtamndg, stam'-nos; from the
base of 2476 (as stationary) ; ajar or earthen tank:—
pot.

4724. <rrd<ris stasis, stas'-is; from the base of
2476; a standing (prop, the act), i.e. (by anal.) posi-
tion (existence); by impl. a popular uprising; fig.
controversy;— dissension, insurrection, X standing,
uproar.



4715. o-TtvHjp stater, stat-air'; from the base or
2746; a stander (standard of value), i.e. (spec.) a
stater or certain coin:— piece of money.

47 16. orcuipos gtanrog, stow-ros'; from the base
of 2476; a stake or post (as set upright), l.e. (spec.) a
poie or cross (as an instrument of capital punish-
ment); fig. exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by
impl. the atonement of Christ: — cross.

4717. oravpow stanroo, stow-ro'-o; from 4716; to
impale on the cross; fig. to extinguish (subdue) pas-
sion or selfishness:— crucify.

4718. oratpuX^ gtaphnle, staf-oo-lay' ; prob.
from the base of 4733; a cluster of grapes (as if inter-
twined) :— grapes.

4719. ora^us stacbns, stakh'-oos; from the
base of 2476; a head of grain (as standing out from
the stalk):— ear (of corn).

4720. Sra\\vs Stacbns, stakh'-oos; the same as
4719; Stachys, a Chr.:— Stachys.

4721. ore^T] stege, steg'-ay; strengthened from a
prim. Tl-yos tegog (a " thatch" or" decfc" of a build-
ing) ; a roof:— roof.

47^. o-re-yw gtego, steg'-o; from 4721; to roof
over, i.e. (fig.) to cover with silence (endure patient-
ly):— (for-) bear, suffer.

4723. crrcCpos stelrog, sti'-ros; a contr. from 4731
(as stiff and unnatural); " sterile":— barren.

4724. ot&Xw sttllo stel'-lo; prob. strengthened
from the base of 2476; prop, to set fast (" stall "), i.e.
(fig.) to repress (reflex, abstain from associating
with):— avoid, withdraw self.

4725. 0-Tc'p.pa sttmma, stem'-mah; from the base
of 473Si a wreath for show:— garland.

47W. o-reva-yfios stenagmAg, sten-ag-mos' ;
from #727; a sigh: — groaning.

4727. <rrtv6X,a stenazo, sten-ad'-zo; from 4728;
to moAe (intrans. oe) in straits, i.e. (by impl.) to
sigh, miimiir, pray inaudibly: — with grief, groan,
grudge, sigh.

4728. errors gtendg, sten-os'; prob. from the
base of 2476; narrow (from obstacles standing close
about):— strait.

4729. crrevoxupeo) stenochdr£d, sten-okh-o-
reh'-o; from the same as 4730; to hem in closely, i.e.
(fig.) cramp: — distress, straiten.

4730. trnvo\\apla st£noehoria, sten-okh-oree'.
ah; from a comp. of 4728 and 3361; narrowness of
room, i.e. (fig.) calamity: — anguish, distress.

4731. o-T€p€os st£r£og, ster-eh-os'; from 2476;
stiff, i.e. solid, stable (lit. or fig.):— stedfast, strong,
sure.

4732. <TTcpedo> stSrSSo, ster-eh-d'-o; from 47J/; to
solidify, Ue. confirm (Tit. or fig.): — establish, receive
strength, make strong.

4733. (rrcp&ap.a sti'rfoma, ster-eh'-o-mah; from
4732; something established, i.e. (abstr.) confirma-
tion (stability) :— stedfastness.

4734. STttpavds Stephanas, stef-an-as'; prob.
contr. for <TTe<p avtl,T 6s st£phanotog (crowned;
from 4737~); Stephanas, a Chr.:— Stephanas.

4755. o-T€<j>ttvos gtephan5g, stef-an-os; from an
appar. prim. <rr&|>o> gtgpho (to twine or wreathe);
a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public
games or a symbol of honor gen. ; but more conspic-
uous and elaborate than the simple fillet, 1&8), lit. or
fig. : — crown.

4736. ZT&pavos Stephanog, stef-an-os; the
same as 4135; Sfephanus, a Chr. : — Stephen.

4737. OTEfpavdsi) stepbando, stef-an-o'-o; from
4735', to adorn with an honorary wreath Git. or fig.): —
crown.

4738. o-rfjOos stetbos, stay'-thos; from 2476 (as
standing prominently); the (entire extern.) bosom,
i.e. chest: — breast.

4739. o-t^ko) steko, staj/'-fco; from the pert
tense of 247b; to be stationary, i.e. (fig.) to perse-
vere:— stand (fast).

4740. oTTipvyu.ds sterigmos, stay-rig^mos,'; from
4J41; stability (fig.) :— stedfastness.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Skolakes
Sookomorahyah



£741. crnpttw sterlzo, stay-rid'-zo; from a pre-
sumed der. of 2^76 (like 473'); to set fast, i.e. (lit.) to
turn resolutely in a certain direction, or (fig.) to con-
firm:— ta, (e-) stablish, stedfastly set, strengthen.

1(74%. o-Tfyfia stigma, stig'-mah; from a prim.
(rr({tt stlzo 'to" stick", i.e. prick); a mark incised
or punched (for recognition of ownership), i.e. (flg.)
tear of service:— mark.

Iftlfi. oTi'ypii stlgme, stig-may'; fem. of 4742; a
point of time, i.e. an instant: — moment.

4744. <rrtXp<a stllbo, stil'-bo; appar.aprim. verb;
to gleam, i.e. flash intensely:— shining.

4745. ©"rod st 5a, st5-ah'; prob. from 2476; aeoJ-
onnade or interior piazza:— porch.

4746- otoi(J&s stoibas. stoy-bas 1 ; from a prim.
<rrc(f3a> stelbo (to "step" or "stojnp"); a. spread
(as if tramped flat) of loose materials for a couch, i.e.
(by impl.) a bough of a tree so employed:— branch.

4747. oroixtiov atdlcheldii, stoy-khi'-on; neut.
of a presumed der. of the base of 4748; something or-
derly in arrangement, i.e. (by impl.) a serial (basal,
fundamental, initial) constituent (lit.), proposition
(flg.):— element, principle, rudiment.

4748. a^oi\\ia gtoicb&o, stoy-kheh'-o; from a
der. of <rrilx<* steicbo (to range in regular line);
to march in (military) rank (keep step), i.e. (flg.) to
conform to virtue and piety:— walk (orderly).

4749. <rro\\f[ st die, stol-ay'; from 4724; equip-
ment, i.e. (spec.) a "stole" or long-fitting gown (as a
mark of dignity);— long clothing (garment), (long)
robe.

4750. <rr6(i,o HtSma, stom'-a; prob. strengthened
from a presumed der. of the base of 5114; the mouth
(as if a gash in the face); by impl. language (and its
relations) ; flg- an opening (in the earth) ; spec, the
front or edge (of a weapon):— edge, face, mouth.

4751. o-ropaxos Bt5macb5s, stom'-akh-os; from
4750; an orifice (the gullet), i.e. (spec.) the " stom-
ach":— stomach.

475S. oTpaxeCa atratela, strat-i'-ah; from 47S4',
military service, i.e. (fig.) the apostolic career (as one
of hardship and danger):— warfare.

4753. 0Tpdr£V|ia atrateama, strat'-yoo-mah;
from 47S4', an armament, i.e. (by impl.) a body of
troops (more or less extensive or systematic):— army,
soldier, man of war.

4754. <TTpa,T«iio|i(H stratSuftmal, strat-yoo'-om-
ahee; mid. from the base of 4736; to serve in a mili-
tary campaign; flg. to execute the apostolate (with
its arduous duties and functions), to contend with
carnal inclinations:— soldier, (go to) war (-fare).

4755. <rTp«mvy6s atrategSa, strat-ay-gosf; from
the base of 4750 and 71 or 2233; a general, i.e. (by
impl. or anal.) a (military) governor (prostor), the
chief (pravfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:—
captain, magistrate.

4756. <rrpar(a stratla, strat-ee'-ah; fem. of a
der. of oTparos strattts (an army; from the base
of 4706, as encamped) ; camp-Ji/ceness, i.e. an army,
i.e. (flg.) the angels, the celestial luminaries:— host.

4757. arpan&np stratlotes, strat-ee-o'-tace;
from a presumed der. of the same as 4736; a camper-
out, i.e. a (common) warrior (lit. or flg.):— soldier.
4755. arpOLTohtyia stratdl&geo, strat-ol-og-
eh'o; from a comp. of the base of 4750 and 3004 (in
its orig. sense); to gather (or select) as a warrior, Le.
«n!£st in the army :— choose to be a soldier.

4759. oTparoireSiipxis gtratope'darcbes,
strat-op-ed-ar'-khace; from 4760 and 7/7; a ruler of
an army, i.e. (spec.) a Praetorian prozfect;— captain
of the guard.

4760. <rrp*r6irtoov stratopgdon, strat-op'-ed-
on; from the base of 4750 and the same as 3077; a
camping-ground, Le. (by impl.) a body of troops: —
army.

4761. o-TptpXo© etreblfto, sfreMo'-o; from a der.
of 4762; to wrench, i.e. (spec.) to torture (by the
rack), but only flg. to pervert:— wrest.

4763. <rrp&pu atrepbd, stref-o: strengthened
from tbe base 015157; to twist, i.e. turn quite around



or reverse (lit. or fig.):— convert, turn (again, back

again, self, self about).

4763. OTpnvidu strenlao, stray-nee-ah'-o; from

a presumed der. of 4764; to be luxurious:— live deli-

ciously.

4764- orpfjvos strends. stray'-nos; akin to 4731;
a " straining", " strenuousness" or " strength", i.e.
(flg.) luxury (voluptuousness):— delicacy.

4765. orpovOCov strdatbldn, stroo-thee'-on;
dimtn. of orpovBos strduthds (a sparrow); a
little sparrow:— sparrow.

4766. <rrp<&VW|U stronnumi, strone'-noo-mee;

or simpler
(rrpuvvvw atrdnnud, strone^noo'-o; prol.

from a still simpler
orpow 8tr5o, stro'-o (used only as an alt. in
certain tenses; prob. akin to 4731 through the idea of
positing); to "strew", i.e. spread (as a carpet or
couch):— make bed, furnish, spread, strew.

4767. OTvyvnrds atugnetos, stoog-nay-tos';
from a der. of an obsol. appar. prim, arvyw stago
(to hate); hated, i.e. odious:— hateful.

4768. o-TiryvdJu stugnazo, stoog-nad'-zo; from
the same as #767; to render gloomy, i.e. (by impl.)
glower (be overcast with clouds, or sombreness of
speech):— lower, be sad.

4769. orvXos atulds, stoo'-los; from o-rvo> stuo
(to stiffen; prop, akin to the base of 2476); a post
(" style"), i.e. (flg.) support:— pillar.

4770. Stohkos Stoiikds, sto-ik-os'; from ^7<(j,' a
" Stoic" (as occupying a particular porch in Athens),
i.e. adherent of a certain philosophy :— Stoick.

4771. <rv an, soo; the pers. pron. of the sec. pers.
sing. ; thou:— thou. See also 4371, 4071, 467s; and for
the plur. 5200, 5210, 3213, 3216,

4773. o-UYY^vem auggSnela, soong-ghen'4-ah;
from 4773; relationship, i.e. (concr.) relatives;—
kindred.

4773. o-uyyevfjs snggenea, soong-ghen-ace' ;
from 4802 and /a#; a relative (by blood) ; by extens.
a fellow countryman:— cousin, kin (-sfolk, -sman).

4774. <nryyv<&u.ii anggnome, soong-gno'-may;
from a rajmp. of 4S62 and 1007; fellow knowledge, i.e.
concession:— permission.

4775. <nryKd8n|i<u angkatbemal, soong-kath'-
ay-mahee; from 4862 and 2521; to scat oneself in com-
pany with; — sit with.

4776. oTryKoOtJo) sagkatbizo, soong-kath4d'-zo;
from ^Sfe and 2323; to gi»e (or fake) o seot in com-
pany with:— (make) sit (down) together.

4777. <ruYnaKoira66» sugkakftpatbeo, soong-
kak-op-ath-eh'-o; from 4862 and ajrjy," to suffer hard-
ship in company with:— be partaker of afflictions.
477S. «rvyKaKovx&i> angkakdnebeo, soong-
kak-oo-kheh'-o; from 4*2 and 25-5*; to maltreat in
company with, i.e. (pass.) endure persecution to-
gether:— softer affliction with.

4779. enryKaX&» sngkaleo, soong-kal-eh'-o; from

4862 and 2jo^, - to convoke:— call together.

4750. mryKaXfarra augkalupto, soong-feaJ-oop'-

to; from ^852 and 2372; to conceal altogether:— cover.

475.Z. <nryKdu/irT<i> augkampto, soong-kamp'-to;

from 4*2 and 2j7<f/ to bend together, i.e. (flg.) to

afflict:— bow down.

47£2. <rvyKaTaPaCv» angkatabalno, soong-

kat-ab-ah'ee-no; from ^62 and 2307; to descend in

company with:— go down with.

47&?. (nryKOTdfleins augbatathesla, soong-

kat-ath'-es-is; from 47<5V; a deposition (of sentiment)

in company with, i.e. (flg.) accord with:— agreement.

4784. <nryKaTaTtec|uu sngkatatithemai,

soong-lcat-at-ith'-em-ahee; mid. from 4863 and 2608;

to deposit (one's vote or opinion) in company with,

i.e. (flg.) to accord with:— consent

47*5. <nryn(iT<M|rn<j>£i;<» augkatapgepblzo,

soong-kat-aps^iy-fid'-zo; from #Sfe and a comp. of

2506 and ,J5*>,' to count down in company with, Le.

enroll among:— number with.

47S6. mryicepdvvv|j.i angkerannnml, soong.

ker-an'-noo-mee; from 4802 and 2767; to commingle,



67

mix with, temper



i.e. (flg.) to combine or assimilate:-
together.

47S7. otryKiveco sngklnfio, soong-fcin-eh'-o; from
4082 and 279/; to move together, i.e. (spec.) to excite
as a mass (to sedition) :— stir up.

4788. o-vyK\\clci> sngkleto, soong-Hi'-o; from
4862 and 2<Sb<5y to shut together, i.e. include or (flg.)
embrace in a common subjection to:— conclude, in-
close, shut up.

4789. o-vyKXnpov6u.os sugkler&ndmds, soong-
klay-ron-ovi'-os; from 4S62 and 281S; a co-heir, i.e.
(by anal.) participant in common;— fellow (joint)
-heir, heir together, heir with.

4790. e-iryKoivuve'w HngkAlnonSo, soono-fcoj/-
no-neh'-o; from ^62 and 2if#/; to share in company
with, i.e. co-participate in:— communicate (have fel-
lowship) with, be partaker of.

4791. mryKoivovds sugkdlnonds, soong-koy-
no-nos 1 ; from 4802 and 2844; a co-participant:— com-
panion, partake (-r, -r with).

479^. c-iryKou,fi> sngkdmlzo, soong-fcom-id'-2o;
from 4862 and £vS^,' to convey together, i.e. collect or
bear away in company with others:— carry.

4793. <nryKptvo sngkrlno, soong-kree'-no; from
4<fc2 and 29/9; to judge of one thing in connection
with another, i.e. combine (spiritual ideas with ap-
propriate expressions) or collate (one person with an-
other by way of contrast or resemblance):— compare
among (with).

4794. oiryKtiirTM sngknpto, soong-koop'-to; from
4862 and 20.55; to stoop altogether, i.e. be completely
overcome by:— bow together.

4795. o-vyxvpCa eagkarla, soonsr-fcoo^ee'-oh;
from a comp. of 4862 and Kvpia kurf o (to light or
happen; from the base of 2962) ; concurrence, Le. ac-
cident: — chance.

4796. onryxaCpa sugcbalro, soong-khah'ee-ro;
from 4862 and 5403; to sympathize in gladness, con-
gratulate:— rejoice in (with).

4797. <rvy\\(a sngcbeo, soong-kheh'-o; m

<rvy\\iva angchnno, soong-khoo'-no;

from ^562 and X^ w ch8o (to pour) or its alt ; to
commingle promiscuously, i.e. (flg.) to throw (an as-
sembly) info disorder, to perplex (the mind):— con-
found, confuse, stir up, be in an uproar.

4798. o-vyxP»°( lttl sugcbradmal, soong-khrah'-
om-ahee; from 4862 and 5530; to use jointly, i.e. (by
impl.) to hold intercourse in common:— have dealings
with.

4799. <r&y\\vws sugchnsis, soong'-khoo-sis;
from 4707; commixture, Le. (flg.) riotous disturb-
ance;— confusion.

4800. o-v£d<D gnzao, sood-zah'-o; from 4862 and
3108; to continue to live in common with, Le. co-sur-
uiue (lit. or flg.):— live with.

4S0.A <ruJt*Yvup.i snz£ngnnml, sood-zyoog'-noo.
mee; from 48b2sca& the base of 220/; to yoke together,
i.e. (flg.) conjoin (in marriage):— join together.
4502. OTiJirWM suzeteo, sood-zay-teh'-o; from
#i&2 and 22727 to investigate jointly, Le. discuss, con
irotrert, caw'L - — dispute (with), enquire, question
(with), reason (together).

4803. <n>i$Ti]<n.s snzetesls, sood-zay'-tay-sis;
from 4802; mutual questioning, Le. discussion:— His
putation (-ting), reasoning.

4804- o-ufcnTnrfjs snzetetes, sood-zay-tay-tace';
from 4802; a disputant, i.e. sophist: — disputer.
4805. <r«J«70s snzngds, sood'-zoo-gos; from ^for;
co-yoked, i.e. (flg.) as noun, a colleague; prob. rather
as prop, name; Syzygus, a Chr.:— yokefellow.
4#06. OTi£<!>oiroi.&> suzoopoigo, sood-zo-op-oy-
eh'-o; from #S&2 and 2227; to reanimate conjointly
with (flg.):— quicken together with.

4807. truKapivos snkamlnog, soo-kam'-ee-nos;
Of Heb. or. [82B6] in imitation of 480Q; a sycamore-fig
tree:— sycamine tree.

4808. eoiKiJ soke, soo-kay'; from 4810; a JSff-
tree:— flg tree.

4S09. iniKouapata sukAmoraia, soo-Som-e-
rah'-yah; from 4&0 and |iopov mArdn (the mul-



68



Sookon



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



berry); the " sycamore" -fig tree:— sycamore tree.
Comp. 4&ff-

4810. tr«KOV sukdu, soo'-kon; appar. a prim,
word; a fig:— fig.

4811. (TUKO<|>aVT&> sukdpbanteo, soo-kof-an-
teh'-o; from a oomp. of 4810 and a der. of 5310; to be
a fig-informer (reporter of the law forbidding the ex-
portation of figs from Greece), "sycophant", i.e.
(gen. and by extens.) to defraud {exact unlawfully,
extort):— accuse falsely, take by false accusation.

4812. oTj\\a'Y<iiY&D snlagdggo, soo-lag-ogue-eh'-o;
from the base of 48/3 and (the redupl. form of) 71; to
Zead away as booty, i.e. (flg.) seduce: — spoil.

4813. cruXdco gulao, soo-lah'-o; from a der. of
<rvXX<o solid (to strip; prob. akin to 138; comp.
466/); to despoil: — rob.

4814- avKkdkia sullalSo, sool-lal-eh'-o; from
4862 and 2980; to talk together, i.e. converse; — com-
mune (confer, talk) with, speak among.

4815. eroXXaupdvio enllambana, sool-lam-
ban'-o; from 4862 and 2983; to clasp, i.e. seize (arrest,
capture); spec, to conceive (lit. or flg.); by impl. to
aid:— catch, conceive, help, take.

4816. cruXXe'-yw sullego, sool-leg'-o; from 4862
and 3004 in its orig. sense; to collect:— gather (to-
gether, up).

4817. <rv\\\\o'y(i;o|Uii sulldglzdmal, sool-log-id'-
zom-ahee; from 4862 and 3040; to reckon together
(with oneself), i.e. deliberate:— reason with.

4818. o-uXXuire*!) sullupeo, sool-loop-eh'-o; from
4862 and 3076; to afflict jointly, i.e. (pass.) sorrow at
(on account of) some one: — be grieved.

4819. <rvu.pa(v<i>, snnibaliio, soom-bah'ee-no;
from 486s and the base of 93Q; to walk (fig. transpire)
together, i.e. concur (take place):— be (-fall), happen
(unto).

4820. <ru|ij3aX\\o> snmballo, soom-baZ'-Zo; from
4862 and 906; to combine, i.e. (in speaking) to con-
verse, consult, dispute, (mentally) to consider, (by
impl.) to aid, (personally) to join, attack:— confer,
encounter, help, make, meet with, ponder.

4821. o-V|iftatriXevu silmbasilfuo, soom-bas-il-
yoo'-o; from 4862 and 936; to be co-regent (flg.):—
reign with.

4822. <ru|i(3i.f3d£<i> sumblbazo, soom-btb-ad'-zo;
from 4862 and Pipd£<i> blbazo (to force; caus. [by
redupl.] of the base of Q3Q); to drive together, i.e.
unite (in association or affection), (mentally) to infer,
show, teach:— compact, assuredly gather, instruct,
knit together, prove.

4823. <rup.pouX«v» snmbduleuo, soom-bool-
yoo'-o; from 4862 and rou ; to give (or take) advice
jointly, i.e. recommend, deliberate or determine: —
consult, (give, take) counsel (together).

4824- <ruiiPovXi.ov snmbdulidn, soom-boo'-lee-
on; neut. of a presumed der. of 4823; advisement;
spec, a deliberative body, i.e. the provincial assessors
or lay-court:— consultation, counsel, council.
4826. o-vu-PovXos suinboulos, soom'-boo-los;
from 4862 and 1012; a consultor, i.e. adviser: — coun-
sellor.

4826. 2v|M<Sv Summon, soom-eh-one' ; from the
same as 4613; Symeon (i.e. Shimon), the name of five
1st. :— Simeon, Simon.

4827. o-v|mio.6titt|s Bummatbetes, soom-math-
ay-tace'; from a comp. of 4862 and 3129; a co-learner
(of Christianity):— fellowdisciple.

4828. <rvti|i.apTvpe'w snmmartiireo, soom-mar-
too-reh'-o; from 4862 and j-^o; to testify jointly, i.e.
corroborate by (concurrent) evidence:— testify unto,
(also) bear witness (with).

4.5^9. <ru|j.u,cpC£o|Jiai gummerlzomai, soom-
wier-id'-zom-a/iee,* mid. from 4862 and JJ07; to share
jointly, i.e. participate in: — be partaker with.
4&?0. o-vjiuexoxos sninnietdchos, sobm-met'-
okh-os; from .^Ste and 3333; a co-participant:— par-
taker.



4831. a-vu.uiLvri'Hjs snmmimetes, soom-mzm-
ay-tace'; from a presumed comp. of 4862 and j^/,* a
co-imitator, i.e. fellow votary: — follower together.

4832. on>|j.(j.op<(>05 summdrpbds, soom-mor-fos' ;
from jrftte and j^«; jointly formed, i.e. (flg.) simi-
lar:— conformed to, fashioned like unto.

4833. o-vu.(j,op<j>da> summdrpbdo, soom-mor-
fo'-o; from 4832; to rentier like, i.e. (fig.) to assimi-
late:— make conformable unto.

4834- <rvf.itaSio snmpatbgo, soom-path-eh'-o;
team. 483s; to feel " sympathy" with, i.e. (by impl.) to
commiserate:— have compassion, be touched with a
feeling of.

483 5. <rv|iira8^js sumpatbes, soom-path-ace' ;
from 4841; having a fellow-feeling (" sympathetic"),
i.e. (by impl.) mutually commiserative;— having com-
passion one of another.

4836. o-v(iirapa-y(vo(iai smnparaglndmal,
soom-par-ag-in'-om-ahee; from 4862 and 3834; to be
present together, i.e. to convene; by impl. to appear
in aid:— come together, stand with.

4&J7. <ru|j.irapaicaX&» sumparakaleo, soom-
par-ak-al-eh'-o; irom 4862 and 3870; to console joint-
ly:— comfort together.

4838. <rvv.irapa\\av.pav<>) gnmparalamband,
soom-par-al-am-ban'-o; from 4862 and 3880; to take
along in company: — take with.

4839. <ru|iirapa|jiv<o samparameno, soom-par-
am-en'-o; from 4862 and 3887; to remain in company,
i.e. still live:— continue with.

4840. a-vu.irdpei|U sumparelml, soom-par'-i-
mee; from 4862 and jo/^; to be at Ziand together, i.e.
now present:— be here present with.

4841. <ni|J.ira<rx«> sumpascbd, soom-pas'-kho;
from 4862 and 3038 (includ. its alt.); to experience
pain jointly or of the same kind (spec, persecution;
to " sympathize"):— suffer with.

4842. <rvu.1reu.1rw sumpempd, soom-pem'-po;
from 4862 and 3002; to despatch in company: — send
with.

4843. <ru|«r€piXo|ipdv<i) sumperilambano,
soom-per-ee-lam-ban'-o; from 4802 and a comp. of
4012 and 29<&; to take by inclosing altogether, i.e.
earnestly throw the arms about one: — embrace.
4844- wpalvta sumplmd, soom-pee' -no; from
4862 and 4005; to partake a beverage in company:—
drink with.

4845. <ru|iirXT|p6« sumplcrSo, soom-play-ro'-o:
from 4862 and 4137; to implenish completely, i.e. (of
space) to swamp (a boat), or (of time) to accomplish
(pass, be complete):— (fully) come, fill up.

4846. <ruu,irvC'Y» snmpnlgo, soom-pnee'-go;
from 4862 and ^/j^, - to strangle completely, i.e. (lit.)
to droren, or (flg.) to crowd: — choke, throng.

4847. crviiiroXfrrns sumpolites, soom-poUee'-
tace; from 4862 and 4177; a native of the same town,
i.e. (fig.) co-religionist (fellow-Ghristiari):— fellow-
citizen.

4848. o-uuiropevoum snmpdrSndmai, soom-
por-yoo'-om-ahee; from 4862 and 4108; to journey to-
gether; by impl. to assembZe:— go with, resort.

4849. <rv|i.irdcri,ov suiiapdsioii, soom-pos'-ee-on;
neut. of a der. of the alt. of 4844; a drinJtmo-party
(" symposium"), i.e. (by extens.) a room of guests: —
company.

4850. <ruu,irpEcrpvTepos sampresbnterds,
soom-pres-boo'-ter-os; from 4862 and 4245; a eo-p?-es-
byter:— presbyter, also an elder.

cruucpdYU sumpbago. See 4006.

4851. <nj|i.cpepw snmphero, soom-fer'-o; from
4862 and 3342 (includ. its alt.); to bear together (con-
tribute), i.e. (lit.) to collect, or (flg.) to conduce; es-
pec. (neut. part, as noun) adtrantaoe. - — be better for,
bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) pro-
fit (-able for).

4852. crvu-epnux sumpbemi, soom'-fay-mee;
from 4862 and 534b; to say jointly, i.e. assent to:—
consent unto.

4853. cru|j.<fiuXeTrjs sumphul£tes, soom-foo-let'-
ace; from 4862 and a der. of 5443; a co-tribesman, i.e.

I native of the same country:— countryman.



4854. cHi|i<S>vTos sumpliutos, soom'-foo-tos;
from 4862 and a der. of 3433; grown along with (con-
nate), i.e. (fig.) closely united to:— planted together.

4855. o-vucpva) sumpbuo, soom-foo'-o; from 486s
and 3433; pass, to grow jointly:— spring up with.

4856. o-uucpuvc'to suiupboneo, soom-fo-neh'-o;
from 4839; to be /larmoutous, i.e. (fig.) to accord (be
suitable, concur) or stipulate (by compact): — agree
(together, with).

4857. o-vfi<p(lvT)cn.s sumpbonesis, soom-fo 1 -
nay-sis; from 4836; accordance:— concord.

4858. crv[Acj>on'£a sampbonia, soom-fo-nee'-ah;
from #%•<?,' unison of sound (" symphony"), i.e. a con-
cert of instruments (harmonious note):— music.

4859. crvpcpuvos sumpbonds, soom'-fo-nos;
from <rffe and 3436; sounding together (alike), i.e.
(fig.) accordant (neut. as noun, agreement):— con-
sent.

4860. <rv|H|/r)cpCi;<i> sumpsephlzo, soom-psay-fid'-
zo; from 4862 andj-j<?f,' to compute jointly: — reckon.

4861. <ruLi.<|ruxo$ snmpsucbds, soom'-psoo-khos;
from 4862 and 3300; co-spirited, i.e. similar in senti-
ment:— like-minded.



otV sun, soon; a prim. prep, denoting
union; with or together (but much closer than j>j^6
or 3844), i.e. by association, companionship, process,
resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition
etc. :— beside, with. In comp. it has similar applica-
tions, includ. completeness.

4863. o-vvct-yw sunago, soon-ag'-o; from 4862 and
71; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; spec, to
entertain (hospitably):— + accompany, assemble
(selves, together), bestow, come together, gather
(selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take
in.

4864. OTiv«ryary<j sunagoge, soon-ag-o-gay' ;
from (the redupl. form of) 4863; an assemblage of
persons; spec, a Jewish "synagogue" (the meeting
or the place); by anal, a Christian church:— assem-
bly, congregation, synagogue.

4865. <ruva-y<i)v£Jop.ai sanagonlzdmal, soon-
ag-o-nid' '-zom-ahee; from 4862 and 73; to struggle in
company with, i.e. (flg.) to be a partner (assistant):—
strive together with.

4866. a-uvaSiKim snnatbleo, soon-ath-leh'-o;
from 4862 and 118; to wrestle in company with, i.e.
(flg.) to seek jointly:— labour with, strive together for.

4867. crwa6poCi> sranatbrdizo, soon-ath-royd'-
zo; from 4862 and dSpoflJw atbr&izo (to hoard);
to convene: — call (gather) together.

4868. cruvaCpw suiiutro, soon-ah'ee-ro; from
4862 and -r^2,' to make up together, i.e. (fig.) to com-
pute (an account): — reckon, take.

4869. o-wtux|idX»Tos sunalcbmalot&s. soo»-
aheekh-mal'-o-tos; from 4862 and 164; a co-captive:—
fellowprisoner.

4870. trwaKoXovBe'w snnakdldntbeo, soon-ak-
ol-oo-theh'-o; from 4862 and /oo; to accompany :—
follow.

$?7i. cT)vaX(^o) snnallzo, soon-al-id'-zo; from
4862 a&& aXC|i» ballz5 (to tferong); to accumulate,
i.e. convene:— assemble together.
4?7#. crovctvaPaCvo simamabalno, soon-an-ab-
ah'ee-no; from #5&2 and joj; to ascend in company
with;— come up with.

#?7<1 <ruvavdKEiu.cu sunanak£imai, soon-an-
ak'-i-mahee; from ^2 and 343! to recline in com-
pany with (at a meal):— sit (down, at the table, to-
gether) with (at meat).

4874- o-uvavaiifYVvui snnanamignnmi, soon-

an-am-ig' -noo-mee; from 4862 and a comp. of 303 and
JJ96; to mi* up together, i.e. (flg.) associate with:—
(have, keep) company (with).

4875. cruvavaxavouai sunanapaudmat, soon-
an-ap-ow'-om-ahee; mid. from 4862 and J7^,' to
recruit oneself in company with;— refresh with.
4#76. crvvavTacD sunantao, soon-an-tah'-o;
from 4862 and a der. of 473; to meet with; flg. to
occur;— befall, meet.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Sookoii
Soonoopoorgeho



69



4877. <rvvdvri](ri5 sunantesls, soon-cm'-tay-sis;
from 481b; a meeting with:— meet.

4878. <n»vavTtXojj.pdvojiat sanantllambaii6>

mal, soon-an-tee-lam-ban'-omrahee; from 4862 and
482; to take hold of opposite together, i.e. co-operate
(assist):— help.

4879. <rvvair&yci> snnapago, soon-ap-ag'-o; from
4862 and j2o; to take off together, i.e. transport with
{seduce, pass, yield):— carry Qead) away with, con-
descend.

4880. o-uvawoflvfjcrKG) gunapdtbnesko, soore-
ap-oth-nace'-ko; from ^2 and ^99; to decease (lit.)
in company with, or (flg.) similarly to;— be dead (die)
with.

4881. o-vvairdXXi>|J.i simapolliimi, soon-ap-ol'-
loo-mee; from 4862 and 622; to destroy (mid. or pass,
fre slain) in company with." — perish wit&.

488%. <n>vairo(rr&\\» sunapdstello, soon-op-os-
tel'-lo; from 4862 and 649," to despatch (on an errand)
in company with: — send with.

4888. «rvvap|ioXo7&» sunarm&ldggo, soon-ar-
mol-og-eh'-o; from ^ffe and a der. of a comp. of 779
and 3004 (in its orig. sense of laying); to render close-
jointed together, i.e. organize compactly:— be fitly
framed (joined) together.

4884. arwapfirc\\t,a sunarpazo, soon-ar-pad'-zo;
from 4862 and 72b; to snatcA together, i.e. seise; —
catch.

4885. <n:vav£dvai sanaazano, soon-dura-am'-o;
from 4862 and <£?7; to increase {grow up) together: —
grow together.

4886. ctivoWuos «uud('nni«*, soon'-des-mos;
from 4862 and J/99,' a joint tie, i.e. ligament, (flg.)
uniting principle, control: — band, bond.

4887. <mvMo> sundSo, soon-deh'-o; from 4862 and
/■2/0; to Mnd with, i.e. (pass.) oe a fellow-prisoner
(fig.):— be bound with.

4888. cruvSogdga) anndAxazo, soon-dox-ad'-zo;
from 4562 and ^92; to ea;a!t to dignity in company
(i.e. similarly) with:— glorify together.

4889. o-vvSovXos sunddulSs, soort'-doo-ios; from
48b2 and 1401', a co-sZave, i.e. servitor or ministrant
of the same master (human or divine):— fellowser-
vant.

o-t)v8p£|jui> KundrCmo. See 403b.

4890. <rvv8pou,"tf| gimdrdme, soon-drom-ay' ;
from (the alt. of) 403b; a running together, i.e. (riot-
ous) concourse:— run together.

4891. o-vve-yetpM snn£g£iro, soon-eg-i'-ro; from
4>5$2 and /.jyj,' to rouse (from death) in company
with, i.e. (fig.) to revivify (spiritually) in resemblance
to: — raise up together, rise with.

4892. omWSpiov simidrldn, soom-ed'-ree-on;
ceut of a presumed der. of a comp. of 48b2 and the
base of 147b; a joint session, i.e. (spec.) the Jewish
Sanhedrim; by anal, a subordinate tribunal: —
council.

4893. <ruveC8T)<rts gim$idesis, soon-i'-day-sis;
from a prol. form of 4894; co-perception, i.e. moral
consciousness: — conscience.

4894. <ruveC8w sunSldo, soon-i'-do; from 48b2
and 14Q2; to see completely; used (like its prim.) only in
two past tenses, respectively mean, to understand or
become aware, and to be conscious or (clandestinely)
informed of:— consider, know, be privy, be ware of.

4895. o-ivei|u Nuuilmi, soon'-i-mee; from 48b2
and 1310 (includ. its various inflections) ; to be in com-
pany with, i.e. present at the time:— be with.

4896. o-vveijii gunSlml, soon.'-i-roee; from 48b2
and et|m. £lmi (to go); to assemble:— gather to-
gether.

4897. o-urao-epxo|i(u gunSIgSrchdmai, soon-
ice-er'-khom-ahee; from #562 and 1325; to enter in
company with:— go in with, go with into.

4898. (tw£kSi]|ios snnSkdemds, soo»-eft'-cfoy-
mos; from 48b2 and the base of 1333; a co-absentee
from home, i.e. /eKoro-traueHer:— companion in
travel, travel with.

4899. ctvvckXckt6s sim£kl£b:t5g, socra-efc-Iefe-
toe'; from a comp. of 4802 and 158b; chosen in com-



pany with, i.e. collect {fellow Christian):— elected
together with.

4300. eruveXttuvw innilaono, soon-el-ow'-no;
from #5&2 and /6<jj; to drive together, i.e. (flg.) exhort
(to reconciliation): — (- set at one again.

4901. 0T)veiri|J.ttpTup60) gun$pimartni-£o, soom-
ep-ee-mar-too-reh'-o; from 48b2 and J0J7: to testify
further jointly, i.e. unite i» adding evidence:— also
bear witness.

^90^. <niWiro|iat gun£p<5mat, soon-ep'-om-ahee;
mid. from 4*2 and a prim, cirw b£po (to follow);
to attend {travel) in company with:— accompany.
4903. oruvcp'yeo 8un('rg('i«"i, soon-erg-eh'-o; from
4904; to 6e a fellow-worker, i.e. co-operate;— help
(work) with, work (-er) together.
.£9<%. o-vvep7<5s gun£rg5g, soon-er-gos' ; from a
presumed comp. of #562 and the base of 2041; a co-
laborer, i.e. coadjutor:— companion in labour, (fel-
low-) helper (-labourer, -worker), labourer together
with, workfellow.

4905. o-w«pxop.tu sumercbomal, soon-er'-khom-
ahee; from 48b2 and 2064; to convene, depart in com-
pany with, associate with, or (spec.) cohabit (conju-
gally):— accompany, assemble (with), come (together),
come (company, go) with, resort.

4906. <ruveo-6l(>> gnn£stbl5, soon-es-thee'-o; from
4862 and 2obS (includ. its alt.); to take food in com-
pany with: — eat with.

4907. orvvttris sungglg, soon'-es-is; from 4020; a
mental putting together, i.e. intelligence or (concr.)
the intellect: — knowledge, understanding.

4908. o-vv«tos simiHos, soon-et'-os; from 4020;
mentally put (or putting) together, i.e. sagacious: —
prudent. Comp. J42Q,

4909. <rvvevSoKl<i> (.uniinlokfo, soon-yoo-dok-
eh'-o; from 48b2 and 210b; to think well of in common,
i.e. assent to, feel gratified with: — allow, assent, be
pleased, have pleasure.

4910. <ruvevu\\ia gungnochSo, soon-yoo-o-
kheh'-o; from 4862 and a der. of a presumed comp.
of 2005 and a der. of 21Q2 (mean, to be in good condi-
tion, i.e. [by impl.] to fare well, or feast); to enter-
tain sumptuously in company with, i.e. (mid. or
pass.) to revel together: — feast with.

4911. crvv«|>£a-Tn|J,i sniiephlstemi, soon-ef-is 1 -
tay-mee: from 48b2 and 2186; to stand up together,
i.e. to resist (or assault) jointly;— rise up together.
491S. o-uvi\\a gungcbo, soon-ekh'-o; from 48b2
and 2792/ to hold together, i.e. to compress (the ears,
with a crowd or siege) or arrest (a prisoner); flg. to
compel, perplex, afflict, preoccupy: — constrain, hold,
keep in, press, lie sick of, stop, be in a strait, straiten,
be taken with, throng.

4913. o-vWjSou.cu annedimai, soon-ay' -dom-
ahee; mid. from 48b2 and the base of 2237; to rejoice
in with oneself, i.e. feel satisfaction concerning: — de-
light.

4S14- orvv^Otia snnetbSla, soon-ay' -thi-ah;
from a comp. of 48b2 and 223Q; mutual habituation,
i.e. usage: — custom.

4915. oT)VT|XiKuiTns gunellkloteg, soon-ay-lik-
ee-o'-tace; from 4862 and a der. of 2244; a co-aged
person, i.e. alike in years: — equal,

4916. o-uvBdirro gimthapto, soon-thap'-to; from
48b2 and 2200; to inter in company with, i.e. (flg.) to
assimilate spiritually (to Christ by a sepulture as to
sin) : — bury with.

4917. <ruv8Xdu sunthlao, soon-thlah'-o; from
#852 and flXdw tblao (to crush); to das/i together,
i.e. shatter: — break.

.£9i<?. o-uv6Xtp» gnntblibo, soon-thlee'-bo; from
4<?62 and 234b; to compress, i.e. crowd on all sides: —
throng.

4919. o-uvSpvirrw gnntbrnpto, soon-throop'-to;
from 48b2 and Opuirrto tbrupto (to crumote); to
crush together, i.e. (flg.) to dispirit:— break.

4920. otivCt|ux gnnieml, soon-ee'-ay-mee; from
48b2 and tr\\p.i bleml (to send); to put together, i.e.
(mentally) to comprehend; by impl. to act piously: —
consider, understand, be wise.



awurria



gnnlstao, soon-is-tah'-o; or
(strengthened)
owurravw gunistano, soon-is-tan'-o; or
crvvto-n]|JU gunlgtemi, soon-is'-tay-mee;
from 4802 and 2476 (includ. its collat. forms) ; to set
together, i.e. (by impl.) to introduce (favorably), or
(flg.) to exhibit; intrans. to stand near, or (flg.) to
constitute: — approve, commend, consist, make, stand
(with).

o-uvoSevu gunfidSnd, soon-od-yoo'-o; from
48b2 and 3593; to travel in company with:— journey
with.

a-vvoSla. snnddla, soon-od-ee'-ah; from a
comp. of 4862 and 3508 (" synod"); companionship
on a journey, i.e. (by impl.) a caravan:— company.

o-vvoik&o gniidlkSo, soon-oy-keh'-o; from
4862 and 3011; to reside together (as a family):— dwell
together.

c-uvoiKoSofieM san51]i5d5m£o, soon-oy-
kod-om-eh'-o; from 48b2 and 3bi8; to construct, i.e.
(pass.) to compose (in company with other Christians,
.) :— build together.

'. o-uvo|uX&i> simdmtlSo, soon-om-il-eh'-o;
from 48b2 and ,?6y6; to converse mutually :— talk with.

4927. o-wo|a.ope'<u Nuuoin.irfd, soon-om-or-eh'-o;
from 48b2 and a der. of a comp. of the base of 3674
and the base 013723; to border together, i.e. adjoin:—
join hard.

'. OTivd\'n sanAcbe, soon-dkh-ay 1 ; from 4912;
restraint, i.e. (flg.) anxiety:— anguish, distress.



OTivraoro-w guntasso, soon-tas-so; from
48b2 and 5021; to arrange jointly, i.e. (fig.) to direct:—
appoint.

4950. o-wrlXao stmt616ia, soon-tel'-i-ah; from
40?/; entire completion, i.e. consummation (of a dis-
pensation) :— end.

^9«. oTJVTcXfa Bunteleo, soon-tel-eh'-o; from
4K2 and 5055; to complete entirely; gen. to execute
(lit. or fig.):— end, finish, fulfil, make.

4932. on)VT«'|iVi» suntemno, soon-tem'-no; from
4<5&2 and the base of 5/74; to contract by cutting, i.e.
(flg.) do concisely {speedily): — (cut) short.

4933. o-DVTnpew smiter&d, soon-tay-reh'-o; from
#5&2 and Ja55; to fceep closely together, i.e. (by impl.)
to conserve (from ruin); ment. to remember (and
o6e«):— keep, observe, preserve.

4934. o-vvtC8e|j,<u KiinilUiK'mal. soon-tith'-em-
ahee; mid. from 48b2 and 3087; to place jointly, i.e.
(fig.) to consent {bargain, stipulate), concur:— agree
assent, covenant.

4935. oT)VTop,(i>s inntSmoa, soon-torn' -oce; adv.
from a der. of 4032; concisely {briefly): — a few words.

4936. OTivrp^x" suntrecbo, soon-trekh'-o; from
48b2 and 3143 (includ. its alt.) ; to rush together (has-
tily assemble) or headlong (flg.):— run (together, with).

4937. o-uvrpCp» smitribo, soon-tree' -bo; from
48b2 and the base of 3147; to crush completely, ie. to
shatter (lit. or flg.):— break (in pieces), broken to
shivers (+ -hearted), bruise.

4938. 0-vvTpip.p.a suntrlmma, soon-trim' -mah,
from 4037; concussion or utter fracture (prop,
concr.), i.e. complete ruin:— destruction.

4939. <ri vrpo<j>os smitrdpb&s, soon'-trof-os;
from 48b2 and sib2 (in a pass, sense); a fellow-nurs-
ling, i.e. comrade:— brought up with.

4940. omvTiryxa.M' eantngcbano, soon-toong-
khan'-o; from 4862 and 3177; to chance together, i.e.
meet with (reach):— come at.

.494.Z. SwrvXT] Snntucbe, soon-too'-khay; from
49jKp, - an accident; Syntyche, a Chr. female:— Syn-
tyche.

494S. oT)vviroKptvo(j.at enunpdkrlndmal,
soon-oo^pok-rin'-om-ahee; from 48b2 and 527/; to act
hypocritically in concert with:— dissemble with.
4948. <rwvirovp7&i> sunnp&iirggo, soon-oop-
oorg-eh'-o; from 4*62 and a der. of a comp. of 3239
and the base of 2041; to be a co-auxiliary, i.e. as-
sist:— help together.



Soonodeeno



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



4944. OTiv<i)8tv<o sunodtno, soon-o-dee'-no; from
4862 and 3005; to have (parturition) pangs in company
(concert, simultaneously) with, i.e. (fig.) to sympa-
thize (in expectation of relief from suffering):— travail
in pain together.

4945. mivafUMrio. gunomAsia, soon-o-mos-ee'-
ah, from a comp. of 4862 and 3060; a swearing
together, i.e. (by impl.) a plot:— conspiracy.

JfiJfi. 2vp&Kovo-cu Suraliousai, soo-rak'-oo-

sahee; plur. of uncert. der. ; Syracuscs, the capital of

Sicily:— Syracuse.

4547. SvpCtt Snrla, soo-ree'-ah; prob. of Heb. or.

[6865] ; Syria (i.e. Tsyria or Tyre), a region of Asia:—

Syria.

Jj94$. Svpos SnrAs, soo'^ros; from the same as

$047; a Syran (i.e. prob. Tyrian), a native of Syria:—

Syrian.

4549. SvpoijioCvunra SurAphAlnlgga, soo-rof-

oy'-nis-sah; fern, of a comp. of 4948 and the same as

?#y; a Syro-phcenician woman, i.e. a female native

of Phoenicia in Syria:— Syrophenician.

4950. crvpTis surtts, soor'-tis; from 40//; a shoal
(from the sand drawn thither by the waves), i.e. the
Syrtis Major or great bay on the N. coast of Africa:—
quicksand*.

4951. irvpu euro, soo'-ro; prob. akin to 13S; to
trail:— drag, draw, hale.

455®. oTHnrapdo-OTO gnsparaggo, soos-par-as'-
to; from *5fe and #6&; to rend completely, i.e. (by
anal.) to convulse violently:— throw down.
J/953. <rv<r<niu,ov lussemon, soos'-say-mon; neut.
of a comp. of 4862 and the base of 45Q/; a sign in
common, i.e. preconcerted signal:— token,
49B4. <r*<r<ro>|iios sussomds, soos'-so-mos; from
4802 and 4083; of a joint body, i.e. (fig.) a fellow-mem-
ber of the Christian community.— of the same body.
J/955. m>OTa<ria(mrjs sustasiastes, soos-tas-ee-
as-tace'; from a comp. of <t»2 and a der. of 4714; a
fellow-insurgent:— make insurrection with.
4956. <nKTT«iTiK6s sustatlkAs, soos-tat-ee-kos 1 ;
from a der. of 4921; introductory, i.e. recommenda-
tory.'— of commendation.

J/B57. cvoravpdw sustaurAo, soos-tow-ro'-o;
from 4*62 and 47'7, - t° impale in company wttft. (lit.
or flg.):— crucify with.

J/958. otmttsXXm sustfello, soos-iel'-Io; from 4*2
and 4724', to se?id (draw) together, i.e. enwrap (en-
shroud a corpse for burial), contract (an interval):—
short, wind up.

49.59. oTiOTevd^w gastenazo, soos-ten-ad'-zo;
from 4Sb2 and 4727; to moan jointly, i.e. (fig.) experi-
ence a common calamity:— groan together.
4960. o-uaTOix^* gugtAlcbeo, soos-toy-kheh'-o;
from 4J&2 and 47^57 to ^Je together (as soldiers in
ranks), i.e. (flg.) to correspond to:— answer to.
496'7. oTMTTpaTiiSTns sustratiotes, soos-trat-ee-
o'-tace; from #S&2 and #7J7," a co-campaigner, i.e.
(flg.) an associate in Christian toil:— fellowsoldier.
49&2. <rwTp&j><» sustr£pbo, soos-tref'-o; from
^S)2 and 4762; to (wis* together, Le. collect (a bundle,
a crowd) :— gather.

496V?. <m<rrpOi(><i sustrApbe, soos-trof-ay' ; from
4962; a twisting together, i.e. (flg.) a secret coaZzfion,

riotous crowd: (- band together, concourse.

4964- <rt)crxi)(iiaTt|<i) gngcbematlzo, soos-khay-
mat-id' -zo; from 4*2 and a der. of 4976; to fashion
alike, i.e. conform to the same pattern (flg.):—
conform to, fashion self according to.
J/965. 2i>xdp Suchar, soo-khar'; of Heb. or.
[7941] ; Sychar (i.e. Shekar), a place in Pal. :— Sychar.
J/966. 2vxl|i SucbAm, soo-khem'; of Heb. or.
[7937] ; Syehem (i.e. Shekem), the name of a Canaanite
and of a place in Pal.:— Syehem.
4967. ir^ayfi gpbage, sfag-ay'; from 4qbq; butch-
ery (of animals for food or sacrifice, or [flg.J of men
[destruction]):— slaughter.

J/968. o-<j>d , yiov gpbagiAn, sfag'-ee-on; neut. of a
der. of 4067; a victim (in sacrifice):— slain beast.
J/969. o*<|>d£ci> spbazo, sfad'-zo; a prim, verb; to
butcher (espec. an animal for food or in sacrifice) or



(gen.) to slaughter, or (spec.) to maim (violently):—
kill, slay, wound.

J/970. cnjJoSpa gpbAdra, sfod'-rah; neut. plur. of
o-ifioSpos sphAdrAg (violent; of uncert. der.) as
adv. ; vehemently, i.e. in a high degree, much:— ex-
ceeding (ly), greatly, sore, very.
4971. <r4>o8pSs spbAdros, sfod-roce'; adv. from
the same as 4970; very much: — exceedingly.
J/972. o-<ppa-yC£o> spbragizo, sfrag-id'-zo; from
4Q73; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for
security or preservation (lit. or fig.); by impl. to keep
sea-et, to attest: — (set a, set to) seal up.
4975. trippa/yCs sphraglg, sfrag-ece'; prob.
strengthened from 3420; a signet (as fencing in or
protecting from misappropriation); by impl. the
stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuine-
ness), lit. or flg.:— seal.

4974- 0"4>«p6v gpbnrAn, sfoo-ron'; neut. of a
presumed der. prob. of the same as o-<|>atpo gpbal-
ra (a ball, " sphere"; comp. thefem. <r(pvpa 8 pit li-
ra, a hammer) ; the ankle (as globular): — ancle bone.
J/975, crxeSdv scbAdAn, skhed-on'; neut. of a pre-
sumed der. of the alt. of 219s as adv.; nigh, i.e.
nearly:— almost.

<rx«'« sebAo. See 2/92.
J/976, oyfyy.0. schema, skhay'-mah; from the alt.
of 21Q2; a figure (as a mode or circumstance), i.e. (by
impl.) external condition: — fashion.
1/977. o-x££» scblzo, skhid'-zo; appar. a prim,
verb; to split or setier (lit. or fig.).— break, divide,
open, rend, make a rent.

497S. crx'o-rU 1 scblsma, skhis'-mah; from 4977; a
split or gap ("schism"), lit. or flg.: — division, rent,
schism.

4979. o-xoivtov solioiiiii.il skhoy-nee'-on; di-
min. of (rxoivos gcbAiiiAs (a rush or j!ag-plant; of
uncert. der.) ; a rushlet, i.e. grass-withe or tie (gen.):—
small cord, rope.

4980. <r\\o\\al<o scbAlazo, skhol-ad'-zo; from
4081; to take a holiday, i.e. be at leisure for (by impl.
devote oneself wholly to); flg. to be vacant (of a
house):— empty, give self.

4981. o-xoV*] scbole, skhol-ay'; prob. fem. of a
presumed der. of the alt. of 2/92; prop, loitering (as
a withholding of oneself from work) or leisure, i.e.
(by impl.) a " school " (as vacation from phys. em-
ployment) :— school.

4982. o-(Sjj<i> sozo, sode'-zo; from a prim. o-»s sog
(contr. for obsol. «rdos saAg, "safe"); to save, I.e.
deliver or protect (lit. or flg.):— heal, preserve, save
(self), do well, be (make) whole.

4983. <ru|ia soma, so'-maft; from 4082; the body
(as a sound whole), used in a very wide application,
lit. or fig. :— bodily, body, slave.

4984. o-upaTiicds somatikAs, so-mat-ee-kos' ;
from 41)83; corporeal or physical:— bodily,

4985. 0-mu.otikws gomatlkog, so-mai-ee-fcoce';
adv. from 41)84; corporeally or physically:— bodily.
1/986. SwirctTpos SopatrAg, so'-pat-ros; from the
base of 4082 and .5962; of a safe father; Sopatrus, a
Chr. :— Sopater. Comp. 4089.

4987. o-upevo gorjno, sore-yoo'-o; from another
form of 4673; to pile up (lit. or flg.):— heap, load.

4988. 2o><r8lvT|s Sosth&neg, soce-<fcen'-nce; from
the base of 4082 and that of 4309; of safe strength;
Sosthenes, a Chr.:— Sosthenes.

4989. SwcrbraTpos SogipatrAg, so-sip'-at-ros;
prol. for 4986; Sosipatrus, a Chr.:— Sosipater.

4990. o-airrjp gdter, so-tare'; from 4982; a deliv-
erer, i.e. God or Christ:— saviour.

4991. o-e>rnp£a goterla, so-tay-ree'-ah; fem. of a
der. of 4990 as (prop, abstr.) norm; rescue or safety
(phys. or mor.):— deliver, health, salvation, save,
saving.

4992. o-uT^piov goterlAn, so-tay'-ree-on; neut.
of the same as 4991 as (prop, concr.) noun; defender
or (by impl.) defence:— salvation.

4993. cr<i><{>pov&) sophrSnJo, so-fron-ek'-o; from
4998; to be of sound mind, i.e. sane, (flg.) moderate:—
be in right mind, be sober (minded), soberly.



. o-ucppovCJjo sophronlzo, so-fron-id'-zoi

from 4098; to make of sound mind, i.e. (fig.) to difi,
cipline or correct:— teach to be sober.

4995. o-oxjipovi.o-u.ds gopbrAnigmAg. so-fron-is-
mos'; from 4094; discipline, i.e. self-control:— sound
mind.



. <7<o<f>povws sophrAnog, so-fron'-oce; adv.
from 4998; with sound mind, Le. moderately:^
soberly.

4997. o-wi|>po<rvvTi gopbrAsnne, so-fros-oo'-nay;
from 4998; soundness of mind, i.e. (lit.) sanity or
(fig.) self-control:— soberness, sobriety.

4998. o-u<|>pcDv sopbrdn, so' -f rone; from the base
of 4982 and that of 3424; safe (sound) in mind, i.e.
self-controlled (moderate as to opinion or passion): —
discreet, sober, temperate.



rd ta. Beess88.

4999. TaP^pvoi Tabernal, tao-er'-nafcee; plur.
of Lat. or.; huts or wooden-walled buildings; Taber-
nee: — taverns.

5000. TaPiBd Tabitba, tdb-ee-thah' ; of Chald.
or. [comp. 6646] ; the gazelle; Tabitha (Le. Tabjetha),
a Chr. female: — Tabitha.

5001. T&-yu,a tagma, tag'-mah; from 502/; some-
thing orderly in arrangement (a troop), i.e. (flg.) a
series or succession: — order.

5002. toktos taktAg, tak-tos'; from josr; ar-
ranged, i.e. appointed or stated: — Set.

5003. TaXaiirwpe'u talalporeo, tal-ahee-po-
reh'-o, from 3003; to be wretched, Le. realize one's
own misery: — be afflicted.

5004. TaXaiirupla talaiporla, tal-ahee-po-
ree'-ah; from 3003; wretchedness, i.e. calamity:—
misery.

5005. ToXaCirwpos talalporAs, tal-ah'ee-po-ros;
from the base of 3007 and a der. of the base of 3984;
enduring trial, i.e. miserable: — wretched.

5006. ToXovTiotos talantlalAg, talan-tee-ah'-
yos; from 3007; talent-like in weight:— weight of a
talent.

5007. tcLXovtov talantAn, tal'-an-ton; neut. of
a presumed der. of the orig. form of rXdu tlao (to
Sear; equiv. to 3342); a balance (as supporting
weights), i.e. (by impl.) a certain weight (and thence a
coin or rather sum of money) or " talent ": — talent.

5008. ToXt9d talltlia, tal-ee-thah' ; of Chald. or.
[comp. 2924] ; the fresh, Le. young girl; talitha (O
maiden): — talitha.

5009. Tapciov tam£lAn, tam-i'-on; neut. contr.
of a presumed der. of Tauias tamlas (a dispenser
or distributor; akin to Tejiva ii'iiiu.V to c«i); a
dispensary or magazine, i.e. a chamber on the
ground-floor or interior of an Oriental house (gen.
used for storage or privacy, a spot for retirement): —
secret chamber, closet, storehouse.

ravvv lunnu See 3368.

5010. to|is taxis, tax' -is; from 3021; regular ar-
rangement, i.e. (in time) fixed successio?i (of rank or
character), official dignity:— order.

5011. Taimvds tapeinds, tap-i-nosf; of uncert.
der.; depressed, Le. (fig.) humiliated (in circum-
stances or disposition):— base, cast down, humble, of
low degree (estate), lowly.

5012. xoir£ivo<|>pocruVT) tapelnApbrAgnne,
tap^i-nof-ros-oo' -nay ; from a comp. of 3011 and the
base of 3424; humiliation of mimi, Le. modesty: —
humbleness of mind, humility (of mind), low-
liness (of mind).

5013. Toireivdo tapelnAo, tap-i-no'-o; from
3011; to depress; flg. to humiliate (in condition or
heart):— abase, bring low, humble (self).

5014. TaireCvoicis tapiinosis tap-t'-no-sts, - from
J073; depression (in rank or feeling):— humiliation, be
made low, low estate, vile.

5015. rapd<r<ro> taragso. tar-as'-so; of uncert.
affin.; to stir or agitate (roil water):— trouble.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Soonodeeno
Tithaymee



71



5016. Tapax^ taracbe, tar-akh-ay'; fern, from
joj-j; disturbance, i.e. (of water) roiling, or (of a
mob) sedition.'— trouble (-tag).

6017. Tdpa\\09 taracbds, tar'-akh-os; masc.
from 5015; a disturbance, i.e. (popular) tumult:— stir.
601S. Toptreis Tar Be us, tar-syoos'; from jo/o; a
Tarsean, i.e. native of Tarsus:— of Tarsus.

6019. Tap<n$s Tar s6s, tar-sos'; perh. the same as
Tapo-6s targftg (a flat basket); Tarsus, a place in
Asia Minor:— Tarsus.

6020. xapxapdw tartarSo, tarJar-o'-o; from
TdpTapos Tartarog (the deepest abyss of Hades);
to incarcerate in eternal torment:— cast down to hell.
5021. T<uro*<i> taggd, tas'-so; a prol. form of a prim,
verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); to
arrange in an orderly manner, i.e. assign or dispose
(to a certain position or lot):— addict, appoint, deter-
mine, ordain, set.

602%. ratipos taurdg, tow'-ros; appar. a prim.
word [comp. 8450, "steer"]; a bullock:— bull, ox.
5023. toOto tauta. tow'-tah; nom. or ace. neut.

plnr. of 3778; these things: 1- afterward, follow,

-|- hereafter, x him, the same, so, such, that, then,
these, they, this, those, thus.

6024. roira tauta, tow-tah'; neut. plnr. of 3388
and 846 as adv.; in the same way:— even thus, (man-
ner) like, so.

6025. ravTCiis tautaig, tow'-toheece; and
TavTas tautas, tow'-tas; dat. and ace. fern.

plur. respectively of 3778; (to or with or by, etc.)
these:— hence, that, then, these, those.

6026. Taurrj tautej, tow'-tay; and
rairrpi tauten, tow'-tane; and
ravrns tauteg, tow'-tace; dat, ace. and

gen. respectively of the fem. sing, of 3778; (towards
or of) this:— her, + hereof, it, that, + thereby, the
(Bame), this (same).

5027. ia.tyt\\ tapbe, taf-ay 1 ; fem. from ago; burial
(the act):— X bury.

5028. Td<j>os tapbog, taf'-os; masc. from 2200;
a grave (the place of interment): — sepulchre, tomb.

5029. T&xa tacba, takh'-ah; as if neut. plur. of
5036 (adv.); shortly, i.e. (flg.) posst'ofy:— perad venture
(-haps).

5030. Tax«'»S tacbeog, takh-eh'-oce; adv. from
S036; briefly, i.e. (in time) speedily, or (in manner)
rapidly:— hastily, quickly, shortly, soon, suddenly.
6031. raxivos tachinos, takh-ee-nos' ; from
;034; curt, i.e. impending:— shortly, swift.

5032. Td\\iov tacbiftn, takh'-ee-on; neut. sing, of
the compar. of 3036 (as adv.) ; more swiftly, i.e. (in
manner) more rapidly, or (in time) more speedily: —
out [run], quickly, shortly, sooner.

5033. t&xutto. tacblsta, takh'-is-tah; neut.
plur. of the superl. of 303b (as adv.); most quickly,
i.e. (with 3613 pref.) as soon as possible: — |- with all
speed.

6034- t&xos taebdg, takh'-os; from the same as
303b; a brief space (of time), i.e. (with 1722 pref.) in
haste: — \\- quickly, + shortly, + speedily.

5035. rwjuy taebu, takh-oo'; neut. sing, of 3036
(as adv.); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by
surprise) suddenly, or (by impl. of ease) readily,
lightly, quickly.

5036. toxvs tacbug, takhroos 1 ; of uncert affln.;
fleet, i.e. (flg.) prompt or ready:— swift.

5037. T£ tB, teh; a prim, particle (enclitic) of con-
nection or addition; both or also (prop, as correl. of
2532):— also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often
used in comp., usually as the latter part.
50S8. T6t\\os teicboa, ti'-khos; akin to the base of
3088: a wall (as formative of a house):— wall.

6039. T£Ku%iov tekmerion, tek-may'-ree-on;
neut. of a presumed der. of TCKp&p tekmar (a
goal or fixed limit); a token (as defining a fact), i.e.
criterion of certainty.— infallible proof.

6040. tckvCov teknl&n, tek-nee'-on; dimin. of
3043; an infant, i.e. (plur. flg.) darlings (Christian
converts):— little children.



5041. ™cvo , vov&i> tebndgdneo, tek-nog-on-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 3043 and the base of ioqb; to be a
child-bearer, i.e. parent (mother):— heal children.

TEKiwyovCa teknogdnia, tek-iiog-on-ee'-
ah; from the same as 3041; childbirth (parentage),
i.e. (by impl.) maternity (the performance of ma-
ternal duties): — childbearing.

5043. tskvov tekndn, teW-non; from the base of

5 8 8 ; a child (as produced) :— child, daughter, son.
5044- T€KVOTpoep€<i> tekndtrdpheo, tek-not-rof-
eh'-o; from a comp. ot 3043 ema 3142; to be a child-
rearer, i.e. fulfil the duties of a female parent:—
bring up children.

5045. T&Tcnv tekton, tek'-tone; from the base of
3088; an artificer (as producer of fabrics), i.e. (spec.)
a craftsman in wood: — carpenter.

5046. ■WXeios teleldg, tel'-i-os; from 3030; com-
plete (in various applications of labor, growth,
mental and moral character, etc.); neut. (as noun,
with 3388) completeness:— of full age, man, perfect.
6047. T£\\ei6TT]S teleldtes, tel-i-ot'-ace; from
3046; (the state) completeness (ment or mor.):— per-
fection (-ness).

5048. tcXeioco teleido, teH-o'-o; from 3046; to
complete, i.e. (lit.) accomplish, or (flg.) consummate (in
character) : — consecrate, finish, fulfil, (make) perfect.

5049. Ttkitas teleldg, tel-i'-oce; adv. from 3046;
completely, i.e. (of hope) without wavering:— to the
end.

5050. TtXsCoxris teleiosis, tel-i'-o-sis; from.3448;
(the act) completion, i.e. (of prophecy) verification,
or (of expiation) absolution:— perfection, perform-
ance.

5051. tcXeudt^JS teleloteg, tel-i-o-tace' ; from
3048; a completer, i.e. consummater: — finisher.

5052. TtKta-fyopia telesphor£o, tel-es-for-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 303b 00.6.3342; to be a bearer to com-
pletion (maturity), i.e. to ripen fruit (fig.):— bring
fruit to perfection.

5053. TeXorrdu teleutao, tel-yoo-tah'-o; from a
presumed der. of 3033; to finish life (by impl. of 070),
i.e. expire (demise): — be dead, decease, die.

5054. TeXevrtj teleute, tel-yoo-tay 1 '; from 3033;
decease:— death.

5055. tcXco tSleo, teUeh'-o; from 5056; to end, i.e.
complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt): — ac-
complish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over,
pay, perform.

5056. re'Xos telSg, tel'-os; from a prim. tsXXw
tello (to set out for a definite point or goal); prop,
the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by impl.) the con-
clusion of an act or state (termination [lit., fig. or
indef.], result [immed., ultimate or prophetic], pur-
pose); spec, an impost or levy (as paid): h con-
tinual, custom, end (-tag), finally, uttermost. Comp.
34"-

5057. TtXiSvijs telones, tej-o'-nace; from 3036 and
3608; a tax-farmer, I.e. collector of public revenue:—
publican.

5058. TtXi&viov telonldn, telo'-nee-on; neut. of
a presumed der. of 3037; a tax-gatherer's place of
business:— receipt of custom.

5059. rtpas teras, ter'-as; of uncert. affln.; a
prodigy or omen: — wonder.

6060. Ttprios Tertios, ter'-tee-os; of Lat. or.;
third; Tertius, a Chr.:— Tertius.

5061. Te'pTwXXos Tertnllos, ter'-tool-los; of un-
cert. der.; Tertullus, a Rom.:— Tertullus.

TeWapa tSssara. See 3064.

5062. Tecro-apttKOVTO. tegsarakdnta, tes-sar-ak'-
on-tah; the decade 013064; forty:— -forty.

5063. TEoro-apaKovTaerrjS tessarakdntaeteg,
tes-sar-ak-on-tah-et-ace' ; from 3062 and 2004; of forty
years of age:— (4- full, of) forty years (old).
5064- TeV(rap(S teggareg, tes'-sar-es; neut.

TeWapa tessara, ies'-sar-ah; a plur. num-
ber; four:— four.

5066. Tctro-apco-KaiScKaTos teggaregkaideka»-
tos, tes-sar-es-kahee-dek'-at-os; from 3064 and 2332
and 1182; fourteenth: — fourteenth.



5066. TCTapraSos tet art aids, tet-ar-tah'-yos;
tram 3064; pertaining to the fourth day:— four days.

5067. Terapros tttart os, tet'-ar-tos; ord. from
3064; fourth:— tow: (-th).

5068. TeTpd^uvos tetragonds, fef-rag'-o-nos;
from 3064 and 1137; four-cornered, i.e. square;—
foursquare.

5069. TtTpd&iov tetradion, tet-rad'-ee-on; neut
of a presumed der. of TtVpas tetras (a tetrad;
from 3064); a quaternion or squad (picket) of four
Bom. soldiers:— quaternion.

5070. TtTpaKurxCXioi tetrakiscbilidl, tet-rak-
is-khil'-ee-oy; from the mult. adv. of 3064 and 3307;
four times a thousand:— tour thousand.

5071. TeTpaK6<rioi l.'trak <>sioi. tet-rak-os'-ee-oy;
neut. T£TpaK6<ria tetrakdsia, tet-rak-os'-ee-ah;
plur. from 3064 and 1340; four hundred:— tow hun-
dred.

507.2. T£Tpdp.iivov tStramendn, tetoam'-ay-non;
neut. of a comp. of 3064 and 3376; a four months'
space: — four months.

5073. T£TpairX6os tetrapldos, tet-rap-W-os;
from 3064 and a der. of the base of 4118; quadruple: —
fourfold.

5074- TtTpdirous tetrapdus. tet-rap'-ooce; from
3064 and 4228; a quadruped:— fourf ooted beast.

5075. T£TpapX£<i> tetrarcbeo, tet-rar-kheh'-o;
from 507b; to be a tetrarch:—(be) tetrarch.

5076. T£Tpdpxn,S tetrarches, tet-rar'-khaoe;
from 3064 and 737; the ruler of a fourth part of a
country (" tetrarch"):— tetrarch.

T£t>x<* teucho. Seej777.

5077. rifyaia tfpliruo, tef-ro'-o; from rf+pa
tepbra (as/ies); to incinerate, Le. consume."— turn
to ashes.

5075. T^xvn teebne, tekh'-nay; from the base of
/as?,' ori (as productive)^ i.e. (spec.) a trade, or (gen.)
skill:— art, craft, occupation.

5079. T6Xv£tt|s teebnites, tekh~n.ee' -tace; from
jo7<f; an artiso»; flg. a founder (Creator):— builder,
craftsman.

5080. -Hjku teko, tay'-ko; appar. a prim, verb;
to liquefy:— melt.

50Si. TTjXavyus telaages, tay-lhw-goce' ; adv.
from a comp. of a der. of 303b and .X37; in afar-chin-
ing manner, i.e. plainly; — clearly.

5082. thXikovtos tellkdutda, tay-lik-oo'-tos;
fem. i-nXiKavrri tellkaute, tay-lik-ow'-tay;
from a comp. of 3588 with 2243 and 3778; such as this,
i.e. (in [fig.] magnitude) so vast:— so great, so mighty.

5083. Ttipew tereo, tay-reh'-o; from Tn,p6s teros
(a watch; perh. akin to sj 1 ^); to guard (from loss or
injury, prop, by keeping the eye upon; and thus dif-
fering from 3442, which is prop, to prevent escaping;
and from 28g2, which implies a fortress or full mili-
tary lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; flg.
to fulfil a command) ; by impl. to detain (in custody;
fig. to maintain); by extens. to withhold (for per-
sonal ends; flg. to keep unmarried):— hold fast, keep
(-er), (ob-, pre-, re) serve, watch.

5084- TfjpT|<ns teresis, tay'-ray-sis; from 3083; a
watching, i.e. (flg.) ooseruance, or (concr.) a prison:—
hold.

ty\\ tS,, T<iv ten, rfls teg. See 3388.

5085. TiPepids Tiberias, tib-er-ee-as'; from
308b; Tiberias, the name of a town and a lake in
Pal. :— Tiberias.

5086. TiPepios Tiberloa, tib-er'-ee-os; of Lat or.;
prob. pertaining to the river Tiberis or Tiber;
Tiberius, a Rom. emperor:— Tiberius.

5087. rl8t[\\u. tltbeml, tith'-ay-mee; a prot form
of a prim.

9(a tbeo, theh'-o (which is used only as alt.
in cert, tenses) ; to place (in the widest application,
lit. and flg. ; prop, in a passive or horizontal posture,
and thus different from 247b, which prop, denotes an
upright and active position, while 2741) is prop, reflex-
ive and utterly prostrate): 1- advise, appoint, bow,

commit, conceive, give, x kneel down, lay (aside.



72



Tikto



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth),
settle, sink down.

5088. t(kt«> tikto, tik'-to; a strengthened form of
a prim. tIkw tt-ko, teW-o (which is used only as alt.
in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a
mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), lit. or flg.:— bear, be
born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.

5089. tCXXu tillo, til'-lo; perh. akin to the alt. of
138, and thus to 4051; to pull off:— pluck.

6090. TCjiaios Timaios, tim'-ah-yos; prob. of

Chald. or. [comp. 2931]; Timwus (i.e. Timay), an

Isr.:— Timasus.

5091. Ti(j.dto timao, tim-ah'-o; from 3093; to

prize, ie- fix a valuation upon; by impl. to revere:—

honour, value.

6092. Tip/rj time, tee-may'; from 3090; a value,

Le. money paid, or (concr. and collect.) valuables; by

anal, esteem (espec. of the highest degree), or the

dignity itself :— honour, precious, price, some.

509S. tCjiios timi&g, tim'-ee-os; includ. the comp.

TijHiiTepos Vlmldlcro*, tim-ee-o'-ter-os;
and the superL

ti|J.i«totos tlmiotatog, tim-ee-o'-tat-os;
irorajogs; valuable, i.e. (obj.) costly, or (subj.) hon-
ored, esteemed, or (fig.) beloved:— dear, honourable,
(more, most) precious, had in reputation.
5094- tihi6ths timidtes, timree-ot'-ace; from
3003; expensiveness, Le. (by impl.) magnificence: —
costliness.

5095. TipdOeos Tin*6tke68, tee-moth'-eh-os;
from .5:002 and 2316; dear to God; Timotheus, a
Chr. :— Timotheus, Timothy.

5096. TC(j,<i»v Tlmon, tee'-mone; from jo^e; val-
uable; Timon, a Chr.: — Timon.

6097. Ti|iwp^a> timorfio, tim-o-reh'-o; from a
comp. 013092 and ovpos ourds (a guard); prop, to
protect one's honor, i.e. to avenge (.inflict a pen-
alty):— -punish.

5#9£. Tifiwpta timorla, tee-mo-ree'-ah; from
5097; vindication, i.e. (by impl.) a penalty:— punish-
ment.

5099. tCvu tillo, tee'-no; strengthened for a prim.
Tto tio, tee'-o (which is only used as an alt.

In certain tenses) ; to pay a price, i.e. as a penalty: —
be punished with.

5100. tCs tis. tis; an enclit. indef . pron. ; some or
amy person or object: — a (kind of), any (man, thing,
thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man,
one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body,
-thing, -what), (+ that no) thing, what (-soever),
X wherewith, whom [-soever], whose ([-soever]).

5101. tCs tis, tis; prob. emphat. of sroo; an inter-
rog. pron., who, which or what (in direct or indirect
questions): — every man, how (much), + no (-ne,
thing), what (manner, thing), where ([-by, -fore, -of,

unto, -with, -withal]), whether, which, who ( m, -se),
why.

5102. tCtXqs titlos, tit'-tos; of Lator.; atttvlus
or "title" (placard):— title.

5103. TCtos Titos, tee'-tos, of Lat, or, but uncert.
signif.; Titus, a Chr.:— Titus.

t(o> tio. &eejooQ.
t6 t*. SeejBtf,?.

5104. Tot tdi, toy; prob. for the dat. 0(3388; an
enclit. particle of asseveration byway of contrast; in
sooth:— [used only with other particles in comp., as
'544, 330S, S'°5, S'°°, etc.]

5105. TOi/yapoilv toigaroun, toy-gar-oon'; from
^104 and 1063 and ^767; truly for then, Le. conse-
quently:— there- (where-) tore.

•rotye toige. See 2344.
6106. Totwv tdiiinu, toy'-noon; from 5104 and
3568; truly now, i.e. accordingly:— then, therefore.
5107. rowJo-Se toiosde, toy-osf-deh (includ. the
other inflections) ; from a der. of 5104 and nbi; such-
Wee then, i.e. so great;— such.
6108. toiovtos toioatos, toy-orf-tos (includ. the
other inflections); from 3104 and 3778; truly this, i.e.
of this sort (to denote character or individuality):—
like, such (an one'),



6109. toIx°s tdlehds, toy'Jthos; another form of
5038; a wail: — wall.

6110. tokos tokos, tdk'-os; from the base of 3088;
interest on money loaned (as e. produce):— usury.

5111. toXh&o) tdlmao, tol-mah'-o; from t6Xu.o
toliua (boldness; prob. itself from the base of 505b
through the idea of extreme conduct); to venture
(obj. or in act; while 2202 is rather subj. or in feel-
ing); by impl. to be courageous: — be bold, boldly,
dare, durst.

511%. ToX|»]pOTepov tdlineroteron, tol-may-
rot'-er-on; neut. of the comp. of a der. of the base of
3m (as adv.); more daringly, i.e. with greater confi-
dence than otherwise:— the more boldly.

5113. To\\|MrWis tolmeteg, tol-may-tace' ; from
jzrz; a daring (audacious) man:— presumptuous.

5114-. Tondmpos tomotSros, tom-o'-ter-os;
comp. of a der. of the prim. Tt'p.vw t f iiino (to cut;
more comprehensive or decisive than 2875, as if by a
single stroke; whereas that implies repeated blows,
like hacking) ; more keen:— sharper.

5115. t6£ov toxou, toxf-on; from the base of
3088; a bow (appar. as the simplest fabric): — bow.

5116. Toirdjiov tdpazidn, top-ad' -zee-on; neut.
of a presumed der. (alt.) of roirajos topazos (a
"topaz"; of uncert. or.); a gem, prob. the chryso-
Hte:— topaz.

5117. rdiros tdpds, top'-os; appar. a prim, word;
a spot (gen. in space, but limited by occupancy;
whereas 3361 is a larger but partic. locality), i.e. loca-
tion (as a position, home, tract, etc.); flg. condi-
tion, opportunity; spec, a scabbard: — coast, licence,
place, X plain, quarter, -f rock, room, where.

6118. too-oCtos tosdntos, tos-oo'-tos; from
toVos tosog (so much; appar. from 3388 and
3730) and 3778 (includ. its variations); so vast as this,
i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number or space):— as
large, so great (long, many, much), these many.

6119. t6t« tot«, tot' -eh; from (the neut. of) 3388
O0&37S3; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past
or future, also in consecution):— that time, then.

5120. rov ton, too; prop, the gen. of 3588; some-
times used for J127; of this person:— his.

5121. ToivovrCov tonnantion, too-nan-tee' -on;
contr. for the neut. of 3588 and 172b; on the con-
trary:— contrariwise.

5122. Touvopa tonnoma, too'-no-mah; contr.
for the neut. of 3388 and 3686; the name (is):—
named.

5123. toutIo-ti toutestl, toot-es'-tee; contr. for
5124 and 2076; that is: — that is (to say).

5124- tovto f onto, too'-to; neut. sing. nom. or
ace. of 3718; that thing:— here [-unto], it, partly, self
[-same], so, that (intent), the same, there [-fore,
-unto], this, thus, where [-fore],

5125. toutois tdutolg, too'-toice; dat. plur. mase.
or neut. 013778; to (for, in, with or by) these (persons
or things):— such, them, there [-in, -with], these, this,
those.

5126. tovtov ton to 11, too'-ton; ace. sing. masc.
ot377$; this (person, as obj. of verb or prep.):— him,
the same, that, this.

6127. tootou tou ton, tocf-too; gen. sing. masc.
or neut. cX.3778; of (from or concerning) this (person
or thing):— here [-by], him, it, + such manner of,
that, thence [-forth], thereabout, this, thus.

5128. tovtovs tontons, too'-tooce; ace. plur.
masc. of 3778; these (persons, as obj. of verb or
prep.):— such, them, these, this.

5129. tout(i> toutdf, too'-to; dat. sing. masc. or
neut. of 3778; to (in, with or by) this (person or
thing):— here [-by, -in], him, one, the same, there [-in],
this.

5130. toutow tonton. ioo'-tone; gen. plur. masc.
or neut. of 3778; of (from or concerning) these (per-
sons or things):— such, their, these (things), they,
this sort, those.

I 5131. Tpd-yos tragits, trag'-os; from the base of
\\517b; a he-goat (as a gnawer)



5132. Tp&ireija trapeza, trap'-ed-zah; prob. contr.
from 3064 and 3079; a table or stoof (as being /onr>
legged), usually for food (flg. a meal); also a counter
for money (flg. a broker's office for loans at inter-

1:— bank, meat, table.

5133. Tpairejtnjs trapeziteg, trap-ed-zee'-tace;
from 5132; a money-6roi:er or banker:— exchanger.

5134. Tpavjia trauma, trow'-mah; from the base
of TiTp»o-K» titrosko (to wound; akin to the
base of 2332, 5147, 5149, etc.) ; a wound:— wound.

5135. Tpavp.artt,<i> traamatizo, trow-mat-id'-zo;
from 5134; to inflict a wound: — wound.

5136. rpa\\r\\KIXfit trachelizd, trdkh-ay-lid'-zo;
from 5137; to seize by the throat or neck, i.e. to ex-
pose the gullet of a victim for killing (gen. to lay
bare):— opened.

5137. Todx^Xos trachelAs, trakh'-ay-los; prob.
from 3143 (through the idea of mobility) ; the throat
(neck), i.e. (flg.) life:— neck.

5138. Tpa\\vs tracking, trakh-oos'; perh. strength
ened from the base of 448b (as if jagged by rents);
uneven, rocky (reefy):— rock, rough.

5139. Tpo.x«vtTis Trai lionUis, trafcft-o-nee'-
tis; from a der. 013138; rough district; Trachonitis,
a region of Syria:— Trachonitis.

5140. rp«ts trSis, trice; neut.

TpCo. tria, tree'-afc; a prim, (plur.) number ;
" three".'— three.

5141. Tpfy.a tr6mo, trem'-o; strengthened from
a prim. Tp&> treo (to "dread", "terrify"); to
" tremble" or fear:— be afraid, trembling.

5142. Tp4<j>» trepko, tref'-o; a prim, verb (prop.
0pe'<j>o) threpho; but perh. strength, from the base
of s*S7 through the idea of convolution) ; prop, to
stiffen, i.e. fatten (by impl. to cherish [with food,
etc.], pamper, rear):— bring up, feed, nourish.

5143. Tp^x<* trecko, trekh'-o; appar. a prim.
verb (prop. Opfyw tkrecko; comp. 2339); which
uses 8plp.« driSma, drem'-o (the base of 1408) as
alt. in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (lit. or
flg.):— have course, run.

5144- TpuxKovra triakonta, tree-ak'-on-tah; the
decade of 5140; thirty:— thirty.

5145. TpiOKOo-toi triakosioi, tree-ak-os'-ee-oy;
plur. from 5140 and 1340; three hundred:— -three hun-
dred.

5146. TptpoXos tribdlds, trW-ohos; from 5140
and C56; prop, a crow-foot (three-pronged obstruc-
tion in war), i.e. (by anal.) a thorny plant (caltrop):—
brier, thistle.

5147. rpCpos tribes, tree'-bos; from rp(f3u tri-
bo (to " rub"; akin to rttpa tSiro, rpvu trno,
and the base of j&i, 3134); a rut or worn tracfc:—
path.

5148. TpitrCa trietia, tree-et-ee'-ah; from a
comp. of S'4° and 2094; a three years' period (irien-
niv/m,):— space of three years.

5149. Tpt|o) trizo, trid'-zo; appar. a prim, verb;
to creafc (squeak), i.e. (by anal.) to grote the teeth (m
frenzy) :— gnash.

5150. rpCp/nvov trimendn, trim'-ay-non; neut. of
a comp. of 3140 and 337b as noun; a three months'
space:— three months.

5161. Tpts tris, trece; adv. from 3140; three
times;— three times, thrice.

5162. TpCo-rryov tristegon, tris'-teg-on; neut. of
a comp. of 5140 and 4721 as noun; a third roof
(story):— third loft.

5153. TpurxiXioi trlseliiltoi, tris-khil'-ee-oy;
from 3151 and 3507; three times a thousand:— three
thousand.

5154- Tpfrros tritos, tree'-tos; ord. from 3140;
third; neut. (as noun) a third part, or (as adv.) a (or
the) third time, thirdly:— third (4y).

TpCx.es trich€s, etc. See ^59.
6155. TpCxivos trlchlnAs, trikh'-ee^nos; from
2339; hairy, i.e. made of hair (mohair):— of hair.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Tikto
Hooparkhontah



73



6166. rp6|M>s tromos, trom'-os; from 5141; a
" trembling'", i.e. quaking with fear:— -f- tremble
(-mg).

5157. Tpoiri) trope, trop-ay 1 ; from an appar.
prim. Tp**irs> trepd (to turn); a turn ("trope"), i.e.
revolution (fig. variation):— turning.

5158. Tpoiros trdpds, trop'-os; from the same as
$157; a turn, i.e. (by impl.) mode or style (espec. with
prep, or rel. pref . as adv. like) ; flg. deportment or
character:— (even) as, conversation, [+ like] manner
(4- by any) means, way.

5159. Tpoiro<|>op&o tropdpbdreo, irop-o/-or-
eh'-o; from 5158 and 5409; to endure one's habits: —
Buffer the manners.

6160. Tpo<j>TJ trdpbe, trof-at/ 1 ; from j/^," nour-
ishment (lit. or flg.); by impl. rations (wanes):— food,
meat.

6161. Tpo<j>i|iOS Trdpblmds, trof-ee-mos; from
S160; nutritive; Trophimus, a Chr.:— Trophimus.

6162. Tp0(j)6s tropbds, trof-os'; from //^s; a
nourisher, i.e. nurse:— nurse.

5i63. Tpo\\ici trochia, trokh-ee-ah' ; from j/6#; a
trade (as a wheel-rut), i.e. (fig.) a course of conduct:—
path.

5164- Tpox<>9 trticbfis, trokh-os'; from 5143; a
uiheet (as a runner), i.e. (flg.) a circuit of phys. ef-
fects:— course.

5165. TpipXiov trnbllon, troob'-lee-on; neut. of
a presumed der. of uncert. affln. ; a botot: — dish.

5166. TpvYcuo trugao, troo-gah'-o; from a der. of
Tpvyw trugo (to dry) mean, ripe fruit (as if dry);
to collect the vintage:— gather.

5167. rpuyiv trngon, troo-gone 1 ; from Tpv£<i>
truzo (to murmur; akin to j/#9, but denoting a
duller sound) ; a turtle-dove (as cooing):— turtle-dove.
5i6S. Tpv(ia\\ia trumalla, troo-mal-ee-ah' ; from
a der. of Tpia trud (to wear away; akin to the base
015134,5147 and .5^76); an orifice, i.e. a needle's eye:—
eye. Comp. j/60.

5769. Tpvirt|(itt trupema, troo'-pay-mah; from a
der. of the base of 5108; an aperture, i.e. a needle's
eye:— eye.

5170. Tpvipaivo. Trupbaina, troo'-fahee-nah;
tTova.5172; luxurious; Tryphmna, a Chr. woman:—
Tryphena.

5171. Tpwj>d<o truphao, troo-fah'-o; from j/72;
to indulge in luxury: — live in pleasure.

5172. TpiMjri] trupbe, troo-fay'; from 8pvirr»
thrnptd (to breafc up or [flg.] enfeeble, espec. the
mind and body by indulgence); effeminacy, i.e. lux-
ury or debauchery;— delicately, riot

5173. Tpv<t>ficra Trupliosa, troo-fo'-sah; from
5172; luxuriating; Tryphosa, a Chr. female:— Try-
phosa.

6174- Tpuds Troas, tro-as 1 ; from Tpos Tr<Js
(a Trojan); the Troad (or plain of Troy), i.e. Troas,
a place in Asia Minor:— Troas.

5175. TpoyvXXiov Trogullidn, tro-gool'-lee-on;
of uncert, der. ; Trogyllium, a place in Asia Minor: —
Trogy Ilium.

5176. rpwya trogo, tro'-go; prob. strength, from
a collat. form of the base of 5134 and 5147 through the
idea of corrosion or wear; or perh. rather of a base
of 5167 and 5140 through the idea of a craunching
Bound; to gnaw or cheio, i.e. (gen.) to eat: — eat.

5177. ni'YX'M'W tugcbano, toong-khan'-o; prob.
for an obsol. tvx« tncho (for which the mid. of
another alt. tcvx<* tSucho [to make ready or bring
to pass] is used in cert, tenses; akin to the base of
50SS through the idea of effecting; prop, to affect; or
(spec.) to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached),
i.e. (trans.) to attain or secure an object or end, or
(intrans.) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the
latter application only impers. (with 1487), i.e. per-
chance; or (pres. part.) as adj. usual (as if commonly
met with, with 3756, extraordinary), neut. (as adv.)
perhaps; or (with another verb) as adv. by accident
(as it were):— be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, x re-
fresh • • . self, + special. Comp. 5180.



5178. Tuu/iravtilw tumpanlzo, toom-pan-id'-zo;
from a der. of 5180 (mean, a drum, "tympanum");
to stretch on an instrument of torture resembling a
drum, and thus beat to death:— torture.

5179. tvitos tupds, too'-pos; tromj/fo; a die (as
struck), i.e. (by impl.) a stamp or scar; by anal, a
shape, i.e. a statue, (fig.) style or resemblance; spec,
a sampler (" type"), i.e. a model (for imitation) or in-
stance (for warning):— en- (ex-) ample, fashion, fig-
ure, form, manner, pattern, print.

6180. twitto) tupto, toop'-to; a prim, verb (in a
strength, form); to " thump", i.e. cudgel or pummel
(prop, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by
repeated blows; thus differing from 3817 and 3060,
which denote a [usually single] blow with the hand or
any instrument, or 4141 with the fist [or a hammer],
or 4474 with the palm; as well as from 5177, an acci-
dental collision); by impl. to punish; fig. to offend
(the conscience):— beat, smite, strike, wound.

5181. Tvpavvos Turaimds, too'-ran^ios; a pro-
vincial form of the der. of the base of sods; a
" tyrant"; Tyrannus, an Ephesian:— Tyrannus.

5182. TvpPdj> turbazo, toor-bad'-zo; from
Tvppt] turbo (Lat. turba, & crowd; akin to 2351); to
make " turbid ", i.e. disturb: — trouble.

5183. Tvpios Turids, too'-ree-os; from 5184; a
Tyrian, i.e. inhab. of Tyrus: — of Tyre.

5184. Tvpos Turds, too'-ros; of Heb. or. [6865]:
Tyrus (i.e. Tsor), a place in Pal. :— Tyre.

5185. t\\k{>X6s tupblos, toof-los'; from 51S7;
opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by anal.) blind (phys. or
ment.):— blind.

5186. tviJ>X6ci> tnpbloo, toof-lo'-o; IromjiSs; to
make blind, i.e. (fig. ) to obscure:— blind.

5187. TWpdtt tupbfto, toof-o'-o; from a der. of
5188; to envelop with smoke, i.e. (fig.) to inflate with
self-conceit:— high-minded, be lifted up with pride, be
proud.

5188. tv<|i<& tupbo, too'-fo; appar. a prim, verb;
to makea smoke, i.e. slowly consume without flame: —
smoke.

5189. tv<p«ivik6s tupbonlbds, too-fo-nee-kos' ;
from a der. 0I5188; stormy (as if smoky); — tempestu-
ous.

5190. Tdx«6s Tuchikos, too-khee-kos' ; from a
der. of 5177; fortuitous, i.e. fortunate; Tychicus,
Chr.:— Tychicus.



I

5191. vokCvBivos huablnthintts, hoo-ak-in'-
thee-nos; from 5102; " hyacinthine"OT il jacinthine",
i.e. deep blue:— jacinth.

5192. vdicivOos buakintbds, hoo-ak'-in-thos; of
uncert. der. ; the " hyacinth" or "jacinth", i.e. some
gem of a deep blue color, prob. the zirkon:— jacinth.

5193. vdXivos huallnos, ftoo-at'-ee-nos; from
5104; glassy, i.e. transparent: — of glass.

5194- voXos Inialos hoo'-al-os; perh. from the
same as 5205 (as being transparent like rain); glass:—



5195. vPpti> bubrizo, hoo-brid'-zo; from 5106; to
exercise violence, i.e. abuse, - — use despitefully, re-
proach, entreat shamefully (spitefully).

5196. v(3pis hubris, hoo'-bris; from 5228; inso-
lence (as ouer-bearing), i.e. insult, injury:— -harm,
hurt, reproach.

5197. vPpurrijs bubrlstes, hoo-bris-tace' ; from
5105; an insulter, i.e. maltreater: — despiteful, inju-
rious.

5198. vyiaCvco hugiaino, hoog-ee-ah'ee-no; from
Siaq; to have sound health, i.e. be well (in body); flg.
to be uncorrupt (true in doctrine):— be in health, (be
safe and) sound, (be) whole (-some).

5199. vyi^js bugles, hoog-ee-ace' ; from the base
of 837; healthy, i.e. well (in body); flg. true (in doc-
trine):— sound, whole.

5200. v-ypos hugrds, hoo-gros'; from the base of
5205; wet (as if with rain), i.e. (by impl.) sappy
(fresh):— green.



6201. vSpid budria, hoo-dree-ah' ; from 5204; a
water-jar, i.e. receptacte for family supply:— water-
pot.

5202. v8poiroT£(i> hadrdpoted, hoo-drop-ot-
eh'-o; from a comp. 015204 and a der. of 4005; to be a
water-drinker, i.e. to abstain from vinous bever-
ages:— drink water.

5203. vSpuiriKds hudroplbdg, hoo-dro-pik-os 1 ;
from a comr,. 0I5204 and a der. of 3700 (as if looking
watery); to be " dropsical ";— have the dropsy.

5204- vSup budor, hoo'-dore; gen.

vSaTOS budatds, hoo'-dat-os, etc.; from
the base of 5205; water (as if rainy) lit. or flg.:—
water.

5205. vctos huStos, fioo-e<-os'; from a prim, vol
buo (to rain); rain, espec. a shower:— rain.

5#06\\ uto8e<rCo buiotb&sia, hwee-oth-es-ee'-ah;
from a presumed comp. 0C5207 and a der. 0(5087; the
placing as a son, i.e. adoption (flg. Chr. sonship in
respect to God):— adoption (of children, of sons).

5207. vtos huios, hwee-os'; appar. a prim, word;
a " son" (sometimes of animals), used very widely of
immed., remote or flg. kinship:— child, foal, son.

5208. vKt\\ hule, hoo-lay'; perh. akin to 3586; a
forest, i.e. (by impl.) fuel;— matter.

5209. vp.ds bumas, hoo-mas 1 ; ace. of 5210; you
(as the obj. of a verb or prep.):— ye, you (+ -ward),
your (+ own).

5210. i5p.6is bumSis, hoo-mice'; irreg. plur. of
4771; you (as subj. of verb):— ye (yourselves), you.

5211. 'Yp.£vatos Humenalds, hoo-men-ah'-yos;
from 'Vp.^1 v tinmen (the god of weddings) ; " hy-
menceal "; Hymenceus, an opponent of Christianity : —
Hymenceus.

5212. v|UTepos bumSterfts, hoo-met'-er-os; from
5210; yours, i.e. pertaining to you: — your (own).

5213. v|itv bnmln, hoo-min 1 ; irreg. dat. of 5210;
to (with or by) you:— ye, you, your (-selves).

5214. v|ivt<i) bumned, hoom-neh'-o; from 5215;
to hymn, i.e. sing a religious ode; by impl. to celebrate
(God) in song:— sing an hymn (praise unto).

5215. v|ivos bumnds, hoom'-nos; appar. from a
simpler (obsol.) form of ■uBe'w budeo (to celebrate;
prob. akin to 103; comp. 5567) ; a " hymn" or religious
ode (one of the Psalms) :— hymn.

5216. i5|xwv bumon, hoo-mone'; gen. of 5210; of
(from or concerning) you;— ye, you, your (own,
-selves).

5217. wird"yw bnpago, hoop-ag'-o; from j^jo and
7^; to iead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as
if sinking out of sight), lit. or flg. :— depart, get hence,
go (a-) way.

5218. vira.KO'f) bnpakfte, ftoop-afc-5-a^'; from
52iq; attentive hearkening, i.e. (by impl.) compliance
or submission:— obedience, (make) obedient, obey
(-tag).

5219. OTOKoiu bupakono, hoop-ofc-oo'-o; from
J2J0 and iqj; to heor under (as a subordinate), i.e. to
listen attentively; by impl. to heed or conform to a
command or authority:— hearken, be obedient to,
obey.

5220. viravSpos hopandrds, koop'-an-drot;
from jajo and 435; in subjection under a man, i.e. e
married woman:— which hath an husband.

5221. wravrdo bupantad, hoop-an-tah'-o; from
52J0 and a der. of 473; to go opposite (meet) under
(quietly), i.e. to encounter, fall in with:— (go to)
meet.

J.880. iJirdvTi]o-is bupantegfs, hoop-an'-tay-sis;
from522i; an encounter or concurrence (with rj/o
for infin., in order to fall in with):— meeting.

5223. tmupgis huparxis, hoop'-arx-is; from
5225; existency or proprietorship, i.e. (concr.) prop-
erty, wealth:— goods, substance.

5224. virdpxovTa bnparcbonta, hoop-ar'-Jchon-
tah; neut. plur. of pres. part. act. of 5225 as noun;
things extant or in hand, i.e. property or posses-
sions: — goods, that which one has, things which (one)
possesseth, substance, that hast.



Hooparkho



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



virap\\u buparcbo, hoop-ar'-kho; from
3239 and 73b; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into
existence (Represent or at hand); expletively, to exist
(as copula or subordinate to an adj., part., adv. or
prep., or as auxil. to principal verb):— after, be-
have, live.

5226. vtrttKU) bapelko, hoop-i'-ko; from 3239
and *tK<» <iko (to yield, be "weak"); to surren-
der:— submit self.

5227. wevavTCos hupenantlos, hoop-en-an-
tee'-os; from 3239 and 1727; under (covertly) contrary
to, i.e. opposed or(as noun) an opponent:— adversary,



wip hnper, Jioop-er'; a prim, prep.;
" over", i.e. (with the gen.) of place, above, beyond,
across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding;
with the ace. superior to, more than:— (+ exceeding
abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by,
-f very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly),
for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part
of, for sake of, in stead, than, to (-ward), very. In
comp. it retains many of the above applications.

5229. w€palpo|itu huperalrdmal, hoop-er-
ah'ee-rom-ahee; mid. from 5228 and 142; to raise one-
self over, i.e. (fig.) to become haughty: — exalt self, be
exalted above measure.

6230. virlpaxpos huperakmds, hoop-er'-ak-
mos; from 322S and the base of 188; beyond the
"■acme", i.e. fig. (of a daughter) past the bloom
{prime) of youth: — |- pass the flower of (her) age.

5251. -uircpdvu huperand, hoop-er-an'-o; from
$228 and 307; above upward, i.e. greatly higher (in
place or rank) :— far above, over.

5252. vrrcpav|dv<i> hnperauxand, hoop-er-owx-
an'-o; from 3228 and 837; to increase aboue ordinary
degree:— grow exceedingly.

5233. vircpPaCvCD huperbalno, hoop-er-bah'ee-
no; from J228 and the base of 039; to transcend, i.e.
(fig.) to overreach:— go beyond.

5234. ■uirepPaXXoVras huperballdntds, ftoop-
er-bal-lon'-toce; adv. from pres. part. act. of 5235;
excessively:— beyond measure.

5235. •uirspPdXXo* huperballo, hoop-er-bal'-lo;
from 3228 and gob; to throw beyond the usual mark,
I.e. (fig.) to surpass (only act. part, supereminent):—
exceeding, excel, pass.

5236. -uircpPoX^j b.up£rb<51e, hoop-er-bol-ay' ;
tromj&s; a throwing beyond others, i.e. (fig.) super-
eminence; adv. (with 1519 or 2/96) pre-eminently:—
abundance, (far more) exceeding, excellency, more
excellent, beyond (out of) measure.

5237. virepeCSto bupereldo, hoop-er-i'-do; from
/22<? and 1492; to overlook, i.e. not punish:— wink at.

5238. v-ircplicciva lmperekeina, ftoop-er-efc'-i-
nah; from 3228 and the neut. plur. of 1363; above
those parts, i.e. still farther:— beyond.

6239. virepeKTtCva huperekteino, hoop-er-ek-
ti'-no; from 3228 and J614; to extend inordinately: —
stretch beyond.

6240. vireptKyyva huper«kchun5, hoop-er-ek-
khoo'-no; from 3228 and the alt. form of 1632; to
pour out over, i.e. (pass.) to overflow:— run over.

vn-cpcKircpunrov buperekpe>fss3ii.

Bee 3228 and 1537 and 400.

5££i. v-ircpev-rv-yxdvu huperentngchano,
hoop-er-en-toong-khan'-o; foam 5228 &n& 1793; to in-
tercede in behalf of:— make intercession for.
524%. vmpi\\a hupSrecbo, hoop-er-ekh'-o; from
5228 and 5/92; to 7ioZ<2 oneself above, i.e. (flg.) to
excel; part, (as adj., or neut. as noun) superior, su-
periority:— better, excellency, higher, pass, supreme.
5243. vircpnipavla buperepbanla, hoop-er-ay-
fan-ee'-ah; from J244; haughtiness;— pride.
5244- virep^avos huperepbanog, hoop-er-ay'-
fan-os; from j^ajand 531b; appearing above others
(.conspicuous), i.e. (fig.) haughty;— proud.

vircpXCav bupe>]ian. See 3228 and 3029.
6245. vircpvucdu hnpernikao, hoop-er-nik-
ah'-o; from jraayand 3S28; to «ang«isft beyond, i.e,
jrotn a decisive victory:— more than conquer.



wir^pffyKOS buper5gk5s, ft.oop-er'-ong-
kos; from 5228 and jjo/; bulging over, i.e. (flg.) inso-
lent:— great swelling.

5&f7. wirepox^ buperocbe, hoop-er-okh-ay' ;
tromj242; prominence, i.e. (fig.) superiority (in rank
or character):— authority, excellency.

5248. ■uirepirepio-ireiiw buperperissgiio, hoop-
er-per-is-syoo'-o; from 3228 and 4032; to super-
abound: — abound much more, exceeding.

5249. v-irepirspicro-ais huperperissos, hoop-er-
per-is-soce' ; from 3228 and 4057; superabundantly,
i.e. exceedingly:— beyond measure.

5250. v-irep-irXcovdt.at huperplSttnazo, hoop-er-
pleh-on-ad'-zo; from 522,? and 4/2/; to superabotmd,* —
be exceeding abundant.

5251. vtrepv^iia bupcrupsoo, hoop-er-oop-so'-o;
from 522-? and ,£?/2,' to elevate above others, i.e. raise
to the highest position:— highly exalt.

5252. virEp4>pov&> huperphroneo, hoop-er-
fron-eh'-o; from 3228 and 342b; to esteem oneself
overmuch, i.e. be vain or arrogant:— think more
highly.

5253. -inrepcoov hiiperojon, hoop-er-o'-on; neut.
of a der. of 3228; a. higher part of the house, i.e.
apartment in the third story:— upper chamber
(room).

5254- wir^X" bnpecbo, hoop-ekh'-o; from 3239
•and 2192; to hold oneself under, i.e. endure with pa-
tience:— suffer.

5255. wiriJKoos bnpekAds, hoop-ay' -kt-os; from
5279; attentively listening, i.e. (by impl.) submis-
sive.* — obedient.

5256. ■uirnper&o buperSted, hoop-ay-ret-eh'-o;
from 3237; to be a subordinate, i.e. (by impl.) sub-
serve:— minister (unto), serve.

5257. wrnperns huperetes, hoop-ay-ret' -ace;
from 3239 and a der. of €p&ro-w gressd (to row); an
under-oarsman, i.e. (gen.) subordinate (assistant,
sexton, constable): — minister, officer, servant.

5258. -uirvos liupiios hoop'-nos; from an obsol.
prim. (perh. akin to 3234 through the idea of subsil-
ien.ee) ; sleep, i.e. (fig.) spiritual torpor:— sleep.

5259. vir6 bnpo, hoop-o'; a prim. prep. ; under,
i.e. (with the gen.) of place (beneath), or with verbs
(the agency or means, through); (with the ace.) of
place (whither [underneath] or where [beloio]) or
time (when [at]):— among, by, from, in, of, under,
with. In comp. it retains the same gen. applications,
espec. of inferior position or condition, and spec.
covertly or moderately.

5260. viroBdXXu htipoballo, hoop-ob-al'-lo;
from 3239 and 906; to throw in stealthily, i.e. intro-
duce by collusion:— suborn.

5261. viT07pttn|x6s hnpSgrammog, hoop-og-
ram-mos'; from a comp. of 3239 and 1123; an under-
writing, i.e. copy for imitation (fig.):— example.

5262. iS-iroSevYna bupSdelgma, hoop-od 1 -igue-
mah; from 32b3; an exhibit for imitation or warning
(fig. specimen, adumbration): — en- (ex-) ample, pat-



viroSeCKWiu bnp..d< ikinimi hoop-od-
ike'-noo-mee; from 3239 and ribb; to exhibit under
the eyes, i.e. (fig.) to exemplify (instruct, admon-
ish):— snow, (fore-) warn.

5264. •uiro8-£xo|UU' hup-Sdechomai, hoop-od-
ekh'-om-ahee; from 3239 and 1209; to admit under
one's roof, i.e. entertain hospitably:— receive.

5265. viroSlw bnpddeo, hoop-od-eh'-o; from 3259
and 72/0; to bind under one's feet, i.e. put on shoes
or sandals:— bind on, (be) shod.

5266. v-irdS-np.a bupddema, hoop-od' -ay-mah;
from S2bs; something bound under the feet, i.e. a
shoe or sandal:— shoe.

5267. mrdSiKOS bup*5dlk<5s, fcoop-od'-ee-fcos;
from 3239 and 1349; under sentence, i.e. (by impl.)
condemned: — guilty.

5268. iSirotvyiov hnpozngldn, hoop-od-zoog'-
ee-on; neut. of a comp. of 3239 and 2218; an animal
under the yoke (draught-beast), i.e. (spec.) a donkey:—



. -tmo&i&wup.t hupizonnami, hoop-od>
zone'-noo-mee; from 3239 and 2224; to gird under, i.e.
/rap (a vessel -with cables across the keel, sides and
deck) :— undergirt.

. "uiTOK&TW hnpfikato, hoop-ok-at'-o; from
3239 and 2756; down under, i.e. beneath: — under.

5271. viroKplvop.ai bnpdbrindmai, hoop-ok-
rin'-om-ahee; mid. from 3239 and 2919; to decide
(speak or act) under a false part, i.e. (flg.) dissemble
( pretend): —feign.

5272. wroKpio-is hupokrlsts, hoop-ok'-ree-sis;
from327i; acting under a feigned part, i.e. (fig.) de-
ceit (" hypocrisy"):— condemnation, dissimulation,
hypocrisy.

5273. viroKpi'Wjs hupdkrites, hoop-ok-ree-tace' ;
from 3271; an actor under an assumed character
(stage-player), i.e. (fig.) a dissembler (" hypocrite"):—
hypocrite.

5274- viroXap.pd.va) bnpdlambano, hoop-oU
am-ban'-o; from 3239 and 2983; to ia/ce from below,
i.e. carry upward; fig. to ta&e np, i.e. continue a
discourse or topic; ment. to assume (presume):— an-
swer, receive, suppose.

5275. viroXetirai bupoleipo, hoop-ol-i'-po; from
j-295 and ^007; to leave under (behind), i.e. (pass.) to
remain (survive):— be left.

5276. viroX^viov bnpdlenldn, hoop-ol-ay' -nee-
on; neut. of a presumed comp, 013239 and J02j; ves-
sel or receptacle under the j?ress, i.e. lower loine-
vat:— winefat.

5277. •uwoXi-jLirdva) hupdllmpano, hoop-ol-im-
pan'-o; a prol. form for 3275; to leave behind, i.e. be-
queath: — leave.

5278. viropivu hnpAraSno, hoop-om-en'-o; from
5259 and 330b; to sia^ under (behind), i.e. remain; fig-
to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), ftave fortitude, per-
severe:— abide, endure, (take) patient (-ly), suffer,
tarry behind.

5279. ■uiro|U|AV<i<rKa> bupomimnesko, hoop-
om-im-nace'-ko; from 3239 and 3403; to remind quiet-
ly, i.e. suggest to the (mid. one's own) memory:— put
in mind, remember, bring to (put in) remembrance.

5280. inri|j.VTi(ris bnp&nraesls, Aoop-ont'-nav-
sis; from 5279; a reminding or (reflex.) recollection;—
remembrance.

528 1. virou.ov/j bnpdmdne, hoop-om-on-ayf;
from 3278; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, con-
stancy: — enduring, patience, patient continuance
(waiting).

5282. wrovola hupdudeo, hoop-on-o-eh'-o; from
5239 and 3339; to think under (privately), i.e. to sur-
mise or conjecture:— think, suppose, deem.

5283. vir6yoi,a bupAndla, hoop-on' -oy-ah; from
3282; suspicion: — surmising.

5284. -uiroiTXI*) bnpdpleo, hoop-op-leh'-o; from
3239 and 412b; to sail under the lee of :— sail under.

5285. v-iroirvea) bnp5pneo, hoop-op-neh'-o; from
3239 and 4134; to breathe gently, i.e. breeze:— blow
softly.

5286. -uiroirdSiow bupdpddl-5n, hoop-op-od'-ee-
on; neut. of a comp. of 5239 and 4228; something
under the feet, i.e. afoot-rest (fig.) :— footstool.

5287. -oirooTao-is bnpdstasls, hoop-os'-tas-is;
from a comp. of 5239 and 2476; a setting under (sup-
port), i.e. (flg.) concr. essence, or abstr. assurance
(obj. or subj.):— confidence, confident, person, sub-
stance.

5288. -uiro-rreXXu hupostello, ftoop-os-tel'-lo;
from 3239 and 4724; to withhold under (out of sight),
i.e. (reflex.) to cower or shrink, (flg.) to conceal (re-
serve):— draw (keep) back, shun, withdraw.

5289. virooToX-Zi bupdstdle, hoop-os-tol-ay';
from 3288; shrinkage (timidity), i.e. (by impl.) apos-
tasy:— draw back.

5290. ■uiro<rTp'i<p(i> bnpostrepbo, fcoop-os-fre/'-o;
from 3239 and 47b2; to turn under (behind), I.e. to re-
turn (lit. or fig.):— come again, return (again, back
again), turn back (again).

5291. •uiroo-rpcivVDp.v hnpistronnnmi, ftoop-
os-trone'-noo-mee; from 3239 and 47156; to strew un-
derneath (the feet as a carpet):— spread.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Hooparkho
Fileho



75



5*3;



■uwoTayfj hap&tage, hoop-otrag-ay' ; from
subordination:— subjection.
virordo-o-oi hupdtasso, hoop-ot-asf-so;
from $259 00.03021; to subordinate; reflex, to obey: —
be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue
unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in sub-
jection (to, under), submit self unto.
529 '4. vTrorCfliuii hupdtltheml, hoop-ot-ith'-ay-
mee; from 3230 ana 5°&7\\ to place underneath, i.e.
(fig.) to hazard, (reflex.) to suggest:— lay down, put in
remembrance.

6295. viroTp6x.c» hupfitrBcho, hoop-ot-rekh'-o;
from 3230 ssAs'4!) (includ. its alt.); to run under, i.e.
(spec.) to sail past:— run under.

5296. viroTvirawris hupAtuposls, hoop-ot-oop'-
o-sis; from a comp. of S 2 59 and a der. of .pyo,' typifi-
cation under (after), i.e. (concr.) a sketch (fig.) for
imitation:— form, pattern.

5297. vtto4>«'p<>) hupdphero, hoop-of-er'-o; from
5250 and 5342; to bear from underneath, i.e. (fig.) to
undergo hardship:— bear, endure.

5298. viroxopc'u hnpAchoreo, hoop-okh-o-
reh'-o; from 3230 and 5502; to vacate down, i.e. retire
quietly:— go aside, withdraw self.

5299. unwind Jg> hapoplazo, hoop-o-pee-ad'-zo;
from a comp. of 323Q and a der. of 3700; to hit under
the eye (buffet or disable an antagonist as a pugilist),
i.e. (fig.) to tease or annoy (into compliance), subdue
(one's passions):— keep under, weary.
6S00. vi has, hoos; appar. a prim, word; a hog
(" swine"):— sow.

5501. wrtnoiros liu»sopds, hoos'-so-pos; of for.
or. [331]; " hyssop":— hyssop.

6302. wrrepEU husterfio, hoos-ter-eh'-o; from
#00; to 6e later, i.e. (by impl.) to be inferior; gen. to
fall short (be deficient): — come behind (short), be des-
titute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the
worse.

6303. vo"r^pnu.a hustercnia, hoos-ter'-ay-mah;
from 5302; a deficit; spec, ■poverty:— that which is be-
hind, (that which was) lack (-ing), penury, want.

6304. wrripums busteresls, hoos-ter'-av-sis;
from 5302; a falling short, i.e. (spec.) penury: — want.

6305. vorcpov husterdn, hoos'-ter-on; neut. of
5306 as adv.; more lately, i.e. eventually:— afterward,
(at the) last (of all).

5306. wrrcpos hnsterftg, hoos'-ter-os; compar.
from 5250 (in the sense of behind); later :~ latter.

5307. wJxxvtos hnphantds, hoo-fan-tos 1 ; from
'j<j>a(v<D huphaino (to weave); woven, i.e. (perh.)
knitted /—woven.

6308. wJrnXds hupselds, hoop-say-los' ; from
5311; lofty (in place or character):— high (-er, -ly) (es-
teemed).

6309. vi|n)\\o<|>poW<i> hupseldphrdneo, hoop-
say-lo-fron-eh'-o; from a comp. of 5308 and 5424; to
be lofty in mind, i.e. arrogant: — be highminded.

6310. vi|>urros bupslstds, hoop'-sis-tos; superl.
from the base of S3"! highest, i.e. (masc. sing.) the
Supreme (God), or (neut. plur.) the heavens:— most
high, highest.

5311. th|/os hupsAs, hoop'-sos; from a der. of
5228; elevation, i.e. (abstr.) altitude, (spec.) the sky.
or (fig.) dignity:— be exalted, height, (on) high.

5312. vi|nto hnpsAo, hoop-so'-o; from 3311; to
elevate (lit. or fig.) : — exalt, lift up.
6313. vt|r<i>p.a bupsoma, hoop'-so-mah; from
5312; an elevated place or thing, i.e. (abstr.) altitude,
or (by impl J a barrier (fig.):— height, high thing.

$

SSI4. <f>&-yos pbagAs, fag'-os; tromjjrj; a glut-
ton:— gluttonous.

6315. <f>d-y« phago. fagf-o; a prim, verb (used as
an alt. of 2008 in cert, tenses); to eat (lit. or fig.):—
eat, meat.

6316. <)>a(vu pbalno, fah'ee-no; prol. for the
base of 5437; to lighten (shine), i.e. sftow (trans, or
intrans., lit. or fig.);— appear, seem, be seen, shine,
X think



6317. *dXtK phalek, fal'-ek; of Heb. or.
Phalek (i.e. Peleg), a patriarch:— Phalec.

5318. <j>avepos phaner5s, fan -er-os 1 ; bom 3316;
shining, i.e. apparent (lit. or fig.); neut. (as adv.)
publicly, externally:— abroad, + appear, known,
manifest, open [+ -ly], outward ([+ -ly]).

5319. <j>av£poio phanerAo, fan-er-o'-o; from
3318; to render apparent (lit. or fig.): — appear, mani-
festly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).

5320. cpavepus pbanerds, fan-er-oce'; adv. from
3318; plainly, i.e. clearly or publicly: — evidently,
openly.

5321. <j>ttve'po)<ns phanCrosis, fan-er'-o-sis;
from J310; exhibition, i.e. (fig.) expression, (by ex-
tens.) a bestowment:— manifestation.

55^. (pavds phanAs, fan-os'; from j-^/6; a light-
ener, i.e. Koftt; lantern:— lantern.

5323. <£avov<jX PhanAuel, fan-oo-ale'; of Heb.
or. [6439]; Phanuel (i.e. Pen«e!), anlsr.:— Phanuel.

55^4- <J>avTd£«> pbantazo, fan-tad' -zo; from a
der. of 331b; to mote apparent, i.e. (pass.) to appear
(neut. part, as noun, a spectacle):— sight.

5325. <|>avTao-Ca pbantasta, fan-tas-ee'-ah;
from a der. 013324; (prop, abstr.) a (vain) show(" fan-
tasy"):— pomp.

53J , 6\\ <j>dvTao-|ia phantasma, fan'-tas-mah;
from jj^; (prop, concr.) a (mere) show ("phan-
tasm"), i.e. spectre:— spirit.

5327. Adpayi; pharagx, far'-anx; prop.
strength, from the base of 4008 or rather of 448b; a
gap or chasm, i.e. ravine (winter-torrent): — valley.

5328. <J?apa<S Pharao, far-ah-o'; of for. or.
[6547] ; Pharad (i.e. Pharoh), an Eg. king: — Pharaoh.
5339. tape's Phares, far-es 1 ; of Heb. or. [6557];
Phares (i.e. Perets), an Isr. : — Phares.

5330. $api<ratos PharlsaiAg, far-is-ah'-yos; of
Heb. or. [comp. 6567]; a sepa? - a(is(, i.e. exclusively
religious; a Phariscean, i.e. Jewish sectary:—
Pharisee.

5331. <papp.aKECa pharmak£la, far-mak-i'-ah;
from jjya; medication (" pharmacy"), i.e. (by ex-
tens.) magic (lit. or flg.):— sorcery, witchcraft.

5332. (papuaxevs pharmak£as, far-mak-yoos' ;
from <j>dp|xaKov pharmakin (a drug, i.e. spell-
giving potion); a druggist (" pharmacist ") or poi-
soner, i.e. (by extens.) a magician: — sorcerer.

5333. <|>ap|j.aKds pharmakAs, far-mak-os'; the
same as 3332:— sorcerer.

5334. (pdtris phasls, fas'-is; from jry^o (not the
same as " phase", which is from 3316) ; a saying, i.e.
report:— tidings.

5335. <j>do-K<» phasko, fas'-ko; prol. from the
same as j.?<<6; to assert: — affirm, profess, say.
5336". 4>dTVt) phatne, fat' -nay; from iro.T&>u,ai
pat&Amal (to eat); a crib (for fodder) :— manger,
stall.

5337. <j>avXos phaulAs, fow'-los; appar. a prim,
word; "foul " or " flawy", i.e. (flg.) wicked:— evil.

5338. fyiy/os ph6gg«s, feng'-gos; prob. akin to
the base of j4if7 [comp.jjjo]; brilliancy:— light.

5339. <pe(8o|j.at pheidAmal, fi'-dom-ahee; of un-
cert. affin. ; to oe chary of, i.e. (subj.) to aosfat'n or
(obj.) to f reat leniently:— torbea.r, spare.

5340. <|>£i8o|J.«vttis pheldAmenog, fi-dom-en'-oce;
adv. from part, of 3330; abstemiously, i.e. stingily:—
sparingly.

53^1. <pcXovi]S phAIAiieg, fel-on'-ace; by transp.
for a der. prob. of 531b (as showing outside the other
garments); a mantle (surtout):— cloke.
5342. e|>e'pw phero, fer'-o; a prim, verb (for which
other and appar. not cognate ones are used in certain
tenses only; namely,

ot« 615, o^'-o; and

iviyKiit gnegko, en-eno'-lfco); to " bear" or
carry (in a very wide application, h't. and fig., as fol-
lows):— be, bear, 'wing (forth), carry, come, + let her
drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move,
reach, rushing, uphold.



5343. <j>cirya> pbengo. fyoo'-go; appar. a prim,
verb; to run away (lit. or fig.); by impl. to shun; by
anal, to vanish:— escape, flee (away).
5344- $tj\\i! Pbellx, fay'-lix; of Lat. or. ; happy:
Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Eom. :— Felix.

5345. •JHfju.i] pbeme, fay'-may; from 334b; a say-
ing, i.e. rumor (" fame"): — fame.

5346. <t>n|iC pbeml, fay-mee'; prop, the same as
the base of 3437 and 331b; to show or make known
one's thoughts, i.e. speak or say: — affirm, say. Comp.
3004.

5847. <&fjcTTOs Pbest As, face'-tos; of Lat. der. ;
festal; Phestus (i.e. Fe.stus), a Eom.:— Festus.

5348. <p0ttvo» pbtbano, fthan'-o; appar. a prim,
verb; to be beforehand, i.e. anticipate or precede,
by extens. to have arrived at:— (already) attain,
come, prevent.

5349. <j>8apTQ$ pbtbartds, fthar-tos'; from 5331;
decayed, i.e. (by impl.) perishable: — corruptible.

5350. (pfifyyopxu pbtbeggdmal, ftheng'-gom
ahee; prob. akin to j-jj.S'and thus to 334b; to utter a
clear sound, i.e. (gen.) to proclaim:— speak.

5351. <|>6c(pci) pbtbelro, fthi'-ro; prob. strength,
from <|)0C» pbthlo (to pine or waste); prop, to
shrivel or wither, i.e. to spoil (by any process) or
(gen.) to ruin (espec. fig. by mor. influences, to de
prave): — corrupt (self), defile, destroy.

5352. 4>0ivoir<vpivrfs pbtblndporln5s, fthin-
op-o-ree-nos' ; from a der. of <piHva> phthlnd (to
wane; akin to the base of 3331) and 3703 (mean, late
autumn); autumnal (as stripped of leaves): — whose
fruit withereth.

5353. <j>86yYos pbtbdggds, fthong'-gos; from
3330; utterance, Le. a musical note (vocal or instru-
mental) :— sound.

5354- <|>9ove<i) phthSneo, fthon-eh'-o; from 3333;
to be jealous of: — envy.

5855. <j>8ovos pbtbAn5s, fthon'-os; prob. akin
to the base of 3331; ill-tmll (as detraction), i.e. jeal-
ousy (spite):— envy.

5356. <|>9opd pbtbAra, fthor-ah'; from .stf/;
decay, i.e. rum (spontaneous or inflicted, lit. or flg.):—
corruption, destroy, perish.

5357. <jnd\\ij phlale, fee-al'-ay; of uncert. affln. ;
a broad shallow cup (" phial "): — vial.

5358. 4><A.d-ya8os phllagatbAs, fil-ag'-ath-os;
from j>?4 and /c?; /o«d; (0 good, i.e. a promoter of
virtue:— lore of good men.

5359. *i\\a8&<tKia Philadelphia, fil-ad-el'-
fee-ah; from *iXd8eXi(>os Philadelphia (the
same as 33b/), a king of Pergamos; Philadelphia, a
place in Asia Minor:— Philadelphia.

5360. (|>iXaSeX<|>Ca Philadelphia, fil-ad-el-fee 1
ah; from sjbi; fraternal affection:— brotherly love
(kindness), love of the brethren.

5361. <piXdSeXcj)OS phlladelphds, ftl-ad'-el-fos;
from 3384 and So; fond of brethren, i.e. fraternal:—
love as brethren.

5862. (jnXavSpos phllaiidrAs, fil'-an-dros; from
3384 and 433; fond of man, i.e. affectionate as a
wife: — love their husbands.

5363. <f>iXav8p<i>irCa phllanthropla, fil-an-
thro-pee'-ah; from the same as S3b4! fondness of
mankind, i.e. benevolence ("philanthropy"): — kind-
ness, love towards man.

5364. cpiXavOpc&ircss phllanthropos, fil-an-
thro'-poce; adv. from a comp. of 3384 and 444; fondly
to man (" philanthropically"), i.e. humanely:— cour-
teously.

5365. (juXapYvpCa phllargnrla, /3-ar-goo-ree'
ah; troms3bb; avarice:— love of money .

5366. (JuXap-yvpos phllargnrOs, fil-ar'-goo-roa;
from j^Sj! and 696; fond of silver (money), le. ava-
ricious: — covetous.

5367. <j>(XttvTos phllautfis, fil'-ow-tos; from
3384 and 84b; fond of self, i.e. selfish:— lover of own
self.

5368. <{>iXI(i> phllSo, fil-eh'-o; from .£#&,• to be a
friend to (fond of [an individual or an object]), i e.
ftave affection for (denoting personal attachment, as



76



Filaydonos
Khlamooce



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



a. matter of sentiment or feeling; while 23 is wider,
embracing espec. the judgment and the deliberate
assent of the will as a matter of principle, duty and
propriety: the two thus stand related very much as
230Q and 1014, or as 2372 and 3303 respectively; the
former being chiefly of the heart and the latter of
the head); spec, to kiss (as a mark of tenderness):—
kiss, love.

5369. <!>iX.TJ8ovos r pblleddnds, fil-ay'-don-os;
from 3384 and 2237; fond of pleasure, i.e. volup-
tuous:— lover of pleasure.

5370. cplXnpa phllema, fil'-ay-mah; from 3368;
a kiss: — kiss.

5371. $iX%»v Philemon, fil-ay'-mone; from
3368; friendly; Philemon, a Chr.:— Philemon.

5372. <PiXnTds Ptaileios, fil-ay-tos'; from 5368;
amiable; Philetus, an opposer of Christianity:—
Philetus.

5373. <|>tX(a phllla, fil-ee'-ah; from 5384; fond-
ness:— friendship.

6874. *i\\iini<i<rw>s Phlllppeslfts, fll4p-pay'-
see-os; from 5375; a Philippesian (Philippian), i.e.
native of Philippi:— Philippian.

5375. <pCXiinroi Pbllippol, fil'-ip-poy; plur. of
5376; Philippi, a place in Macedonia:— Philippi.

5376. "PlXiirrros Phlllppds, fil'-ip-pos; from
5384 and 2462; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of
four Isr.:— Philip.

5377. <piX60«os pblldtbeos, fll-oth'-eh-os; from
5384 and 231b; fond of God, i.e. pious: — lover of God.

5378. 'PiXoXoyos Phlldldgds, fil-ol'-og-os; from
S384a.ua 303b; fond of words, i.e. talkative {argumen-
tative, learned, "philological"); Philologus, a
Chr.:— Philologus.

6379. (JhXovcikCo, phildnelkla, flUon-i-kee'-ah;
from 5380; quarrelsomeness, i.e. a dispute:— strife.

5380. cjuXoveixos plill6n61kdg, fil-on'-i-kos;
from 3384 and vsIkos m"li£.'>s (a quarrel; prob.
akin to 3334) ; fond, of strife, i.e. disputatious:— con-
tentious.

5381. <piXov«££a pfclI5n&xla, fil-on-ex-ee'-ah;
from 3382; hospitableness:— entertain strangers, hos-
pitality.

5382. <pi\\6£«vos phlldxen5s, fll-ox'-en-os; from
3384 ana 3581; fond of guests, i.e. hospitable: — given
to (lover of, use) hospitality.

6383. <piXoTrp<0Tti<» pbilttproteno, fil-op-rote-
yoo'-o; from a comp. of 3384 and 4413; to be fond of
being first, i.e. ambitious of distinction: — love to
have the preeminence.

6384. cptXos pli !]<*>«, fee'-los; prop, dear, i.e. a
friend; act. fond, i.e. friendly (still as a noun, an as-
sociate, neighbor, etc.):— friend.

6385. <pi\\oo-o<j>la phllosophla, fil-os-of-ee'-ah;
from 3386; "philosophy", i.e. (spec.) Jewish soph-
istry:— -philosophy.

6386. «|>iX6o-o<pos phllosophos, fil-os>-of-os;
from 5384 and 4680; fond of wise things, i.e. a " phi-
losopher":— philosopher.

6387. (piXioropyos phllSstorgtts, fll-os'-tor-gos;
from 3384 and cropy^ stdrge (cherishing one's
kindred, espec. parents or children) ; fond of natural
relatives, i.e. fraternal towards fellow Chr.:— kindly
affectioned.

5388. (piXoTtKVOS pbiloteknds, fil-ot'-ek-nos;
from 3384 and 3043; fond 0/ one's children, i.e. ma-
ternal:— lave their children.

5389. <{iiXoTip.top.ai phildtimfoinal, fil-ot-im-
eh'-om-ahee; mid. from a comp. of 3384 and 3002; to
be fond of honor, i.e. emulous (eager or earnest to
do something):— labour, strive, study.

6390. cpiXocppdvws philophronos, fiU>f-r<m'-
oce; adv.fromsjor; with friendliness of mind, i.e.
kindly:— courteously.

6391. <piX<S<ppuy phllSphron, fiUof'-rone; from
3384 and 3424; friendly of mind, i.e. kind: — courteous.

5392. <j>ipdw phim.io, fee-mo'-o; from iptpis
phlmog (a muzzle); to muzzle,'— muzzle.

5393. $Xfye>v Pblegon, fleg'-one; act. part, of
the base of 3303; blazing; Phleoon, aChr.:— Phlegon.



<pXoy(£<o pbJ.6gl»o,.flog-id'-zo; from 3303;
to cause a blaze, i.e. ignite (fig. to inflame with pas-
sion):— set on fire.

5395. tpXoJ pbldx, fax; from a prim. JpXttyu
pmlego (to "flash" or "flame"); a blaze: — flame
(-tog).

5396. epXwapew phluareo, floo-ar-eh'-o; from
S397! to be a babbler or trifler, i.e. (by impl.) to be-
rate idly or mischievously:— prate against.

5397. (pXvapos phluardg, floo'-ar-os; from
<{>Xvii> phluo (to bubble); a garrulous person, i.e.
prater:— tattler.

5398. tpoPtpds phobSros, fob-er-os 1 ; from 5401;
frightful, i.e. (obj.) formidable:— fearful, terrible.

5399. <|>o(3«o pb5b£o, /ob-eV-o; from 3401; to
frighten, i.e. (pass.) to fie alarmed; by anal, to 6e in
awe of, i.e. revere:— be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceed-
ingly), reverence.

5400. <|><Sp > Trrpov phobetrSn, fob'-ay-tron; neut,
of a der. of 3399; a frightening thing, i.e. terrific
portent:— fearful sight

5401. <f><SPos phob6s, fob'-os; from a prim. <)>&■
Popoi ph£b6mal (to be put in fear); alarm or
fright:— be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.

5402. $o£pn Pbdlbe, foy'-bay; fern, of (poipos
pbdibSs (bright; prob. akin to the base of 3437) ;
Phoebe, a Chr. woman:— Phebe.

5403. <&oivticn Phdlnlke, foy-nee'-kay; from
jW,' palm-country; Phcenice (or Phoenicia), a re-
gion of Pal.:— Phenice, Phenicia.

5404- <p°' vt £ pbfilnlx, foy'-nix; of uncert. der. ;
a palm-tree: — palm (tree).

5405. $otia£ PbMntx, foy'-nix; prob. the same
as 3404; Phcznix, a place in Crete: — Phenice.

5406. ipovevs ph&neus, fon-yooce'; from 3408; a
murderer (always of criminal [or at least inten-
tional] homicide; which 443 does not necessarily im-
ply ; while 4607 is a spec, term for a public bandit) : —
murderer.

5407. <poveva> phdnSuo, fon-yoo'-o; from 3406;
to be a murderer (of):— kill, do murder, slay.

5408. cpdvos phdnAs, fon'-os; from an obsol.
prim. <p«1v<» pbeno (to slay); murder:— murder,
+ be slain with, slaughter.

5409. cpoplco phorSo, for-eh'-o; from 54T1; tohave
a burden, i.e. (by anal.) to wear as clothing or a con-
stant accompaniment:— bear, wear.

5410. <£>6pov Pbdrdn, for'-on; of Lat. or.; a
forum or market-place; only in comp. with b7s; a
station on the Appian road:— forum.

5411. <|>6pos phftrfis, for'-os; from 3342; a load
(as borne), i.e. (fig.) a tax (prop, an individ. assess-
ment on persons or property; whereas 3036 is usually
a gen. toll on goods or travel) :— tribute.

5412. <popT(£<o pbdrtlzo, for-tid'-zo; from 5414;
to load up (prop, as a vessel or animal), i.e. (flg.) to
overburden with ceremony (or spiritual anxiety):—
lade, be heavy laden.

5413. cpoprCov phortlon, for-tee'-on; dimin. of
5414; an invoice (as part of freight), i.e. (flg.) a task
or service:— burden.

5414. cpdpTos phdrtds, for'-tos; from 5342; some-
thing carried, i.e. the cargo of a ship:— lading.

5415. *oprowaTOS VIi.vrtniinatoN, for-too-
nat'-os; of Lat. or.; "fortunate"; Fortunatus, a
Chr. :— Fortunatus.

5416. (ppay&Xiov pbragellidn, frag-el'-le-on;
neut. of a der. from the base 0(3417; a whip, i.e. Bom.
lash as a public punishment:— scourge.

5417. cpptvyeXXda phragelloo, frag-el-lo'-o;
from a presumed equiv. of the Lat. flagellum; to
whip, i.e. lash as a public punishment:— scourge.

5418. cppctypos phragmfls, frag-mos'; from
/.seo; a fence, or inclosing barrier (lit. or flg.):- hedge
(+ round about), partition.

5£?°. tpp&gu phrazo, frad'-zo; prob. akin to /,&»
through the idea of defining; to indicate (by word
or act), i.e. (spec.) to expound:— declare.



o-w phrasso, fras'-so; appar. a

strength, form of the base of 3424; to fence or in-
close, i.e. (spec.) to block up (flg. to silence):— stop.
5421. tppeap phrear, freh'-ar; of uncert. der. ; a
hole in the ground (dug for obtaining or holding
water or other purposes), i.e. a cistern or well; flg.
an abyss (as a prison.):— well, pit.
5^32. cppcvairardca phrcnapatao, /ren-ap-aJ-
ah'-o; from /#5?,* to fie a mind-misleader, i.e. de-
lude: — deceive.

5423. <pp«vairaTT)s phrehapates, fren-ap-at '
ace; from 3424 and 339; a mind-misleader, i.e. se-
ducer/— deceiver.

54#£. <ppT(V pbren, /rane; prob. from an obsol.
<j>pau pbrao (to rein in or curb; comp. 3420); the
midrif (as a partition of the body), i.e. (flg. and by
impl. of sympathy) the feelings (or sensitive nature;
by extens. [also in the plur.] the mind or cognitive
faculties) : —understanding.

5425. <pp(o-o-<» pbrlsso, fris'-so; appar. a prim,
verb; to " bristle" or chill, i.e. shudder (fear):—
tremble.

5426. <j>pov<i<o pbrftn66,/ron.-eh'-o; from 3424; to
exercise the mind, i.e. entertain or have a sentiment
or opinion; by impl. to fie (mentally) disposed (more
or less earnestly in a certain direction); in tens, to in-
terest oneself in (with concern or obedience):— set
the affection on, (be) care (-ful), (be like-, + be of
one, + be of the same, + let this) mind (-ed), regard,
savour, think.

5427. tppovTipa phrOuema, fron'-ay-mah; from
342b; (mental) inclination or purpose; — (be, + be
carnally, + be spiritually) mind (-ed).

54^8. <pp<Svi]cns pbronesls, fron'-ay-sis; from
342b; mental action or activity, i.e. intellectual or
mor. insight:— prudence, wisdom.

5429. <pp6vipos phrftnlmftg, fron'-ee-mos; from
3424; thoughtful, i.e. sagacious or discreet (implying
a cautious character; while 4680 denotes practical
skill or acumen; and 4008 indicates rather intelligence
or mental acquirement); in a bad sense conceited
(also in the compar.):— wise (-r).

5430. <ppov(p<DS pbrdnlmos, fron-im'-oce; adv.
troms42o; prudently:— wisely.

5431. ippovrCJo pbrdntlzo,jfWm-Md'-zo;froma
der. 0(3424; to exercise thought, i.e. fie anxious: — be
careful.

5432. ippovplu pbroureo, froo^reh'-o; from a
comp. of 4233 and 3708; to be a watcher in advance,
i.e. to mount guard as a sentinel (post spies at
gates); flg. to hem in, protect:— keep (with a gar
rison) . Comp. 3083.

5433. <ppuao~cra> phrnassd, froo-as'-so; akin tt j
1032, 1031; to snort (as a spirited horse), i.e. (flg.) to
make a tumult:— rage.

5434. (ppvyavov phruganttn, froo'-gan-on;
neut. of a presumed der. of cppuY" pbrngo (to
roast or parch; akin to the base of 3303); something
desiccated, i.e. a dry twig:— stick.

5435. <Ppvy(a Pbrngla, froog-ee'-ah; prob. of
for. or.; Phryr-ia, a region of Asia Minor:— Phrygia.

5436. <PvyeXXos PhngelUs, foog'-eUos; prob.
from 3343; fugitive; Phygellus, an apostate Chr.;—
Phygellus.

5437. <pt>Yfi pbnge, foog-ay 1 ; from 3343; a flee-
ing, i.e. escape:— flight.

5438. <f>vXaKTj pbalake, foo-lak-ay'; from 5442;
a guarding or (concr. guard), the act, the person;
flg. the place, the condition, or (spec.) the time (as a
division of day or night), lit. or fig.;— cage, hold, (im-)
prison (-ment), ward, watch.

5439. <pvXaKCj> pbnlaklzo, /oo-lafc-id'^zo;
from 5441; to incarcerate: — imprison.

5440. <jn>XaKTf|pi.ov pbulakterton, foo-lak-
tay'-ree-on; neut. of a der. 013442; a guard-case, i.e,
"phylactery" for wearing slips of Scripture texts:—
phylactery.

5441. «p*Xo| phnlax, foo'-tax; from 344s; s
watcher or sentry:— keeper.

5442. <pvXd<ro-» phnlasso, foo-las'-so; prob.
from 3443 through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Filaydonos
Khlamooce



77



be on guard (lit. or flg.); by impl. to preserve, obey,

avoid:— beware, keep (self), observe, save. Comp.

S°S3-

6443, fyvM) phule, foo-lay'; from 5453 (comp.

5444); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:— kindred, tribe.

5444- 4>vXXov phullon, fool' -Ion; from tbe same
as 5443I & sprout, i.e. leaf:— leaf.

6446- <|riipa|i,a pnnrama, foo'^ram-ah; from a
prol. form of <j>vp<o phuro (to mix a liquid with a
solid; perh. akin to 5453 through the idea of swelling
In bulk), mean to knead; a mass of dough:— lump.

S446. +WTIKOS plmsikVvs, foo-see-kos' ; from
$440; "physical", i.e. (by impl.) instinctive: — nat-
uraL Comp. 559/.

S447- <)>i«riK«s pliiisifcos, foo-seeJcoce'; adv.
from 544b; "physically", i.e. (by impl.) instinctive-
ly:— naturally.

5448' ^uo-iow phnsloo, foo-see-o'-o; from 5449 in
the prim, sense of blowing; to inflate, i.e. (flg.) make
proud (haughty):— puff up.

5^>f9. <}ni(ri.s phiisig, foo'-sis; from /«?,' growth
(by germination or expansion), i.e. (by impl.) natural
production (lineal descent) ; by extens. a genus or
sort; flg. native disposition, constitution or usage:—
([man-]) kind, nature ([-al]).

5^50. <pvcr(ucris phasiosls, foo-see'-o-sis; from
j^y; inflation, i.e. (fig.) haughtiness: — swelling.
5^5i. (jnireCo phntela, foo-ti'-ah; from j^;
trans-planting, i.e. (concr.) a shrub or vegetable: —
plant.

645%- fyvrtin phuteuo, foot-yoo'-o; from a der.
of 5453; to set out in the earth, i.e. implant; flg. to
instil doctrine:— plant.

5453. fyia phno, foo'-o; a prim, verb; prob. orig.
to "puff " or blow, i.e. to sioell up; but only used in
the impl. sense, to germinate or grow (sprout, pro-
duce), lit. or flg.:— spring (up).

6454- <t>»X-«<5s pholefts, fo-leh-osf; of uncert. der. ;
a burrow or lurking-place: — hole.
54B5. <JKi>veu> phonSo, fo-neh'-o; from 545b; to
emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by
impl. to address in words or by name, also in imita-
tions—call (for), crow, cry.

5456. <j>»v<j phone, fo-nay'; prob. akin to 5316
through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate,
bestial or artificial) ; by impl. an address (for aoy
purpose), saying or language:— noise, sound, voice.

5457. <J>»s phos, foce; from an obsol. <pA»
phao (to shine or make manifest, espec. by rays;
comp. 5316, 5346) ; luminousness (in the widest ap-
plication, nat. or artificial, abstr. or concr., lit. or
flg.):— fire, light.

6458. <j>o»o-T<jp phoster, foce-tare'; troraj4S7; an

illuminator, i.e. (concr.) a luminary, or (abstr.)

brilliancy:— light.

5459. 4>(i><nj)6pos phosphorite, foce-for'-os;

from 5453 and 5342; light-bearing ("phosphorus"),

i.e. (spec.) the morning-star (flg.):— day star.

B4B0. 4>eimiv<Ss photelnds, fo-ti-nos'; from

545T, lustrous, i.e. transparent or well-illuminated

(fig.):— bright, full of light.

54S1. <j>0JTtE» photlzo, fo-tid'-zo; from 5457; to

shed rays, i.e. to shine or (trans.) to brighten up (lit.

or fig.):— enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light,

make to see.

6462- <|><i>Tur|i6s photlsmds, fo-tis-mos'; from

S461; illumination (flg.):— light.

546S. X a 'P u chalro, khah'ee-ro; a prim, verb; to

be "cheer"ful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impers.

espec. as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:—

farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy

(-fully), rejoice.

S464- X&k-aX,* ehalaza, khal'-ad-zah; prob. from

S465; hail:— hail.

6466 • \\a\\dd) chalad, khal-ah'-o; from the base of

5400; to lower (as into a void);— let down, strike.



04.66. XaXSatos Chaldaids, khal-dah'-yos; prob.
of Heb. or. [3778] ; a Chaldazan (i.e. Kasdi), or na-
tive of the region of the lower Euphrates:— Chaldsean.

5467. \\a\\eit6% chalepds, khal-ep-os 1 ; perh. from
5465 through the idea of reducing the strength; diffi-
cult, i.e. dangerous, or (by impl.) furious:— fierce,
perilous.

5468. xaXiva-ywyeci) challnagogeo, khal-in-ag-

ogue-eh'-o; from a comp. of J46Q and the redupl. form
of 71; to be a bit-leader, i.e. to curb (flg.):— bridle.

5469. \\a\\ivds challnds, khaLee-nos! ; from
5465; a curb or head-stall (as curbing the spirit):— bit,
bridle.

5470. \\oXkcos chalkeds, khal'-keh-os; from
jV7j; coppery:— brass.

5471. x«*X.K«is chalfeeus, khalk-yooce' ; from
5^7j; a copper-worker or brazier: — coppersmith.
547#. x a ^ K l8<ov chalkedon, khal-kay-dohn' ;
from /^7j and perh. 1401; copper-like, i.e. " choicedo-
ny" : — chalcedony.

5473. x<*^k£ov chalkidn, khal-kee'-on; dimin.
from 5475 ; a copper dish:— brazen vessel.
547^. x a ^ K0 ^'P a vov chalkdllbandn, khal-
kol-ib'-an-on; neut. of a comp. of j^j and jojo(m the
impl. mean, of whiteness or brilliancy); burnished
copper, an alloy of copper (or gold) and silver having
a brilliant lustre:— fine brass.

5475. x a ^ K<s * chalkds, khal-kos'; perh. from
3465 through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel
(this metal being chiefly used for that purpose); cop-
per (the substance, or some implement or coin made
of it):— brass, money.

5476. x a r va ' chamai, kham-ah'ee; adv. perh.
from the base of 5400 through the idea of a fissure in
the soil; earthward, i.e. prostrate: — on (to) the
ground.

5^77. Xovoav Chanaan, khan-ah-an'; of Heb.
or. [3667] ; Chanaan (i.e. Kenaan), the early name
of Pal.:— Chanaan.

5478. XavaavoXos ChanaanalAs, khan-ah-an-
ah'-yos; from 5477; a Chanauncean (i.e. Kenaanite),
or native of gentile Pal.: — of Canaan.

5479. X a P^ chara, khar-ah'; from 5463; cheerful-
ness, i.e. calm delight: — gladness, x greatly, (X be
exceeding) joy (-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).

5480. xapo-y|j.a charagma, khar'-ag-mah; from
the same as 5482; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as
a badge of servitude), or sculptured figure (statue):—
graven, mark.

5481. x a P aKT ^P charakter, khar-ak-tare' ; from
the same as 5482; a graver (the tool or the person),
i.e. (by impl.) engraving (['* character"'], the figure
stamped, i.e. an exact copy or [fig.] representation):—
express image.

5482. X^P a S charax, khar'-ax; from xapaovw
charasso (to sharpen to a point; akin to 1125
through the idea of scratching); a stake, i.e. (by
impl.) a palisade or rampart (military mound for
circumvallation in a siege) :— trench.

5483. \\a.fl%afjOA charlzAmal, khar-id'-zom-
ahee; mid. from 5485; to grant as a favor, i.e. gra-
tuitously, in kindness, pardon or rescue:— deliver,
(frankly) forgive, (freely) give, grant.

5484- X^P IV chartn, khar'-in; ace. of 5485 as
prep.; through favor of, i.e. on account of:— be-
(for) cause of, for sake of, + . . . fore, x reproachfully.

5485. x<*P l s charts, khar'-ece; trora 5463; gra-
ciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstr. or
concr. ; lit., flg. or spiritual ; espec. the divine influ-
ence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; in-
cluding gratitude):— acceptable, benefit, favour, gift,
grace (-ious), joy liberality, pleasure, thank (-s,
-worthy).

5486. x&pio-|ia charisma, khar'-is-mah; from
5483; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from dan-
ger or passion) ; (spec.) a (spiritual) endowment, i.e.
(subj.) religious qualification, or (obj.) miraculous
faculty:— (tree) gift.

5487. xapiToo cliaritoo. khar-ee-to'-o; from
5485; to grace, i.e. indue with special honor:— make
accepted, be highly favoured.



5488. Xappdv Charrhan, khar-hran'; of Heb.
or. [3771] ; Charrhan (i.e. Charan), a place in Meso-
potamia:— Charran.

5489. X^P T1 1S charteg, khar'-tace; from thesame
as 5482; a sheet ("chart ") of writing-material (as to
be scribbled over):— paper.

5490. x ao *l ia chasma, khas'-mah; from a form
of an obsol. prim. X<"> cha5 (to "gape" or
" yawn"); a "chasm " or vacancy (impassable inter
val):— gulf.

5491. \\tl\\os cheilds, khi'-los; from a form of
the same as 5400; a lip (as a pouring place); flg. 8
margin (of water):— lip, shore.

5492. x«|wiS> chelmazo, khi-mad'-zo; from the
same as 5404; to storm, i.e. (pass.) to labor under a
gale:— he tossed with tempest.

5493. xctpappos che'lmarrhdg, khi'-mar-hros;
from the base of 5404 and 4482; a storm-runlet, i.e.
winter-torrent: — brook.

5494- X sl r u ' v chelmon, khi-mone'; from a der.
of X ta cheo (to pour; akin to the base of 5400
through the idea of a channel), mean, a storm (as
pouring rain) ; by impl. the rainy season, i.e. winter: —
tempest, foul weather, winter.

5495. x*'p ehelr, khire; perh. from the base of
5404 in the sense of its congener the base of 5400
(through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the
hand (lit. or fig. [power] ; espec. [by Heb.] a means
or instrument) : — band.

5496. x«pa , y<"> - Y&» chelragogeo, khi-rag-ogue-
eh'-o; irova54Q7; to be a hand-leader, i.e. to guide (a
blind person):— lead by the hand.

5497. \\apayay6s chelragogttg, khi-rag-o-gos' ;
from 5495 and a redupl. form of 71; a hand-leader,
i.e. personal conductor (of a blind person): — some to
lead by the hand.

5498. x"P<Wpa<f>ov chelrographAn, khi-rog'-
raf-on; neut. of a comp. of 5495 and 1125; something
hand-wi-itten (" chirograph"), i.e. a manuscript
(spec, a legal document or 6ond [fig.]):— handwriting.

5499. XEtpoTobrros chelrdpdletds, khi-rop-oy'-
ay-tos; from 5405 and a der. of 4160; manufactured,
i.e. of human construction: — made by (make with)
hands.

5500. xaporovita cheirdtSneo, khi-rot-on-eh'-o;
from a comp. of 5495 and T«lva> tfiind (to stretch);
to be a hand-reacher or voter (by raising the hand),
i.e. (gen.) to select or appoint: — choose, ordain.

5501. x''p">v chelron, khi'-rone; irreg. comp. of
255b; from an obsol. equiv. X^'Pl* cheres (of un-
cert. der.); more evil or aggravated (pbys., ment. or
mor.):— sorer, worse.

5502. xtpowpta cherdublm, fcher-oo-&een»';
plur. of Heb. or. [374S] ; " cherubim" (i.e. cherubs or
kerubim) :— cherubims.

5503. x^P 0, chera, fchau'-rah; fern, of a presumed
der. appar. from the base of 5490 through the idea of
deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), lit. or
flg. :— widow.

5504- \\^h chthes, khthes; of uncert. der.; "yes-
terday"; by extens. in time past or hitherto:— yester-
day.

5505. xi^&S chlllas, khil-ee-as'; from 5507; one
thousand ("chiliad "):— thousand.

5506. x'Mapxos chfllarchos, khil-ee'-ar-khos;
from 5507 and 757; the commander of a thousand
soldiers (" chiliarch"), i.e. colonel:— (chief, high)
captain.

5507. X&«>1 chllioX khil'-ee-oy; plur. of uncert
affin. ; a thousand: — thousand.

5508. Xlos Chlds, khee'-os; of uncert. der. ; Chios,
an island in the Mediterranean:— Chios.

5509. xtT«iv chiton, khee-tone'; of for. or. [3801];
a tunic or shirt:— clothes, coat, garment

5510. \\i&v chlon, khee-one'; perh. akin to the
base of 5490 (5405) 015494 (as descending or empty);
snow:— snow.

5511. \\\\a.f.ii chl&nras, khlam-ooce'; of uncert.
der. ; a military cloaic— robe.



Khlyooadzo
Ofeleemos



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



5512. xXeudi> chleuazo, khlyoo-ad'-zo; from a
der. prob. of f&i; to throw out the lip, i.e. jeer at:—
mock.

5513. \\Xiapds ehllarSs, khlee-ar-os'; from
XXCo child (to warm); tepid:— lukewarm.

5514. XX61] Chide, khlo'-ay; fern, of appar. a
prim, word; "green"; CMoe, a Chr. female:— Culoe.

5515. xXapds chloros, khlo-ros'; from the same
as 5514; greenish, i.e. verdant, dun-colored:— green,
pale.

5526. xi ? ehl xl stigma, Tehee scee stig'-ma; the
22d, 14th and an obsol. letter (#7^ as a cross) of the
Greek alphabet (intermediate between the 5th and
6th), used as numbers; denoting respectively 600, 60
and 6; 666 as a numeral.— six hundred threescore and
Bix.

6517. xo'i'kos chftikda, kho-ik-os'; from 3322;
dusty or dirty (soit-like), i.e. (by impl.) terrene:—
earthy.

5518. X°' vt l chfllnlx, khoy'-nix; of uncert. der.;
a chcenix or cert, dry measure:— measure.
5529. x°'P°S cholros, khoy'-ros; of uncert. der. ;
a hog:— swine.

55^0. xo^ a ehfllao, khol-ah'-o; from 5531; to be
bilious, i.e. (by impl.) irritable (enraged, "chol-
eric"):— be angry.

6521. \\o\\f\\ chdle, khol-ay'; fern, of an equiv.
perh. akin to the same as 3314 (from the greenish hue) ;
"gall" or bile, i.e. (by anal.) poison or an anodyne
(wormwood, poppy, etc.):— gaU.
5522. x<os clioos, Wio'-os; from the base of 3404;
a heap (as poured out), i.e. rubbish; loose dirt:— dust.
55&?. XopaijCv Chdrazln, khor-ad-zin' ; of un-
cert. der.; C/iorazai, a place in Pal.:— Chorazin.
5624. \\opt\\yia chAregeo, khor-ayg-eh'-o; from a
comp. 013323 and 7-r, - to be a dance-leader, i.e. (gen.)
to furnish:— give, minister.

55.25. x°P^S chSrSs, khor-os'; of uncert. der. ; a
rinp, i.e. round dance ("choir"): — dancing.

5526. xopri(<i> chfirtazo, khor-tad'-zo; from
jja?; to fodder, i.e. (gen.) to fforgre (supply food in
abundance):— feed, fill, satisfy.

5527. x6pr<ur r \\a chdrtasma, khor'-tas-mah;
ttomtfri; forage, i.e. food:— sustenance.

5528. \\6qto* chdrt5s, khor'-tos; appar. a prim,
word; a "court" or " garden", i,e. (by impl, of pas-
ture) herbage or vegetation: — blade, grass, hay.

5529. Xoujds Chduzas, khood-zas'; of uncert.
or. ; Chuzas, an officer of Herod:— Chuza.

5530. xpaopcu chraomal, khrah'-om-ahee; mid.
of a prim, verb (perh. rather from 3403, to handle); to
furnish what is needed; (give an oracle, "graze"
[touch slightly], light upon, etc.), i.e. (by impl.) to
employ or (by extens.) to act towards one in a given
manner:— entreat, use. Comp. 3331,3334.

5531. xp&a chrao, khrah'-o; prob. the same as
the base of 5530; to loan:— lend.

6532. xpda chreia, khri'-ah; from the base of
5530 or 3334; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by
impl.) occasion, demand, requirement or destitu-
tion:— business, lack, necessary (-ity), need (ful), use,
want.

5533. xprn^iiKirrp chreophelletes, khreh-o-
frlet r -aee; from a der. of 3331 and 3781; a loan-ower,
i.e. indebted person: — debtor.

5534- XP'h chre, khray; third pers. sing, of the
same as 3530 or 3331 used impers. ; it needs (must or
should) be: —ought.

5535. XPtft" chpSjZo, khrade'-zo; from 3332; to
make (i.e. have) necessity, i.e. be in want of :— (have)
need.

6536. XP^I ia chrema, khray'-mah; something
useful or needed, i.e. wealth, price:— money, riches.
5537. XP>lr iaT %< a chrematlzo, khray-mat-id'-zo;
from .£00; to utter an oracle (comp. the orig. sense
of 5530), i.e. divinely intimate; by impl. (comp. the
secular sense of 5532) to constitute a firm for business,
I.e. (gen.) bear as a title:— be called, be admonished
(warned) of God, reveal, speak.



5538. XPW m(r r l ^S chrematlsmfts, khray-mat-
is-mos'; troms537; a divine response or recelation;—
answer of God.

5539. xp^JTipos chreglmos, khray' 'see-mos;
from 3340; serviceable:— profit.

5540. Xpr\\n& clu-esls, khray'-sis; from 3330; em-
ployment, i.e. (spec.) sexual intercourse (as an occm-
pation of the body): — use.

5541. xpTrrevo|iai chresteuomai, khraste-
yoo'-om-ahee; mid. from 3343; to show oneself useful,
i.e. act benevolently:— be kind.

5542. XPHOToXo^Ca clirestSlogia, khrase-tol-
og-ee'-ah; from a comp. of 3343 and 3004; fair speech,
i.e. plausibility:— good words.

5545. xp^yrT^S chrestSs, khrase-tos' ; from j;jjo;
empZoj/ed, i.e. (by impl.) useful (in manner or
morals):— better, easy, good (-ness), gracious, kind.
5544- XpilOTOTTjs clircstotes, fchray-stot'-ace;
from 3343; usefulness, i.e. mor. excellence (in charac-
ter or demeanor):— gentleness, good (-ness), kindness.

5545. X9^"'V a chrisma, khrisf-mah; from 3348;
an unguent or smearing, i.e. (fig.) the spec, endow-
ment ("chrism") of the Holy Spirit:— anointing, unc-
tion.

5546. Xpiorictvos Christianas, khris-tee-an-os' ;
from 3347; a Christian, i.e. follower of Christ: —
Christian.

5547. Xpioros ChrlstAs, khris-tos'; from 3548;
anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus: —
Christ.

5548. XP' U chrio, khree'-o; prob. akin to 3330
through the idea of contact; to smear or rub with
oil, i.e. (by impl.) to consecrate to an office or relig-
ious service:— anoint.

5549. xpov'S* 1 chrftiilzo, fcfcron-id'-zo; from
3330; to fafce time, i.e. linger:— delay, tarry.

5550. XP°vos chronos, khron'-os; of uncert. der. ;
a space of time (in gen., and thus prop, distinguished
from 2340, which designates a fixed or special occa-
sion; and from 163, which denotes a particular
period) or interval; by extens. an individ. oppor-
tunity; by impl. delay: f- years old, season, space,

(X often-) time (-s), (a) while.

5551. xpovoTpip«o chr6n5trlbeo, fcftron-of-
rib-eh'-o; from a presumed comp. of 3330 and the
base of 3147; to be a time-wearer, i.e. to procrasti-
nate (linger): — spend time.

5552. xpvo-eos chrnseos, khroo'-seh-os; from
5337; made of gold:— of gold, golden.

5553. XpvcCof chrnsidn, khroo-see'-on; dimin.
of 3337; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament,
or coin:— gold.

5554. XpwoSaxTvXios chrns«5daktuU6a,

khroo-sod-aJc-too' -lee-os ; from 3537 and 114b; gold-
ringed, i.e. wearing a golden flnger-ring or similar
jewelry:— with a gold ring.

5555. xpwoXiBos chrusolithos, khroo-sol'-ee-
thos; from 3337 and 3037; gold-stone, i.e. a yellow
gem (" chrysolite"):— chrysolite.

5556. xpOTiirpcuros chrnaopraads, khroo-sop'-
ras-os; from S537 and irpdcrov prasou (a leek) ; a
greenish-yellow gem (" chrt/soprase"): — chrysoprase.

5557. xP v<r °S chrnaSs, khroo-sos'; perh. from the
base of 533° (through the idea of the utility of the
metal); gold; by extens. a golden article, as an orna-
ment or coin:— gold.

5558. xpvo-<5« cbrnsoo, khroo-s5'-o; from 3537; to
gild, i.e. bespangle with golden ornaments:— deck.

5559. XP"»S chroa, khroce; prob. akin to the base
ot3S3o through the idea of handling; the body (prop,
its surface or skin):— body.

5560. x»X6s cholog, kho-los'; appar. aprim.word;
"ftoW", i.e. Kmptng:— cripple, halt, lame.

5561. x<°P a chora, kho'-rah; fern, of a der. of the
base of 34qo through the idea of empty expanse;
room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less exten-
sive; often includ. its inhab.):— coast, county, fields,
ground, land, region. Comp. 5117.

5562. xop&o chorSo, kho-reh'-o; from 3361; to be
in (give) space, i.e. (intrans.) to pass, enter, or (trans.)



to hold, admit (lit. orflg.):— come, contain, go, haw
place, (can, be room to) receive.

5563. xapll<a chorlzo, kho-rid'-zo; tromssbi; to
place room between, i.e. part; reflex, to go away:—
depart, put asunder, separate.

5564. x°pl° v choriSn, kho-ree'-on; dimin. of
3361; a spot or plot of ground:— field, land, parcel of
ground, place, possession.

5565. X">pfe chorls, kho-rece'; adv. from 3361; at
a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as
prep.):— beside, by itself, without.

5566. x"P°s chords, kho'-ros; of Lat. or.; the
north-west wind: — north west.



5567. (|/dX\\w psallo, psal'-lo; prob. strengthened
from >l»ou psao (to rubor touch the surface; comp.
3397) ; t° twitch or twang, i.e. to play on a stringed
instrument (celebrate the divine worship with music
and accompanying odes):— make melody, sing
(psalms).

5568. <|/o\\|i6s pgalmoa, psal-mos'; from 3367; a
set piece of music, i.e. a sacred ode (accompanied
with the voice, harp or other instrument ; a " psalm") ;
collect, the book of the Psalms:— psalm. Comp. 3003.

5569. «|>cvSdSEX(j>os pseudadelphfts, psyoo-
dad'-el-fos; from 3371 and 80; a spurious brother, i.e.
pretended associate: — false brethren.

5570. iJievSairoo-ToXos psendapdstdlos, psyoo-
dap-os'-tol-os; from 3371 and 632; a spurious apostle,
i.e. pretended preacher;— false teacher.

5571. >J«vStjs psendes, psyoo-dace'; from 3374;
untrue, i.e. erroneous, deceitful, wicked: — false, liar.

5572. tjievSoSiSdincaXos psendAdidasltalds,
psyoo-dod-id-as'-kal-os; from 3571 and 1320; a spu-
rious teacher, i.e. propagator of erroneous Chr. doc-
trine:— false teacher.

5573. iJrevooXo-yos pgeuddldgos, psyoo-doUog'-
os; irom.3371 and 3004; mendacious, i.e. promulgat-
ing erroneous Chr. doctrine' — speaking lies.

5574. «|«ii8o|iai psenddmal, psyoo' -dom-ahee;
mid. of an appar. prim, verb; to utter an untruth or
attempt to deceive by falsehood:— falsely, Be.

5575. <]/evSoudpTvp psendomartur, psyoo-
dom-ar'-toor; from 3371 and a kindred form of 3144;
a spurious witness, i.e. bearer of untrue testimony:—
false witness.

5576. +€voo r \\apTup&» psenddmartnreo,
psyoo-dom-ar-too-reh'-o; from 3373; to 6e an untrue
testifier, i.e. offer falsehood in evidence:— be a false
witness.

5577. «Iret)8o|iaprvp£o psendomartarla, psyoo.
dom-ar-too-ree'-ah; from 3373; untrua testimony:—
false witness.

5578. <|i«>Soirpo<|><iTiis psenddprdphetee,
psyoo-dop-rof-ay'-tace; from 3371 and 4306; a spu-
rious prophet, i.e. pretended foreteller or religious
impostor:— false prophet.

5579. <]/€v8os psendds, psyoo'-dos; {101113374; a
falsehood:— lie, lying.

5550. *|kuS6xP«™-°S psend5chrlstdg, psjroo-
dokh'-ris-tos; from .#7/ and .##7; a spurious Mes-
siah:— false Christ.

5552. <|>eu8<&vu|U>$ psendonnmSa, psyoo-do'-
noo-mos; from .337/ and J&S5; untruly named:—
falsely so called.

55S#. <|/cv(r|i.a pseasma, psyoos'^mah; from 3374;
a fabrication, i.e. falsehood:— Ue.
5583. <|/ev(m]S pseustes, pssoos-tace'; from
5J7#; a falsifier:— liar.

55S4- i r 'nXa4>d< 1 > pselaphao, psay-laf-ah'-o; from
the base of 55*7 (comp. J-/.S5); to manipulate, i.e.
ceri/V by contact; fig. to seareA for:— feel after,
handle, touch.

5585. 4rr|<f>C£co psephizo, psay-fid'-zo; fromjja};
to use pebbles in enumeration , i.e. (gen.) to compute:—
count.

5586. t|ri)<j>os psephtt s, psay'-fos; from the same
as #,8/; a pe&oie (as worn smooth by handling), I.e.



GREEK DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.



Khlyooadzo
Ofeleemos



79



(by impl. of use as a counter or ballot) a verdict (of
acquittal) or ticket (of admission); a vote: — stone,
voice.

5587. <|/i0vpur|i6s pslttrarismds, psith-oo-ris-
mos'; from a der. of i|/£8os psitbds (a whisper; by
impl. a slander; prob. akin to 5574)', whispering, i.e.
secret detraction: — whispering.

5588. \\|/Uhipio-TTJS psitbaristes, psith-oo-ris-
tace'; from the same as 5587; a secret calumnia-
tor: — whisperer.

5589. ■tyiyj.ov pslchldn, psikh-ee'-on; dimin.
from a der. of the base of 5507 (mean, a crumb) ; a
little bit or morsel: — crumb.

5590. \\|r«x^ psucbe, psoo-khay'; from S594\\
breath, i.e. (by impl.) spirit, abstr. or concr. (the ani-
mal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the
one hand from 4151, which is the rational and immor-
tal soul; and on the other from 2222, which is mere
vitality, even of plants : these terms thus exactly
correspond respectively to the Heb. 5315, 7307 and
2416):— heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, -f you.

5591. i|n>xiKis psuchikos, psoo-khee-kos' ; from
5500; sensitive, i.e. animate (in distinction on the
one hand from 4152, which is the higher or renovated
nature; and on the other from 5446, which is the
lower or bestial nature):— natural, sensual.

5592. i|ivxos psucbos, psoo'-khos; from SSQ4!
coolness: — cold.

559S. \\|n>xpos psncbrds, psoo-chros'; from 5502;
chilly (lit. or fig.):— cold.

5594. i|r5x.«> psocbo, psoo'-fcfto,' a prim, verb; to
breathe {voluntarily but gently; thus differing on the
one hand from 4154, which denotes prop, a forcible
respiration; and on the other from the base of 10a,
which refers prop, to an inanimate breeze), i.e. (by
impl. of reduction of temperature by evaporation) to
chill (fig.):— wax cold.

5595. ij/wfiitw psomlzo, pso-mid'-zo; from the
base otssoo! to supply with bits, i.e. (gen.) to nour-
ish; — (bestow to) feed.

5596. iJ/ullCov psomidn, pso-mee'-on; dim. from
a der. of the base of 5597; a crumb or morsel (as if
rubbed off), i.e. a mouthful: — sop.

5597. •if£>\\a psoclio, pso'-kho; prol. from the
same base as .5567 ; to triturate, i.e. (by anal.) to rub



out (kernels from husks with the fingers or hand):—
rub.



5598. il o, i.e. aJlwya omega, o'-meg-dh; the last
letter of the Gr. alphabet, I.e. (fig.) the finality:—
Omega.

5599. w 5, o; a prim, interj. ; as a sign of the voc.
O; as a note of exclamation, oh:— O.

5600. a o, o; includ. ihe oblique forms, as well as
lis es, ace; *n e, ay, etc. ; the subjunctive of /jio; (may,
might, can, could, would, should, must, etc.; also
with 1487 and its comp., as well as with other particles)
be: — \\- appear, are, (may, might, should) be, X have,
i S] _(- pass the flower of her age, should stand, were.

5601. 'ftpVjS Obed, o-bade'; of Heb. or. [5744];
Obed, anlsr.:— Obed.

5602. a&t bode, ho'-deh; from an adv. form of
3302; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:— here,
hither, (in) this place, there.

5603. tpo^j d.de, o-day'; from 103; a chant or
" ode" (the gen. term for any words sung; while 5213
denotes espec. a religious metrical composition, and
S^bS still more spec, a Heb. cantillation):— song.

5604. <i)8£v odln, o-deen'; akin to 3001; a pang or
throe, esp. of childbirth:— pain, sorrow, travail.

5605. tooCvu odlno, o-dee'-no; from J604; to expe-
rience the pains of parturition (lit. or fig.) :— travail in
(birth).

5606. upos omos, o'-mos; perh. from the alt. of
S342; the shoulder (as that on which burdens are
borne):— shoulder.

5607. <»v on, oan; includ. the fem.
ovcra ousa, oo'-sah; and the neut.

ov on, on; pres. part, of ijio; being:— he,
come, have.

5608. 0)V€O[j.cu oneomat, o-neh'-om-ahee; mid.
from an appar. prim, mvos oniis (a sum or price);
to purchase fsynon. with the earlier 40Q2): — buy.

5609. wov don, o-on' ; appar. a prim, word; an
"egg":— egg.

5610. topa nora, ho'-rah; appar. a prim, word; an
"hour" (lit. or fig.):— day, hour, instant, season,

I x short, [even-] tide, Thigh) time.



5611. wpaios boraios, ho-rah'-yos; from j6jo;
belonging to the right hour or season (timely), i.e. (by
impl.) flourishing (beauteous [fig.]): — beautiful.



. <6pvou.cu orndmal, o-roo 1 -om-ahee; mid. of
an appar. prim, verb; to "roar":— roar.

5613. a>s bos, hoce; prob. adv. of comp. from 3730;
which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used,
as follows):— about, after (that), (according) as (it had
been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how
(greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit,
unto, when ([-soever]), while, X with all speed.

5614. oxravva bosanna, ho-san-nah'; of Heb. or.
[3467 and 4994]; oh save'; hosanna (i.e. hoshia-na),
an exclamation of adoration:— hosanna.

5615. wavTios bosautog, ho-sow'-toce; from
5613 and an adv. from 84b; as thus, i.e. in the same
way:— even so, likewise, after the same (in like)
manner.

5616. cwrtt bosel, ho-si'; from 3613 and 1487; as
if:— about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).

5617. 'D,<rt\\( Hosee, ho-say-eh'; of Heb. or. [1954];
Hosee (i.e. Hoshea), an Isr.:— Osee.

5618. cwnrep bosper, hoce'-per; from 5613 and
4007; just as, i.e. exactly like: — (even, like) as.

5619. cocnrepef bosperel, hoce-per-i'; from sb